SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-K
(Mark
One)
x
|
Annual
report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of
1934
|
|
|
|
For
the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006.
|
OR
o
|
Transition
report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of
1934
|
|
|
|
For
the
transition period from _____________ to _____________
|
Commission
File Number 000-50923
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
California
|
20-0711133
|
State
or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization
|
I.R.S.
Employer Identification Number
|
|
|
3200
Wilshire Blvd.
|
|
Los
Angeles, California
|
90010
|
Address
of principal executive offices
|
Zip
Code
|
(213)
387-3200
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code
|
|
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common
Stock, no par value
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined
in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes
o
No
x
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes
o
No
x
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to
be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for
the past 90 days. Yes
x
No
o
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this
Form 10-K.
o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act). Yes
o
No
x
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated
filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check
one):
Large
accelerated filer
o
Accelerated
filer
x
Non-accelerated
filer
o
The
number of shares of Common Stock of the registrant outstanding as of February
28, 2007 was 29,368,016.
The
aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of
the
registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $308 million (computed based
on
the closing sale price of the common stock at $18.02 per sh
a
re
as of
such date). Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and each
person owning more than ten percent of the outstanding common stock have been
excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination
of the affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other
purposes.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2007 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, where indicated.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
Cautionary
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information
|
|
4
|
PART
I
|
|
4
|
Item
1.
|
Business
|
|
4
|
Item
1A.
|
Risk
Factors
|
|
24
|
Item
1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
|
29
|
Item
2.
|
Properties
|
|
30
|
Item
3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
|
31
|
Item
4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
|
31
|
PART
II
|
|
31
|
Item
5.
|
Market
for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
31
|
Item
6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
|
33
|
Item
7.
|
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
|
35
|
Item
7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
|
63
|
Item
8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
65
|
Item
9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
|
|
65
|
Item
9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
|
66
|
Item
9B.
|
Other
Information
|
|
68
|
PART
III
|
|
68
|
Item
10.
|
Directors
and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
|
68
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
|
68
|
Item 12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related
Shareholder
Matters
|
|
68
|
Item 13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions
|
|
68
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and Services
|
|
68
|
PART
IV
|
|
69
|
Item
15.
|
Exhibits,
Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
69
|
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND
INFORMATION
This
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the other reports, statements, and information
that
we have previously filed or that we may subsequently file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and public announcements that we have previously
made or may subsequently make include, may include, incorporate by reference
or
may incorporate by reference certain statements that may be deemed to be
“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are intended to enjoy the benefits of that
act. The forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in
this Form 10-K and those reports, statements, information and announcements
address activities, events or developments that Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (together
with its subsidiaries hereinafter referred to as “we,” “us,” “our” or “Wilshire
Bancorp”) expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future.
Any
statements in this document about expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives,
assumptions or future events or
performance
are not
historical facts and are forward-looking statements. These statements are often,
but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,”
“should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “will likely result,”
“expect,” “will continue,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,”
“projection,” “would” and “outlook,” and similar expressions. Accordingly, these
statements involve estimates, assumptions and uncertainties, which could cause
actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Any
forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to
the
factors discussed throughout this document.
All
forward-looking statements concerning economic conditions, rates of growth,
rates of income or values as may be included in this document are based on
information available to us on the dates noted, and we assume no obligation
to
update any such forward-looking statements. It is important to note that our
actual results may differ materially from those in such forward-looking
statements due to fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, government
regulations, economic conditions, customer disintermediation and competitive
product and pricing pressures in the geographic and business areas in which
we
conduct operations, including our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions
and other factors discussed elsewhere in this Report, including under the
section entitled “Risk Factors.”
The
risk
factors referred to in this Report could cause actual results or outcomes to
differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made
by
us, and you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking
statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which
it
is made and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking
statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on
which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us
to
predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each
factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of
factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained
in
any forward-looking statements.
PART
I
General
Wilshire
Bancorp,
Inc. is a bank holding company offering a broad range of financial products
and
services primarily through our main subsidiary, Wilshire
State
Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank”). Our corporate
headquarters and primary banking facilities are located at 3200 Wilshire
Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90010. In addition
,
we
have
18
full-service Bank branch offices in Southern California, Texas, and the greater
New York City metropolitan area. We also have 7 loan production offices utilized
primarily for the origination of loans under our Small Business Administration
(“SBA”) lending program in Georgia, Virginia, Washington, Texas, Nevada,
Colorado, and California.
The
Bank
is an insured bank up to the maximum limits authorized under the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDI Act”). Like most state-chartered banks of
our size in California, we are not a member of the Federal Reserve System,
but a
member of Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, a congressionally chartered
Federal Home Loan Bank. At December 31, 2006, we had approximately $2.01 billion
in assets, $1.56 billion in total loans and $1.75 billion in
deposits.
We
operate a community bank focused on the general commercial banking business,
with our primary market encompassing the multi-ethnic population of the Los
Angeles County area. Our full-service offices are located primarily in areas
where a majority of the businesses are owned by Korean-speaking immigrants,
with
many of the remaining businesses owned by other minority groups. Our branches
in
Huntington Park and Garden Grove are located in predominantly Hispanic and
Vietnamese communities, respectively. Our client base reflects the multi-ethnic
composition of these communities.
To
address the needs of our multi-ethnic customers, we have many multilingual
employees who are able to converse with our clientele in their native languages.
We believe that the ability to speak the language of our customers assists
us in
tailoring products and services for our customers’ needs.
Available
Information
We
maintain an Internet website at www.wilshirebank.com. We post our filings with
the SEC on the Investor Relations component of our website, which are available
free of charge, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports
on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy and information
statements and any amendments to those reports or statements as soon as
reasonably practicable after such reports are filed or furnished under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. In addition to
our
SEC filings, our Code of Professional Conduct and our Personal and Business
Code
of Conduct can be found on the Investor Relations page of our website. In
addition, we post separately on our website all filings made by persons pursuant
to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. You may also read and copy any materials
we
file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0220. The SEC maintains
an
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and
other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at
www.sec.gov.
Expansion
As
part
of our efforts to achieve stable and long-term profitability and respond to
a
changing economic environment in Southern California, we constantly evaluate
a
variety of options to augment our traditional focus by broadening the services
and products we provide. Possible avenues of growth include more branch
locations, expanded days and hours of operation and new types of lending
products. To date, we have not expanded into areas of brokerage, annuity,
insurance or similar investment products and services but have concentrated
primarily on the core businesses of accepting deposits, making loans and
extending credit.
Over
the
past few years, our network of branches and loan production offices has been
expanded geographically. We currently maintain eighteen branch offices and
seven
loan production offices. We previously expanded into Texas by converting our
loan production office in Dallas, Texas into a full service branch office.
In
May 2006, we acquired Liberty Bank of New York (“Liberty Bank”), adding two
branch offices in the greater New York City metropolitan area. In 2006, we
also
opened one new branch office in Rancho Cucamonga, California, and opened one
loan production office in Annandale, Virginia; both areas complement our
multi-ethnic small business focus.
The
acquisition of Liberty Bank added approximately $66 million in total assets
and,
as discussed above, two branches in the greater New York City metropolitan
area.
The purchase price for Liberty Bank was $14.5 million, consisting of $8.6
million in cash and $5.9 million in our common stock (328,110 shares). We also
incurred merger-related costs of $625,000, which we recognized as additional
consideration in connection with this business combination.
Business
Segments
We
operate in three primary business segments: Banking Operations, Trade Finance
Services, and Small Business Administration Lending Services. We determine
operating results of each segment based on an internal management system that
allocates certain expenses to each segment. These segments are described in
additional detail below:
·
|
Banking
Operations
:
Raises funds from deposits and borrowings for loans and investments
and
provides lending products including commercial, consumer and real
estate
loans to customers.
|
·
|
Trade
Finance Services:
Assists
our import/export customers with international transactions. Trade
finance
products include the issuance and collection of letters of credit,
international collection and import/export financing.
|
·
|
Small
Business Administration (“SBA”) Lending Services:
Provides
loans through the SBA guaranteed lending
program.
|
More
detailed information on the financial performance of these business segments
can
be found in Note 16 of the financial statements included in this Report
beginning on page F-1.
Lending
Activities
General
Our
loan
policies set forth the basic guidelines and procedures by which we conduct
our
lending operations. These policies address the types of loans available,
underwriting and collateral requirements, loan terms, interest rate and yield
considerations, compliance with laws and regulations and our internal lending
limits. Our Board of Directors reviews and approves our loan policies on an
annual basis. We supplement our own supervision of the loan underwriting and
approval process with periodic loan audits by experienced external loan
specialists who review credit quality, loan documentation and compliance with
laws and regulations. We engage in a full complement of lending activities,
including:
·
|
commercial
real estate and home mortgage
lending,
|
·
|
commercial
business lending and trade finance,
|
·
|
consumer
loans,
including
automobile loans and other personal
loans.
|
Loan
Procedures
Loan
applications may be approved by the Director Loan Committee of our Board of
Directors, or by our management or lending officers to the extent of their
loan
authority. Our Board of Directors authorizes our lending limits. Our President,
Chief Lending Officer and Chief Credit Administrator are responsible for
evaluating the authority limits for individual credit officers and recommending
lending limits for all other officers to the Board of Directors for
approval.
We
grant
individual lending authority to our President, Chief Lending Officer and
selected department managers. Our President has an administrative lending
authority of $500,000. The next highest lending authority of $400,000 is
reserved for our Chief Lending Officer. Loans for which direct and indirect
borrower liability exceeds an individual’s lending authority are referred to our
Senior Loan Committee or Director Loan Committee.
At
December 31, 2006, our authorized legal lending limits were $33.9 million for
unsecured loans, plus an additional $22.6 million for specific secured loans.
Legal lending limits are calculated in conformance with California law, which
prohibits a bank from lending to any one individual or entity or its related
interests an aggregate amount which exceeds 15% of shareholders’ equity, plus
the allowance for loan losses and capital notes and debentures, on an unsecured
basis, plus an additional 10% on a secured basis. The Bank’s shareholders’
equity plus allowance for loan losses and capital notes and debentures at
December 31, 2006 totaled $226.2 million.
We
seek
to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to certain
underwriting practices. The review of each loan application includes analysis
of
the applicant’s prior credit history, income level, cash flow and financial
condition, tax returns, cash flow projections, and the value of any collateral
to secure the loan, based upon reports of independent appraisers and audits
of
accounts receivable or inventory pledged as security. In the case of real estate
loans over a specified amount, the review of collateral value includes an
appraisal report prepared by an independent Bank-approved appraiser. From time
to time, we purchase participation interests in loans made by other financial
institutions. These loans are generally subject to the same underwriting
criteria and approval process as loans made directly by us.
Real
Estate Loans and
Home
Mortgages
We
offer
commercial real estate loans to finance the acquisition of, or to refinance
the
existing mortgages on, commercial properties, which include retail shopping
centers, office buildings, industrial buildings, warehouses, hotels, automotive
industry facilities and apartment buildings. Our commercial real estate loans
are typically collateralized by first or junior deeds of trust on specific
commercial properties, and, when possible, subject to corporate or individual
guarantees from financially capable parties. The properties collateralizing
real
estate loans are principally located in the markets where our retail branches
are located, which include Southern California, Texas and the greater New York
metropolitan area. However, we also provide commercial real estate loans through
our Loan Production Offices. Real estate loans typically bear an interest rate
that floats with our base rate, the prime rate or another established index.
We
do, however, offer fixed rate commercial mortgage loans with maturities not
to
exceed 5 to 7 years. At December 31, 2006, real estate loans constituted
approximately 78.8% of our loan portfolio.
Commercial
real estate loans typically have 7-year maturities with up to 25-year
amortization of principal and interest and loan-to-value ratios of 65-70% of
the
appraised value or purchase price, whichever is lower. We usually impose a
prepayment penalty during the period within three to five years of the date
of
the loan.
Construction
loans are provided to build new structures, or to substantially improve the
existing structure of commercial, residential and income-producing properties.
These loans generally have one to two year terms, with options to extend for
additional periods to complete construction and to accommodate the lease-up
period. We usually require 20-25% equity capital investment by the developer
and
loan-to-value ratios of not more than 65-70% of anticipated completion value.
We
also offer mini-perm loans as take-out financing with our construction loans.
Mini-perm loans are generally made with an amortization schedule ranging from
15
to 25 years with a lump sum balloon payment due in one to seven
years.
We
offer
a wide selection of residential mortgage programs, including non-traditional
mortgages such as interest only and payment option adjustable rate mortgages.
Most of our salable loans are transferred to the secondary market, but we retain
a portion on our books as portfolio loans. Our total home mortgage loan
portfolio outstanding at the end of 2006 and 2005 was $40.6 million and $43.3
million, respectively. The residential mortgage loans with unconventional terms
such as interest only mortgage and option adjustable rate mortgage at December
31, 2006 were $4.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, inclusive of loans
held temporarily for sale or refinancing. They were $8.0 million and $3.6
million, respectively, at December 31, 2006.
·
|
a
possible downturn in the economies of our primary
markets,
|
·
|
interest
rate increases,
|
·
|
reduction
in real estate values in our primary
markets,
|
·
|
increased
competition in pricing and loan structure,
and
|
·
|
environmental
risks, including natural disasters.
|
We
strive
to reduce the exposure to such risks by (a) reviewing each new loan request
and renewal individually, (b) using a dual signature approval system for
the approval of each loan request for loans over a certain dollar amount,
(c) adherence to written loan policies, including, among other factors,
minimum collateral requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratio requirements,
cash
flow requirements and personal guarantees, (d) independent appraisals,
(e) external independent credit review, and (f) conducting
environmental reviews, where appropriate. We review each loan request on the
basis of our ability to recover both principal and interest in view of the
inherent risks.
Commercial
Business Lending
We
offer
commercial business loans to sole proprietorships, partnerships and
corporations. These loans include business lines of credit and business term
loans to finance operations, to provide working capital or for specific
purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory.
Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of
repayment, our policies provide specific guidelines regarding required debt
coverage and other important financial ratios.
Lines
of
credit are extended to businesses or individuals based on the financial strength
and integrity of the borrower and are secured primarily by business assets
such
as accounts receivable and inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less.
Such lines of credit bear an interest rate that floats with our base rate,
the
prime rate, or another established index.
Business
term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets,
refinance short-term debts or to finance the purchase of businesses. Business
term loans generally have terms from one to seven years. They may be
collateralized by the assets being acquired or other available assets and bear
interest rates, which either float with our base rate, prime rate, or another
established index or is fixed for the term of the loan.
We
also
provide other banking services tailored to the small business market. We have
focused recently on diversifying our loan portfolio, which has led to an
increase in commercial business loans to small and medium-sized
businesses.
Our
portfolio of commercial loans is subject to certain risks,
including:
·
|
a
possible downturn of economy in our primary
markets,
|
·
|
interest
rate increases; and
|
·
|
deterioration
of a borrower’s or guarantor’s financial capabilities.
|
We
attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through (a) reviewing each new
loan request and renewal individually, (b) relying heavily on a committee
approval system where inputs from experienced committee members with different
types and level of lending experience are fully utilized, (c) strict
adherence to written loan policies, and (d) external independent credit
review. In addition, loans based on short-term assets such as account
receivables and inventories are monitored on a monthly or at minimum quarterly
basis. In general, we receive and review financial statements of borrowing
customers on an ongoing basis during the term of the relationship and respond
to
any deterioration noted.
Small
Business Administration Lending Services
Small
Business Administration, or SBA, lending is an important part of our business.
Our SBA lending business places an emphasis on minority-owned businesses. Our
SBA market area includes the geographic areas encompassed by our full-service
banking offices in Southern California, Texas, and New York City, as well as
the
multi-ethnic population areas surrounding our loan production offices in
Northern California and other states. We are a SBA Preferred Lender nationwide,
which permits us to approve SBA guaranteed loans in all our lending areas
without further approval from the SBA. As an SBA Preferred Lender, we provide
quicker and more efficient service to our clientele, enabling them to obtain
SBA
loans in order to acquire new businesses, expand existing businesses and acquire
locations in which to do business, without having to go through the
time-consuming SBA approval process that would be necessary if a prospective
SBA
borrower were to utilize a lender that is not approved as an SBA Preferred
Lender.
We
have
made efforts to diversify our banking and financial services in order to reduce
our substantial revenue reliance on SBA loans. However, SBA loans continue
to
remain an important component of our business. The net revenue from our SBA
department was substantially reduced to 29.9%, 29.2%, and 32.2% of our total
net
revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, from over 50% prior to the year
2000.
Although
our participation in the SBA program is subject to the legislative power of
Congress and the continued maintenance of our approved status by the SBA, we
have no reason to believe that this program (and our participation therein)
will
not continue, particularly in view of the lengthy duration of the SBA program
nationally.
Consumer
Loans
Consumer
loans include personal loans, auto loans, and other loans typically made by
banks to individual borrowers. Prior to 2003, we did not actively pursue
consumer-lending opportunities, but rather typically provided limited consumer
loan products as an added service to our existing customers. Consumer loans
historically had represented less than 5% of our total loan portfolio. However,
since 2003, we have increased our focus on consumer lending as an effort to
diversify our product lines by actively offering automobile loans. As of
December 31, 2006, our consumer loan portfolio has increased, but still is
considered a small portfolio.
Our
consumer loan portfolio is subject to certain risks, including:
·
|
general
economic conditions of the markets we
serve,
|
·
|
interest
rate increases, and
|
·
|
consumer
bankruptcy laws which allow consumers to discharge certain
debts.
|
We
attempt to reduce the exposure to such risks through the direct approval of
all
consumer loans by:
·
|
reviewing
each loan request and renewal
individually,
|
·
|
using
a dual signature system of
approval,
|
·
|
strict
adherence to written credit policies
and,
|
·
|
external
independent credit review.
|
Trade
Finance Services
Our
Trade
Finance Department is an integral part of our business and assists our
import/export customers with their international transactions. Trade Finance
products include the issuance and negotiation of commercial and standby letters
of credit, as well as handling of documentary collections. On the export side,
we provide advising and negotiation of commercial letters of credit as well
as
transfer and issuance of back-to-back letters of credit.
We
also
provide importers with trade finance lines of credit, which allow for issuance
of commercial letters of credit and financing of documents received under such
letters of credit, as well as documents received under documentary
collections.
Exporters
are assisted through export lines of credit as well as through immediate
financing of clean documents presented under export letters of credit. We work
closely with the SBA through their Export Working Capital Program.
Most
of
our revenue from the Trade Finance Department consists of fee income through
providing facilities to support import/export customers and interest income
from
extensions of credit. Our Trade Finance Department’s fee income was $1.8
million, $1.8 million and $1.6 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively,
and
its net revenue was $2.4 million, $5.3 million and $4.5 million in 2004, 2005,
and 2006, respectively.
Deposit
Activities and Other Sources of Funds
Our
primary sources of funds are deposits and loan repayments. Scheduled loan
repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, whereas deposit inflows
and
outflows and unscheduled loan prepayments (which are influenced significantly
by
general interest rate levels, interest rates available on other investments,
competition, economic conditions and other factors) are not as stable. Customer
deposits remain a primary source of funds, but these balances may be influenced
by adverse market changes in the industry. Other borrowings may be
used:
·
|
on
a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows
at less
than projected levels, and
|
·
|
on
a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities and to
match
the maturity of repricing intervals of assets.
|
We
offer
a variety of accounts for depositors which are designed to attract both
short-term and long-term deposits. These accounts include certificates of
deposit (“CDs”), regular savings accounts, money market accounts, checking and
negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, installment savings accounts,
and individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”). These accounts generally earn
interest at rates established by management based on competitive market factors
and management’s desire to increase or decrease certain types or maturities of
deposits. As needs arise, we augment these customer deposits with brokered
deposits. The more significant deposit accounts offered by us and other sources
of funds are described below:
Certificates
of Deposit
We
offer
several types of CDs with a maximum maturity of five years. The majority of
our
CDs have a maturity of one to 12 months and typically pay simple interest
credited monthly or at maturity.
Regular
Savings Account.
We
offer
savings accounts that allow for unlimited deposits and withdrawals, provided
that depositors maintain a $100 minimum balance. Interest is compounded daily
and credited quarterly.
Money
Market Accounts
Money
market accounts pay a variable interest rate that is tiered depending on the
balance maintained in the account. Minimum opening balances vary. Interest
is
compounded daily and paid monthly.
Checking
and NOW Account
Checking
and NOW accounts are generally non-interest and interest bearing accounts,
respectively, and may include service fees based on activity and balances.
NOW
accounts pay interest, but require a higher minimum balance to avoid service
charges.
Federal
Home Loan Bank Borrowings
To
supplement our deposits as a source of funds for lending or investment, we
borrow funds in the form of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. We may
use
Federal Home Loan Bank advances as part of our interest rate risk management,
primarily to extend the duration of funding to match the longer term fixed
rate
loans held in the loan portfolio.
As
a
member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, we are required to invest in
Federal Home Loan Bank stock based on a predetermined formula. Federal Home
Loan
Bank stock is a restricted investment security that can only be sold to other
Federal Home Loan Bank members or redeemed by the Federal Home Loan Bank. As
of
December 31, 2006, we owned $7,541,700 in FHLB stock.
Advances
from the Federal Home Loan Bank are secured by the Federal Home Loan Bank stock
we own and a blanket lien on our loan portfolio and may be also secured by
other
assets, mainly securities which are obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S.
government. At December 31, 2006, our borrowing limit with the Federal Home
Loan
Bank was approximately $428 million.
Internet
Banking
We
offer
Internet banking, which allows our customers to access their deposit and loan
accounts through the Internet. Customers are able to obtain transaction history
and account information, transfer funds between accounts and make on-line bill
payments. We intend to improve and develop our Internet banking products and
other delivery channels as the need arises and our resources
permit.
Other
Services
We
also
offer ATM machines located at selected branch offices, customer access to an
ATM
network and armored carrier services
.
Marketing
We
do not
currently have any plans to develop any new lines of business which would
require a material amount of capital investment on our part.
Competition
Regional
Branch Competition
Our
market has become increasingly competitive in recent years with respect to
virtually all products and services which we offer. Although the general banking
market is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with numerous
offices covering a wide geographic area, we compete in our niche market directly
with smaller community banks which focus on Korean-American and other minority
consumers and businesses.
There
is
a high level of competition within the ethnic banking market. In the greater
Los
Angeles metropolitan area, our primary competitors include thirteen
locally-owned and operated Korean-American banks. These banks have branches
located in many of the same neighborhoods in which we operate, provide similar
types of products and services, and use the same Korean language publications
and media for their marketing purposes. Unlike many other Korean-ethnic
community banks, we focus a significant portion of our marketing efforts on
non-Korean customers. We seek to distinguish ourselves from these competitors
through superior customer service quality provided with our service motto,
the
“Four S’s - Smile, Sincerity, Speed and Simplicity.”
A
less
significant source of competition in our primary market includes branch offices
of major national and international banks which maintain a limited bilingual
staff for Korean-speaking customers. Although such banks have not traditionally
focused their marketing efforts on the minority customer base in our market,
their competitive influence could increase should they choose to focus on this
market in the future. Large commercial bank competitors have, among other
advantages, the ability to finance wide-ranging and effective advertising
campaigns and to allocate their investment resources to areas of highest yield
and demand. Many of the major banks operating in our market area offer certain
services that we do not offer directly (but some of which we offer through
correspondent institutions). By virtue of their greater total capitalization,
such banks likely also have substantially higher lending limits than we do.
In
order to compete effectively, we provide quality, personalized service and
fast,
local decision making which we feel distinguishes us from many of our major
bank
competitors. For customers whose loan demands exceed our internal lending limit,
we attempt to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with our
correspondent banks. Similarly, we assist customers requiring services that
we
do not currently offer in obtaining such services from our correspondent banks.
Regional
Loan Production Office Competition
We
operate loan production offices, or LPOs, in Seattle, Washington; Milpitas,
California (the San Jose area); Annadale, Virginia; Las Vegas, Nevada; Aurora,
Colorado (the Denver area); Atlanta, Georgia; and Houston, Texas. The Dallas
and
New York LPOs were consolidated with the new branches that were established
in
those locations in 2005 and 2006, respectively. In most of our LPO sites, we
are
competing with local lenders as well as Los Angeles-based Korean-American
community lenders operating out-of-state loan production offices.
We
anticipate more competition from Korean-American community lenders in most
of our LPO sites in the future. In 2007, we plan to add two to three
more LPOs following the completion of market research regarding
appropriate locations.
Other
Competitive Factors
In
addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit
unions and numerous non-banking institutions, such as finance companies, leasing
companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms.
In
recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance
and non-finance companies that offer money market and mutual funds, wholesale
finance, credit card and other consumer finance services, including on-line
banking services and personal finance software. Strong competition for deposit
and loan products affects the rates of those products as well as the terms
on
which they are offered to customers.
The
more
general competitive trends in the industry include increased consolidation
and
competition. Strong competitors, other than financial institutions, have entered
banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer
segments. Many of these competitors are able to compete across geographic
boundaries and provide customers increasing access to meaningful alternatives
to
banking services in nearly all significant products areas. Mergers between
financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks within the
industry to streamline their operations, reduce expenses and increase revenues
to remain competitive. Competition has also intensified due to the federal
and
state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand
geographically. The California market has been particularly attractive to
out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, which has made
it
possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms,
insurance companies, and other financial companies, is also expected to
intensify competitive conditions.
Technological
innovations have also resulted in increased competition in the financial
services industry. Such innovations have, for example, made it possible for
non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment
services that were previously considered traditional banking products. In
addition, many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and
channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, self-service branches
and/or in-store branches. To some extent, such competition has had limited
effect on us to date because many recent technological advancements do not
yet
have Korean language capabilities. However, as such technology becomes
available, the competitive pressure to be at the forefront of such advancements
will be significant.
The
market for the origination of SBA loans, one of our primary revenue sources,
is
highly competitive. We compete with other small, mid-size and major banks which
originate these loans in the geographic areas in which our full service branches
are located, as well as in the areas where we maintain SBA loan production
offices. In addition, because these loans are largely broker-driven, we compete
to a large extent with banks which originate SBA loans outside our immediate
geographic area. Furthermore, because these loans may be written out of loan
production offices specifically set up to write SBA loans rather than out of
full service branches, the barriers to entry in this area, after approval of
a
bank as an SBA lender, are relatively low. In order to succeed in this highly
competitive market, we actively market our SBA loans to minority-owned
businesses. We also plan to expand loan production offices in other states
where
we can compete effectively. Unlike the market for the origination of SBA loans,
the market for the resale of SBA loans is currently a seller’s market, and to
date, we have had no difficulty finding buyers for our SBA loans. However,
there
can be no assurance that the resale market for SBA loans will grow or maintain
its current status.
Business
Concentration
No
individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in
relation to our total assets or deposits, or in relation to our overall
business. However, approximately 78.8% of our loan portfolio at December 31,
2006 consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans,
miniperm loans, residential mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by
real
estate. Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in
Southern California, with the majority of our business concentrated in Los
Angeles and Orange Counties. Consequently, our results of operations and
financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Southern
California economies and, in particular, the commercial real estate markets.
In
addition, the concentration of our operations in Southern California exposes
us
to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in
the
event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region.
Employees
We
had
330 full time equivalent employees (325 full-time employees and 10 part-time
employees) in December 2006. None of our employees are currently represented
by
a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes
its
employee relations are satisfactory.
Regulation
and Supervision
The
following is a summary description of the relevant laws, rules and regulations
governing banks and bank holding companies. The descriptions of, and references
to, the statutes and regulations below are brief summaries and do not purport
to
be complete. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference
to
the specific statutes and regulations discussed.
General
The
supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries
are
intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance
funds
of the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of
the
bank holding company shareholders or creditors. The banking agencies have broad
enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the power
to
impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of laws and
regulations.
Various
legislation is from time to time introduced in Congress and California’s
legislature, including proposals to overhaul the bank regulatory system, expand
the powers of depository institutions and limit the investments that depository
institutions may make with insured funds. Such legislation may change applicable
statutes and the operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways.
We
cannot determine the ultimate effect that future legislation or implementing
regulations would have upon the financial condition and results of operations
of
us or any of our subsidiaries.
Wilshire
Bancorp
We
are a
bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act, and are
subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board.
The Bank Holding Company Act and other federal laws subject bank holding
companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they
may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including
regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and
regulations.
Regulatory
Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength
We
are
regarded as a legal entity separate and distinct from our other subsidiaries.
The principal source of our revenues will be dividends received from the Bank.
Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends
the
Bank can pay to us without regulatory approval. It is the policy of the Federal
Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common
stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective
earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs
and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should
not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding
company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
Under
Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as
a
source of financial strength to each of its banking subsidiaries and commit
resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent
this Federal Reserve Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to
provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain
circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an
undercapitalized banking subsidiary.
In
the
event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed to have assumed, and is required
to
cure immediately, any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company
to any of the federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured
depository institution, and any claim for breach of such obligation will
generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.
As
a
California corporation, Wilshire Bancorp is restricted under the
California
General Corporation Law (“
CGCL
”)
from
paying dividends under certain conditions. The shareholders of Wilshire Bancorp
will be entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by its board of
directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, as
provided in the CGCL. The CGCL provides that a corporation may make a
distribution to its shareholders if retained earnings immediately prior to
the
dividend payout at least equal the amount of proposed distribution. In the
event
that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed
distribution, a corporation may, nevertheless, make a distribution, if it meets
both the “quantitative solvency” and the “liquidity” tests. In general, the
quantitative solvency test requires that the sum of the assets of the
corporation equal at least 1¼ times its liabilities. The liquidity test
generally requires that a corporation have current assets at least equal to
current liabilities, or, if the average of the earnings of the corporation
before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal
years was less than the average of the interest expense of the corporation
for
such fiscal years, then current assets must equal to at least 1¼ times current
liabilities. In certain circumstances, Wilshire Bancorp may be required to
obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to make capital
distributions to its shareholders.
Activities
“Closely Related” to Banking
The
Bank
Holding Company Act prohibits a bank holding company, with certain limited
exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting
shares of any company which is not a bank or from engaging in any activities
other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks and certain other
subsidiaries, or furnishing services to or performing services for its
subsidiaries. One principal exception to these prohibitions allows the
acquisition of interests in companies whose activities are found by the Federal
Reserve Board, by order or regulation, to be so closely related to banking
or
managing or controlling banks, as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of
the
activities that have been determined by regulation to be closely related to
banking are making or servicing loans, performing certain data processing
services, acting as an investment or financial advisor to certain investment
trusts and investment companies and providing securities brokerage services.
Other activities approved by the Federal Reserve Board include consumer
financial counseling, tax planning and tax preparation, futures and options
advisory services, check guaranty services, collection agency and credit bureau
services and personal property appraisals. In approving acquisitions by bank
holding companies of companies engaged in banking-related activities, the
Federal Reserve Board considers a number of factors, and weighs the expected
benefits to the public (such as greater convenience and increased competition
or
gains in efficiency) against the risks of possible adverse effects (such as
undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts
of
interest or unsound banking practices). The Federal Reserve Board is also
empowered to differentiate between activities commenced de novo and activities
commenced through acquisition of a going concern.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act; Financial Holding Companies
The
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act, signed into law on November
12,
1999, revised and expanded the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act by
including a new section that permits a bank holding company to elect to become
a
financial holding company to engage in a full range of activities that are
“financial in nature.” The qualification requirements and the process for a bank
holding company that elects to be treated as a financial holding company require
that all of the subsidiary banks controlled by the bank holding company at
the
time of election to become a financial holding company must be and remain at
all
times “well-capitalized” and “well managed.” We have not yet made an election to
become a financial holding company, but we may do so at some time in the
future.
The
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act further requires that, in the event that the bank holding
company elects to become a financial holding company, the election must be
made
by filing a written declaration with the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank that:
·
|
states
that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding
company;
|
·
|
provides
the name and head office address of the bank holding company and
each
depository institution controlled by the bank holding company;
|
·
|
certifies
that each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company
is
“well-capitalized” as of the date the bank holding company submits its
declaration;
|
·
|
provides
the capital ratios for all relevant capital measures as of the close
of
the previous quarter for each depository institution controlled by
the
bank holding company; and
|
·
|
certifies
that each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company
is
“well managed” as of the date the bank holding company submits its
declaration.
|
The
bank
holding company must have also achieved at least a rating of “satisfactory
record of meeting community credit needs” under the Community Reinvestment Act
during the institution’s most recent examination.
Financial
holding companies may engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity that
is
determined to be:
·
|
incidental
to such financial activity; or
|
·
|
complementary
to a financial activity provided it “does not pose a substantial risk to
the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial
system generally.”
|
The
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically provides that the following activities
have
been determined to be “financial in nature”:
·
|
lending,
trust and other banking activities;
|
·
|
financial
or economic advisory services;
|
·
|
securitization
of assets;
|
·
|
securities
underwriting and dealing;
|
·
|
existing
bank holding company domestic activities;
|
·
|
existing
bank holding company foreign activities; and
|
·
|
merchant
banking activities.
|
In
addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically gives the Federal Reserve
Board the authority, by regulation or order, to expand the list of “financial”
or “incidental” activities, but requires consultation with the U.S. Treasury
Department, and gives the Federal Reserve Board authority to allow a financial
holding company to engage in any activity that is “complementary” to a financial
activity and does not “pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of
depository institutions or the financial system generally.”
Privacy
Policies
Under
the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to adopt privacy
policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated
parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to
protect customer data from unauthorized access. We have established policies
and
procedures to assure our compliance with all privacy provisions of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
Safe
and Sound Banking Practices
Bank
holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking
practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally
requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve Board prior notice of
any
redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration
to
be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions
in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net
worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes
that
the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate
any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve
Board could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe
or unsound banking practice.
The
Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding
companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound
banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and
can
assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing
and
reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial loss to a depository
institution. The penalties can be as high as $1 million for each day the
activity continues.
Annual
Reporting; Examinations
We
are
required to file annual reports with the Federal Reserve Board, and such
additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to
the
Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may examine a bank holding
company or any of its subsidiaries, and charge the company for the cost of
such
examination.
Capital
Adequacy Requirements
The
Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines
to evaluate the capital adequacy of certain large bank holding companies. Prior
to March 30, 2006, these capital guidelines were applicable to all bank holding
companies having $150 million or more in assets on a consolidated basis.
However, effective March 30, 2006, the Federal Reserve Board amended the asset
size threshold to $500 million for purposes of determining whether a bank
holding company is subject to the capital adequacy guidelines. We currently
have
consolidated assets in excess of $500 million, and are therefore subject to
the
Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy guidelines.
Under
the
guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different risk weights,
based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights
are multiplied by corresponding asset balances to determine a “risk-weighted”
asset base. The guidelines require a minimum total risk-based capital ratio
of
8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements).
Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. To be considered
“well-capitalized,” a bank holding company must maintain, on a consolidated
basis, (i) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0%, and (ii) a total
risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater. As of December 31, 2006, our
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.81% and our total risk-based capital
ratio was 13.63%. Thus, we are considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory
purposes.
In
addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses
a
leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate the capital adequacy of bank
holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by
its average total consolidated assets. Certain highly-rated bank holding
companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank holding
companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. As of
December 31, 2006, our leverage ratio was 9.79%.
The
federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage ratios are minimum supervisory
ratios generally applicable to banking organizations that meet certain specified
criteria. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements
for
a particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when
circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board guidelines also provide that
banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will
be expected to maintain strong capital positions, substantially above the
minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible
assets.
Imposition
of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries
Bank
regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve problems
associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below
certain levels. In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must
submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be
accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the
undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the
capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee
from a depository institution’s holding company is entitled to a priority of
payment in bankruptcy.
The
aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is
limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets at the time it became
undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be
“adequately capitalized.” The bank regulators have greater power in situations
where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or
fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company
controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve
Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a
consolidation or to divest itself of the troubled institution or other
affiliates.
Acquisitions
by Bank Holding Companies
The
Bank
Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior
approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially
all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares
of
any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or
indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank
acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required
to
consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the
bank
holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the
communities to be served, and various competitive factors.
Control
Acquisitions
The
Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring
“control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been
notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption
established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of
a
class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would, under the circumstances
set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control.
In
addition, any company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve
Board under the Bank Holding Company Act before acquiring 25% (5% in the case
of
an acquirer that is a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common
stock of the company, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling
influence” over the company.
Cross-guarantees
Under
the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA, a depository institution (which
definition includes both banks and savings associations), the deposits of which
are insured by the FDIC, can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or
reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the
default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution, or (ii)
any assistance provided by the FDIC to any commonly controlled FDIC-insured
depository institution “in danger of default.” “Default” is defined generally as
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver and “in danger of default” is
defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that default
is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. In some
circumstances (depending upon the amount of the loss or anticipated loss
suffered by the FDIC), cross-guarantee liability may result in the ultimate
failure or insolvency of one or more insured depository institutions in a
holding company structure. Any obligation or liability owed by a subsidiary
bank
to its parent company is subordinated to the subsidiary bank’s cross-guarantee
liability with respect to commonly controlled insured depository institutions.
The Bank is currently our only FDIC-insured depository institution
subsidiary.
Because
we are a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, our right to
participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the
subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims
of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution
of the Bank, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated
creditors of the Bank would be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims
of holders of any obligation of the Bank to its shareholders, including any
depository institution holding company (such as Wilshire Bancorp) or any
shareholder or creditor of such holding company.
FIRREA
The
Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, or FIRREA,
includes various provisions that affect or may affect the Bank. Among other
matters, FIRREA generally permits bank holding companies to acquire healthy
thrifts as well as failed or failing thrifts. FIRREA removed certain
cross-marketing prohibitions previously applicable to thrift and bank
subsidiaries of a common holding company. Furthermore, a multi-bank holding
company may now be required to indemnify the federal deposit insurance fund
against losses it incurs with respect to such company’s affiliated banks, which
in effect makes a bank holding company’s equity investments in healthy bank
subsidiaries available to the FDIC to assist such company’s failing or failed
bank subsidiaries.
In
addition, pursuant to FIRREA, any depository institution that has been chartered
less than two years, is not in compliance with the minimum capital requirements
of its primary federal banking regulator, or is otherwise in a troubled
condition must notify its primary federal banking regulator of the proposed
addition of any person to the Board of Directors or the employment of any person
as a senior executive officer of the institution at least 30 days before such
addition or employment becomes effective. During such 30-day period, the
applicable federal banking regulatory agency may disapprove of the employment
of
such director or officer. The Bank is not subject to any such
requirements.
FIRREA
also expanded and increased civil and criminal penalties available for use
by
the appropriate regulatory agency against certain “institution-affiliated
parties” primarily including (i) management, employees and agents of a
financial institution, as well as (ii) independent contractors, such as
attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the
financial institution’s affairs and who caused or are likely to cause more than
minimum financial loss to or a significant adverse affect on the institution,
who knowingly or recklessly violate a law or regulation, breach a fiduciary
duty
or engage in unsafe or unsound practices. Such practices can include the failure
of an institution to timely file required reports or the submission of
inaccurate reports. Furthermore, FIRREA authorizes the appropriate banking
agency to issue cease and desist orders that may, among other things, require
affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice,
including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against
loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth,
dispose of certain assets or take other action as determined by the ordering
agency to be appropriate.
USA
Patriot Act
On
October 26, 2001, President Bush signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism
legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act
requires financial institutions to help prevent, detect and prosecute
international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The effectiveness
of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor
to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution
under
the Bank Merger Act, which applies to the Bank, or the Bank Holding Company
Act,
which applies to Wilshire Bancorp. We, and our subsidiaries, including the
Bank,
have adopted systems and procedures to comply with the USA Patriot Act and
regulations adopted thereunder by the Secretary of the Treasury.
The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
On
July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley Act.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act addresses accounting
oversight and corporate governance matters relating to the operations of public
companies. During 2003, the Commission issued a number of regulations under
the
directive of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act significantly increasing public company
governance-related obligations and filing requirements, including:
·
|
the
establishment of an independent public oversight of public company
accounting firms by a board that will set auditing, quality and ethical
standards for and have investigative and disciplinary powers over
such
accounting firms,
|
·
|
the
enhanced regulation of the independence, responsibilities and conduct
of
accounting firms which provide auditing services to public companies,
|
·
|
the
increase of penalties for fraud related crimes,
|
·
|
the
enhanced disclosure, certification, and monitoring of financial
statements, internal financial controls and the audit process, and
|
·
|
the
enhanced and accelerated reporting of corporate disclosures and internal
governance.
|
Furthermore,
in November 2003, in response to the directives of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
Nasdaq adopted substantially expanded corporate governance criteria for the
issuers of securities quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (the market on which
our common stock is listed for trading). The new NASDAQ rules govern, among
other things, the enhancement and regulation of corporate disclosure and
internal governance of listed companies and of the authority, role and
responsibilities of their boards of directors and, in particular, of
“independent” members of such boards of directors, in the areas of nominations,
corporate governance, compensation and the monitoring of the audit and internal
financial control processes.
The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Commission rules promulgated thereunder, and the new
Nasdaq governance requirements have required us to review our current procedures
and policies to determine whether they comply with the new legislation and
its
implementing regulations. As of the date of this filing, we believe that we
are
in compliance with the new law and regulations and the NASDAQ governance
requirements.
Wilshire
State Bank
Wilshire
State Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the California
Department of Financial Institutions and the FDIC, which insures its deposits
to
the maximum extent permitted by law, and is subject to certain Federal Reserve
Board regulations of transactions with its affiliates. The federal and state
laws and regulations which are applicable to the Bank regulate, among other
things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against
deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and the nature
and
amount of and collateral for certain loans. In addition to the impact of such
regulations, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of
the
Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit
availability in order to influence the economy.
Transactions
with Affiliates
There
are
various statutory and regulatory limitations, including those set forth in
sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, governing
the
extent to which the Bank will be able to purchase assets from or securities
of
or otherwise finance or transfer funds to us or our nonbanking affiliates.
Among
other restrictions, such transactions between the Bank and any one affiliate
(including the Company) generally will be limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital
and surplus, and transactions between the Bank and all affiliates will be
limited to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, loans and
extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts and are
required to be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking
practices.
In
addition, any transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets
or
provision of services to an affiliate generally must be on terms that are
substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated
companies.
Loans
to Insiders
Sections
22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulation,
Regulation O, place restrictions on loans by a bank to executive officers,
directors, and principal shareholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director,
an executive officer and to a greater than 10% shareholder of a bank and certain
of their related interests, or insiders, and insiders of affiliates, may not
exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and related
interests, the bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the
institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that
loans to insiders and to insiders of affiliates be made on terms substantially
the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, unless the
loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely
available to employees of the bank, and (ii) does not give preference to
insiders over other employees of the bank. Section 22(h) also requires prior
Board of Directors approval for certain loans, and the aggregate amount of
extensions of credit by a bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s
unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional
restrictions on loans to executive officers.
Dividends
The
ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the
California Financial Code, the FDIA and FDIC regulations. In general terms,
California law provides
that
the
Bank
may
declare a cash dividend out of net profits up to the lesser of retained earnings
or net income for the last three fiscal years (less any distributions made
to
shareholders during such period), or, with the prior written approval of the
Commissioner of Department of Financial Institutions
,
in an
amount not exceeding the greatest of:
·
|
net
income for the prior fiscal year, or
|
·
|
net
income for the current fiscal year.
|
The
Bank’s
ability
to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a
specified period, but also on our meeting certain capital
requirements
.
The
FDIA and
FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is
undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when
there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank.
The
payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory
requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in
the
opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its
jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound
practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository
institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may
require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and
desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy
statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should
generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and
preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are
subject to the capital-based limitations required by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.
Capital
Requirements
The
Bank
is also subject to certain restrictions on the payment of dividends as a result
of the requirement that it maintain adequate levels of capital in accordance
with guidelines promulgated from time to time by applicable
regulators.
The
FDIC
and the California Department of Financial Institutions monitor the capital
adequacy of the Bank by using a combination of risk-based guidelines and
leverage ratios. The agencies consider each of the bank’s capital levels when
taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory
activities related to the safety and soundness of individual banks and the
banking system.
Under
the
risk-based capital guidelines, a risk weight factor of 0% to 100% is assigned
to
each category of assets based generally on the perceived credit risk of the
asset class. The risk weights are then multiplied by the corresponding asset
balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. At least half of the
risk-based capital must consist of core (Tier 1) capital, which is comprised
of:
·
|
common
shareholders’ equity (includes common stock and any related surplus,
undivided profits, disclosed capital reserves that represent a
segregation
of undivided profits, and foreign currency translation adjustments;
less
net unrealized losses on marketable equity
securities);
|
·
|
certain
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus;
and
|
·
|
minority
interests in the equity capital accounts of consolidated subsidiaries,
and
excludes goodwill and various intangible assets.
|
The
remainder, supplementary (Tier 2) capital, may consist of:
·
|
allowance
for loan losses, up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets;
|
·
|
certain
perpetual preferred stock and related surplus;
|
·
|
hybrid
capital instruments;
|
·
|
mandatory
convertible debt securities;
|
·
|
term
subordinated debt;
|
·
|
intermediate-term
preferred stock; and
|
·
|
certain
unrealized holding gains on equity securities.
|
“Total
risk-based capital” is determined by combining core capital and supplementary
capital.
Under
the
regulatory capital guidelines, the Bank must maintain a total risk-based capital
to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8.0%, a Tier 1 capital to
risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4.0%, and a Tier 1 capital to adjusted
total assets ratio of at least 4.0% (3.0% for banks receiving the highest
examination rating) to be considered adequately capitalized.
The
FDIC Improvement Act
The
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, or FDICIA, made
a
number of reforms addressing the safety and soundness of the deposit insurance
system, supervision of domestic and foreign depository institutions, and
improvement of accounting standards. This statute also limited deposit insurance
coverage, implemented changes in consumer protection laws and provided for
least-cost resolution and prompt regulatory action with regard to troubled
institutions.
FDICIA
requires every bank with total assets in excess of $500 million to have an
annual independent audit made of the bank’s financial statements by a certified
public accountant to verify that the financial statements of the bank are
presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and comply
with such other disclosure requirements as prescribed by the FDIC.
FDICIA
also places certain restrictions on activities of banks depending on their
level
of capital. FDICIA divides banks into five different categories, depending
on
their level of capital. Under regulations adopted by the FDIC, a bank is deemed
to be “well-capitalized” if it has a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.00% or
more, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 6.00% or more and a Leverage Ratio of 5.00%
or more, and the bank is not subject to an order or capital directive to meet
and maintain a certain capital level. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed
to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of
8.00% or more, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.00% or more and a Leverage Ratio
of
4.00% or more (unless it receives the highest composite rating at its most
recent examination and is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth,
in which instance it must maintain a Leverage Ratio of 3.00% or more). Under
such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total
Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8.00%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less
than
4.00% or a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.00%. Under such regulations, a bank
is
deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Risk-Based Capital
Ratio of less than 6.00%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less than 3.00% and a
Leverage Ratio of less than 3.00%. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed
to
be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a Leverage Ratio of less than or
equal to 2.00%. In addition, the FDIC has the ability to downgrade a bank’s
classification (but not to “critically undercapitalized”) based on other
considerations even if the bank meets the capital guidelines. According to
these
guidelines the Bank was classified as “well-capitalized” as of December 31,
2006.
In
addition, if a bank is classified as undercapitalized, the bank is required
to
submit a capital restoration plan to the federal banking regulators. Pursuant
to
FDICIA, an undercapitalized bank is prohibited from increasing its assets,
engaging in a new line of business, acquiring any interest in any company or
insured depository institution, or opening or acquiring a new branch office,
except under certain circumstances, including the acceptance by the federal
banking regulators of a capital restoration plan for the bank.
Furthermore,
if a bank is classified as undercapitalized, the federal banking regulators
may
take certain actions to correct the capital position of the bank; if a bank
is
classified as significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized,
the
federal banking regulators would be required to take one or more prompt
corrective actions. These actions would include, among other things, requiring:
sales of new securities to bolster capital, improvements in management, limits
on interest rates paid, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates,
termination of certain risky activities and restrictions on compensation paid
to
executive officers. If a bank is classified as critically undercapitalized,
FDICIA requires the bank to be placed into conservatorship or receivership
within 90 days, unless the federal banking regulators determines that other
action would better achieve the purposes of FDICIA regarding prompt corrective
action with respect to undercapitalized banks.
The
capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of examinations of the
bank and impacts the ability of the bank to engage in certain activities and
affects the deposit insurance premiums paid by such bank. Under FDICIA, the
federal banking regulators are required to conduct a full-scope, on-site
examination of every bank at least once every 12 months. An exception to this
rule is made, however, that provides that banks (i) with assets of less
than $100 million, (ii) are categorized as “well-capitalized,”
(iii) were found to be well managed and its composite rating was
outstanding, and (iv) have not been subject to a change in control during the
last 12 months, need only be examined once every 18 months.
Brokered
Deposits
Under
FDICIA, banks may be restricted in their ability to accept brokered deposits,
depending on their capital classification. “Well-capitalized” banks are
permitted to accept brokered deposits, but all banks that are not
well-capitalized are not permitted to accept such deposits. The FDIC may, on
a
case-by-case basis, permit banks that are adequately capitalized to accept
brokered deposits if the FDIC determines that acceptance of such deposits would
not constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice with respect to the bank.
The Bank is currently well-capitalized and therefore is not subject to any
limitations with respect to its brokered deposits.
Federal
Limitations on Activities and Investments
The
equity investments and activities as a principal of FDIC-insured state-chartered
banks, such as the Bank, are generally limited to those that are permissible
for
national banks. Under regulations dealing with equity investments, an insured
state bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity
investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national
bank.
FDIC
Deposit Insurance Assessments
In
addition, under FDICIA, the FDIC is authorized to assess insurance premiums
on a
bank’s deposits at a variable rate depending on the probability that the deposit
insurance fund will incur a loss with respect to the bank. In this regard,
the
FDIC has issued regulations for a transitional risk-based deposit assessment
that determine the deposit insurance assessment rates on the basis of the bank’s
capital classification and supervisory evaluations. Each of these categories
has
three subcategories, resulting in nine assessment risk classifications. The
three subcategories with respect to capital are “well-capitalized,” “adequately
capitalized” and “less than adequately capitalized (which would include
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically
undercapitalized” banks). The three subcategories with respect to supervisory
concerns are “healthy,” “supervisory concern” and “substantial supervisory
concern.” A bank is deemed “healthy” if it is financially sound with only a few
minor weaknesses (Group A). A bank is deemed subject to “supervisory concern” if
it has weaknesses that, if not corrected, could result in significant
deterioration of the bank and increased risk to the Bank Insurance Fund (Group
B). A bank is deemed subject to “substantial supervisory concern” if it poses a
substantial probability of loss to the Bank Insurance Fund (Group
C).
On
June
30, 1996, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996, or DIFA, was enacted and
signed into law as part of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1996. DIFA established the framework for the eventual merger
of
the BIF and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, or SAIF, into a single
Deposit Insurance Fund. It repealed the statutory minimum premium and, under
implementing FDIC regulations promulgated in 1997, premiums assessed by both
the
BIF and the SAIF are to be assessed using the matrix described below at a rates
between 0 cents and 27 cents per $100 of deposits.
|
Group
A
|
|
Group
B
|
|
Group
C
|
Well
Capitalized
|
0
|
|
3
|
|
17
|
Adequately
Capitalized
|
3
|
|
10
|
|
24
|
Undercapitalized
|
10
|
|
24
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIFA
also
separated, effective January 1, 1997, the Financing Corporation, or FICO,
assessment to service the interest on its bond obligations from the BIF and
SAIF
assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions by the FICO will
be
in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to
the
FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedules. The FICO rate may be adjusted
quarterly to reflect changes in assessment bases for the BIF and the
SAIF.
The
FDIC
may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution,
including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has
engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or
unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law,
regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It
also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for
the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible
capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution
at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue
to
be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.
Management is aware of no existing circumstances which would result in
termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.
Check
Clearing for the 21
st
Century Act
On
October 28, 2003, President Bush signed into law the Check Clearing for the
21st
Century Act, also known as Check 21. The new law, which became effective in
October 2004, gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image of a check and
copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper
check. Some of the major provisions include:
·
|
allowing
check truncation without making it
mandatory;
|
·
|
demanding
that every financial institution communicate to account holders in
writing
a description of its substitute check processing program and their
rights
under the law;
|
·
|
legalizing
substitutions for and replacements of paper checks without agreement
from
consumers;
|
·
|
retaining
in place the previously mandated electronic collection and return
of
checks between financial institutions only when individual agreements
are
in place;
|
·
|
requiring
that when account holders request verification, financial institutions
produce the original check (or a copy that accurately represents
the
original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and
valid;
and
|
·
|
requiring
recrediting of funds to an individual’s account on the next business day
after a consumer proves that the financial institution has
erred.
|
Community
Reinvestment Act
Under
the
Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, as implemented by the Congress in 1977,
a
financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent
with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire
community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not
establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions
nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products
and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community,
consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires federal examiners, in connection
with
the examination of a financial institution, to assess the institution’s record
of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into
account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The
CRA
also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.
The Bank has a Compliance Committee, which oversees the planning of products,
and services offered to the community, especially those aimed to serve low
and
moderate income communities. The FDIC rated the Bank as “satisfactory” in
meeting community credit needs under the CRA at its most recent examination
for
CRA performance.
Consumer
Laws and Regulations
In
addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject
to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers
in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive,
these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in
Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability
Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate
Settlement and Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Federal
Trade Commission Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain
disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions
must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers.
The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection
laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations.
Interstate
Branching
Effective
June 1, 1997, the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act
of
1994 amended the FDIA and certain other statutes to permit state and national
banks with different home states to merge across state lines, with approval
of
the appropriate federal banking agency, unless the home state of a participating
bank had passed legislation prior to May 31, 1997 expressly prohibiting
interstate mergers. Under the Riegle-Neal Act amendments, once a state or
national bank has established branches in a state, that bank may establish
and
acquire additional branches at any location in the state at which any bank
involved in the interstate merger transaction could have established or acquired
branches under applicable federal or state law. If a state opts out of
interstate branching within the specified time period, no bank in any other
state may establish a branch in the state which has opted out, whether through
an acquisition or de novo. The Bank currently has branches located in the States
of California, Texas and New York.
Federal
Home Loan Bank System
The
Federal Home Loan Bank system, or FHLB, of which the Bank is a member, consists
of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance
Board, or FHFB. The FHLBs serve as reserve or credit facilities for member
institutions within their assigned regions. They are funded primarily from
proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system.
They make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and
procedures established by the FHLB and the boards of directors of each regional
FHLB.
As
a
system member, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the FHLB of San Francisco,
or
FHLB-SF, and is required to own capital stock in the FHLB-SF in an amount equal
to the greater of 1% of the membership asset value, not exceeding $25 million,
or 4.7% of outstanding FHLB-SF advance borrowings. The Bank is in compliance
with the stock ownership rules described above with respect to such advances,
commitments and letters of credit and home mortgage loans and similar
obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the
FHLB-SF to the Bank are secured by a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loan
portfolio, certain other investments and the capital stock of the FHLB-SF held
by the Bank.
Mortgage
Banking Operations
The
Bank
is subject to the rules and regulations of FNMA with respect to originating,
processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans and the issuance and sale
of
mortgage-backed securities. Those rules and regulations, among other things,
prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines which include
provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit reports on prospective
borrowers and fix maximum loan amounts. Mortgage origination activities are
subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal
Truth-in-Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the
regulations promulgated thereunder which, among other things, prohibit
discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to
mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. The Bank is also
subject to regulation by the California Department of Financial Institutions,
with respect to, among other things, the establishment of maximum origination
fees on certain types of mortgage loan products.
Future
Legislation and Economic Policy
We
cannot
predict what other legislation or economic and monetary policies of the various
regulatory authorities might be enacted or adopted or what other regulations
might be adopted or the effects thereof. Future legislation and policies and
the
effects thereof might have a significant influence on overall growth and
distribution of loans, investments and deposits and affect interest rates
charged on loans or paid from time and savings deposits. Such legislation and
policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial
banks in the past and are expected to continue.
Item
1A. Risk Factors
The
risks
described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial
conditions and results of operations. You should carefully consider the
following risk factors and all other information contained in this Report.
The
risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.
Additional risks and uncertainties are discussed elsewhere in this Report,
and
there may be additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently
believe are immaterial to our business. In addition, the trading price of our
common stock could decline due to any of the events described in these
risks.
If
a significant number of clients fail to perform under their loans, our business,
profitability, and financial condition would be adversely affected.
As
a
lender, the largest risk we face is the possibility that a significant number
of
our client borrowers will fail to pay their loans when due. If borrower defaults
cause losses in excess of our allowance for loan losses, it could have an
adverse effect on our business, profitability, and financial condition. We
have
established an evaluation process designed to determine the adequacy of the
allowance for loan losses. Although this evaluation process uses historical
and
other objective information, the classification of loans and the establishment
of loan losses are dependent to a great extent on our experience and judgment.
Although
we
believe
that our allowance for loan losses is at a level adequate to absorb any inherent
losses in our loan portfolio
,
we
cannot assure you that we will not further increase the allowance for loan
losses or that regulators will not require us to increase this allowance.
Increases
in our allowance for loan losses
could
materially affect our earnings adversely
.
Like
all
financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide
for
loan defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan losses is based on
prior experience, as well as an evaluation of the risks in the current
portfolio
.
However, actual loan losses could increase significantly as the result of
changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in
interest rates, which are generally beyond our control. Thus, such losses could
exceed our current allowance estimates. Although
we
believe
that our allowance for loan losses is at a level adequate to absorb any inherent
losses in our loan portfolio
,
we
cannot assure you that we will not further increase the allowance for loan
losses or regulators will not require us to increase this allowance. Either
of
these occurrences could materially affect our earnings adversely.
In
addition, the FDIC and the California Department of Financial Institutions,
as
an integral part of their respective supervisory functions, periodically review
our allowance for loan losses. Such regulatory agencies may require us to
increase our provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs,
based upon judgments different from those of management. Any increase in our
allowance required by the FDIC or the DFI could adversely affect us.
Banking
organizations are subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest
rates
may negatively affect our financial performance
.
A
major
portion of our net income comes from our interest rate spread, which is the
difference between the interest rates paid by us on interest-bearing
liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates
we
receive on interest-earning assets, such as loans we extend to our clients
and
securities held in our investment portfolio. Net interest spreads are affected
by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of
interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. In addition, loan
volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising
interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan
originations. Since June 30, 2004, the federal funds rate and other short-term
market interest rates, which are used to guide deposit pricing in most banking
organizations, have increased, while intermediate and long-term market interest
rates, which are used by many banking organizations to guide loan pricing,
have
not increased proportionately. This has led to a “flattening” of the market
yield curve, which has even “inverted” recently as short-term rates have
exceeded long-term rates over an intermediate maturity horizon. The flat yield
curve may hurt interest rate spread and net interest margin because the interest
rates paid on deposits are likely to reprice upwards faster than the interest
rates earned on loans and investments. If short-term interest rates continue
to
rise so that the yield curve remains relatively flat or inverts further, we
would expect that net interest spread and net interest margin would continue
to
compress, which would hurt net interest income. We cannot assure you that we
can
minimize our interest rate risk. In addition, while an increase in the general
level of interest rates may increase our net interest margins and loan yield,
it
may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers with variable rate loans
to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes
in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our
net
interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume and overall
profitability.
The
profitability of Wilshire Bancorp will be dependent on the profitability of
the
Bank.
Wilshire
Bancorp was incorporated on December 9, 2003, for the purpose of facilitating
the issuance of trust preferred securities for the Bank and becoming the Bank’s
holding company. Therefore, Wilshire Bancorp has limited operating history,
and
since its principal activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the
holding company of the Bank, the profitability of Wilshire Bancorp will be
dependent on the profitability of the Bank. The Bank operates in an extremely
competitive banking environment, competing with a number of banks and other
financial institutions which possess greater financial resources than those
available to the Bank, in addition to
other
independent banks. In addition, the banking business is affected by general
economic and political conditions, both domestic and international, and by
government monetary and fiscal policies. Conditions such as inflation,
recession, unemployment, high interest rates, short money supply, scarce natural
resources, international terrorism and other disorders as well as other factors
beyond the control of the Bank may adversely affect its profitability. Banks
are
also subject to extensive governmental supervision, regulation and control,
and
future legislation and government policy could adversely affect the banking
industry and the operations of the Bank.
Wilshire
Bancorp relies heavily on the payment of dividends from the Bank.
The
ability of Wilshire Bancorp to meet its debt service requirements and to pay
dividends depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to Wilshire
Bancorp on the Bank’s common stock, as Wilshire Bancorp has no other source of
significant income. However, the Bank is subject to regulations limiting the
amount of dividends the Bank may pay to Wilshire Bancorp. For example, the
payment of dividends by the Bank is affected by the requirement to maintain
adequate capital pursuant to the capital adequacy guidelines issued by the
FDIC.
All banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum ratio
of
qualifying total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, at least
one-half of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital, and a ratio of Tier
1
capital to average adjusted assets of 4.0%. If (i) the FDIC increases any of
these required ratios; (ii) the total of risk-weighted assets of the Bank
increases significantly; and/or (iii) the Bank’s income decreases
significantly, the Bank’s Board of Directors may decide or be required to retain
a greater portion of the Bank’s earnings to achieve and maintain the required
capital or asset ratios. This will reduce the amount of funds available for
the
payment of dividends by the Bank to Wilshire Bancorp. Further, in some cases,
the FDIC could take the position that it has the power to prohibit the Bank
from
paying dividends if, in its view, such payments would constitute unsafe or
unsound banking practices. In addition, whether dividends are paid and their
frequency and amount will depend on the financial condition and performance,
and
the discretion of management of the Bank. The foregoing restrictions on
dividends paid by the Bank may limit Wilshire Bancorp’s ability to obtain funds
from such dividends for its cash needs, including funds for payment of its
debt
service requirements and operating expenses and for payment of cash dividends
to
Wilshire Bancorp’s shareholders. The amount of dividends the Bank could pay to
Wilshire Bancorp as of December 31, 2006 without prior regulatory approval,
which is limited by statute to the sum of undivided profits for the current
year
plus net profits for the preceding two years, was $81.2 million.
The
holders of recently issued debentures have rights that are senior to those
of
our shareholders.
In
December 2002, the Bank issued an aggregate of $10 million of Junior
Subordinated Debentures, sometimes referred to in this Report as the 2002 Junior
Subordinated Debentures or the 2002 debentures. In addition, in the past three
years, Wilshire Bancorp, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank in 2003 and
as
a parent company of the Bank in 2005, issued an aggregate of $51,547,000 of
Junior Subordinated Debentures as part of the issuance of $50,000,000 in trust
preferred securities by statutory trusts wholly-owned by Wilshire Bancorp.
The
purpose of these transactions was to raise additional capital. These Junior
Subordinated Debentures are senior in liquidation rights to our outstanding
shares of common stock. The terms of these Junior Subordinated Debentures also
restrict our ability to pay dividends on our common stock at any time we are
in
default under, or with respect to the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued
in
2003 or 2005, have exercised our right to defer interest payments under the
indentures governing these Junior Subordinated Debentures. As a result, in
the
event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holder of these Junior
Subordinated Debentures must be paid in full before any liquidating
distributions may be made to the holders of our common stock. And if we default
under the terms of these Junior Subordinated Debentures or utilize our right
to
defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued in 2003
or
2005 no dividends may be paid to holders of our common stock for so long as
we
remain in default or have deferred amounts remaining unpaid. Because we are
substantially dependent on dividends from the Bank in order to make the periodic
payments due under the terms of the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued in
2003 and 2005, in the event that the Bank is unable to pay dividends to Wilshire
Bancorp for any significant period of time, then we may be unable to pay the
amounts due to the holders of these Junior Subordinated Debentures.
Adverse
changes in domestic or global economic conditions, especially in California,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, and
profitability.
If
conditions worsen in the domestic or global economy, especially in California,
our business, growth and profitability are likely to be materially adversely
affected. A substantial number of our clients are geographically concentrated
in
California, and adverse economic conditions in California, particularly in
the
Los Angeles area, could harm the businesses of a disproportionate number of
our
clients. To the extent that our clients’ underlying businesses are harmed, they
are more likely to default on their loans. We can provide no assurance that
conditions in the California economy will not deteriorate in the future and
that
such deterioration will not adversely affect us.
Maintaining
or increasing our market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory
approval of new products and services.
Our
success depends, in part, upon our ability to adapt our products and services
to
evolving industry standards and consumer demand. There is increasing pressure
on
financial services companies to provide products and services at lower prices.
In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including
Internet-based services, could require us to make substantial expenditures
to
modify or adapt our existing products or services. A failure to achieve market
acceptance of any new products we introduce, or a failure to introduce products
that the market may demand, could have an adverse effect on our business,
profitability, or growth prospects.
Significant
reliance on loans secured by real estate may increase our vulnerability to
downturns in the California real estate market and other variables impacting
the
value of real estate.
At
December 31, 2006, approximately 78.8% of our loans were secured by real estate,
a substantial portion of which consist of loans secured by real estate in
California. Conditions in the California real estate market historically have
influenced the level of our non-performing assets. A real estate recession
in
Southern California could adversely affect our results of operations. In
addition, California has experienced, on occasion, significant natural
disasters, including earthquakes, brush fires and, during early 1998, flooding
attributed to the weather phenomenon known as “El Nino.” The availability of
insurance for losses from such catastrophes is limited. The occurrence of one
or
more of such catastrophes could impair the value of the collateral for our
real
estate secured loans and adversely affect us. In recent years, real estate
prices in Southern California have risen significantly. If real estate prices
were to fall in Southern California, the security for many of our real estate
secured loans could be reduced and we could incur significant losses if
borrowers of real estate secured loans default, and the value of our collateral
is insufficient to cover our losses.
If
we fail to retain our key employees, our growth and profitability could be
adversely affected.
Our
future success depends in large part upon the continuing contributions of our
key management personnel. If we lose the services of one or more key employees
within a short period of time, we could be adversely affected. Our future
success is also dependent upon our continuing ability to attract and retain
highly qualified personnel. Competition for such employees among financial
institutions in California is intense. Our inability to attract and retain
additional key personnel could adversely affect us. We can provide no assurance
that we will be able to retain any of our key officers and employees or attract
and retain qualified personnel in the future. However, we have entered into
an
employment agreement with Soo Bong Min, our President and Chief Executive
Officer, which continues until May 30, 2009.
We
may be unable to manage future growth.
We
may
encounter problems in managing our future growth. Our total assets at December
31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were $2.01 billion, $1.67 billion, and $1.27 billion,
respectively, representing an increase of $401 million, or 31.5% in 2005 and
$342 million, or 20.5% in 2006. We currently intend to open additional “de novo”
branches and loan production offices and to investigate opportunities to acquire
or combine with other financial institutions that would complement our existing
business, as such opportunities may arise. No assurance can be provided,
however, that we will be able to identify a suitable acquisition target or
consummate any such acquisition. Further, our ability to manage growth will
depend primarily on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel,
monitor operations, maintain earnings and control costs. Any failure by us
to
accomplish these goals could result in interruptions in our business plans
and
could also adversely affect current operations.
We
could be liable for breaches of security in our online banking services. Fear
of
security breaches could limit the growth of our online services.
We
offer
various Internet-based services to our clients, including online banking
services. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet
is essential to maintain our clients’ confidence in our online services.
Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could
result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect client
transaction data. Although we have developed systems and processes that are
designed to prevent security breaches and periodically test our security,
failure to mitigate breaches of security could adversely affect our ability
to
offer and grow our online services and could harm our business.
People
generally are concerned with security and privacy on the Internet and any
publicized security problems could inhibit the growth of the Internet as a
means
of conducting commercial transactions. Our ability to provide financial services
over the Internet would be severely impeded if clients became unwilling to
transmit confidential information online. As a result, our operations and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our
directors and executive officers beneficially own a significant portion of
our
outstanding common stock.
As
of
February 28, 2007, our directors and executive officers, together with their
respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 40% of our outstanding
voting common stock (not including vested option shares). As a result, such
shareholders may have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of
corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, including the election of
directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a
merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. We can provide no
assurance that the investment objectives of such shareholders will be the same
as our other shareholders.
The
market for our common stock is limited, and potentially subject to volatile
changes in price.
The
market price of our common stock may be subject to significant fluctuation
in
response to numerous factors, including variations in our annual or quarterly
financial results or those of our competitors, changes by financial research
analysts in their evaluation of our financial results or those of our
competitors, or our failure or that of our competitors to meet such estimates,
conditions in the economy in general or the banking industry in particular,
or
unfavorable publicity affecting us or the banking industry. In addition, the
equity markets have, on occasion, experienced significant price and volume
fluctuations that have affected the market prices for many companies’ securities
and have been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. In
addition, the sale by any of our large shareholders of a significant portion
of
that shareholder’s holdings could have a material adverse effect on the market
price of our common stock. Further, the registration of any significant amount
of additional shares of our common stock will have the immediate effect of
increasing the public float of our common stock and any such increase may cause
the market price of our common stock to decline or fluctuate significantly.
Any
such fluctuations may adversely affect the prevailing market price of the common
stock.
Additional
shares of our common stock issued in the future could have a dilutive effect.
Shares
of
our common stock eligible for future issuance and sale could have a dilutive
effect on the market for our stock. Our Articles of Incorporation authorize
the
issuance of 80,000,000 shares of common stock. As of February 28, 2007, there
were approximately 29,368,016 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding,
plus an additional 693,720 shares of our authorized common stock available
for
the future grant of options and an additional 567,296 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance to the holders of stock options previously granted and
still outstanding under the Wilshire State Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan. Thus,
approximately 49,370,968 shares of our common stock remain authorized (not
reserved for stock options or available for future issuance and sale) at the
discretion of our Board of Directors.
Shares
of our preferred stock issued in the future could have dilutive and other
effects.
Shares
of
our preferred stock eligible for future issuance and sale could have a dilutive
effect on the market for the shares of our common stock. In addition to
80,000,000 shares of common stock, our Articles of Incorporation of the Company
authorize the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Although our
Board of Directors has no present intent to authorize the issuance of shares
of
preferred stock, such shares could be authorized in the future. If such shares
of preferred stock are made convertible into shares of common stock, there
could
be a dilutive effect on the shares of common stock then outstanding.
In
addition, shares of preferred stock may be provided a preference over holders
of
common stock upon our liquidation or with respect to the payment of dividends,
in respect of voting rights or in the redemption of our capital stock. The
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions applicable to any series of
preferred stock may be determined by resolution of our Board of Directors
without the need for shareholder approval.
We
face substantial competition in our primary market area.
We
conduct our banking operations primarily in Southern California. Increased
competition in our market may result in reduced loans and deposits. Ultimately,
we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors. Many competitors offer the same banking services that we offer
in
our service area. These competitors include national banks, regional banks
and
other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of
financial institutions, including without limitation, savings and loan
institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit
unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our
competitors include several major financial companies whose greater resources
may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous
banking locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns.
Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger
capitalization
and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have
larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger
customers. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits,
efforts to obtain deposits, and range and quality of products and services
provided, including new technology-driven products and services. Technological
innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and
international financial services markets as technological advances enable more
companies to provide financial services. We also face competition from
out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened low-end production
offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to
attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue our loan
growth and level of deposits and our results of operations and financial
condition may otherwise be adversely affected.
Anti-takeover
provisions of our charter documents may have the effect of delaying or
preventing changes in control or management.
Certain
provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could discourage
unsolicited takeover proposals not approved by the Board of Directors in which
shareholders could receive a premium for their shares, thereby potentially
limiting the opportunity for our shareholders to dispose of their shares at
the
higher price generally available in takeover attempts or that may be available
under a merger proposal or may have the effect of permitting our current
management, including the current Board of Directors, to retain its position,
and place it in a better position to resist changes that shareholders may wish
to make if they are dissatisfied with the conduct of our business. The
anti-takeover measures included in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,
include, without limitation, the following:
·
|
the
elimination of cumulative voting,
|
·
|
the
adoption of a classified board of directors,
|
·
|
super-majority
shareholder voting requirements to modify certain provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,
and
|
·
|
restrictions
on certain “business combinations” with third parties who may acquire our
securities outside of an action taken by us.
|
We
are subject to significant government regulation and legislation that increases
the cost of doing business and inhibits our ability to
compete.
We
are
subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation,
all of which is subject to material change from time to time. These laws and
regulations increase the cost of doing business and have an adverse impact
on
our ability to compete efficiently with other financial service providers that
are not similarly regulated. Changes in regulatory policies or procedures could
result in management’s determining that a higher provision for loan losses would
be necessary and could cause higher loan charge-offs, thus adversely affecting
our net earnings. There can be no assurance that future regulation or
legislation will not impose additional requirements and restrictions on us
in a
manner that could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows,
financial condition and prospects.
We
could be negatively impacted by downturns in the South Korean
economy.
Many
of
our customers are locally based Korean-Americans who also conduct business
in
South Korea. Although we conduct most of our business with locally-based
customers and rely on domestically located assets to collateralize our loans
and
credit arrangements, we have historically had some exposure to the economy
of
South Korea in connection with certain of our loans and credit transactions
with
Korean banks. Such exposure has consisted of:
·
|
discounts
of acceptances created by banks in South Korea,
|
·
|
advances
made against clean documents presented under sight letters of credit
issued by banks in South Korea,
|
·
|
advances
made against clean documents held for later presentation under letters
of
credit issued by banks in South Korea,
and
|
·
|
extensions
of credit to borrowers in the U.S. secured by letters of credit issued
by
banks in South Korea.
|
We
generally enter into any such loan or credit arrangements, in excess of $200,000
and of longer than 120 days, only with the largest of the Korean banks and
spread other lesser or shorter term loan or credit arrangements among a variety
of medium-sized Korean banks.
Due
to
the economic crisis in South Korea in the mid-1990’s, management has continued
to closely monitor our exposure to the Korean economy and the activities of
Korean banks with which we conduct business. To date, we have not experienced
any significant losses attributable to our exposure to South Korea.
Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that our efforts to minimize exposure
to
downturns in the Korean economy will be successful in the future, and another
significant downturn in the Korean economy could result in significant credit
losses for us.
In
addition, because our customer base is largely Korean-American, our deposit
base
could significantly decrease as a result of a deterioration of the Korean
economy. For example, some of our customers’ businesses may rely on funds from
South Korea. Further, our customers may temporarily withdraw deposits in order
to transfer funds and benefit from gains on foreign exchange and interest rates,
and/or to help their relatives in South Korea during downturns in the Korean
economy. A significant decrease in our deposits could also have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Item
1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not
applicable.
Our
primary banking facilities (corporate headquarters and various lending offices)
are located at 3200 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California and consist
of
approximately 37,269 square feet at the primary banking facilities. Our lease
at
the primary banking facilities runs through March 31, 2015, with our option
to
extend for two consecutive five-year periods. The combined monthly rents are
currently $40,250.52.
We
have
18 full-service branch banking offices in Southern California, Texas and New
York. We also lease seven separate loan production offices in Seattle,
Washington; Milpitas, California (the San Jose area); Annadale, Virginia; Las
Vegas, Nevada; Aurora, Colorado (the Denver area); Atlanta, Georgia; and
Houston, Texas. Each of our branch offices is listed in the table below:
Property
|
|
Ownership
Status
|
|
Square
Feet
|
|
Purchase
Price
|
|
Monthly
Rent
|
|
Use
|
|
Lease
Expiration
|
Wilshire
Office
3200
Wilshire Blvd.
Suite
103
Los
Angeles, California
|
|
leased
|
|
7,426
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
9,877
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
March
2015
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rowland
Heights Office
19765
E. Colima Road
Rowland
Heights, California
|
|
leased
|
|
2,860
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
8,070
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
May
2011
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western
Office
841
South Western Avenue
Los
Angeles, California
|
|
leased
|
|
4,950
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
19,435
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
June
2010
[w/right
to extend for one
5-year
periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valley
Office
8401
Reseda Boulevard
Northridge,
California
|
|
leased
|
|
7,350
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
4,730
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
October
2007
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Downtown
Office
1122
South Maple Avenue
Suites
203,204, 205 and 206
Los
Angeles, California
|
|
leased
|
|
3,800
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
9,939
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
April
2010
[w/right
to extend for one 5-year period]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cerritos
Office
17500
Carmenita Road
Cerritos,
California
|
|
leased
|
|
10,102
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
7,543
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
January
2010
[w/right
to extend for one
5-year
periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gardena
Office
15435
South Western Ave.
Suite
100
Gardena,
California
|
|
leased
|
|
4,150
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
9,675
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
November
2010
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rancho
Cucamonga Office
8045
Archibald Avenue
Rancho
Cucamonga,California
|
|
leased
|
|
3,000
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
4,944
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
November
2010
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Irvine
Office
14451
Red Hill Avenue
Tustin,
California
|
|
leased
|
|
1,200
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
5,000
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
June
2008
[w/right
to extend for one
5-year
periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mid-Wilshire
Office
3834
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California
|
|
leased
|
|
3,382
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
8,793
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
December
2007
[w/right
to extend for one
5-year
periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fashion
Town Office
1300
S. San Pedro Street
Los
Angeles, California
|
|
leased
|
|
3,208
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
6,807
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
December
2009
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fullerton
Office
5254
Beach Blvd.
Buena
Park, California
|
|
leased
|
|
1,440
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
3,383
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
July
2009
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Huntington
Park
6350
Pacific Boulevard
Huntington
Park, California
|
|
purchased
in
2000
|
|
4,350
|
|
$
710,000
|
|
n/a
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
n/a
|
Property
|
|
Ownership
Status
|
|
Square
Feet
|
|
Purchase
Price
|
|
Monthly
Rent
|
|
Use
|
|
Lease
Expiration
|
Torrance
Office
2424
Sepulveda Blvd.
Torrance,
California
|
|
leased
|
|
1,550
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
4,240
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
January
2010
[w/right
to extend for two
consecutive
5-year periods]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garden
Grove Office
9672
Garden Grove Blvd.
Garden
Grove, California
|
|
purchased
in
2005
|
|
2,549
|
|
$
1,535,500
|
|
n/a
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dallas
Office
2237
Royal Lane
Dallas,
Texas
|
|
purchased
in
2003
|
|
7,000
|
|
$
1,325,000
|
|
n/a
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manhattan
Office
11
West 32
nd
St.
New
York, NY
|
|
leased
|
|
10,400
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
29,845
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
October
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flushing
Office
136-52/62
39th Ave.
Flushing,
NY
|
|
leased
|
|
2,336
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
16,271
|
|
Branch
office
|
|
May
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management
has determined that all of our premises are adequate for our present and
anticipated level of business.
Item
3.
Legal
Proceedings
From
time
to time, we are a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of business. Our management evaluates our exposure to these claims and
proceedings individually and in the aggregate and provides for potential losses
on such litigation if the amount of the loss is estimatable and the loss is
probable.
We
believe that there are no material litigation matters at the current time.
Although the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted
with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of such claims and proceedings
will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, liquidity,
or
results of operations.
Item
4.
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No
matters were submitted to our shareholders, through the solicitation of proxies
or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31,
2006.
PART
II
Item
5.
Market
for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
Trading
History
Wilshire
Bancorp
succeeded
to the business and operations of the
Bank
upon
consummation of the reorganization of the Bank into a holding company structure,
effective as of August 25, 2004.
As
a
result of the reorganization, shareholders of the Bank are now shareholders
of
the Company and the Bank is a direct subsidiary of Wilshire Bancorp. Prior
to
the reorganization, the Bank was listed for trading on the NASDAQ National
Market under the symbol “WSBK.” Wilshire Bancorp’s common stock is now listed
for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WIBC.” However,
trading in our common stock has not been extensive and such trades cannot be
characterized as constituting an active trading market.
The
information in the following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated,
the
high and low closing sale price for the common stock as reported on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market:
|
|
Closing
Sale Price
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Year
Ended
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.61
|
|
$
|
16.78
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.44
|
|
$
|
16.53
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.71
|
|
$
|
17.64
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.99
|
|
$
|
18.48
|
|
Year
Ended
December
31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
Quarter
|
|
$
|
15.99
|
|
$
|
12.52
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
|
$
|
14.63
|
|
$
|
12.48
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
|
$
|
15.65
|
|
$
|
14.05
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
|
$
|
17.36
|
|
$
|
14.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On
February 28, 2007, the closing sales price for the Common Stock was $17.04,
as
reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As of February 28, 2007, there
were
approximately 190 shareholders of record of the common stock (not including
the
number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through
various brokerage firms) and 29,368,016 outstanding shares of common stock.
Dividends
As
a
California corporation, we are restricted under the California General
Corporation Law, or CGCL, from paying dividends under certain conditions. Our
shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our
board
of directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends,
as
provided in the CGCL. The CGCL provides that a corporation may make a
distribution to its shareholders if retained earnings immediately prior to
the
dividend payout at least equal the amount of proposed distribution. In the
event
that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed
distribution, a corporation may, nevertheless, make a distribution, if it meets
both the “quantitative solvency” and the “liquidity” tests. In general, the
quantitative solvency test requires that the sum of the assets of the
corporation equal at least 1¼ times its liabilities. The liquidity test
generally requires that a corporation have current assets at least equal to
current liabilities, or, if the average of the earnings of the corporation
before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal
years was less than the average of the interest expense of the corporation
for
such fiscal years, then current assets must be equal to at least 1¼ times
current liabilities. In certain circumstances, we may be required to obtain
the
prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to make capital distributions to
our
shareholders.
It
has
been our general practice to retain earnings for the purpose of increasing
capital to support growth, and no cash dividends were paid to shareholders
prior
to 2005. However, we began paying a cash dividend to our shareholders starting
the first quarter of 2005. While we currently pay cash dividends, dividends
are
subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number
of factors, including future earnings, financial condition, cash needs and
general business conditions. Any dividend must also comply with the restrictions
in our outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures described earlier in this
Report as well as applicable bank regulations.
Our
ability to pay cash dividends in the future will depend in large part on the
ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its capital stock to us. The ability
of
the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the California
Financial Code, the FDIA and FDIC regulations. In general terms, California
law
provides
that
the
Bank
may
declare a cash dividend out of net profits up to the lesser of retained earnings
or net income for the last three fiscal years (less any distributions made
to
shareholders during such period), or, with the prior written approval of the
Commissioner of Department of Financial Institutions, in an amount not exceeding
the greatest of:
·
|
net
income for the prior fiscal year, or
|
·
|
net
income for the current fiscal year.
|
The
Bank’s
ability
to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon our earnings during a
specified period, but also on our meeting certain capital
requirements.
The
FDIA and
FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is
undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when
there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank. The payment of
dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements
and
policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the
regulatory authority, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged
in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (that, depending
on
the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment
of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such
depository institution cease and desist from such practice.
The
following table shows cash dividends declared for the two years ended December
31, 2006:
Declaration
Date
|
|
Payable
Date
|
|
Record
Date
|
|
Type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February
25, 2005
|
|
|
April
14, 2005
|
|
|
March
31, 2005
|
|
$
|
0.04
per share
|
|
May
25, 2005
|
|
|
July
15, 2005
|
|
|
June
30, 2005
|
|
$
|
0.04
per share
|
|
September
30, 2005
|
|
|
October
14, 2005
|
|
|
September
30, 2005
|
|
$
|
0.04
per share
|
|
December
2, 2005
|
|
|
January
17, 2006
|
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
$
|
0.04
per share
|
|
February
23, 2006
|
|
|
April
14, 2006
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.05
per share
|
|
June
1, 2006
|
|
|
July
14, 2006
|
|
|
June
30, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.05
per share
|
|
August
30, 2006
|
|
|
October
16, 2006
|
|
|
September
29, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.05
per share
|
|
December
14, 2006
|
|
|
January
12, 2007
|
|
|
December
29, 2006
|
|
$
|
0.05
per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
The
following table presents selected historical financial information as of and
for
each of the years in the five years ended December 31, 2006. The selected
historical financial information is derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and the notes thereto which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report
and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation” in Item 7 below:
|
|
As
of and For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Summary
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
$
|
141,400
|
|
$
|
97,289
|
|
$
|
59,798
|
|
$
|
40,926
|
|
$
|
32,785
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
64,823
|
|
|
34,341
|
|
|
17,463
|
|
|
11,944
|
|
|
9,008
|
|
Net
interest income before provision for loan losses
|
|
|
76,577
|
|
|
62,948
|
|
|
42,335
|
|
|
28,982
|
|
|
23,777
|
|
Provision
for losses on loans and loan commitments
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
3,350
|
|
|
3,567
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
Noninterest
income
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
20,478
|
|
|
20,997
|
|
|
17,099
|
|
|
11,375
|
|
Noninterest
expenses
|
|
|
41,232
|
|
|
33,563
|
|
|
27,283
|
|
|
21,986
|
|
|
17,588
|
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
|
55,745
|
|
|
46,513
|
|
|
32,482
|
|
|
21,312
|
|
|
14,324
|
|
Income
tax provision
|
|
|
21,803
|
|
|
18,753
|
|
|
13,024
|
|
|
8,495
|
|
|
5,731
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
33,942
|
|
|
27,760
|
|
|
19,458
|
|
|
12,817
|
|
|
8,593
|
|
Per
Share Data:
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Book
value
|
|
$
|
5.12
|
|
$
|
3.95
|
|
$
|
3.14
|
|
$
|
2.27
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
28,986,217
|
|
|
28,544,474
|
|
|
27,623,766
|
|
|
25,781,222
|
|
|
25,319,514
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
29,330,732
|
|
|
28,913,542
|
|
|
28,515,881
|
|
|
28,973,208
|
|
|
27,058,850
|
|
Year
end shares outstanding
|
|
|
29,197,420
|
|
|
28,630,600
|
|
|
28,142,470
|
|
|
25,902,728
|
|
|
25,594,615
|
|
Summary
Statement of Financial Condition Data (Year End):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans, net of unearned income
2
|
|
$
|
1,560,539
|
|
$
|
1,262,560
|
|
$
|
1,020,723
|
|
$
|
757,006
|
|
$
|
524,541
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
|
18,654
|
|
|
13,999
|
|
|
11,111
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
|
2,008,484
|
|
|
1,666,273
|
|
|
1,265,641
|
|
|
983,264
|
|
|
692,810
|
|
1
As
adjusted to reflect a 10% stock dividend issued in May 2003 and two two-for-one
stock splits effected in the form of a 100 % stock dividend, issued in
December
2003 and 2004, respectively.
2
Total
loans are the sum of loans receivable and loans held for sale and reported
at
their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income which is
unamortized deferred fees and costs and premiums and
discounts.
|
|
As
of and For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
1,751,973
|
|
|
1,409,465
|
|
|
1,098,705
|
|
|
856,239
|
|
|
618,702
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank Advances
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
41,000
|
|
|
29,000
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Junior
Subordinated Debentures
|
|
|
61,547
|
|
|
61,547
|
|
|
25,464
|
|
|
25,464
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Total
shareholders’ equity
|
|
|
149,635
|
|
|
113,104
|
|
|
88,307
|
|
|
58,741
|
|
|
45,392
|
|
Performance
ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average equity
1
|
|
|
25.51
|
%
|
|
27.21
|
%
|
|
25.42
|
%
|
|
24.56
|
%
|
|
20.97
|
%
|
Return
on average assets
2
|
|
|
1.85
|
%
|
|
1.92
|
%
|
|
1.70
|
%
|
|
1.58
|
%
|
|
1.49
|
%
|
Net
interest margin
3
|
|
|
4.51
|
%
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
|
4.05
|
%
|
|
3.89
|
%
|
|
4.48
|
%
|
Efficiency
ratio
4
|
|
|
40.04
|
%
|
|
40.23
|
%
|
|
43.08
|
%
|
|
47.71
|
%
|
|
50.03
|
%
|
Net
loans to total deposits at year end
|
|
|
88.01
|
%
|
|
88.58
|
%
|
|
92.90
|
%
|
|
88.41
|
%
|
|
84.78
|
%
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
|
|
17.09
|
%
|
|
16.48
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Capital
ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
shareholders’ equity to average total assets
|
|
|
7.26
|
%
|
|
7.05
|
%
|
|
6.71
|
%
|
|
6.43
|
%
|
|
7.09
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital to adjusted total assets
|
|
|
9.79
|
%
|
|
9.39
|
%
|
|
8.35
|
%
|
|
6.36
|
%
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital to total risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
11.81
|
%
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
|
9.87
|
%
|
|
7.29
|
%
|
|
8.40
|
%
|
Total
capital to total risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
13.63
|
%
|
|
14.41
|
%
|
|
11.95
|
%
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
|
11.45
|
%
|
Asset
quality ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming
loans to total loans
5
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
|
0.20
|
%
|
|
0.26
|
%
|
|
0.50
|
%
|
|
0.66
|
%
|
Nonperforming
assets
6
to
total loans and other real estate owned
|
|
|
0.45
|
%
|
|
0.22
|
%
|
|
0.26
|
%
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
|
0.66
|
%
|
Net
charge-offs (recoveries) to average total loans
|
|
|
0.06
|
%
|
|
0.03
|
%
|
|
0.10
|
%
|
|
0.02
|
%
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to total loans at year end
|
|
|
1.20
|
%
|
|
1.11
|
%
|
|
1.09
|
%
|
|
1.19
|
%
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to nonperforming loans
|
|
|
272.38
|
%
|
|
567.15
|
%
|
|
411.63
|
%
|
|
240.45
|
%
|
|
182.96
|
%
|
1
Net
income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
2
Net
income divided by average total assets.
3
Represents
net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning
assets.
4
Represents
the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income before
provision for loan losses and total noninterest income.
5
Nonperforming
loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more and
restructured loans.
6
Nonperforming
assets consist of nonperforming loans (see footnote no. 5
above),
other real estate owned and repossessed vehicles.
Item
7.
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
This
discussion presents management’s analysis of our results of operations and
financial condition as of and for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2006. All per share amounts and number of shares outstanding
in this item have been retroactively adjusted and restated to give effect to
the
two-for-one stock splits (effected in the form of a 100 % stock dividend) in
December 2004 The discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and the notes related thereto which appear elsewhere in this
Report.
Executive
Overview
Introduction
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc. succeeded to the business and operations of Wilshire State Bank
(the “Bank”) upon consummation of the reorganization of the Bank into a holding
company structure, effective as of August 25, 2004. Prior to the completion
of
the reorganization, the Bank was subject to the information, reporting and
proxy
statement requirements of the Exchange Act, pursuant to the regulations of
its
primary regulator, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC.
Accordingly, the Bank filed annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements
and
other information with the FDIC. Pursuant to Rule 12g-3 of the Exchange Act,
the
Company has succeeded to the reporting obligations of the Bank and the reporting
obligations of the Bank to the FDIC have terminated. Filings by the Company
under the Exchange Act, like this Form 10-K, are to be made with the SEC. Note
that while we refer generally to the Company throughout this filing, all
references to the Company prior to August 26, 2004, except where otherwise
indicated, are to the Bank.
We
operate community banks in the general commercial banking business, with our
primary market encompassing the multi-ethnic population of the Los Angeles
Metropolitan area. Our full-service offices are located primarily in areas
where
a majority of the businesses are owned by Korean-speaking immigrants, with
many
of the remaining businesses owned by Hispanic and other minority
groups.
At
December 31, 2006, we had approximately $2.01 billion in assets, $1.56 billion
in total loans, and $1.75 billion in deposits. We also have expanded and
diversified our business by focusing on the continued development of our
commercial and consumer lending divisions.
As
of May
19, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Liberty Bank of New York (“Liberty”)
and its merger into Wilshire State Bank. With this acquisition, we added $66
million in total assets and two branches in New York City. We paid $14.5 million
for this transaction, which consisted of $8.6 million in cash and $5.9 million
in our common stock (328,110 shares). We also incurred merger-related costs
of
$625,000 which we recognized as additional consideration in connection with
this
business combination. Since the acquisition, our loan portfolio in New York
has
grown by 142%, from $26 million to $63 million at the end of 2006. Deposit
growth has exceeded our expectations as well, from $50 million at the time
of
the acquisition to $123 million at the end of 2006.
Over
the
past several years, our network of branches and loan production offices has
been
expanded geographically. We currently maintain eighteen branch offices and
seven
loan production offices. Our expansion in these areas complements our
multi-ethnic small business focus. We intend to continue our growth strategy
in
future years through the opening of additional branches and loan production
offices as our needs and resources permit.
In
December 2002, the Bank issued $10 million of the 2002 Junior Subordinated
Debentures. Subsequently, the Company, as a wholly-owned subsidiary in 2003
and
as a parent company of the Bank in 2005, issued a total of $51,547,000 of Junior
Subordinated Debentures in connection with a $50,000,000 trust preferred
securities issuance by statutory trusts wholly-owned by the Company. We believe
that the supplemental capital raised in connection with the issuance of these
debentures allowed us to achieve and maintain status as a well-capitalized
institution and sustained our continued loan growth.
As
evidenced by our past several years of operations, we have experienced
significant balance sheet growth. We have implemented a strategy of building
our
core banking foundation by focusing on commercial loans and business transaction
accounts. Our management believes that this strategy has created recurring
revenue streams, diversified our product portfolio and enhanced shareholder
value.
2006
Key Performance Indicators
We
believe the following were key indicators of our performance for operations
during 2006:
·
|
our
total assets grew to $2.01 billion at the end of 2006, or an increase
of
20.5% from $1.67 billion at the end of
2005.
|
·
|
our
total deposits grew to $1.75 billion at the end of 2006, or an increase
of
24.3% from $1.41 billion at the end of
2005.
|
·
|
our
total loans grew to $1.56 billion at the end of 2006, or an increase
of
23.6% from $1.26 billion at the end of
2005.
|
·
|
total
noninterest income increased to $26.4 million in 2006, or an increase
of
28.9% from $20.5 million in 2005 due mainly to the gain on sale of
the
nonguaranteed portion of SBA loans.
|
·
|
our
efficiency ratio (the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of
net
interest income before provision for loan losses and total noninterest
income) remained at a relatively low level at 40.0% and 40.2% in
2006 and
2005, respectively.
|
·
|
total
noninterest expense increased from $33.6 million in 2005 to $41.2
million
in 2006, reflecting the expanded personnel and premises associated
with
our business growth. Noninterest expenses as a percentage of average
assets were lowered to 2.25% in 2006 from 2.32% in 2005.
|
These
items, as well as other factors, contributed to the increase in net income
for
2006 to $33.9 million, or $1.16 per diluted common share as compared with $27.8
million, or $0.96 per diluted common share in 2005 and are discussed in further
detail throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations.”
200
7
Outlook
As
we
look ahead to 2007, the economies and real estate markets in our primary market
areas will continue to be significant determinants of the quality of our assets
in future periods and thus our results of operations, liquidity and financial
condition. We anticipate that the national economy is headed for a soft landing
in 2007 and that this will generally affect asset quality negatively. Responding
proactively to this anticipated business environment, we are shifting our focus
from growth to asset quality improvement. We have already enhanced our loan
underwriting standards more stringently and made it more difficult to allow
exceptions from our loan policy. We anticipate these changes will result in
moderating loan growth, but at the same time improving loan quality.
Our
focus
on net interest margin management will continue. We have generally been in
an
asset-sensitive position, meaning that our interest earning assets will re-price
more quickly than our interest-bearing liabilities. Although the interest
repricing gap in our models indicate that our margin generally decreases in
a
declining interest-rate environment, we do not anticipate a major drop, if
any,
in our net interest margin because our rate-sensitivity position between assets
and liabilities for the one-year timeframe is currently about neutral.
It
is
also our expectation that the strategic change toward more moderate loan growth
will make our funding needs subside and our reliance on high-cost deposits
to
decline. As a result, our net interest margin should improve.
We
also
believe that these strategic changes and our expansion into
the
East
Coast market of the United States,
together
with our core deposit campaign that linked monetary awards to core deposit
growth, will also benefit our net interest margin going forward.
Notwithstanding
the overall slower national economy, we believe that there will be continued
growth in our primary market areas, which includes the Korean-American business
sectors located in Southern California, Texas, and the greater New York
metropolitan area, due mainly to the anticipated capital influx from the
Republic of Korea. We therefore believe that we will continue to grow; just
at a
more controlled pace than we have experienced in the past few years. Such
reduction of the growth rate is expected to result in a healthier balance sheet
with better asset quality and more core-deposits.
We
will
continue to pursue opportunities for growth in our existing markets, as well
as
opportunities to expand into new markets through
de
novo
branching and regional loan production offices. We are currently in the process
of acquiring a branch in New Jersey and we also expect to open another branch
in
the greater New York metropolitan area. We are targeting both branches to open
in the first half of 2007 and we believe these two new branches, together with
the existing New York branches, will be a critical part of our expansion
strategy, especially in the East Coast market of the United States due to its
high level of small business activity and diverse population.
In
addition, we will continue to focus on streamlining our operations so that
our
expenses grow more slowly than the overall growth of our business.
Critical
Accounting Policies
The
discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations
is
based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance
with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The
preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates
and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Various
elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject
to
estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments.
In particular, we have identified several accounting policies that, due to
judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies are critical
to
an understanding of our consolidated financial statements. These policies relate
to the classification and valuation of investment securities, the methodologies
that determine our allowance for loan losses, the treatment of non-accrual
loans, the valuation of properties acquired through foreclosure, the valuation
of retained interests and mortgage servicing assets related to the sales of
Small Business Administration loans, and the treatment and valuation of
stock-based compensation and business combination. In each area, we have
identified the variables most important in the estimation process. We have
used
the best information available to make the estimation necessary to value the
related assets and liabilities. Actual performance that differs from our
estimates and future changes in the key variables could change future valuation
and impact net income.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
Accounting
for allowance for loan losses involves significant judgment and assumptions
by
management and is based on historical data and management’s view of the current
economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, our management reviews
the
methodology and adequacy of allowance for loan losses and reports its assessment
to the Board of Directors for its review and approval.
We
base
our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent
in
our loan portfolio. Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances is
intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses and
involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio in three phases:
·
|
the
specific review of individual loans in accordance with Statement
of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.114,
Accounting
by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
,
|
·
|
the
segmenting and reviewing of loan pools with similar characteristics
in
accordance with SFAS No. 5,
Accounting
for Contingencies
,
and
|
·
|
our
judgmental estimate based on various qualitative
factors.
|
The
first
phase of our allowance analysis involves the specific review of individual
loans
to identify and measure impairment. At this phase, we evaluate each loan except
for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. Specific
risk-rated loans are deemed impaired with respect to all amounts, including
principal and interest, which will likely not be collected in accordance with
the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial
and real estate loans is measured either based on the present value of the
loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral
dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral, less selling and holding
costs.
The
second phase involves segmenting the remainder of the risk-rated loan portfolio
into groups or pools of loans, together with loans with similar characteristics
for evaluation in accordance with SFAS No. 5. We perform loss migration analysis
and calculate the loss migration ratio for each loan pool based on its
historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer
banks.
In
the
third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect
the collectibility of a loan portfolio and each group of loan pools. As a
general rule, the factors detailed below will be considered to have no impact
to
our loss migration analysis. However, if there exists information to warrant
adjustment to the loss migration ratios, the changes will be made in accordance
with the established parameters and supported by narrative and/or statistical
analysis. We use a credit risk matrix to determine the impact to the loss
migration analysis. This matrix enables management to adjust the general
allocation based on the loss migration ratio up to additional 50% for each
loan
pool. The factors currently considered include, but are not limited to, those
described below. For all factors, the extent of the adjustment will be
commensurate with the severity of the conditions that concern each
factor.
·
|
Concentration
of Credits
:
This factor may be adjusted based on the identification of any
concentration or significant changes to the level of identified
concentrations of credit. A concentration of credit is defined as
loans to
any single borrower, affiliated group of borrowers, or borrowers
engaged
in or dependent upon one industry that exceeds 25% of Tier 1 Capital
&
Reserves. A concentration can also result from an acquisition of
a volume
of loans from a single source, regardless of the diversity of the
individual borrowers.
|
·
|
Delinquency
Trends
:
The trend of delinquency shall be assessed by the quarterly trend
and the
comparison with peer average.
|
·
|
Nature
and Volume of Loan Trend
:
This factor will be adjusted for significant changes in the nature
and
volume of the loan portfolio.
|
·
|
N
on-Accrual
Loan Trend
:
The trend of non-accrual loans shall be assessed by the quarterly
trend
and the comparison with peer
average.
|
·
|
Problem
Loan Trend
:
This factor may be adjusted depending on the quarterly trend of criticized
and classified loans in the total
loans.
|
·
|
Loss
and Recovery Trend
:
This factor may be adjusted depending on the quarterly trend of the
net
charge-offs and the comparison with
peers.
|
·
|
Quality
of Loan Review
:
This factor may be adjusted when there has been a noted and significant
(as determined and documented from external or internal sources)
deterioration or improvement in the loan review system and/or Director’s
oversight. An adjustment will generally occur when there had previously
been a documented weakness and clear improvement was noted by external
sources, or when a significant deterioration was noted by external
sources, in the loan review system and/or the degree of oversight
by the
Directors. In the absence of noted changes to the loan review system
and/or the degree of oversight by the Directors, no adjustment will
be
made.
|
·
|
Lending
and Management Staff
:
This factor will be adjusted with changes to the experience, ability,
and
depth of lending management and staff that are significant enough
to
warrant adjustment to the loss migration ratio. If the staffing or
the
experience level of lending staff is considered to be adequate (as
determined by an external source) then, in general, no adjustment
will be
made.
|
·
|
Lending
Policies and Procedures
:
This factor may be adjusted depending on the documented results of
external reviews of the policies and procedures, including underwriting
standards and collection, charge-off, and recovery practices. The
trend of
policy or procedure exceptions will also have an impact on this factor.
It
is the objective of the Board of Directors and Management to maintain
at
all times adequate policies, procedures, underwriting standards,
and
practices.
|
·
|
Economic
and Business Conditions
:
This factor may be adjusted depending on local, regional, and national
economic trends and their perceived impact on particular market segments.
In the periods of stable economic environment, no adjustment will
be
made.
|
·
|
External
Factors such as changes in legal and regulatory requirements, on
the level
of estimated credit losses in the current portfolio
:
This factor may be adjusted depending on the trend of external factors
and
their perceived impact on the overall credit risk. In the periods
of
stable regulatory environment, no adjustment will be
made.
|
·
|
Other
adjustments
:
With a supporting rationale, this factor may be used for adjustments
which
cannot be addressed by the foregoing
factors.
|
The
evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these factors is subject to
a
higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific
problem credits or portfolio components. Management currently intends to manage
an unallocated allowance not to exceed 2% of the total estimated allowance
for
loan losses, due to the inherent risk associated with the imprecision in
estimating the allowance.
Central
to our credit risk management and our assessment of appropriate loss allowance
is our loan risk rating system. Under this system, the originating credit
officer assigns borrowers an initial risk rating based on a thorough analysis
of
each borrower’s financial capacity in conjunction with industry and economic
trends. Approvals are made based upon the amount of inherent credit risk
specific to the transaction and are reviewed for appropriateness by senior
line
and credit administration personnel. Credits are monitored by line and credit
administration personnel for deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition
which may impact the ability of the borrower to perform under the contract.
Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loans,
specific loan pools, including off-balance sheet credit exposures which are
reported separately as part of other liabilities, the adequacy of the allowance
is considered in its entirety.
SBA
Loans
Certain
Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans that may be sold prior to maturity
have been designated as held for sale at origination and are recorded at the
lower of cost or market value, determined on an aggregate basis. A valuation
allowance is established if the market value of such loans is lower than their
cost, and operations are charged or credited for valuation adjustments. When
we
sell a loan, we usually sell the guaranteed portion of the loan and retain
the
non-guaranteed portion. We receive sales proceeds from: (i) the guaranteed
principal of the loan, (ii) the deferred premium for the difference between
the
book value of the retained portion and the fair value allocated to the retained
portion, and (iii) the loan excess servicing fee (“ESF”). At the time of sale,
the deferred premium, which is amortized over the remaining life of the loan
as
an adjustment to yield, is recorded for the difference between the book value
and the fair value allocated to the retained portion. The sales gain is
recognized from the difference between the proceeds and the book value allocated
to the sold portion.
We
allocate the book value of the related loan among three portions on the basis
of
their relative fair value: (i) the sold portion, (ii) the retained portion,
and
(iii) the ESF. We estimate the fair value of each portion based on the
following. The amount received for the sale represents the fair value of the
sold portion. The fair value of the retained portion is computed by discounting,
at 1% above the contract rate (note rate), its future cash flows over the
estimated life of the loan. We calculate the fair value of the ESF for the
loan
from the cash in-flow of the net servicing fee over the estimated life of the
loan, discounted at 0.5% above the main note rate of the related
loan.
We
capitalize the fair value allocated to ESF in two categories: (i) intangible
servicing assets (the contracted servicing fee less normal servicing costs
-
typically 40 basis points), and (ii) interest-only strip receivables
(excess of ESF over the contracted servicing fee). The servicing asset is
recorded based on the present value of the contractually specified servicing
fee, net of servicing cost, over the estimated life of the loan, using a
discount rate of 0.5% above the main note rate of the related loan. The
servicing asset is amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated
servicing income. Management periodically evaluates the fair value of servicing
assets for impairment. A valuation allowance is recorded when the fair value
is
below the carrying amount and a recovery of the valuation allowance is recorded
when its fair value exceeds the carrying amount. However, a reversal may not
exceed the original valuation allowance recorded. For purposes of measuring
impairment, the servicing assets are stratified by collateral type. An
interest-only strip is recorded based on the present value of the excess of
future interest income, over the contractually specified servicing fee,
calculated using the same assumptions as noted above. Interest-only strips
are
accounted for at their estimated fair value, with unrealized gains recorded
as
an adjustment in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.
If the estimated fair value is less than its carrying value, the loss is
considered as other-than-temporary impairment and it is charged to the current
earnings.
Non-Accrual
Loan Policy
Interest
on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed
collectible. Accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan is over 90 days
delinquent unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized
and
in the process of collection. Generally, payments received on nonaccrual loans
are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all
principal has been repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has
occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals.
Affordable
Housing Investments
The
Company has invested in limited partnerships formed to develop and operate
affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout the states of
California, Texas, and New York. The costs of the investments are being
amortized on a straight line method over the life of related tax credits. If
the
partnerships cease to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may
be
denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion
of the credits previously taken is subject to recapture with interest. Such
investments are recorded in other assets in the accompanying consolidated
statements of financial condition.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The
Company issued stock-based compensation to certain employees, officers, and
directors. Prior to December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for its fixed
stock
options using the intrinsic-value method, presented in APB Opinion No.25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related interpretations,
which
generally does not result in compensation expense recognition. Under the
intrinsic value method, compensation cost for stock options is measured at
the
date of grant as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of our stock
over the exercise price of the options. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS 123R, Share-Based Payment, for stock based compensation. SFAS
No. 123(R) allows for two alternative transition methods. The Company
follows the modified prospective method, which requires application of the
new
Statement to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased or cancelled after
the required effective date. Accordingly, prior period amounts have not been
restated. Additionally, compensation cost for the portion of awards for which
the requisite service has not been rendered that are outstanding as of
January 1, 2006 will be recognized as the requisite services are rendered
on or after January 1, 2006. The compensation cost of that portion of
awards is based on the grant-date fair value of those awards.
Other
Real Estate Owned
Other
real estate owned (“OREO”), which represents real estate acquired through
foreclosure, or deed in lieu of foreclosure in satisfaction of commercial and
real estate loans, is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value
less
the estimated selling costs of the real estate. The fair value of the property
is based upon a current appraisal. The difference between the fair value of
the
real estate collateral and the loan balance at the time of transfer is recorded
as a loan charge off if fair value is lower. Subsequent to foreclosure,
management periodically performs valuations and the OREO property is carried
at
the lower of carrying value or fair value, less cost to sell. The determination
of a property’s estimated fair value incorporates (i) revenues projected to be
realized from disposal of the property, (ii) construction and renovation costs,
(iii) marketing and transaction costs, and (iv) holding costs (
e.g.
,
property taxes, insurance and homeowners’ association dues). Any subsequent
declines in the fair value of the OREO property after the date of transfer
are
recorded through a write-down of the asset. Any subsequent operating expenses
or
income, reduction in estimated fair values, and gains or losses on disposition
of such properties are charged or credited to current operations.
Investment
Securities
Our
investment policy seeks to provide and maintain liquidity, and to produce
favorable returns on investments without incurring unnecessary interest rate
or
credit risk, while complementing our lending activities. Our investment
securities portfolio is subject to interest rate risk. Fluctuations in interest
rates may cause actual prepayments to vary from the estimated prepayments over
the life of a security. This may result in adjustments to the amortization
of
premiums or accretion of discounts related to these instruments, consequently
changing the net yield on such securities. Reinvestment risk is also associated
with the cash flows from such securities. The unrealized gain/loss on such
securities may also be adversely impacted by changes in interest
rates.
Under
SFAS No. 115,
Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,
investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to
hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and recorded at amortized
cost. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading, with readily
determinable fair values, are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at
fair value. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income
using the interest method over the estimated lives of the securities.
Currently,
all of our investment securities are classified as either available-for-sale
or
held-to-maturity. The unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale
securities are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive
income, as part of shareholders’ equity. In accordance with EITF Issue No.
03-1,
The
Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain
Investments
(“EITF
03-1”), we are obligated to assess, at each reporting date, whether there is
“other than temporary” impairment to our investment securities. Declines in the
fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their
cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as
realized losses. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on
the
trade date. As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, no investment
securities were determined to have any other-than-temporary
impairment.
Business
Combination
During
the second quarter of 2006, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141,
Business
Combinations
(“SFAS
No. 141”), the purchase of Liberty Bank of New York (“Liberty”) required
significant estimates and assumptions. We engaged outside experts, including
appraisers, to assist in estimating the fair values of certain assets acquired,
particularly the loan portfolio, core deposit intangible asset and fixed assets.
The Bank used market data regarding securities market prices and interest rates
to estimate the fair values of financial assets, including the securities
portfolio, deposits and borrowings. We also evaluated long-lived assets for
impairment and no significant impairment was noted. In accordance with Emerging
Issues Task Force Issue No. 95-3,
Recognition
of Liabilities in Connection With a Purchase Business
Combination
,
we
recognized liabilities assumed for costs to involuntarily terminate employees
of
Liberty and we do not assume any costs to exit activities of
Liberty.
In
connection with the acquisition of the Liberty, the Company also recognized
goodwill and intangible assets. (See further discussion on this matter in Note
[10] of the Company’s Financial Statements included herein.) Pursuant to SFAS
No. 142, the Company tested goodwill and intangible assets for impairment as
of
December 31, 2006. There was no impairment in recorded goodwill and
intangible assets as of December 31, 2006
.
Results
of Operations
Net
Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Our
primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference
between interest and fees derived from earning assets and interest paid on
liabilities obtained to fund those assets. Our net interest income is affected
by changes in the level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities, referred to as volume changes. Our net interest income is also
affected by changes in the yields earned on assets and rates paid on
liabilities, referred to as rate changes. Interest rates charged on our loans
are affected principally by the demand for such loans, the supply of money
available for lending purposes and competitive factors. Those factors are,
in
turn, affected by general economic conditions and other factors beyond our
control, such as federal economic policies, the general supply of money in
the
economy, legislative tax policies, the governmental budgetary matters, and
the
actions of the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”).
Average
net loans were $1.41 billion in 2006, as compared with $1.12 billion in 2005
and
$895.4 million in 2004, representing increases of 25.6% and 25.1% in 2006 and
2005, respectively, from each of the prior annual periods and average
interest-earning assets were $1.70 billion in 2006, as compared with $1.34
billion in 2005 and $1.05 billion in 2004, representing increases of 27.1%
and
27.8% in 2006 and 2005, respectively, from each of the prior annual periods.
Our
average interest-bearing deposits also increased by 34.5% to $1.27 billion
in
2006, as compared with $941 million in 2005, after increasing 28.4% in 2005
from
$732.6 million in 2004. Together with other borrowings (see “Financial
Condition-Deposits and Other Sources of Funds” below), average interest-bearing
liabilities increased by 31.0% to $1.37 billion in 2006, as compared with $1.04
billion in 2005, after increasing by 30.1% in 2005 from $801.9 million in 2004.
The
FRB’s
continued rate increases since June 2004 increased the average yields on
interest-earning assets to 7.28% in 2005 from 5.72% in 2004 and further
increased them to 8.32% in 2006. In the same time periods, the strong
competition for deposits in our local markets accelerated to a greater extent
the increase of our average cost on interest-bearing liabilities to 4.74% in
2006 and to 3.29% in 2005 from 2.18% in 2004. As a result, interest income
grew
45.3% to $141.4 million in 2006 compared to $97.3 million in 2005, outpaced
by
an 88.8% increase in interest expense to $64.8 million in 2006 from $34.3
million in 2005. The increase of interest income in 2005 was 62.7% which was
similarly outpaced by a 96.7% increase in interest expense.
The
combined result of our growth and interest rate increases was still an increase
in net interest income. Net interest income increased by 21.7%, or $13.6
million, to $76.6 million in 2006, following an increase of 48.7%, or $20.6
million in 2005 to $63.0 million from $42.3 million in 2004. The positive impact
of the FRB’s rate increases since June 2004 improved our net interest spread and
net interest margin from 3.54% and 4.05%, respectively, in 2004 to 3.98% and
4.71%, respectively, in 2005. In 2006, they however decreased to 3.58% and
4.51%, respectively, due to the said strong deposit competition.
The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our average balances
of
assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, in addition to the major
components of net interest income and net interest margin:
Distribution,
Yield and Rate Analysis of Net Income
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
Income/ Expense
|
|
Average
Rate/Yield
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
Income/ Expense
|
|
Average
Rate/Yield
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
Income/ Expense
|
|
Average
Rate/Yield
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Assets
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loans
1
|
|
$
|
1,407,250
|
|
$
|
127,840
|
|
|
9.08
|
%
|
$
|
1,120,371
|
|
$
|
89,628
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
895,380
|
|
$
|
55,943
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Securities
of government sponsored
enterprises
|
|
|
173,985
|
|
|
7,687
|
|
|
4.42
|
%
|
|
122,698
|
|
|
4,374
|
|
|
3.56
|
%
|
|
77,251
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
3.08
|
%
|
Other
investment securities .
|
|
|
20,588
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
|
6,839
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
4.23
|
%
|
|
11,305
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Commercial
paper
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
2,358
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
3.47
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
|
97,198
|
|
|
4,886
|
|
|
5.03
|
%
|
|
80,859
|
|
|
2,796
|
|
|
3.46
|
%
|
|
55,763
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
1.44
|
%
|
Money
market preferred stocks
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
4,019
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
2.90
|
%
|
|
6,259
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
1.68
|
%
|
Interest-earning
deposits
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
4.26
|
%
|
|
78
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
3.87
|
%
|
|
64
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
2.32
|
%
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
|
|
1,699,448
|
|
|
141,400
|
|
|
8.32
|
%
|
|
1,337,222
|
|
|
97,289
|
|
|
7.28
|
%
|
|
1,046,022
|
|
|
59,798
|
|
|
5.72
|
%
|
Total
noninterest-earning assets
|
|
|
133,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
1,833,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,447,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,141,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
and Shareholders’ Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money
market deposits
|
|
|
356,602
|
|
|
15,151
|
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
|
247,313
|
|
|
7,242
|
|
|
2.93
|
%
|
|
193,120
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
1.87
|
%
|
Super
NOW deposits
|
|
|
20,853
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
1.18
|
%
|
|
21,447
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
0.87
|
%
|
|
21,542
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
0.77
|
%
|
Savings
deposits
|
|
|
25,093
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
1.32
|
%
|
|
22,878
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
0.73
|
%
|
|
26,322
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
0.75
|
%
|
Time
certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
706,729
|
|
|
36,082
|
|
|
5.11
|
%
|
|
532,207
|
|
|
18,585
|
|
|
3.49
|
%
|
|
373,888
|
|
|
8,698
|
|
|
2.33
|
%
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
155,741
|
|
|
7,133
|
|
|
4.58
|
%
|
|
116,698
|
|
|
3,732
|
|
|
3.20
|
%
|
|
117723
|
|
|
2,984
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
101,302
|
|
|
5,880
|
|
|
5.80
|
%
|
|
102,627
|
|
|
4,427
|
|
|
4.31
|
%
|
|
69,353
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
2.59
|
%
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
|
|
1,366,320
|
|
|
64,823
|
|
|
4.74
|
%
|
|
1,043,169
|
|
|
34,341
|
|
|
3.29
|
%
|
|
801,948
|
|
|
17,463
|
|
|
2.18
|
%
|
Noninterest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing
deposits
|
|
|
310,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
23,974
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
noninterest-bearing liabilities
|
|
|
334,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
262,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’
equity
|
|
|
133,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
1,833,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,447,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,141,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
62,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,335
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest spread
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.58
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.98
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.54
|
%
|
Net
interest margin
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.51
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.05
|
%
|
The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the dollar amount of
changes in interest earned and paid for interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and the amount of change attributable to changes
in
average daily balances (volume) or changes in average daily interest rates
(rate). All yields were calculated without the consideration of tax effects,
if
any, and the variances attributable to both the volume and rate changes have
been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship
of
the absolute dollar amount of the changes in each:
1
Net
loan
fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Net loan fees
were approximately $5,914,000, $5,239,000, and $2,954,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Loans are net of the allowance
for loan losses, deferred fees, unearned income, and related direct costs,
but
include those placed on non-accrual status.
2
Represents
the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate
paid on
interest-bearing liabilities.
3
Represents
net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning
assets.
Rate/Volume
Analysis of Net Interest Income
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
For
the Year Ended December 31,
2006
vs. 2005
|
|
For
the Year Ended December 31,
2005
vs. 2004
|
|
|
|
Increases
(Decreases)
Due
to Change In
|
|
Increases
(Decreases)
Due
to Change In
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
Rate
|
|
Total
|
|
Volume
|
|
Rate
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loans
1
|
|
$
|
24,984
|
|
$
|
13,228
|
|
$
|
38,212
|
|
$
|
15,920
|
|
$
|
17,765
|
|
$
|
33,685
|
|
Securities
of government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
2,107
|
|
|
1,206
|
|
|
3,313
|
|
|
1,573
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
Other
Investment securities
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
(276
|
)
|
Commercial
paper
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
82
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
82
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
1,446
|
|
|
2,090
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
1,505
|
|
|
1,991
|
|
Money
Market Preferred Stocks
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
58
|
|
|
11
|
|
Interest-earning
deposits
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
28,195
|
|
|
15,916
|
|
|
44,111
|
|
|
17,815
|
|
|
19,676
|
|
|
37,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money
market deposits
|
|
$
|
3,915
|
|
$
|
3,994
|
|
$
|
7,909
|
|
$
|
1,205
|
|
$
|
2,419
|
|
$
|
3,624
|
|
Super
NOW deposits
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
63
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
23
|
|
|
22
|
|
Savings
deposits
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Time
certificates of deposit in
denominations
of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
7,263
|
|
|
10,234
|
|
|
17,497
|
|
|
4,528
|
|
|
5,359
|
|
|
9,887
|
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
1,484
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
773
|
|
|
747
|
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
1,511
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
2,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
12,617
|
|
|
17,865
|
|
|
30,482
|
|
|
6,785
|
|
|
10,093
|
|
|
16,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in net interest income
|
|
$
|
15,578
|
|
|
($1,949
|
)
|
$
|
13,629
|
|
$
|
11,031
|
|
$
|
9,583
|
|
$
|
20,613
|
|
Provision
for Loan Losses
In
anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside
allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges were not made only for
our
outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as
commitments to extend credits or letters of credit. The charges made for our
outstanding loan portfolio were credited to allowance for loan losses, whereas
charges for off-balance sheet items were credited to the reserve for off-balance
sheet items, which are presented as a component of other liabilities
.
Our
stringent loan underwriting standard and proactive credit follow-up procedures
have helped us successfully curb an increase of the provision for loan losses
despite our rapid loan growth.
However,
the provision for loan losses increased to $6.0 million in 2006 from $3.4
million and $3.6 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively, to keep pace with
the
continued growth of our loan portfolio and an increase of non-performing loans
(see “Nonperforming Assets” below for further discussion). The said provision
for loan losses included the amount we provided for the credit risk of
off-balance sheet items ($104,000, $137,000 and $559,000 in 2006, 2005 and
2004,
respectively). The procedures for monitoring the adequacy of the allowance
for
loan losses, as well as detailed information concerning the allowance itself,
are described in the section entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses”
below.
Noninterest
Income
Total
noninterest income increased to $26.4 million in 2006 as compared with $20.5
million in 2005 and $21.0 million in 2004. Noninterest income was 1.4% of
average assets in 2006 and 2005, lowered from 1.8% in 2004. We currently earn
non-interest income from various sources, including an income stream provided
by
bank owned life insurance, or BOLI, in the form of an increase in cash surrender
value.
1
Net
loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Net loan
fees were approximately $5,914,000 $5,239,000 and $2,954,000 for the years
ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Loans are net of the allowance
for loan losses, deferred fees, unearned income, and related direct costs,
but
include those placed on non-accrual status.
The
following table sets forth the various components of our noninterest income
for
the periods indicated:
Noninterest
Income
(Dollars
in thousands)
For
the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
Service
charges on deposit accounts
|
|
$
|
9,554
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
$
|
7,547
|
|
|
36.9
|
%
|
$
|
7,379
|
|
|
35.2
|
%
|
Gain
on sale of loans
|
|
|
11,642
|
|
|
44.1
|
%
|
|
8,310
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
8,832
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
Loan-related
servicing income
|
|
|
2,099
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
2,372
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
Loan
referral fee income
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
233
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
113
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
SBA
loan packaging fee
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
386
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
376
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Income
from other earning assets
|
|
|
1,045
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
874
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
639
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
Other
income
|
|
|
1,452
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
1,130
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
1,286
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
Total
|
|
$
|
26,400
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
20,477
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
20,997
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Average
assets
|
|
$
|
1,833,368
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,447,557
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,141,430
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest
income as a % of average assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Our
largest source of noninterest income in 2006 was the gain on sale of loans,
usually representing over 40% of total noninterest income. It increased to
$11.6
million in 2006 from $8.3 million and $8.8 million in 2005 and 2004,
respectively. This noninterest income is derived primarily from the sale of
the
guaranteed portion of SBA loans. We sell the guaranteed portion of SBA loans
in
government securities secondary markets and retain servicing rights. SBA loan
production levels increased to $151 million in 2006 as compared with $142
million and $116 million in 2005, and 2004, respectively, and accordingly the
sales gains on the guaranteed portions of SBA loans increased to $8.4 million
in
2006 as compared with $7.5 million in 2005 and $7.4 million in 2004. We also
sell the unguaranteed portion of SBA loans, but the resulting gains are not
considered a stable source of income since the unguaranteed portion is sold
primarily for credit risk management purposes. The gain on sale of the
unguaranteed portions of SBA loans was $3.1 million, $525,000, and $1.1 million
in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. This source of noninterest income also
includes sales gains on residential mortgage loans. Since the inception of
our
Home Loan Center in the fourth quarter of 2003, the sale of residential mortgage
loans have become a stable noninterest income source, but gain on such sales
decreased to $225,000 in 2006, as compared with $313,000 and $336,000, in 2005
and 2004, respectively, due to the slowdown of the residential mortgage market.
Our
second largest source of noninterest income was service charge income on deposit
accounts, usually representing approximately 35% of total noninterest income.
This revenue source generally increases in accordance with an increase in the
number of transactional accounts and increased by 26.6% in 2006 to $9.6 million
from $7.5 million in 2005. In 2005, the more rigid monitoring procedures we
imposed on the money service business, or MSB, accounts reduced the volume
of
transactions and service fee income from those MSB accounts and limited the
increase in this revenue source, relative to the increase of transactional
accounts, by only 2.3% from $7.4 million in 2004. We constantly review service
charge rates to maximize service charge income while maintaining a competitive
position.
The
third
largest source of noninterest income was loan-related servicing income. This
fee
income consists of trade-financing fees and servicing fees on SBA loans sold.
Significant reversals of servicing assets on sold loans, which were paid off
before their maturities, decreased this income source to $2.1 million and $2.0
million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, from $2.4 million in 2004. The servicing
fees on sold SBA loans are credited when we collect the monthly payments on
the
sold loans we are servicing, and charged by the monthly amortization of
servicing assets that we previously capitalized as intangible servicing assets
and interest-only strip receivables upon sale of the related loans. Such
servicing assets are also reversed and charged against the fee income account
when the sold loans are paid off before the related servicing assets are fully
amortized. In 2006 and 2005, $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively, of
servicing assets were charged back to this income account by early pay-offs
as
compared with $558,000 in 2004. In light of our increasing emphasis on trade
financing activities and the continuing growth of our servicing loan portfolio
($336.7 million, $273.9 million, and $235.5 million at year-end 2006, 2005,
and
2004, respectively), management believes that this income source should continue
to improve as prepayments on SBA loans slow down. However, there can be no
assurance that this will be the case.
Our
loan
referral fee income source includes income derived from our referring to other
financial institutions loans that did not meet our lending requirements for
various reasons, including size, availability of funds, credit criteria and
others. Our referral fee income in 2006 decreased to $173,000 as compared with
$233,000 in 2005 which previously increased from $113,000 in 2004. We cannot
assure you that this source of revenue will increase because loan referrals
do
not represent our core banking business and fee income therefrom is not a stable
source of revenue.
SBA
Loan
packaging fee income, which represents charges to borrowers for SBA loan
processing, increased to $435,000 in 2006 as compared with $386,000 in 2005
and
$376,000 in 2004 as the volume of SBA loan production increased.
Income
on
other earning assets represents income from earning assets other than
interest-earning assets, such as dividend income from FHLB stock ownership
and
the increase in cash surrender value of BOLI. Such income was $1.05 million,
$874,000 and $639,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These increases
were
primarily attributable to an additional purchase of $3 million in BOLI in the
second quarter of 2005 and the increased acquisition of FHLB stock as required
by the new Capital Plan of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco that
went
into effect on April 1, 2004.
Other
income represented income from miscellaneous sources, such as gain on sale
of
investment securities and the excess of insurance proceeds over the carrying
value of an insured loss and generally increases as our business grows. Other
income increased to $1.45 million in 2006 from $1.13 million in 2005, which
previously decreased from $1.29 million in 2004 when we had some nonrecurring
additional revenues such as a settlement award on an insurance claim and gain
on
sale/call of investment securities.
Noninterest
Expense
Total
noninterest expense increased to $41.2 million in 2006 from $33.6 million in
2005 which previously increased from $27.3 million in 2004. These increases
can
be attributed to the expanded personnel and premises associated with our
business growth, including the recent openings of new offices. However, due
to
continuing efforts to minimize operating expenses, noninterest expenses as
a
percentage of average assets were lowered to 2.2% in 2006 from 2.3% in 2005
and
2.4% in 2004. Management believes that its efforts in cost-cutting and revenue
diversification have improved our operational efficiency, as evidenced by our
relatively low efficiency ratio (the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum
of
net interest income before provision for loan losses and total noninterest
income). Our efficiency ratio was stable at 40.0% and 40.2%, in 2006 and 2005,
respectively, and improved from 43.1% in 2004.
The
following table sets forth a summary of noninterest expenses for the periods
indicated:
Noninterest
Expense
(Dollars
in thousands)
For
the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
(Amount)
|
|
(%)
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
$
|
23,823
|
|
|
57.8
|
%
|
$
|
19,226
|
|
|
57.3
|
%
|
$
|
14,581
|
|
|
53.5
|
%
|
Occupancy
and equipment
|
|
|
4,554
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
3,465
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
2,730
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
Data
processing
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
1,644
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
Loan
referral fee
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
Professional
fees
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
858
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
1,430
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
Directors’
fees
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
493
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
460
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Office
supplies
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
654
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
573
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
Investor
relation expenses
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
379
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
399
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Advertising
and promotional
|
|
|
1,256
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
966
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
652
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Communications
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
428
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
338
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
Deposit
insurance premium
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
155
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
132
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
Outsourced
service for customers
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
1,435
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
1,302
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
Amortization
of intangibles
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,794
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
2,303
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
1,840
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
Total
|
|
$
|
41,232
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
33,563
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
27,283
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Average
assets
|
|
$
|
1,833,368
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,447,557
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,141,430
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest
expense as a % of
average
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Salaries
and employee benefits historically represent more than half of total noninterest
expense and generally increase as our branch network and business volume expand.
The new branch and loan production office openings increased these expenses
to
$23.8 million in 2006 as compared with $19.2 million in 2005 and $14.6 million
in 2004, representing increases of 23.9% and 31.9% in 2006 and 2005,
respectively, over each of the prior year periods. Despite our efforts to
promote efficient operations by limiting personnel growth, the number of
full-time equivalent employees increased to 330 in December 2006, as compared
with 278 and 245 in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The significant increase in
2006 was mainly caused by our acquisition of two branches in New York. However,
our significant asset growth helped us continue to increase assets per employee
to $6.1 million at the end of 2006 from $6.0 million and $5.4 million at the
end
of 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Occupancy
and equipment expenses represent approximately 10% to 11% of total noninterest
expenses and totaled $4.6 million in 2006, compared to $3.5 million in 2005
and
$2.7 million in 2004, representing increases of 31.4% and 26.9% in 2006 and
2005, respectively, over each of the prior year periods. These increases were
attributable primarily to the expansion of our office network and the additional
office space for new departments. The increase in 2006 was more significant
due
to the lease expenses for the two New York branches acquired in May
2006.
Data
processing expenses increased 27.8% to $2.45 million in 2006 from $1.92 million
in 2005, which previously increased 16.6% from $1.64 million in 2004. Office
supply expenses also increased to $709,000 in 2006 from $654,000 and $573,000
in
2005 and 2004, respectively, representing an increase of 8.3% and 14.1% in
2006
and 2005, respectively, over each of the prior year periods. These increases
in
data processing and office supplies expenses correspond to the growth of our
business.
Loan
referral fees are paid to brokers who refer loans to us, mostly SBA loans.
Although we also pay referral fees for some qualified commercial loans, referral
fee expenses generally correspond to our SBA loan production level. SBA loan
production increased to $151 million in 2006, from $142 million in 2005 and
$116
million in 2004 and these referral fees accordingly increased to $1.5 million
in
2006, as compared with $1.3 million and $1.2 million in 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
Professional
fees generally increase as we grow and we expect these expenditures will
continue to be significant, as we address the enhanced SEC and NASDAQ corporate
governance requirements and the local regulation of the states into which we
expand our business operations. Professional fees were $1,143,000, $858,000,
and
$1,430,000, or 2.8%, 2.5%, and 5.2% of total noninterest expense, in 2006,
2005
and 2004, respectively. The professional fees unusually high due mainly to
the
legal and accounting fees incurred to comply with the enhanced financial
reporting requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or SOX, and fees in connection
with the holding company reorganization.
Advertising
and promotional expenses increased to $1.26 million in 2006 from $966,000 in
2005 which previously increased from $652,000 in 2004, representing 3.0%, 2.9%,
and 2.4% of total noninterest expenses in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Such increases were attributable to expanded marketing activities, such as
media
advertisements and promotional gifts for customers of newly opened offices,
especially in the new areas such as Texas and New York.
Outsourced
service costs for customers are payments made to third parties who provide
services that were traditionally provided by banks to their customers, such
as
armored car services or bookkeeping services, and are recouped from the earnings
credits earned by the respective depositors on their balances maintained with
us. Due to the reduction of such services, these expenses have decreased
slightly to $1.3 million in 2006 from $1.4 million in 2005. In 2005, these
expenses increased from $1.3 million in 2004 due to the increase in depositors
demanding such services, such as escrow accounts and brokerage
accounts.
Investor
relations expenses represent costs for providing services to our existing or
prospective shareholders, such as NASDAQ listing fees, fees for an outside
investor relations company and various promotional material costs. These
expenses decreased to $262,000, as compared with $379,000 in 2005 when the
NASDAQ listing fees were paid for additional shares issued in connection with
the December 2004 stock split and $399,000 in 2004 when additional expenses
incurred in connection with the holding company reorganization.
Noninterest
expense, other than the categories specifically addressed above, increased
by
$838,000, or 20.8%, to $4.9 million in 2006 from $4.0 million in 2005. In 2005,
noninterest expenses increased by $690,000, or 20.6%, from $3.3 million in
2004.
Such increases represent the normal growth in association with the growth of
our
business activities and appear in line with our expectation.
Generally,
noninterest expense has increased from 2004 to 2006 as a result of rapid asset
growth (20.5% and 31.7% in 2006 and 2005, respectively), and the expansion
of
our office network and products. Management anticipates that noninterest expense
will continue to increase as we continue to grow. However, management remains
committed to cost-control and operational efficiency, and we expect to keep
these increases to a minimum relative to our rate of growth.
Provision
for Income Taxes
For
the
year ended December 31, 2006, we made a provision for income taxes of $21.8
million on pretax net income of $55.7 million, representing an effective tax
rate of 39.1%, as compared with a provision for income taxes of $18.8 million
on
pretax net income of $46.5 million, representing an effective tax rate of 40.3%
for 2005, and a provision of $13.0 million on pretax net income of $32.5
million, representing an effective tax rate of 40.1% for 2004.
The
effective tax rates in 2006 were slightly lower than those in prior years due
mainly to the effect of a change in the 2005 estimated tax provision. We filed
our 2005 income tax returns in the third quarter of 2006 and the actual income
tax liability on the 2005 return was approximately $400,000 less than the
provision we estimated in 2005, resulting in a reversal of tax payable in 2006.
Our effective tax rates are usually one to two percentage points lower than
statutory rates due to state tax benefits derived from doing business in an
Enterprise Zone and the tax preferential treatment for the bank owned life
insurance and low-income housing tax credit funds (see “Other Earning Assets”
for further discussion). Generally, income tax expense is the sum of two
components: current tax expense and deferred tax expense (benefit). Current
tax
expense is calculated by applying the current tax rate to taxable income.
Deferred tax expense accounts for the change in deferred tax assets
(liabilities) from year to year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities
represent the tax effects, based on current tax law, of future deductible or
taxable amounts attributable to events that have been recognized in the
financial statements. Because we traditionally recognize substantially more
expenses in our financial statements than we have been allowed to deduct for
taxes, we generally have a net deferred tax asset. At December 31, 2006, 2005
and 2004, we had net deferred tax assets of $9.7 million, $8.1 million and
$4.8
million, respectively.
We
believe that we have adequately provided or paid for income tax issues not
yet
resolved with federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Based upon
consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, we do not believe the
ultimate resolution of tax issues for all open tax periods will have a
materially adverse effect upon our results of operations or financial
condition.
Financial
Condition
Loan
Portfolio
Total
loans are the sum of loans receivable and loans held for sale and reported
at
their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income which is
unamortized deferred fees and costs and premiums and discounts. Total loans
net
of unearned income increased by $297.7 million, or 23.6%, to $1.56 billion
at
December 31, 2006 from $1.26 billion at December 31, 2005. Total loans net
of
unearned income were $1.02 billion, $757.0 million and $524.5 million at
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Total loans net of unearned
income as a percentage of total assets were 77.7%, 75.8%, 80.6%, 77.0%, and
75.7% for 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Real
estate secured loans consist primarily of commercial real estate loans and
are
extended to finance the purchase and/or improvement of commercial real estate
and/or businesses thereon. The properties may be either user owned or for
investment purposes. Our loan policy adheres to the real estate loan guidelines
set forth by the FDIC. The policy provides guidelines including, among other
things, fair review of appraisal value, limitation on loan-to-value ratio,
and
minimum cash flow requirements to service debt. Loans secured by real estate
equaled $1.18 billion, $1.01 billion, $859.0 million, $607.6 million, and $400.4
million, as of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Real
estate secured loans as a percentage of total loans were 75.8%, 80.1%, 84.2%,
80.3%, and 76.3% at December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Due to the slowdown of the California real estate market and our target
marketing efforts for unsecured business and commercial loans, the composition
of real estate secured loans have decreased in 2006 and we believe there will
be
further decreases going forward. We offer a wide selection of residential
mortgage programs, including non traditional mortgages such as interest only
and
payment option adjustable rate mortgages. Most of our salable loans are
transferred to the secondary market while we retain a portion on our books
as
portfolio loans. Our total home mortgage loan portfolio outstanding at the
end
of 2006 and 2005 was $40.6 million and $43.3 million, respectively and we have
deemed its effect on our credit risk profile to be immaterial. The residential
mortgage loans with unconventional terms such as interest only mortgage and
option adjustable rate mortgage at December 31, 2006 were $4.6 million and
$1.1
million, respectively, inclusive of loans held temporarily for sale or
refinancing. They were $8.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, at December
31, 2005.
Commercial
and industrial loans include revolving lines of credit, as well as term business
loans. Commercial and industrial loans were $278.2 million, $190.8 million,
$136.0 million, $126.6 million, and $98.0 million at the end of 2006, 2005,
2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Commercial and industrial loans were 17.8%,
15.1%, 13.3%, 16.7%, and 18.7% as a percentage of total loans at the end of
2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Such increases in recent years
were mainly caused by our marketing strategy targeted for the relationship-based
accounts, such as unsecured business and commercial loans.
Consumer
loans have historically represented less than 5% of our total loan portfolio.
The majority of consumer loans are concentrated in automobile loans, which
we
provide as a service only to existing customers. With our target marketing
for
them, the consumer loans continued to increase to $53.1 million, $42.9 million,
$18.8 million, $15.0 million, and $12.3 million, at December 31, 2006, 2005,
2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Consumer loans as a percentage of total
loans
are however still minimal. Management anticipates further increases in consumer
loans going forward, although no assurance can be given that this increase
will
occur.
Construction
loans are generally extended as a temporary financing vehicle only. In the
third
quarter of 2004, we formed a construction loan department by appointing a
construction loan specialist as its manager. Since then, construction loans
increased to $46.3 million and $17.4 million, respectively at the end of 2006
and 2005, as compared with $7.0 million, $7.8 million, and $13.8 million,
respectively, at the end of 2004, 2003, and 2002. Construction loans as a
percentage of total loans also increased to 3.0% at the end of 2006 from 1%
to
2% in prior years. We expect to expand our construction lending activities
with
this specialized capacity under the guidance of the Commercial Loan
Center.
Our
loan
terms vary according to loan type. Commercial term loans have typical maturities
of three to five years and are extended to finance the purchase of business
entities, business equipment, and leasehold improvements, or to provide
permanent working capital. SBA-guaranteed loans usually have longer maturities
(8 to 25 years). We generally limit real estate loan maturities to five to
eight
years. Lines of credit, in general, are extended on an annual basis to
businesses that need temporary working capital and/or import/export financing.
We generally seek diversification in our loan portfolio, and our borrowers
are
diverse as to industry, location, and their current and target
markets.
The
following table sets forth the amount of total loans net of unearned income
and
the percentage distributions in each category, as of the dates indicated:
Distribution
of Loans and Percentage Composition of Loan Portfolio
|
|
Amount
Outstanding as of December 31,
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Construction
|
|
$
|
46,285
|
|
$
|
17,366
|
|
$
|
6,972
|
|
$
|
7,845
|
|
$
|
13,777
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
1,183,030
|
|
|
1,011,513
|
|
|
858,998
|
|
|
607,561
|
|
|
400,446
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
278,165
|
|
|
190,796
|
|
|
135,943
|
|
|
126,631
|
|
|
97,998
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
53,059
|
|
|
42,885
|
|
|
18,810
|
|
|
14,969
|
|
|
12,320
|
|
Total
loans net of unearned income
|
|
$
|
1,560,539
|
|
$
|
1,262,560
|
|
$
|
1,020,723
|
|
$
|
757,006
|
|
$
|
524,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Participation
loans sold and serviced by the
Company
|
|
$
|
336,652
|
|
$
|
273,876
|
|
$
|
235,534
|
|
$
|
180,558
|
|
$
|
126,346
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
75.8
|
%
|
|
80.1
|
%
|
|
84.2
|
%
|
|
80.3
|
%
|
|
76.3
|
%
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
17.8
|
%
|
|
15.1
|
%
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
18.7
|
%
|
Consumer
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Total
loans net of unearned income
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
The
following table shows the contractual maturity distribution and repricing
intervals of the outstanding loans in our portfolio as of December 31, 2006.
In
addition, the table shows the distribution of such loans between those with
variable or floating interest rates and those with fixed or predetermined
interest rates. The amounts on the table below are the gross loan balances
at
December 31, 2006 before netting unearned income totaling $9.0 million and
the gross amount of non accrual loans of $9.4 million is not
included:
Loan
Maturities and Repricing Schedule
|
|
At
December 31, 2006,
|
|
|
|
Within
One
Year
|
|
After
One
But
Within
Five Years
|
|
After
Five
Years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Construction
|
|
$
|
42,843
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
42,843
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
899,198
|
|
|
246,425
|
|
|
36,915
|
|
|
1,182,538
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
274,386
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
|
282,845
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
27,976
|
|
|
23,865
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
51,919
|
|
Total
loans
|
|
$
|
1,244,403
|
|
$
|
275,509
|
|
$
|
40,233
|
|
$
|
1,560,145
|
|
Loans
with variable (floating) interest rates
|
|
$
|
1,181,125
|
|
$
|
26,999
|
|
$
|
1,299
|
|
$
|
1,209,423
|
|
Loans
with predetermined (fixed) interest rates
|
|
$
|
63,278
|
|
$
|
248,510
|
|
$
|
38,934
|
|
$
|
350,722
|
|
The
majority of the properties taken as collateral are located in Southern
California. The loans generated by our loan production offices, which are
located outside of our main geographical market, are generally collateralized
by
property in close proximity to those offices. We employ strict guidelines
regarding the use of collateral located in less familiar market areas. Since
a
major real estate recession during the first part of the previous decade,
property values in Southern California have generally increased. However in
2006, we have started to see below-trend growth in GDP and a slowdown of the
real estate market in California. Given the current economic conditions, no
assurance can be given that property values will not significantly
decrease.
Nonperforming
Assets
Nonperforming
assets consist of loans on non-accrual status, loans 90 days or more past due
and still accruing interest, loans restructured, where the terms of repayment
have been renegotiated resulting in a reduction or deferral of interest or
principal, and other nonperforming assets.
Loans
are
generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless
management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process
of
collection. The past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized,
but
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by
management when a borrower has experienced some changes in financial status,
causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe
the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan
in
full. Other nonperforming assets, mainly other real estate owned (OREO) and
repossessed vehicles, consist of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar
means that management intends to offer for sale.
Despite
the significant growth of our loan portfolio, our continued emphasis on asset
quality control enabled us to maintain a relatively low level of nonperforming
loans prior to 2006. However, the general economic condition of the United
States as well as the local economies in which we do business has
shown a slowdown as the housing sector has cooled in 2006 and the transition
to
below-trend GDP growth has started. This transition of the economy affected
our
borrowers’ strength and our nonperforming loans increased to $6.8 million at the
end of 2006, as compared with $2.5 million, $2.7 million, $3.7 million, and
$3.5
million at the end of 2005, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. At December
31,
2006, the nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans therefore increased
from 0.20% and 0.26% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, but still
relatively low at 0.44% and lower than 0.50% and 0.66%, respectively, at the
end
of 2003 and 2002 when some of our borrowers were negatively affected by the
then
economic conditions.
At
December 31, 2006, we had $233,000 as other nonperforming assets, the majority
of which were represented by one OREO ($138,000) foreclosed in 2005 and
subsequently sold at a small loss in January 2007. At the end of 2005, we had
three OREO as other nonperforming assets in an amount of $294,400, which were
subsequently sold without significant losses. At the end of 2003, our only
nonperforming asset was a single-family residence in an amount of $377,000,
which was subsequently sold without a significant loss. We had no other
nonperforming assets at the end of 2004 and 2002. Together with OREO and
repossessed vehicles, we managed the ratio of nonperforming assets as a
percentage of total loans and other nonperforming assets at a relatively low
level for the past five years, equaling 0.45%, 0.22%, 0.26%, 0.54%, and 0.66%
as
of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Management
believes that the reserve provided for nonperforming loans, together with the
tangible collateral, were adequate as of December 31, 2006. See “Allowance for
Loan Losses” below for further discussion. Except as disclosed above, as of
December 31, 2006, management was not aware of any material credit problems
of
borrowers that would cause it to have serious doubts about the ability of a
borrower to comply with the present loan payment terms. However, no assurance
can be given that credit problems may exist that may not have been brought
to
the attention of management.
The
following table provides information with respect to the components of our
nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated (the figures in the table are
net
of the portion guaranteed by the U.S. Government):
Nonperforming
Assets
|
|
At
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Nonaccrual
loans:
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
$
|
2,530
|
|
$
|
1,171
|
|
$
|
2,242
|
|
$
|
3,086
|
|
$
|
2,074
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
2,342
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
401
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
479
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5,802
|
|
|
1,804
|
|
|
2,643
|
|
|
3,629
|
|
|
2,553
|
|
Loans
90 days or more past due and still accruing (as to principal
or
interest):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
875
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
838
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
-
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
7
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,047
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
882
|
|
Restructured
loans:
2, 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
32
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
32
|
|
Total
nonperforming loans
|
|
|
6,849
|
|
|
2,468
|
|
|
2,699
|
|
|
3,748
|
|
|
3,467
|
|
Repossessed
vehicles
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
nonperforming assets
|
|
$
|
7,082
|
|
$
|
2,763
|
|
$
|
2,699
|
|
$
|
4,125
|
|
$
|
3,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming
loans as a percentage of total loans
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
|
0.20
|
%
|
|
0.26
|
%
|
|
0.50
|
%
|
|
0.66
|
%
|
Nonperforming
assets as a percentage of total loans and other nonperforming
assets
|
|
|
0.45
|
%
|
|
0.22
|
%
|
|
0.26
|
%
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
|
0.66
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming
loans
|
|
|
272.38
|
%
|
|
567.15
|
%
|
|
411.63
|
%
|
|
240.45
|
%
|
|
182.95
|
%
|
Allowance
for Loan Losses
In
anticipation of credit risk inherent in our lending business, we set aside
allowances through charges to earnings. Such charges were not only made for
the
outstanding loan portfolio, but also for off-balance sheet items, such as
commitments to extend credit or letters of credit. The charges made for the
outstanding loan portfolio were credited to the allowance for loan losses,
whereas charges for off-balance sheet items were credited to the reserve
for
off-balance sheet items, which is presented as a component of other liabilities.
The provision for loan losses is discussed in the section entitled “Provision
for Loan Losses” above.
During
the 4th quarter of 2006, we enhanced our methodology for estimating allowance
for loan losses. We started the credit loss migration analysis in 2003 on
a
cumulative basis, with 5 years’ historical loss data tracing back to 1998. Since
then, the loss horizon has been unchanged with the same starting point of
1998,
due to negligible loss experience in the past 3 years and the fact that the
migration analysis requires several years for it to be set into a fully
operating mode. After a passage of 3 years, which is deemed to be an appropriate
time span for the migration analysis framework to be stabilized and for all
the
issues on the settings thereof to be identified, our methodology had been
until
recently under consideration for refinement in the near future. In such courses
of events, a new Interagency Policy Statement on ALLL was publicized on December
13, 2006, which further prompted the foregoing cause.
1
During
the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, no interest income related to these loans
was included in net income. Additional interest income of approximately $621,000
would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2006, if these
loans
had been paid in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding
throughout the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 or, if not outstanding
throughout the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, since
origination.
2
A “restructured loan” is one the terms of which were renegotiated to provide a
reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in
the
financial position of the borrower.
3
During
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, approximately $0 of interest income
related to this loan was included in net income. Additional interest income
would be negligible during the year ended December 31, 2006, if this loan had
been paid in accordance with its original term and had been outstanding
throughout the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
Two
major
changes have been made. The first change was the change of the loss horizon
(look-back period) for the historic loss ratio calculation from cumulative
basis
to 5 years moving average, which is more in line with the average lives of
our
loans. Also, the weights given to each period were adjusted. Prior to the
change, the same weights have been assigned to all analysis periods, which
may
have allowed the aged loan losses to have undue influence on the reserve
factors. Therefore, a change was made so that the highest weight of 5 is given
to the most recent year, which is to be reduced by 1 each year going back.
The
foregoing change is also in line with the new Interagency Policy Statement
on
ALLL stating that “During periods of economic stability in an institution’s
market, a relatively long period of time may be appropriate. However, during
periods of significant economic expansion or contraction, the relevance of
data
that are several years old may be limited”. The second change was made on the
scale and the format of the Qualitative Adjustment. The Company’s maximum scale
prior to change was from -50% to +50% for each of 12 factors. In order to make
it more in line with the industry average, the scale has been revised so that
the maximum adjustment shall not exceed 50% of general allocation. The format
of
the Qualitative Adjustment was also revised so that factors with multiple
subfactors are more objectively assessed.
As
a
result of these changes, we reduced the allowance for loan losses by $1.5
million as of December 31, 2006. The first change reduced the second phase
allocation (Review of pools of loans with similar characteristics in the phase
of methodology table below) by $1.6 million and the second change increased
the
third phase allocation (judgmental estimate based on qualitative factors in
the
phase of methodology table below) by $100,000.
With
the
economic transition addressed in “Nonperforming Assets” above, the net
charge-offs in 2006 increased to $1.8 million as compared with $324,000,
$908,000, and $102,000, respectively in 2005, 2004 and 2003. The net charge-offs
in 2006 included $1.1 million consumer loan charge-offs, the majority of which
were the charge-offs of authomobile loans, including automobile inventory
financing, extended in connection with two used car dealers who closed down
their businesses in the mid 2006. This $1.8 million net charge-offs represents
0.13% of average total loans in 2006, higher than 0.03%, 0.10%, and 0.02%,
respectively, in 2005, 2004, and 2003. It was however lower than $2.4 million
net charge-offs or 0.54% of average total loans in 2002 when the weak business
climate adversely impacted the financial condition of a certain number of our
clients.
In
order
to keep pace with the increase of nonperforming loans and our loan portfolio,
we
increased our allowance for loan losses by 33.25%, or $4.7 million, to $18.7
million at December 31, 2006, as compared with $14.0 million at December 31,
2005. Such allowances were $11.1 million, $9.0 million, and $6.3 million at
December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. With the continued increase
of
the allowance for loan losses in recent years, we were able to maintain the
adequate ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans at 1.20%, 1.11%,
1.09%, 1.19%, and 1.21% at the end of 2006, 2005 2004, 2003, and 2002,
respectively. Management believes that the current ratio of 1.20% is in line
with our peer group average and adequate for our loan portfolio because the
level of total non-performing loans as of December 31, 2006 was relatively
low
at 0.44% of total loans.
Although
management believes the allowance at December 31, 2006 was adequate to absorb
losses from any known and inherent risks in the portfolio, no assurance can
be
given that economic conditions which adversely affect our service areas or
other
variables will not result in increased losses in the loan portfolio in the
future.
With
the
foregoing new changes in effect, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, our allowance
for loan losses consisted of amounts allocated from three phases of our
methodology for assessing loan loss allowances, as follows (see details of
methodology for assessing allowance for loan losses in the section entitled
“Critical Accounting Policies”):
Phase
of Methodology
|
|
As
of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Specific
review of individual loans
|
|
$
|
1,779,560
|
|
$
|
392,380
|
|
Review
of pools of loans with similar characteristics
|
|
|
13,424,657
|
|
|
11,345,551
|
|
Judgmental
estimate based on various qualitative factors
|
|
|
3,449,865
|
|
|
2,261,371
|
|
The
table
below summarizes, for the years indicated, loan balances at the end of each
period, the daily averages during the period, changes in the allowance for
loan
losses arising from loans charged off, recoveries on loans previously charged
off, additions to the allowance and certain ratios related to the allowance
for
loan losses:
Allowance
for Loan Losses
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Balances:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
total loans outstanding during year
|
|
$
|
1,423,513
|
|
$
|
1,132,829
|
|
$
|
905,556
|
|
$
|
629,466
|
|
$
|
445,548
|
|
Total
loans outstanding at end of year
|
|
|
1,560,539
|
|
|
1,262,560
|
|
|
1,020,723
|
|
|
757,005
|
|
|
524,541
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances
at beginning of year
|
|
|
13,999
|
|
|
11,111
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
|
6,343
|
|
|
5,559
|
|
Actual
charge-offs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
106
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
2,681
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
41
|
|
Total
charge-offs
|
|
|
2,162
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
1,369
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
2,828
|
|
Recoveries
on loans previously charged off
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
10
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
427
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
5
|
|
Total
recoveries
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
442
|
|
Net
loan charge-offs
|
|
|
1,842
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
2,386
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses acquired in LBNY acquisition
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
3,350
|
|
|
3,567
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
3,170
|
|
Less:
provision for losses on off balance sheet item
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at end of year
|
|
$
|
18,654
|
|
$
|
13,999
|
|
$
|
11,111
|
|
$
|
9,011
|
|
$
|
6,343
|
|
Ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loan charge-offs to average total loans
|
|
|
0.13
|
%
|
|
0.03
|
%
|
|
0.10
|
%
|
|
0.02
|
%
|
|
0.54
|
%
|
Allowance
for loan losses to total loans
at
end of year
|
|
|
1.20
|
%
|
|
1.11
|
%
|
|
1.09
|
%
|
|
1.19
|
%
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
Net
loan charge-offs to allowance for loan losses
at
end of year
|
|
|
9.88
|
%
|
|
2.32
|
%
|
|
8.17
|
%
|
|
1.13
|
%
|
|
37.62
|
%
|
Net
loan charge-offs to provision for loan losses
|
|
|
30.70
|
%
|
|
9.68
|
%
|
|
25.46
|
%
|
|
3.68
|
%
|
|
75.27
|
%
|
The
table
below summarizes, for the periods indicated, the balance of the allowance for
loan losses and the percentage of such balance for each type of loan as of
the
dates indicated:
Distribution
and Percentage Composition of Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
Amount
Outstanding as of December 31,
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Applicable
to:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Construction
|
|
$
|
352
|
|
$
|
152
|
|
$
|
66
|
|
$
|
80
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
9,933
|
|
|
9,751
|
|
|
8,081
|
|
|
6,991
|
|
|
4,583
|
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
7,164
|
|
|
3,742
|
|
|
2,796
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
23
|
|
Total
Allowance
|
|
$
|
18,654
|
|
$
|
13,999
|
|
$
|
11,111
|
|
$
|
9,011
|
|
$
|
6,343
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
1.89
|
%
|
|
1.09
|
%
|
|
0.59
|
%
|
|
0.89
|
%
|
|
2.21
|
%
|
Real
estate secured
|
|
|
53.24
|
%
|
|
69.65
|
%
|
|
72.73
|
%
|
|
77.58
|
%
|
|
72.25
|
%
|
Commercial
and industrial
|
|
|
38.41
|
%
|
|
26.73
|
%
|
|
25.17
|
%
|
|
20.55
|
%
|
|
25.18
|
%
|
Consumer
|
|
|
6.46
|
%
|
|
2.53
|
%
|
|
1.51
|
%
|
|
0.98
|
%
|
|
0.36
|
%
|
Total
Allowance
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
Contractual
Obligations
The
following table represents our aggregate contractual obligations (principal
and
interest) to make future payments as of December 31, 2006:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Total
|
|
One
Year
or
Less
|
|
Over
One Year To
Three
Years
|
|
Over
Three Years To
Five
Years
|
|
Over
Five
Years
|
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
|
$
|
20,764
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
20,764
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Junior
subordinated
debenture
|
|
|
71,430
|
|
|
4,456
|
|
|
4,774
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
61,547
|
|
Operating
leases
|
|
|
11,438
|
|
|
2,579
|
|
|
4,563
|
|
|
1,983
|
|
|
2,313
|
|
Time
deposits
|
|
|
1,005,606
|
|
|
999,825
|
|
|
5,595
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
174
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,109,238
|
|
$
|
1,006,860
|
|
$
|
35,696
|
|
$
|
2,648
|
|
$
|
64,034
|
|
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
During
the ordinary course of business, we provide various forms of credit lines to
meet the financing needs of our customers. These commitments, which represent
a
credit risk to us, are not represented in any form on our balance
sheets.
As
of
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we had commitments to extend credit of $141.2
million, $104.3 million, and $69.5 million, respectively. Obligations under
standby letters of credit were $9.5 million, $2.5 million, and $2.8 million,
for
2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and the obligations under commercial letters
of credit were $14.8 million, $11.4 million, and $9.3 million for the same
periods.
The
effect on our revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused
portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted
because there is no guarantee that the lines of credit will be used.
In
the
normal course of business, we are involved in various legal claims. We have
reviewed all legal claims against us with counsel and have taken into
consideration the views of counsel as to the outcome of the claims. In our
opinion, the final disposition of all such claims will not have a material
adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Investment
Activities
Investments
are one of our major sources of interest income and are acquired in accordance
with a written comprehensive investment policy addressing strategies, types
and
levels of allowable investments. This investment policy is reviewed at least
annually by the Board of Directors. Management of our investment portfolio
is
set in accordance with strategies developed and overseen by our Asset/Liability
Committee. Investment balances, including cash equivalents and interest-bearing
deposits in other financial institutions, are subject to change over time based
on our asset/liability funding needs and interest rate risk management
objectives. Our liquidity levels take into consideration anticipated future
cash
flows and all available sources of credits and are maintained at levels
management believes are appropriate to assure future flexibility in meeting
anticipated funding needs.
Cash
Equivalents and Interest-bearing Deposits in other Financial
Institutions
We
sell
federal funds, purchase securities under agreements to resell and high-quality
money market instruments, and deposit interest-bearing accounts in other
financial institutions to help meet liquidity requirements and provide temporary
holdings until the funds can be otherwise deployed or invested. As of December
31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we had $130 million, $126 million and $45 million,
respectively, in federal funds sold and repurchase agreements, and $0, $500,000,
and $0, respectively, in interest bearing deposits in other financial
institutions.
Investment
Securities
Management
of our investment securities portfolio focuses on providing an adequate level
of
liquidity and establishing an interest rate-sensitive position, while earning
an
adequate level of investment income without taking undue risk. We classify
our
investment securities as “held-to-maturity” or “available-for-sale.” Investment
securities that we intend to hold until maturity are classified as
held-to-maturity securities, and all other investment securities are classified
as available-for-sale. The carrying values of available-for-sale investment
securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses as a valuation allowance
and any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other
comprehensive income. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had no MMPS, but at
the
end of 2004 we had $10 million in money market preferred stock (“MMPS”), which
is classified as available-for-sale securities. MMPS is a form of equity
security having characteristics similar to money market investments such as
commercial paper and offers attractive tax-equivalent yields with a 70% dividend
received deduction. MMPS is re-auctioned every 49 or 90 days.
The
following table summarizes the book value and market value and distribution
of
our investment securities as of the dates indicated:
Investment
Securities Portfolio
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
As
of December 31, 2006
|
|
As
of December 31, 2005
|
|
As
of December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
Market
Value
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
Market
Value
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
Market
Value
|
|
Held
to Maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government sponsored enterprises
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
$
|
13,845
|
|
$
|
19,993
|
|
$
|
19,684
|
|
$
|
28,073
|
|
$
|
27,976
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligation
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
371
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
2,619
|
|
|
2,598
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
814
|
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
for Sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
87,809
|
|
|
87,511
|
|
|
77,882
|
|
|
76,981
|
|
|
39,945
|
|
|
39,732
|
|
Mortgage
backed securities
|
|
|
21,033
|
|
|
20,917
|
|
|
23,451
|
|
|
23,158
|
|
|
27,794
|
|
|
27,740
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligation
|
|
|
38,650
|
|
|
38,260
|
|
|
26,302
|
|
|
25,870
|
|
|
4,389
|
|
|
4,291
|
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
13,445
|
|
|
13,387
|
|
|
8,132
|
|
|
8,047
|
|
|
3,994
|
|
|
3,950
|
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
7,725
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
4,661
|
|
|
4,594
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Money
market preferred stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Total
investment securities
|
|
$
|
183,283
|
|
$
|
182,283
|
|
$
|
163,288
|
|
$
|
161,161
|
|
$
|
115,384
|
|
$
|
114,874
|
|
The
following table summarizes the maturity and repricing schedule of our investment
securities at their carrying values and their weighted average yields at
December 31, 2006:
Investment
Maturities and Repricing Schedule
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Within
One Year
|
|
After
One But
Within
Five Years
|
|
After
Five But
Within
Ten Years
|
|
After
Ten years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Held
to Maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government sponsored enterprises
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
12,000
|
|
|
4.14
|
%
|
$
|
2,000
|
|
|
3.93
|
%
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
14,000
|
|
|
4.11
|
%
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligation
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
3.97
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
3.97
|
%
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
4.12
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
4.12
|
%
|
Available-for-sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
34,896
|
|
|
4.43
|
%
|
|
50,651
|
|
|
4.81
|
%
|
|
1,964
|
|
|
4.17
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
87,511
|
|
|
4.65
|
%
|
Mortgage
backed securities
|
|
|
11,425
|
|
|
4.61
|
%
|
|
7,278
|
|
|
4.51
|
%
|
|
274
|
|
|
5.67
|
%
|
|
1,940
|
|
|
5.95
|
%
|
|
20,917
|
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligation
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
38,260
|
|
|
5.16
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
38,260
|
|
|
5.16
|
%
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
6,333
|
|
|
4.88
|
%
|
|
5,121
|
|
|
5.58
|
%
|
|
1,933
|
|
|
4.46
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
13,387
|
|
|
5.09
|
%
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
3.66
|
%
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
3.72
|
%
|
|
5,086
|
|
|
4.06
|
%
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
3.94
|
%
|
Total
investment securities
|
|
$
|
52,654
|
|
|
4.53
|
%
|
$
|
114,328
|
|
|
4.87
|
%
|
$
|
8,451
|
|
|
4.11
|
%
|
$
|
7,026
|
|
|
4.58
|
%
|
$
|
182,459
|
|
|
4.72
|
%
|
Our
investment securities holdings increased by $20.9 million, or 13.0%, to $182.5
million at December 31, 2006, compared to holdings of $161.5 million at December
31, 2005. Holdings at December 31, 2004 were $115.0 million. Total investment
securities as a percentage of total assets were 9.1% and 9.8% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively, compared to 9.1% at December 31, 2004. As of
December 31, 2006, investment securities having a carrying value of $158.5
million were pledged to secure certain deposits.
As
of
December 31, 2006, held-to-maturity securities, which are carried at their
amortized costs, decreased to $14.6 million from $22.9 million and $29.3 million
at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Available-for-sale securities,
which are stated at their fair market values, increased to $167.8 million at
December 31, 2006 from $138.7 million and $85.7 million at December 31, 2005
and
2004, respectively. These increases reflect a strategy of improving our
liquidity level using available-for-sale securities, in addition to immediately
available funds which are maintained mainly in the form of overnight
investments.
The
following tables show our investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities
have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively(dollars in thousands):
|
|
Less
than 12 months
|
|
12
months or longer
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Securities
of government
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
17,972
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
$
|
64,484
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
$
|
82,456
|
|
$
|
(521
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage
obligations
|
|
|
12,066
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
17,455
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
29,521
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
10,834
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
12,574
|
|
|
(209
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
31,778
|
|
$
|
(60
|
)
|
$
|
99,504
|
|
$
|
(1,186
|
)
|
$
|
131,282
|
|
$
|
(1,246
|
)
|
|
|
Less
than 12 months
|
|
12
months or longer
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Securities
of government
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
52,380
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
$
|
41,285
|
|
$
|
(697
|
)
|
$
|
93,665
|
|
$
|
(1,210
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage
obligation
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
(280
|
)
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
(171
|
)
|
|
18,138
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
Mortgage
backed securities
|
|
|
8,631
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
8,075
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
16,706
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
2,909
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
82,517
|
|
$
|
(1,035
|
)
|
$
|
54,454
|
|
$
|
(1,121
|
)
|
$
|
136,971
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
As
of
December 31, 2006, the total unrealized losses less than 12 months old were
$60,000, and total unrealized losses more than 12 months old were $1.2 million.
The aggregate related fair value of investments with unrealized losses less
than
12 months old was $31.8 million at December 31, 2006, and those with unrealized
losses more than 12 months old were $99.5 million. As of December 31, 2005,
the
total unrealized losses less than 12 months old were $1.0 million and total
unrealized losses more than 12 months old were $1.1 million. The aggregate
related fair value of investments with unrealized losses less than 12 months
old
was $82.5 million at December 31, 2005, and those with unrealized losses more
than 12 months old were $54.5 million.
Declines
in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below
their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings
as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, we
consider, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which
the
fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term
prospects of the issuer, and (iii) our intent and ability to retain our
investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any
anticipated recovery in fair value.
We
have
the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held-to-maturity
until they mature, at which time we expect to receive full value for the
securities. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, we also had the ability and intent
to hold the securities classified as available-for-sale for a period of time
sufficient for a recovery of cost. The unrealized losses were largely due to
increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the
underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover
as
the bonds approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields
for
such investments decline. We do not believe any of the securities are impaired
due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2006 and
2005,
we believe the impairments detailed in the table above were temporary, and
no
impairment loss has been realized in our consolidated statements of
operations.
Other
Earning Assets
For
various business purposes, we make investments in earning assets other than
the
interest-earning securities discussed above. Before 2003, the only other earning
assets held by us were insignificant amounts of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
and
the cash surrender value of the BOLI.
In
an
effort to provide additional benefits aimed at retaining key employees, while
generating a tax-exempt noninterest income stream, we purchased $10.5 million
in
2003 in BOLI from insurance carriers rated AA or above. In 2005, we purchased
$3
million more in BOLI from the same insurance carriers. We are the owner and
the
primary beneficiary of the life insurance policies and recognize the increase
of
the cash surrender value of the policies as tax-exempt other
income.
In
2003,
we also invested in two low-income housing tax credit funds (“LIHTCF”) to
promote our participation in CRA activities. We committed to invest, over two
to
three years, a total of $3 million to two different LIHTCF - $1 million in
Apollo California Tax Credit Fund XXII, LP, and $2 million in Hudson Housing
Los
Angeles Revitalization Fund, LP. In 2006, in order to promote our CRA activities
in each of the assessment areas in Dallas, New York, and Los Angeles, we also
committed to invest additional $1 million, $2 million, and $3 million in WNC
Institutional Tax Credit Fund XXI, WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X New
York
Series 7, and WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund X California Series 6,
respectively. We receive the returns on these investments, over the fifteen
years following the said two to three-year investment periods in the form of
tax
credits and tax deductions.
The
balances of other earning assets as of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005
were as follows:
Type
|
|
Balance
as of
December
31, 200
6
|
|
Balance
as of
December
31, 2005
|
|
BOLI
|
|
$
|
15,636,000
|
|
$
|
15,099,000
|
|
LIHTCF
|
|
|
4,206,000
|
|
|
2,350,000
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock
|
|
|
7,542,000
|
|
|
6,182,000
|
|
Deposits
and Other Sources of Funds
Deposits
Deposits
are our primary source of funds. Total deposits at December 31, 2006, 2005
and
2004 were $1.75 billion, $1.41 billion and $1.10 billion, respectively,
representing an increase of $342.5 million, or 24.3%, in 2006 and $310.8
million, or 28.3%, in 2005. The average deposits for the years ended December
31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $1.58 billion, $1.23 billion, and $984.4 million,
respectively, representing an increase of $347.5 million, or 28.3%, in 2006,
and
of $242.9 million, or 24.7%, in 2005.
After
2004, our niche market depositor’s preference in time deposits bearing
relatively high interest rates decreased the level of deposits in transactional
accounts and we increased our reliance on time deposits to fund our loan growth.
Despite our efforts in controlling the growth of expensive time deposits, the
percentage of the average time deposits over the average total deposits
increased to 54.8% and 52.9%, respectively, in 2006 and 2005 as compared with
49.9% in 2004. We believe that our regional diversification into the Texas
and
New York markets together with our core-deposit campaign launched late 2006,
that gives incentives to the branches achieving the assigned core deposit goals,
will reduce our level of time deposit reliance going forward.
The
average rate paid on time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more
increased to 5.11% in 2006 as compared with 3.49% in 2005, which previously
increased from 2.33% in 2004. See “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin”
for further discussion.
The
following tables summarize the distribution of average daily deposits and the
average daily rates paid for the years indicated:
Average
Deposits
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Demand,
noninterest-bearing
|
|
$
|
310,031
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
286,966
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
251,762
|
|
|
|
|
Money
market
|
|
|
356,602
|
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
|
247,313
|
|
|
2.93
|
%
|
|
193,120
|
|
|
1.87
|
%
|
Super
NOW
|
|
|
20,853
|
|
|
1.18
|
%
|
|
21,446
|
|
|
0.87
|
%
|
|
21,542
|
|
|
0.77
|
%
|
Savings
|
|
|
25,093
|
|
|
1.32
|
%
|
|
22,878
|
|
|
0.73
|
%
|
|
26,322
|
|
|
0.75
|
%
|
Time
certificates of deposit in
denominations
of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
706,729
|
|
|
5.11
|
%
|
|
532,207
|
|
|
3.49
|
%
|
|
373,888
|
|
|
2.33
|
%
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
155,741
|
|
|
4.58
|
%
|
|
116,698
|
|
|
3.20
|
%
|
|
117,723
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
Total
deposits
|
|
$
|
1,575,049
|
|
|
3.74
|
%
|
$
|
1,227,508
|
|
|
2.44
|
%
|
$
|
984,357
|
|
|
1.59
|
%
|
The
scheduled maturities of our time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or
greater at December 31, 2006 are, as follows:
Maturities
of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More, at December 31, 200
6
(Dollars
in Thousands)
Three
months or less
|
|
$
|
415,017
|
|
Over
three months through six months
|
|
|
180,523
|
|
Over
six months through twelve months
|
|
|
214,595
|
|
Over
twelve months
|
|
|
1,971
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
812,106
|
|
Because
our client base is comprised primarily of commercial and industrial accounts,
individual account balances are generally higher than those of consumer-oriented
banks. A number of clients carry deposit balances of more than 1% of our total
deposits, but only two customers, including the California State Treasury,
had a
deposit balance of more than 3% of total deposits in 2004. At December 31,
2006
and 2005, the California State Treasury was the only depositor whose deposit
balance was more than 3% of our total deposits.
We
accept
brokered deposits on a selective basis at reasonable interest rates to augment
deposit growth. We have reduced these deposits to $5.2 million at December
31,
2006 from $23.0 million and $47.3 million, at December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively, in order to limit our reliance on non-core funding sources. Most
of the brokered deposits will mature within one year. Since brokered deposits
are generally less stable forms of deposits, we closely monitor growth from
this
non-core funding source.
FHLB
Borrowings
Although
deposits are the primary source of funds for our lending and investment
activities and for general business purposes, we may obtain advances from the
FHLB as an alternative to retail deposit funds. Since 2002, we have increased
borrowings from FHLB in order to take advantage of the flexibility of the
program and its reasonably low cost. See “Liquidity Management” below for the
details on the FHLB borrowings program.
The
following table is a summary of FHLB borrowings for fiscal years 2006 and
2005:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Balance
at year-end
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
$
|
61,000
|
|
Average
balance during the year
|
|
$
|
39,108
|
|
$
|
56,151
|
|
Maximum
amount outstanding at any month-end
|
|
$
|
56,000
|
|
$
|
61,000
|
|
Average
interest rate during the year
|
|
|
3.83
|
%
|
|
3.13
|
%
|
Average
interest rate at year-end
|
|
|
3.68
|
%
|
|
3.51
|
%
|
Junior
Subordinated Debentures; Trust Preferred Securities
In
December 2002, the Bank issued $10 million of the 2002 Junior Subordinated
Debentures. Subsequently, the Company, as a wholly-owned subsidiary in 2003
and
as a parent company of the Bank in 2005, issued a total of $51,547,000 of Junior
Subordinated Debentures in connection with a $50,000,000 trust preferred
securities issuance by statutory trusts wholly-owned by the Company.
2002
Bank Level Junior Subordinated Debenture
.
In
December 2002, the Bank issued a $10 million Junior Subordinated Debenture
(the
“2002 debenture”). The interest rate payable on the 2002 debenture was 8.47% at
December 31, 2006, which rate adjusts quarterly to the three-month LIBOR plus
3.10%. The 2002 debenture will mature on December 26, 2012. Interest on the
2002
debenture is payable quarterly and no scheduled payments of principal are due
prior to maturity. The Bank may redeem the 2002 debenture in whole or in part
at
par
prior
to
maturity on or after December 26, 2007.
The
2002
debenture is treated as Tier 2 capital for Bank regulatory capital purposes.
Likewise, on a consolidated basis, the 2002 debenture also is treated as Tier
2
capital for holding company level capital purposes under current FRB capital
guidelines.
2003
Junior Subordinated Debenture; Trust Preferred Securities
Issuance
.
In
December 2003, Wilshire Bancorp was formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the
Bank, in order to raise additional capital funds through the issuance of trust
preferred securities. Prior to the completion of the August 2004 bank holding
company reorganization, Wilshire Bancorp organized its wholly owned subsidiary,
Wilshire Statutory Trust I, which issued $15 million in trust preferred
securities. Wilshire Bancorp then purchased all of the common interest in the
Wilshire Statutory Trust I ($464,000) and issued the 2003 Junior Subordinated
Debenture (the “2003 debenture”) in the amount of approximately $15.5 million to
the Wilshire Statutory Trust I with terms substantially similar to the 2003
trust preferred securities in exchange for the proceeds from the issuance of
the
Wilshire Statutory Trust I’s 2003 trust preferred securities and common
securities. Wilshire Bancorp subsequently deposited the proceeds from the 2003
debenture in a depository account at the Bank and infused $14.5 million as
additional equity capital to the Bank immediately following the holding company
reorganization. The rate of interest on the 2003 debenture and related trust
preferred securities was 8.21% at December 31, 2006, which adjusts quarterly
to
the three-month LIBOR plus 2.85%. The 2003 debenture and related trust preferred
securities will mature on December 17, 2033. The interest on both the 2003
debenture and related trust preferred securities is payable quarterly and no
scheduled payments of principal are due prior to maturity. Wilshire Bancorp
may
redeem the 2003 debenture (and in turn the trust preferred securities) in whole
or in part at par
prior
to
maturity on or after December 17, 2008.
March
2005 Junior Subordinated Debenture; Trust Preferred Securities
Issuance
.
In
March 2005, Wilshire Bancorp organized its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilshire
Statutory Trust II, which issued $20 million in trust preferred securities.
Wilshire Bancorp then purchased all of the common interest in the Wilshire
Statutory Trust II ($619,000) and issued the 2005 Junior Subordinated Debenture
(the “March 2005 debenture”) in the amount of $20.6 million to the Wilshire
Statutory Trust II with terms substantially similar to the March 2005 trust
preferred securities in exchange for the proceeds from the issuance of the
Wilshire Statutory Trust II’s March 2005 trust preferred securities and common
securities. Wilshire Bancorp subsequently deposited the proceeds from the March
2005 debenture in a depository account at the Bank and infused $14 million
as
additional equity capital to the Bank. The rate of interest on the March 2005
debenture and related trust preferred securities was 7.15% at December 31,
2006,
which adjusts quarterly to the three-month LIBOR plus 1.79%. The March 2005
debenture and related trust preferred securities will mature on March 17, 2035.
The interest on both the March 2005 debenture and related trust preferred
securities are payable quarterly and no scheduled payments of principal are
due
prior to maturity. Wilshire Bancorp may redeem the March 2005 debenture (and
in
turn the trust preferred securities) in whole or in part at par
prior
to
maturity on or after March 17, 2010.
September
2005 Junior Subordinated Debenture; Trust Preferred Securities
Issuance
.
In
September 2005, Wilshire Bancorp organized its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilshire
Statutory Trust III, which issued $15 million in trust preferred securities.
Wilshire
Bancorp then purchased all of the common interest in the Wilshire Statutory
Trust III and issued its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities (the “September
2005 debenture”) in the amount of $15.5 million to the Wilshire Statutory Trust
III with terms substantially similar to the September 2005 trust preferred
securities and common securities. Wilshire Bancorp subsequently deposited the
proceeds from the September 2005 debenture in a depository account at the Bank.
Until September 15, 2010, the securities will be fixed at a 6.07% annual
interest rate, thereafter converting to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR
plus 1.40%, resetting quarterly. The September 2005 debenture and related trust
preferred securities will mature on September 15, 2035. The interest on both
the
September 2005 debenture and related trust preferred securities are payable
quarterly and no scheduled payments of principal are due prior to maturity.
Wilshire Bancorp may redeem the September 2005 debenture (and in turn the trust
preferred securities) in whole or in part at par
prior
to
maturity on or after September 15, 2010.
On
March
1, 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule that allows continued
inclusion of trust preferred securities in the Tier 1 capital of bank holding
companies, subject to stricter quantitative limits. Under the final rule, bank
holding companies may include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital
in an
amount (together with other restricted core capital elements) equal to 25%
of
the sum of core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements)
net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Amounts in excess
of
these limits will generally be included in Tier 2 capital. For purposes of
this
rule, restricted core capital elements are generally to be comprised of
qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority
interest related to qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock directly
issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary,
minority interest related to qualifying common stock or qualifying cumulative
perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated subsidiary that
is
neither a U.S. depository institution or a foreign bank and qualifying trust
preferred securities.
The
final
rule provides a transition period for bank holding companies to come into
compliance with these new capital restrictions. Accordingly, while the final
rule became effective on April 11, 2005, for practical purposes, bank holding
companies will have until September 30, 2009 (an extension of the September
30,
2007 transition period under the proposed rule) to come into compliance with
the
final rule’s capital restrictions due to the transition period. In extending the
transition period to 2009, the Federal Reserve noted that the extended period
will provide bank holding companies with existing trust preferred securities
with call features after the first five years an opportunity to restructure
their capital elements in order to conform to the limitations of the final
rule.
Under
the
final rule, as of December 31, 2006, Wilshire Bancorp counted the full amount
($50.0 million) of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital.
Asset/Liability
Management
Management
seeks to ascertain optimum and stable utilization of available assets and
liabilities as a vehicle to attain our overall business plans and objectives.
In
this regard, management focuses on measurement and control of liquidity risk,
interest rate risk and market risk, capital adequacy, operation risk and credit
risk. See “Risk Factors” for further discussion on these risks. Information
concerning interest rate risk management is set forth under “Item 7A -
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
Liquidity
Management
Maintenance
of adequate liquidity requires that sufficient resources be available at all
time to meet our cash flow requirements. Liquidity in a banking institution
is
required primarily to provide for deposit withdrawals and the credit needs
of
its customers and to take advantage of investment opportunities as they arise.
Liquidity management involves our ability to convert assets into cash or cash
equivalents without incurring significant loss, and to raise cash or maintain
funds without incurring excessive additional cost. For this purpose, we maintain
a portion of our funds in cash and cash equivalents, deposits in other financial
institutions and loans and securities available for sale. Our liquid assets
at
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 totaled approximately $378.6 million, $355.2
million and 205.8 million, respectively. Our liquidity level measured as the
percentage of liquid assets to total assets was 18.8%, 21.3% and 16.3% at
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
As
a
secondary source of liquidity, we rely on advances from the FHLB to supplement
our supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements.
Advances from the FHLB are typically secured by our mortgage loans and stock
issued by the FHLB. Advances are made pursuant to several different programs.
Each credit program has its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending
on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a
fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the FHLB’s assessment of
the institution’s creditworthiness. While this fund provides flexibility and
reasonable cost, we limit our use to 50% of our borrowing capacity, as such
borrowing does not qualify as core funds. As of December 31, 2006, our borrowing
capacity from the FHLB was about $428 million and the outstanding balance was
$20 million, or approximately 4.7% of our borrowing capacity. As of December
31,
2006, we also maintained a guideline to purchase up to $25 million and $10
million in federal funds with Bank of the West and Union Bank of California,
respectively.
Capital
Resources and Capital Adequacy Requirements
Historically,
our primary source of capital has been internally generated operating income
through retained earnings. In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, we
conduct ongoing assessments of projected sources and uses of capital in
conjunction with projected increases in assets and level of risks. We have
considered, and we will continue to consider, additional sources of capital
as
the need arises, whether through the issuance of additional equity, debt or
hybrid securities.
We
are
subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal
banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework
for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that
rely
on quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain
off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger regulatory actions
under the prompt corrective action rules that could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition and operations. Prompt corrective action
may
include regulatory enforcement actions that restrict dividend payments, require
the adoption of remedial measures to increase capital, terminate FDIC deposit
insurance, and mandate the appointment of a conservator or receiver in severe
cases. In addition, failure to maintain a well-capitalized status may adversely
affect the evaluation of regulatory applications for specific transactions
and
activities, including acquisitions, continuation and expansion of existing
activities, and commencement of new activities, and could adversely affect
our
business relationships with our existing and prospective clients. The
aforementioned regulatory consequences for failing to maintain adequate ratios
of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. Our capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about
components, risk weightings, and other factors. See Part I, Item 1 “Description
of Business -- Regulation and Supervision -- Capital Adequacy Requirements” in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding regulatory
capital requirements.
At
December 31, 2006, total shareholders’ equity increased by $36.5 million, after
declaring cash dividends of $5.8 million, to $149.6 million from $113.1 million
at December 31, 2005. Such additional capital was primarily derived from
internally generated operating income ($33.9 million) and the additional shares
issued in connection with the Liberty Bank acquisition ($5.9 million). In 2005,
total shareholders’ equity also grew by $24.8 million from $88.3 million at
December 31, 2004, after declaring cash dividends of $4.6 million, primarily
from internally generated operating income of $27.8 million. Our equity also
increased by the share-based compensation and other comprehensive
income.
For
the
regulatory capital ratio computation purpose, we considered the Junior
Subordinated Debentures of $61.5 million, which consists of $10 million issued
by the Bank and $51.5 million issued by the Company in connection with the
issuance of $50 million trust preferred securities. As of December 31, 2005,
Wilshire Bancorp accounted for $38.0 million of such securities as Tier 1
capital and $22.0 million as Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2006, the
portion qualified for Tier 1 capital increased to $50.0 million, reducing the
portion for Tier 2 capital to $10 million. For the Bank level, only the $10
million debenture issued by the Bank in 2002 is treated as Tier 2 capital.
See
“Deposits and Other Sources of Funds” for further discussion regarding the
capital treatment of subordinated debentures and the trust preferred securities.
As
of
December 31, 2006, we were qualified as a “well capitalized institution” under
the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The following table
presents the regulatory standards for well-capitalized institutions, compared
to
our capital ratios as of the dates specified for Wilshire Bancorp, Inc and
Wilshire State Bank:
|
|
Regulatory
Well-
|
|
Regulatory
Adequately-
|
|
Actual
ratios for the Company as of:
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
Capitalized
Standards
|
|
Capitalized
Standards
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
Total
capital to risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
13.63
|
%
|
|
14.41
|
%
|
Tier
I capital to risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
11.81
|
%
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
Tier
I capital to adjusted average assets
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
9.79
|
%
|
|
9.39
|
%
|
|
|
Regulatory
Well-
|
|
Regulatory
Adequately-
|
|
Actual
ratios for the Bank as of:
|
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
Capitalized
Standards
|
|
Capitalized
Standards
|
|
December
31,
2006
|
|
December
31,
2005
|
|
December
31,
2004
|
|
Total
capital to risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
13.51
|
%
|
|
13.05
|
%
|
|
11.92
|
%
|
Tier
I capital to risk-weighted assets
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
11.68
|
%
|
|
11.15
|
%
|
|
9.84
|
%
|
Tier
I capital to adjusted average assets
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
9.69
|
%
|
|
9.04
|
%
|
|
8.33
|
%
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid
Financial Instruments, which amends SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, and SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers
and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. This
statement also resolves issues addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue
No. D1, Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized
Financial Assets. SFAS No. 155 eliminates the exemption from applying SFAS
No.
133 to interests in securitized financial assets so that similar instruments
are
accounted for similarly regardless of the form of the instruments. SFAS No.
155
also allows a preparer to elect fair value measurement at acquisition, at
issuance, or when a previously recognized financial instrument is subject to
a
remeasurement (new basis) event, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, in a
case
in which a derivative would otherwise have to be bifurcated. SFAS No. 155 is
effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after December 31,
2006 for the Company. The Company does not expect the adoption SFAS No. 155
to
have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements or results
of
operations.
In
March
2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial
Assets, which amends the guidance in SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 156 requires that
an
entity separately recognize a servicing asset or a servicing liability when
it
undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset under a servicing contract
in certain situations. Such servicing assets or servicing liabilities are
required to be measured initially at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156
also allows an entity to measure its servicing assets and servicing liabilities
subsequently using either the amortization method, which existed under SFAS
No.
140, or the fair value measurement method. SFAS No. 156 will be effective for
the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company does
not
expect the adoption SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact on the consolidated
financial statements or results of operations.
In
June
2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
income taxes (“FIN 48”) which supplements SFAS No. 109 by defining the
confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in
the
financial statements. The interpretation requires that the tax effects of a
position be recognized only if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained
based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The
more-likely-than-not threshold represents a positive assertion by management
that a company is entitled to the economic benefits of a tax position. If a
tax
position is not considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely
on
its technical merits, no benefits of the position are to be recognized.
Moreover, the more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each
reporting period to support continued recognition of a benefit. At adoption,
companies must adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax
positions that are more-likely-than-not to be sustained as of the adoption
date.
Any necessary adjustment would be recorded directly to retained earnings in
the
period of adoption and reported as a change in accounting principle. The Company
adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and this adoption is not expected to have
a
material impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company
will adopt SFAS No. 157 for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods with those fiscal years.
The transition adjustment, measured as the difference between the carrying
amounts and the fair values of those financial instruments at the date SFAS
No.
157 is initially applied, should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment
to the opening balance of retained earnings for the fiscal year in which this
Statement is initially applied. The Company is in the process of evaluating
the
impact of this adoption on the consolidated financial statements or results
of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, which requires an employer
to
recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit
postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial
position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which
the
change occur through comprehensive income of the business entity. An employer
with publicly traded equity securities is required to initially recognize the
funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan and to provide the
required disclosures. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 effective on December
15,
2006, and the adoption of SFAS No. 158 has not had a material impact on the
consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
In
September 2006 the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108,
Quantifying Financial Misstatements, which expresses the Staff’s views regarding
the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. Registrants are
required to quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including
both
the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current
year financial statements. The techniques most commonly used in practice to
accumulate and quantify misstatements are generally referred to as the
“rollover” (current year income statement perspective) and “iron curtain”
(year-end balance perspective) approaches. The financial statements would
require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement
that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative
factors. This guidance is effective for annual financial statements covering
the
first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB No. 108
has not had a material effect on the consolidated financial statements and
results of operations.
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial
Assets and Financial Liabilities, which permits all entities to choose to
measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business
entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair
value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.
This statement shall be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s
first fiscal year after November 15, 2007. The Company is in the process of
evaluating the impact of this adoption on the consolidated financial statements
and results of operations.
Impact
of Inflation; Seasonality
Inflation
primarily impacts us by its effect on interest rates. Our primary source of
income is net interest income, which is affected by changes in interest rates.
We attempt to limit the impact of inflation on our net interest margin through
management of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and the analysis of interest
rate sensitivity. The effect of inflation on premises and equipment as well
as
noninterest expenses has not been significant for the periods covered in this
report. Our business is generally not seasonal.
Item
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
Market
risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our
market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in lending,
investing and deposit taking activities. We evaluate market risk pursuant to
policies reviewed and approved annually by our Board of Directors. The Board
delegates responsibility for market risk management to the Asset & Liability
Management (“ALM”) Committee, which reports monthly to the Board on activities
related to market risk management. As part of the management of our market
risk,
our ALM committee may direct changes in the mix of assets and liabilities.
To
that end, we actively monitor and manage interest rate risk exposures.
Interest
rate risk management involves development, analysis, implementation and
monitoring of earnings to provide stable earnings and capital levels during
periods of changing interest rates. In the management of interest rate risk,
we
utilize monthly gap analysis and quarterly simulation modeling to determine
the
sensitivity of net interest income and economic value of equity. These
techniques are complementary and are used together to provide a more accurate
measurement of interest rate risk.
Gap
analysis measures the repricing mismatches between assets and liabilities.
The
interest rate sensitivity gap is determined by subtracting the amount of
liabilities from the amount of assets that reprice in a particular time
interval. If repricing assets exceed repricing liabilities in any given time
period, we would be deemed to be “asset-sensitive” for that period. Conversely,
if repricing liabilities exceed repricing assets, we would be deemed to be
“liability-sensitive” for that period.
The
significant balance of noninterest bearing deposits puts us in an overall
asset-sensitive position and we strategically plan a significant three-month
positive gap to meet any unanticipated funding needs by maintaining a large
portion of funds obtained from non-interest bearing deposits in overnight
investments and other cash equivalents. In general, based upon our mix of
deposits, loans and investments, increases in interest rates would be expected
to increase our net interest margin. Decreases in interest rates would be
expected to have the opposite effect. However, we usually seek to maintain
a
balanced position over the period of one year to ensure net interest margin
stability in times of volatile interest rates. This is accomplished by
maintaining a similar level of interest-earning assets and interest-paying
liabilities available to be repriced within one year. At December 31, 2006,
our
position appeared balanced for a one-year timeframe with a negligible
liability-sensitive cumulative gap (minus 2.5% of average interest-earning
assets). We do not anticipate a major change in our net interest margin as
we
expect such repricing gap, if occurred, to be eliminated within a
year.
The
change in net interest income may not always follow the general expectations
of
an “asset-sensitive” or a “liability-sensitive” balance sheet during periods of
changing interest rates. This possibility results from interest rates changing
by differing increments and at different time intervals for each type of
interest-sensitive asset and liability. The interest rate sensitivity gaps
reported in the tables arise when assets are funded with liabilities having
different repricing intervals. Since these gaps are actively managed and change
daily as adjustments are made in interest rate views and market outlook,
positions at the end of any period may not reflect our interest rate sensitivity
in subsequent periods. We attempt to balance longer-term economic views against
prospects for short-term interest rate changes.
Although
the interest rate sensitivity gap is a useful measurement and contributes to
effective asset and liability management, it is difficult to predict the effect
of changing interest rates based solely on that measure. As a result, the ALM
committee also regularly uses simulation modeling as a tool to measure the
sensitivity of earnings and net portfolio value (“NPV”) to interest rate
changes. The NPV is defined as the net present value of an institution’s
existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. The simulation
model captures all assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial
instruments and accounts for significant variables that are believed to be
affected by interest rates. These include prepayment speeds on loans, cash
flows
of loans and deposits, principal amortization, call options on securities,
balance sheet growth assumptions and changes in rate relationships as various
rate indices react differently to market rates.
Although
the simulation measures the volatility of net interest income and net portfolio
value under immediate increase or decrease of market interest rate scenarios
in
100 basis point increments, our main concern is the negative effect of a
reasonably-possible worst scenario. The ALM policy prescribes that for the
worst
possible rate decreasing scenario the possible reduction of net interest income
and NPV should not exceed 20% of the base net interest income and 25% of the
base NPV, respectively.
As
our
simulation measures indicate below, the net interest income increases
(decreases) as market interest rates rise (fall), since we were in an overall
asset-sensitive position with a 20.0% positive gap for the three-month
timeframe. The NPV increases (decreases) as interest income increases
(decreases) since the change in cash flows has a greater impact on the change
in
the NPV than does the change in the discount rate. However the extent of such
changes was within the tolerance level prescribed by our ALM policy due partly
to the near-balanced cumulative gap for the one-year timeframe.
Management
believes that the assumptions used to evaluate the vulnerability of our
operations to changes in interest rates approximate actual experience and
considers them reasonable; however, the interest rate sensitivity of our assets
and liabilities and the estimated effects of changes in interest rates on our
net interest income and NPV could vary substantially if different assumptions
were used or actual experience differs from the historical experience on which
they are based.
The
following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of our interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2006 using the
interest rate sensitivity gap ratio. For purposes of the following table, an
asset or liability is considered rate-sensitive within a specified period when
it can be repriced or matures within its contractual terms. Actual payment
patterns may differ from contractual payment patterns.
Interest
Rate Sensitivity Analysis
|
|
At
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Amounts
Subject to Repricing Within
|
|
|
|
0-3
months
|
|
3-12
months
|
|
1-5
years
|
|
After
5 years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in Thousands)
|
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
loans
1
|
|
$
|
1,190,550
|
|
$
|
53,853
|
|
$
|
275,509
|
|
$
|
40,233
|
|
$
|
1,560,145
|
|
Investment
securities
|
|
|
21,955
|
|
|
30,699
|
|
|
114,328
|
|
|
15,477
|
|
|
182,459
|
|
Federal
funds sold and cash equivalents
agreement
to resell
|
|
|
130,003
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
130,003
|
|
Interest-earning
deposits
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,342,508
|
|
$
|
84,552
|
|
$
|
389,837
|
|
$
|
55,710
|
|
$
|
1,872,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
deposits
|
|
$
|
29,020
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
29,020
|
|
Time
deposits of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
418,215
|
|
|
391,920
|
|
|
1,871
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
812,106
|
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
47,571
|
|
|
109,875
|
|
|
3,477
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
160,933
|
|
Other
interest-bearing deposits
|
|
|
430,603
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
430,603
|
|
Other
borrowings
demand
deposits
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
Subordinate
debentures
|
|
|
46,083
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
15,464
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
61,547
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
971,492
|
|
$
|
501,795
|
|
$
|
40,812
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
$
|
1,514,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
rate sensitivity gap
|
|
$
|
371,016
|
|
|
($417,243
|
)
|
$
|
349,025
|
|
$
|
55,600
|
|
$
|
358,398
|
|
Cumulative
interest rate sensitivity gap
|
|
$
|
371,016
|
|
|
($46,227
|
)
|
$
|
302,798
|
|
$
|
358,398
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
interest rate sensitivity gap ratio (based on total
assets)
|
|
|
20.04
|
%
|
|
-2.50
|
%
|
|
16.35
|
%
|
|
19.36
|
%
|
|
|
|
The
following table sets forth our estimated net interest income over a twelve
months period and NPV based on the indicated changes in market interest rates
as
of December 31, 2006.
(Dollars
in Thousands
)
|
|
Change
|
|
Net
Interest Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
Basis Points)
|
|
(next
twelve months)
|
|
%
Change
|
|
NPV
|
|
%
Change
|
|
|
+200
|
|
$
|
116,696
|
|
|
17.2
|
%
|
$
|
302,352
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
|
+100
|
|
|
107,672
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
|
293,034
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
0
|
|
|
99,572
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
280,543
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-100
|
|
|
96,059
|
|
|
-3.5
|
%
|
|
262,009
|
|
|
-6.6
|
%
|
|
-200
|
|
|
87,201
|
|
|
-12.4
|
%
|
|
239,096
|
|
|
-14.8
|
%
|
Our
strategies in protecting both net interest income and economic value of equity
from significant movements in interest rates involve restructuring our
investment portfolio and using FHLB advances. We also permit to purchase rate
caps and floors and interest rate swaps, although we only engaged once in the
interest rate swap agreement in September 2003 on the notional amount of $3
million which was subsequently terminated without any gain or loss by mutual
agreement between us and a brokerage company in January 2004.
Item
8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary
Data
|
The
information required by this item is included in Part IV, Item 15(a)(1) and
are
presented beginning on Page F-1.
Item
9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
|
Not
applicable.
1
Excludes
the gross amount of non-accrual loans of approximately $9.4million at December
31, 2006.
Item
9A. Controls and Procedures
Controls
and Procedures
As
of
December 31, 2006, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and
with
the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer
and
chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
our
“disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined under Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e).
Based
on
this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer
concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, such disclosure controls and procedures
were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in
the
reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and
forms
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and accumulated and communicated
to
our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial
officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
In
designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management
recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and
operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control
objectives and in reaching a reasonable level of assurance our management
necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit
relationship of possible controls and procedures.
There
were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the
quarter ended December 31, 2006 that materially affected, or are reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial
reporting
.
Management’s
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our
management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system
of
internal control over financial reporting. Our system of internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
Our
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that:
|
|
pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately
and
fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets;
|
|
|
provide
reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary
to
permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America,
and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of our management and our directors; and
|
|
|
provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that
could
have a material effect on the financial statements.
|
Because
of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial
reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of
internal controls over financial reporting may vary over time. Our system
contains self monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct
deficiencies as they are identified.
Our
management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the system of
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal
Control—Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based
on this evaluation, our management concluded that our system of internal control
over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. Our management’s
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
Los
Angeles, California
We
have
audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying “Management’s
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” that Wilshire Bancorp,
Inc. and subsidiaries (the “ Company”) maintained effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established
in
Internal
Control-Integrated Framework
issued
by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The
Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on
management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control
over
financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing, and evaluating
the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A
company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or
under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal
financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by
the
company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain
to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors
of
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting,
including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of
controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented
or
detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the
effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods
are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.
In
our
opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated,
in
all material respects, based on the criteria established in
Internal
Control—Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also,
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on
the
criteria established in
Internal
Control—Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We
have
also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of
and
for the year ended December 31, 2006 of the Company and our report dated March
13, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial
statements.
/s/
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los
Angeles, California
March
13,
2007
Item
9B. Other Information
Not
applicable.
PART
III
Item
10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
The
information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to
Directors and Executive Officers of the Company will be set forth under the
caption “Election of Directors” in the registrant’s proxy statement (the “Proxy
Statement”) to be furnished to shareholders in connection with the solicitation
of proxies by the Company’s Board of Directors for use at the 2007 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders, and is incorporated herein by reference.
The
information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to
compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be set forth under the
caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy
Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
11. Executive Compensation
The
information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth
under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item
12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Shareholder
Matters
|
Information
regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management
is
set forth under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related
Transactions
|
The
information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth
under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the
Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item
14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and
Services
|
The
information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth
under the caption “Principal Auditor Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART
IV
Item
15.
|
Exhibits,
Financial Statement
Schedules
|
(a)
List
of
documents filed as part of this report
(1)
Financial
Statements
The
following financial statements of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. are filed as a part
of
this Form 10-K on the pages indicated:
|
|
Page
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statement of Operations
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
F-8
|
(2)
Financial
Statement Schedules
Schedules
to the financial statements are omitted because the required information is
not
applicable or the information is presented in the Company’s financial statements
or related notes.
(3)
Exhibits
Exhibit
Table
Reference
Number
|
|
Item
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Articles
of Incorporation, as amended
1
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Bylaws,
as amended
1
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Specimen
of Common Stock Certificate
1
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Indenture
of Subordinated Debentures dated as of September 19, 2002
2
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Indenture
by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association
dated as of December 17, 2003
3
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Amended
and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Wilshire Bancorp,
Inc.,
U.S. Bank National Association, Soo Bong Min and Brian E. Cho dated
as of
December 17, 2003
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Guaranty
Agreement by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and U.S. Bank National
Association dated as of December 17, 2003
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Indenture
by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company
dated
as of March 17, 2005
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Amended
and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Wilshire Bancorp,
Inc.,
Wilmington Trust Company, Soo Bong Min, Brian E. Cho and Elaine Jeon
dated
as of March 17, 2005
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Guaranty
Agreement by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust
Company dated as of March 17, 2005
|
4.9
|
|
Indenture
by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company
dated
as of September 15, 2005
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Amended
and Restated Declaration of Trust by and among Wilshire Bancorp,
Inc.,
Wilmington Trust Company, Brian E. Cho and Elaine Jeon dated as of
September 15, 2005
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Guaranty
Agreement by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust
Company dated as of September 15, 2005
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Lease
dated September 1, 1996 between the Company and Wilmont, Inc. (Main
Office
- 1
st
floor)
1
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Lease
dated May 1, 1990 between the Company and Western Properties Co.,
Ltd.
(Western Branch)
1
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Lease
dated February 3, 1997 between the Company and Benlin Properties
(Downtown
Branch)
1
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Sublease
dated June 20, 1997 between the Company and Property Development
Assoc. (Cerritos Branch)
1
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
1997
Stock Option Plan of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.
1
, 11
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Addendum
to Downtown Branch Lease, dated February 3, 1997 between the Company
and
Benlin Properties (Downtown Branch)
4
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Lease
dated October 26, 1998 between the Company and Union Square Limited
Partnership. (Seattle Business Lending Office)
4
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Lease
dated March 18, 1999 between the Company and BGK Texas Property
Management, Inc. (Dallas Business Lending Office)
5
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Lease
dated February 4, 2000 between the Company and Wilmont, Inc. (Commercial
Loan Center and Corporate headquarter - 14
th
floor)
6
|
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
Lease
dated July 18, 2000 between the Company and 183 Townsend Corporation
(San
Jose Business Lending Office)
6
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Lease
dated September 1, 2000 between the Company and Joseph Hanasab (Gardena
Office)
6
|
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Lease
dated January 8, 2001 between the Company and UNT Atia Co. II, a
California general partnership (Rowland Heights Office)
6
|
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Sublease
dated January 26, 2001 between the Company and California Federal
Bank, a
federal savings bank (Valley Office)
6
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Employment
Agreement for Soo Bong Min, Chief Executive Officer and President
10,
11
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Sublease
dated March 13, 2002 between the Company and Assi Food International,
Inc
(Garden Grove Office)
7
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Lease
dated October 3, 2002 between the Company and Terok Management, Inc.
(Mid-Wilshire Office)
7
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Survivor
income plan and exhibit thereto (Split dollar agreement)
8,
11
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Stock
Purchase Agreement by and between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and Texas
Bank
dated January 29, 2004
3
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Statement
Regarding Computation of Net Earnings per Share
9
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Subsidiaries
of the Registrant
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification
of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification
of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Certifications
of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to
18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
1
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-SB Registration Statement,
as filed with the FDIC on August 7, 1998.
2
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-Q, as filed with the FDIC
on May 16, 2003.
3
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-K, as filed with the FDIC
on March 29, 2004.
4
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-KSB, as filed with the
FDIC on March 30, 1999.
5
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-KSB, as filed with the
FDIC on April 5, 2000.
6
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-KSB, as filed with the
FDIC on March 29, 2001.
7
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-K, as filed with the FDIC
on March 31, 2004.
8
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-Q, as filed with the FDIC
on August 20, 2003.
9
The
information required by this Exhibit is incorporated by reference from
Note [13]
of the Company’s Financial Statements included herein
.
10
Incorporated
by reference to the Exhibits to the Company’s Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC
on April 11, 2006.
11
Indicates
a compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned,
thereunto
duly
authorized.
|
|
|
Date:
March 16, 2007
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
a
California
corporation
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Brian
E.
Cho
|
|
Brian
E. Cho
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has
been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
STEVEN
KOH
|
|
Chairman
and Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Steven
Koh
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
SOO
BONG MIN
|
|
President,
Chief Executive
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Soo
Bong Min
|
|
Officer and
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
LARRY
D. GREENFIELD, M.D.
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Larry
D. Greenfield, M.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
KYU-HYUN
KIM
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Kyu-Hyun
Kim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
MEL
ELLIOT
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Mel
Elliot
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
RICHARD
Y. LIM
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Richard
Y. Lim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
FRED
F. MAUTNER
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Fred
F. Mautner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
YOUNG
H. PAK
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Young
H. Pak
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
D
ONALD
B
YUN
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Donald
Byun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
H
ARRY
S
IAFARIS
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Harry
Siafaris
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
G
APSU
K
IM
|
|
Director
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Gapsu
Kim
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
B
RIAN
E.
C
HO
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer and
|
|
March
16, 2007
|
Brian
E. Cho
|
|
Corporate
Secretary
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
Financial
Statements as of December 31, 200
6
and 2005 and for Each of the Three Years in the
Period Ended
December 31, 2006 and
Report
of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
REPORT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
Los
Angeles, California
We
have
audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006
and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
financial statements based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our
opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. at December 31,
2006
and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We
have
also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria
established in
Internal
Control—Integrated Framework
issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and
our
report dated March 13, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s
assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
/s/
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los
Angeles, California
March
13,
2007
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
DECEMBER
31, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
|
$
|
75,243,346
|
|
$
|
68,205,078
|
|
Federal
funds sold and other cash equivalents
|
|
|
130,003,268
|
|
|
126,002,978
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
205,246,614
|
|
|
194,208,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
time deposits in other financial institutions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Securities
available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $168,662,357
and
$140,428,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)
|
|
|
167,837,734
|
|
|
138,650,270
|
|
Securities
held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $14,445,714
and
$22,510,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)
|
|
|
14,620,870
|
|
|
22,860,200
|
|
Interest-only
strips, at fair value (amortized cost of $1,008,064 and
$1,493,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)
|
|
|
1,130,006
|
|
|
1,501,866
|
|
Loans
held for sale—at the lower of cost or market
|
|
|
5,496,421
|
|
|
21,796,677
|
|
Loans
receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $18,654,082 and
$13,999,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
|
|
|
1,536,388,815
|
|
|
1,226,763,867
|
|
Bank
premises and equipment—net
|
|
|
10,464,600
|
|
|
8,955,872
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank stock, at cost—net
|
|
|
7,541,700
|
|
|
6,181,700
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
10,049,265
|
|
|
6,891,670
|
|
Other
real estate owned—net
|
|
|
138,000
|
|
|
294,400
|
|
Deferred
income taxes—net
|
|
|
9,722,008
|
|
|
8,114,343
|
|
Servicing
assets
|
|
|
5,080,466
|
|
|
4,682,848
|
|
Due
from customers on acceptances
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
|
|
15,635,773
|
|
|
15,098,770
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
6,674,772
|
|
|
-
|
|
Core
deposit intangible
|
|
|
1,532,485
|
|
|
-
|
|
Favorable
lease intangible
|
|
|
352,231
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
8,186,927
|
|
|
6,552,033
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
2,008,483,821
|
|
$
|
1,666,273,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest
bearing
|
|
$
|
319,310,552
|
|
$
|
292,170,888
|
|
Interest
bearing:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
29,019,943
|
|
|
19,585,805
|
|
Time
deposits of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
812,105,950
|
|
|
630,662,463
|
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
160,933,032
|
|
|
142,944,546
|
|
Money
market accounts and other
|
|
|
430,603,175
|
|
|
324,101,535
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
1,751,972,652
|
|
|
1,409,465,237
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank borrowings
|
|
|
20,000,000
|
|
|
61,000,000
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
|
61,547,000
|
|
|
61,547,000
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
12,006,124
|
|
|
6,898,196
|
|
Acceptances
outstanding
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
10,937,886
|
|
|
11,038,271
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
1,858,848,796
|
|
|
1,553,169,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock, no par value—authorized, 5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
none
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock, no par value—authorized, 80,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,197,420
shares and 28,630,600 shares at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
respectively
|
|
|
49,122,536
|
|
|
41,340,448
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss, net of tax expense (benefit) of $448,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
($581,119) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
|
|
|
(407,612
|
)
|
|
(1,026,202
|
)
|
Retained
earnings
|
|
|
100,920,101
|
|
|
72,789,622
|
|
Total
shareholders’ equity
|
|
|
149,635,025
|
|
|
113,103,868
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
2,008,483,821
|
|
$
|
1,666,273,418
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
INTEREST
INCOME:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and fees on loans
|
|
$
|
127,840,571
|
|
$
|
89,627,755
|
|
$
|
55,943,023
|
|
Interest
on investment securities and deposits in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
financial institutions
|
|
|
8,673,540
|
|
|
4,864,602
|
|
|
3,049,812
|
|
Interest
on federal funds sold and other cash equivalents
|
|
|
4,885,559
|
|
|
2,796,128
|
|
|
805,113
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
141,399,670
|
|
|
97,288,485
|
|
|
59,797,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTEREST
EXPENSE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
58,943,556
|
|
|
29,914,136
|
|
|
15,663,227
|
|
Interest
on other borrowings
|
|
|
5,879,725
|
|
|
4,426,541
|
|
|
1,799,329
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
64,823,281
|
|
|
34,340,677
|
|
|
17,462,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET
INTEREST INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOAN
LOSSES AND LOAN COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
76,576,389
|
|
|
62,947,808
|
|
|
42,335,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROVISION
FOR LOSSES ON LOANS AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOAN
COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
6,000,000
|
|
|
3,350,000
|
|
|
3,566,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET
INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOAN
LOSSES AND LOAN COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
70,576,389
|
|
|
59,597,808
|
|
|
38,768,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONINTEREST
INCOME:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
charges on deposit accounts
|
|
|
9,554,319
|
|
|
7,546,982
|
|
|
7,378,636
|
|
Gain
on sale of loans
|
|
|
11,641,936
|
|
|
8,310,229
|
|
|
8,831,677
|
|
Loan-related
servicing fees
|
|
|
2,098,987
|
|
|
1,996,916
|
|
|
2,372,577
|
|
Loan
referral fees
|
|
|
172,894
|
|
|
232,967
|
|
|
112,520
|
|
Loan
packaging fees
|
|
|
434,509
|
|
|
386,370
|
|
|
375,835
|
|
Income
from other earning assets
|
|
|
1,045,457
|
|
|
874,240
|
|
|
639,151
|
|
Other
income
|
|
|
1,451,906
|
|
|
1,129,756
|
|
|
1,286,515
|
|
Total
noninterest income
|
|
|
26,400,008
|
|
|
20,477,460
|
|
|
20,996,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONINTEREST
EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
|
23,823,348
|
|
|
19,226,244
|
|
|
14,581,480
|
|
Occupancy
and equipment
|
|
|
4,554,096
|
|
|
3,465,388
|
|
|
2,730,432
|
|
Data
processing
|
|
|
2,449,883
|
|
|
1,916,911
|
|
|
1,643,822
|
|
Loan
referral fees
|
|
|
1,522,812
|
|
|
1,283,981
|
|
|
1,202,020
|
|
Outsourced
service for customers
|
|
|
1,348,752
|
|
|
1,434,853
|
|
|
1,301,680
|
|
Advertising
and promotional
|
|
|
1,256,260
|
|
|
965,939
|
|
|
652,126
|
|
Professional
fees
|
|
|
1,143,062
|
|
|
857,959
|
|
|
1,429,831
|
|
Office
supplies
|
|
|
708,936
|
|
|
654,456
|
|
|
573,344
|
|
Directors’
fees
|
|
|
535,068
|
|
|
492,630
|
|
|
460,110
|
|
Communications
|
|
|
461,573
|
|
|
428,232
|
|
|
337,999
|
|
Investor
relations
|
|
|
262,465
|
|
|
378,465
|
|
|
398,545
|
|
Deposit
insurance premiums
|
|
|
186,502
|
|
|
154,768
|
|
|
132,462
|
|
Amortization
of core deposit intangible
|
|
|
107,575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of favorable lease intangible
|
|
|
77,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
operating
|
|
|
2,794,421
|
|
|
2,303,017
|
|
|
1,839,500
|
|
Total
noninterest expenses
|
|
|
41,232,006
|
|
|
33,562,843
|
|
|
27,283,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION
|
|
|
55,744,391
|
|
|
46,512,425
|
|
|
32,482,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
TAX PROVISION
|
|
|
21,802,732
|
|
|
18,752,776
|
|
|
13,023,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET
INCOME
|
|
$
|
33,941,659
|
|
$
|
27,759,649
|
|
$
|
19,458,308
|
|
EARNINGS
PER SHARE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
Average
shares outstanding for basic earning per share
|
|
|
28,986,217
|
|
|
28,544,474
|
|
|
27,623,766
|
|
Average
shares outstanding for diluted earning per share
|
|
|
29,330,732
|
|
|
28,913,542
|
|
|
28,515,882
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
Retained
|
|
Shareholders’
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE—January
1, 2004
|
|
|
25,902,728
|
|
$
|
28,391,427
|
|
$
|
203,331
|
|
$
|
30,146,583
|
|
$
|
58,741,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options exercised
|
|
|
2,239,742
|
|
|
1,814,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,814,639
|
|
Tax
benefit from stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,720,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,720,364
|
|
Comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,458,308
|
|
|
19,458,308
|
|
Other
comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest-only
strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(57,259
|
)
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities
available for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(407,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(407,737
|
)
|
Change
in unrealized gain on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest
swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,962
|
|
Comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,031,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE—December
31, 2004
|
|
|
28,142,470
|
|
|
38,926,430
|
|
|
(223,703
|
)
|
|
49,604,891
|
|
|
88,307,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options exercised
|
|
|
488,130
|
|
|
480,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
480,300
|
|
Cash
dividend declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,574,918
|
)
|
|
(4,574,918
|
)
|
Tax
benefit from stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,933,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,933,718
|
|
Comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,759,649
|
|
|
27,759,649
|
|
Other
comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest-only
strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,498
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(8,498
|
)
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities
available for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(794,001
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(794,001
|
)
|
Comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,957,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE—December
31, 2005
|
|
|
28,630,600
|
|
|
41,340,448
|
|
|
(1,026,202
|
)
|
|
72,789,622
|
|
|
113,103,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options exercised
|
|
|
238,710
|
|
|
474,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474,028
|
|
Shares
issued for acquisition of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liberty
Bank of New York
|
|
|
328,110
|
|
|
5,936,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,936,593
|
|
Cash
dividend declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,811,180
|
)
|
|
(5,811,180
|
)
|
Stock
compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
472,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
472,219
|
|
Tax
benefit from stock options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
899,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
899,248
|
|
Comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,941,659
|
|
|
33,941,659
|
|
Other
comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest-only
strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,728
|
|
Change
in unrealized loss on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities
available for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552,862
|
|
|
|
|
|
552,862
|
|
Comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,560,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE—December
31, 2006
|
|
|
29,197,420
|
|
$
|
49,122,536
|
|
$
|
(407,612
|
)
|
$
|
100,920,101
|
|
$
|
149,635,025
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
(Continued
)
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DISCLOSURE
OF RECLASSIFICATION AMOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WITHIN
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
(LOSS) FOR DECEMBER 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
unrealized gains (losses) on securities available
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for
sale arising during year
|
|
$
|
953,207
|
|
$
|
(1,368,966
|
)
|
$
|
(431,106
|
)
|
Less
reclassification adjustment for net gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
realized
in income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
271,891
|
|
Less
income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
400,345
|
|
|
(574,965
|
)
|
|
(295,260
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale
|
|
$
|
552,862
|
|
$
|
(794,001
|
)
|
$
|
(407,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
unrealized gains (losses) on interest-only strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arising
during period
|
|
$
|
25,400
|
|
$
|
(111,957
|
)
|
$
|
(178,164
|
)
|
Less
reclassification adjustment for impairment
|
|
|
(88,020
|
)
|
|
(97,305
|
)
|
|
(79,442
|
)
|
Less
income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
47,692
|
|
|
(6,154
|
)
|
|
(41,463
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
unrealized gains (losses) on interest-only strips
|
|
$
|
65,728
|
|
$
|
(8,498
|
)
|
$
|
(57,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
gains on interest rate swap arising during year,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net
of tax expense of $25,308 in 2004
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
37,962
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
(Concluded
)
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
33,941,659
|
|
$
|
27,759,649
|
|
$
|
19,458,308
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
and accretion of investment securities
|
|
|
(86,922
|
)
|
|
(18,386
|
)
|
|
261,223
|
|
Depreciation
of premises & equipment
|
|
|
1,350,879
|
|
|
1,002,188
|
|
|
790,186
|
|
Amortization
of core deposit intangible
|
|
|
107,575
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization
of favorable lease intangible
|
|
|
77,253
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Provision
for losses on loans and loan commitments
|
|
|
6,000,000
|
|
|
3,350,000
|
|
|
3,566,711
|
|
Deferred
tax (benefit) provision
|
|
|
(1,515,798
|
)
|
|
(2,693,877
|
)
|
|
730,255
|
|
Loss
on disposition of bank premises and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
equipment
|
|
|
162,592
|
|
|
20,091
|
|
|
5,537
|
|
Net
gain on sale of loans
|
|
|
(11,641,936
|
)
|
|
(8,310,229
|
)
|
|
(8,831,677
|
)
|
Origination
of loans held for sale
|
|
|
(170,440,894
|
)
|
|
(149,332,947
|
)
|
|
(93,001,291
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of loans held for sale
|
|
|
195,318,824
|
|
|
156,465,745
|
|
|
97,655,386
|
|
Gain
on sale or call of available for sale securities
|
|
|
2,023
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(271,891
|
)
|
Recovery
of valuation allowance for servicing assets
|
|
|
(172,461
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Valuation
allowance for impairment on servicing assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
172,461
|
|
|
-
|
|
Impairment
on interest-only strips
|
|
|
88,020
|
|
|
97,305
|
|
|
79,442
|
|
Loss
on sale of other real estate owned
|
|
|
1,023
|
|
|
8,607
|
|
|
3,967
|
|
Stock-based
compensation cost
|
|
|
472,219
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Change
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
|
|
(537,002
|
)
|
|
(562,294
|
)
|
|
(434,772
|
)
|
Servicing
assets capitalized
|
|
|
(2,092,104
|
)
|
|
(2,037,465
|
)
|
|
(2,091,883
|
)
|
Servicing
assets amortization
|
|
|
1,866,947
|
|
|
1,556,130
|
|
|
1,000,592
|
|
Decrease
(increase) in interest-only strips
|
|
|
397,260
|
|
|
(119,646
|
)
|
|
(904,476
|
)
|
Increase
in accrued interest receivable
|
|
|
(2,875,826
|
)
|
|
(3,024,665
|
)
|
|
(1,181,805
|
)
|
Increase
in other assets
|
|
|
(2,148,713
|
)
|
|
(2,497,687
|
)
|
|
(1,140,393
|
)
|
Dividends
of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
|
|
|
(344,700
|
)
|
|
(217,900
|
)
|
|
(120,300
|
)
|
Tax
benefit from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
(899,249
|
)
|
|
1,933,718
|
|
|
8,720,364
|
|
Increase
in accrued interest payable
|
|
|
5,051,954
|
|
|
4,006,489
|
|
|
788,463
|
|
(Decrease)
increase in other liabilities
|
|
|
(271,646
|
)
|
|
2,524,077
|
|
|
(3,601,017
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
51,810,977
|
|
|
30,081,364
|
|
|
21,480,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
decrease (increase) in interest-bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
deposits
in other financial institutions
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
(500,000
|
)
|
|
199,001
|
|
Purchase
of securities held to maturity
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,999,000
|
)
|
|
(13,987,338
|
)
|
Proceeds
from principal repayment, matured or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
called
securities held to maturity
|
|
|
8,247,111
|
|
|
8,420,767
|
|
|
8,149,510
|
|
Purchase
of securities available for sale
|
|
|
(72,200,130
|
)
|
|
(120,603,490
|
)
|
|
(105,033,528
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of securities available for sale
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
18,568,500
|
|
Proceeds
from matured securities available for sale
|
|
|
59,152,691
|
|
|
66,295,345
|
|
|
65,058,451
|
|
Net
increase in loans receivable
|
|
|
(308,030,809
|
)
|
|
(245,553,716
|
)
|
|
(271,756,138
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of loans
|
|
|
21,230,737
|
|
|
3,967,642
|
|
|
11,307,787
|
|
Proceeds
from sale of other real estate owned
|
|
|
186,143
|
|
|
299,592
|
|
|
373,233
|
|
Purchases
of Bank premises and equipment
|
|
|
(1,640,480
|
)
|
|
(4,407,353
|
)
|
|
(1,478,321
|
)
|
Purchases
of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
|
|
|
(1,015,300
|
)
|
|
(1,646,700
|
)
|
|
(2,840,500
|
)
|
Proceeds
from redemption of Federal Home
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
Bank stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
54,400
|
|
|
98,800
|
|
Purchase
of bank owned life insurance
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(3,000,000
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from disposition of Bank equipment
|
|
|
4,080
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,312
|
|
Acquisition
of Liberty Bank, net of cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
cash equivalents acquired
|
|
|
5,906,248
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(287,659,709
|
)
|
|
(298,672,513
|
)
|
|
(291,335,231
|
)
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
$
|
474,028
|
|
$
|
480,300
|
|
$
|
1,814,639
|
|
Payment
of cash dividend
|
|
|
(5,496,533
|
)
|
|
(3,429,694
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
(Decrease)
increase in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
|
|
|
(41,000,000
|
)
|
|
20,000,000
|
|
|
12,000,000
|
|
Increase
in junior subordinated debentures
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
36,083,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
Tax
benefit from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
899,249
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
increase in deposits
|
|
|
292,010,546
|
|
|
310,759,863
|
|
|
242,456,835
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
246,887,290
|
|
|
363,893,469
|
|
|
256,271,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
11,038,558
|
|
|
95,302,320
|
|
|
(13,582,828
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
|
|
|
194,208,056
|
|
|
98,905,736
|
|
|
112,488,564
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year
|
|
$
|
205,246,614
|
|
$
|
194,208,056
|
|
$
|
98,905,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
DISCLOSURES OF CASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FLOW
INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
paid
|
|
$
|
59,715,354
|
|
$
|
30,334,188
|
|
$
|
16,674,093
|
|
Income
taxes paid
|
|
$
|
23,387,321
|
|
$
|
19,290,905
|
|
$
|
7,975,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
assets transferred to Bank premises
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
equipment
|
|
$
|
755,227
|
|
$
|
91,022
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Loans
transferred to real estate owned
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
602,600
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Change
in net unrealized gain (loss) on interest-only
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
strips,
net of income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
65,728
|
|
$
|
(8,498
|
)
|
$
|
(57,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance
of common stock pursuant to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acquisition
of Liberty Bank (Note 10)
|
|
$
|
5,936,593
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Change
in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available
for sale, net of income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
552,862
|
|
$
|
(794,001
|
)
|
$
|
(407,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING
ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
dividend declared, but not paid
|
|
$
|
1,459,871
|
|
$
|
1,145,224
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
swap,
net of income tax expense
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
37,962
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR
EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31
,
2006
1.
|
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
|
Wilshire
Bancorp,
Inc. (the “Company” or “We”) succeeded to the business and operations of
Wilshire
State
Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank (the “Bank”),
upon
consummation of the reorganization of the Bank into a holding company structure,
effective as of August 25, 2004. Wilshire State Bank
was
incorporated under the laws of the State of California on May 20, 1980 and
commenced operations on December 30, 1980. The Company was incorporated in
December 2003 as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank for the purpose of
facilitating the issuance of trust preferred securities for the Bank and
eventually serving as the holding company of the Bank. The Bank’s shareholders
approved reorganization into a holding company structure at a meeting held
on
August 25, 2004. As a result of the reorganization, shareholders of the Bank
are
now shareholders of the Company and the Bank is a direct subsidiary of the
Company. The Bank’s primary source of revenue is from providing financing for
business working capital, commercial real estate, and trade activities, and
its
investment portfolio. The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank are
in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of
America and conform to general practices in the banking industry.
The
Company organized its wholly owned subsidiaries, Wilshire Statutory Trust I,
Wilshire Statutory Trust II, and Wilshire Statutory Trust III (collectively
“Wilshire Statutory Trusts”), which issued $50 million in trust preferred
securities in the past three years. The Company then purchased all of the common
interest in the Wilshire Statutory Trusts and issued junior subordinated
debentures to the Wilshire Statutory Trusts having terms substantially similar
to the trust preferred securities in exchange for the proceeds from the Wilshire
Statutory Trust’s trust preferred securities (the “2003 Junior Subordinated
Debentures” and the “2005 Junior Subordinated Debentures”). In accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation 46R (“FIN 46R”),
the Wilshire Statutory Trusts are not be reported on a consolidated basis;
instead the junior subordinated debentures to the Wilshire Statutory Trusts
of
$51,547,000 are recorded separately as liabilities, and the investment in the
Wilshire Statutory Trusts common stock of $1,547,000 is reported in other assets
in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. (See Note
7)
Principles
of Consolidation
—The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiary, Wilshire State Bank. Inter-company transactions and accounts have
been eliminated in consolidation. As noted above in accordance with FIN 46R,
the
Company does not include Wilshire Statutory Trusts on a consolidated
basis.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
—Cash
and
cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, term and overnight federal
funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, all of which
have original maturities of less than 90 days.
Interest-Bearing
Time Deposits in Other Financial Institutions
—Interest-bearing
time deposits in other financial institutions generally mature one year or
longer from the origination and are carried at cost.
Investment
Securities
—Investments
are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows:
|
(i)
|
Securities
that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity
are classified as “held to maturity” and reported at amortized
cost;
|
|
(ii)
|
Securities
that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them
in
the near future are classified as “trading securities” and reported at
fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized in earnings;
and
|
|
(iii)
|
Securities
not classified as held to maturity or trading securities are classified
as
“available for sale” and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and
losses are reported, net of taxes, as a separate component of accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’
equity.
|
Accreted
discounts and amortized premiums on investment securities are included in
interest income by the interest method, and unrealized and realized gains or
losses related to holding or selling securities are calculated using the
specific-identification method. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity
and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other
than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses in the consolidated
statements of operations. The Company did not record any
other-than-temporary impairment on investment securities in 2006, 2005 and
2004.
In
2006,
2005 and 2004, the Company recognized an other-than-temporary charge of $88,020,
$97,305 and $79,442, respectively on its interest-only (“I/O”) strip related to
Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans sold, which were included as a
component of non-interest expense. The I/O strips are accounted for like
available-for-sale securities; impairment charges reduce the cost basis of
the
I/O strips and reduce earnings.
Loans
—Loans
that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future
or
until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid
principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses
and
any deferred fees or costs on originated loans.
Interest
on loans is credited to income as earned and is accrued only if deemed
collectible. Accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan is over 90 days
delinquent unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized
and
in the process of collection. Generally, payments received on nonaccrual loans
are recorded as principal reductions. Interest income is recognized after all
principal has been repaid or an improvement in the condition of the loan has
occurred that would warrant resumption of interest accruals.
Nonrefundable
fees, net of incremental costs, associated with the origination or acquisition
of loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the loan yield over
the
lives of the loans using the interest method. Other loan fees and charges,
representing service costs for the prepayment of loans, for delinquent payments,
or for miscellaneous loan services, are recorded as income when
collected.
Certain
SBA loans that may be sold prior to maturity have been designated as held for
sale at origination and are recorded at the lower of cost or market value,
determined on an aggregate basis. A valuation allowance is established if the
market value of such loans is lower than their cost, and operations are charged
or credited for valuation adjustments. The premium on the pro-rata principal
of
SBA loans sold is recognized as gain on sale of loan at the time of the sale.
The remaining portion of the premium related to the unsold principal of the
SBA
loans, is presented as unearned income in Note 3, is deferred and amortized
over
the remaining life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. Upon sales of such
loans, the Company receives a fee for servicing the loans. A servicing asset
is
recorded based on the present value of the contractually specified servicing
fee, net of servicing cost, over the estimated life of the loan, using a
discount rate of 0.5% above the main note rate, with an average discount rate
of
7.5% and a range of constant prepayment rates from 14% to 21% in 2006. During
2005, the discount rate was 1.5% above the main note rate, with an average
discount rate of 7.5% and a range of constant prepayment rates from 12% to
16%.
During 2004, the discount rate was also 1.5% above the main note rate, with
an
average discount rate of 7.7% and a range of constant prepayment rates from
14%
to 17%. The servicing asset is amortized over the estimated servicing period.
The Company has capitalized $2,092,104, $2,037,465 and $2,091,883 of servicing
assets and amortized $1,866,947, $1,556,130 and $1,000,592 during the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Management
periodically evaluates the servicing asset for impairment. An impairment
valuation allowance is recorded when the fair value is below the carrying
amount. A recovery of the impairment allowance is recorded when its fair value
exceeds the carrying amount. However, a reversal may not exceed the original
valuation allowance recorded. For purposes of measuring impairment, the
servicing assets are stratified by collateral type. In 2006, the Company
recognized a recovery of valuation allowance for servicing assets of $172,461,
and the Company recorded a valuation allowance for the impairment of servicing
assets of $172,461 for the year ended December 31, 2005. There was no impairment
recognized for the year ended December 31, 2004. The expected yearly
amortization of existing servicing assets for each of the years ending 2007
to
2011 is approximately $708,800. An I/O strip is recorded based on the present
value of the excess of servicing fees, generally amounts in excess of 1.00%,
over the contractually specified servicing fee, calculated using the same
assumptions as noted above. I/O strips are accounted for at their estimated
fair
value, with unrealized gains or losses recorded as an adjustment in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. I/O strips are also
amortized over the remaining life of the loan as an adjustment to yield and
monitored for impairment.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
—
Accounting for the allowance for loan losses involves significant judgment
and
assumptions by management and is based on historical data and management’s view
of the current economic environment. At least on a quarterly basis, management
reviews the methodology and adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and
reports its assessment to the Board of Directors for its review and
approval.
We
base
our allowance for loan losses on an estimation of probable losses inherent
in
our loan portfolio. Our methodology for assessing loan loss allowances is
intended to reduce the differences between estimated and actual losses and
involves a detailed analysis of our loan portfolio in three phases:
·
the
specific review of individual loans in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 114,
Accounting
by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
,
·
the
segmenting and reviewing of loan pools with similar characteristics in
accordance with SFAS No. 5,
Accounting
for Contingencies
,
and
·
a
judgmental estimate based on various qualitative factors.
The
first
phase of our allowance analysis involves the specific review of individual
loans
to identify and measure impairment. At this phase, we evaluate each loan except
for homogeneous loans, such as automobile loans and home mortgages. Specific
risk-rated loans are deemed impaired with respect to all amounts, including
principal and interest, which will likely not be collected in accordance with
the contractual terms of the related loan agreement. Impairment for commercial
and real estate loans is measured either based on the present value of the
loan’s expected future cash flows or, if collection on the loan is collateral
dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral, less selling and holding
costs.
The
second phase involves segmenting the remainder of the risk-rated loan portfolio
into groups or pools of loans, together with loans with similar characteristics
for evaluation in accordance with SFAS No. 5. We perform loss migration analysis
and calculate the loss migration ratio for each loan pool based on its
historical net losses and benchmark it against the levels of other peer
banks.
In
the
third phase, we consider relevant internal and external factors that may affect
the collectibility of a loan portfolio and each group of loan pools. As a
general rule, the factors detailed below will be considered to have no impact
to
our loss migration analysis. However, if there exists information to warrant
adjustment to the loss migration ratios, the changes will be made in accordance
with the established parameters and supported by narrative and/or statistical
analysis. We use a credit risk matrix to determine the impact to the loss
migration analysis. This matrix enables management to adjust the general
allocation based on the loss migration ratio up to additional 50% for each
loan
pool. The factors currently considered are, but are not limited to, described
below. For all factors, the extent of the adjustment will be commensurate with
the severity of the conditions that concern each factor.
·
Concentration
of Credits
:
This
factor may be adjusted based on the identification of any concentration or
significant changes to the level of identified concentrations of credit. A
concentration of credit is defined as loans to any single borrower, affiliated
group of borrowers, or borrowers engaged in or dependent upon one industry
that
exceeds 25% of Tier 1 Capital & Reserves. A concentration can also result
from an acquisition of a volume of loans from a single source, regardless of
the
diversity of the individual borrowers.
·
Delinquency
Trends
:
The
trend of delinquency shall be assessed by the quarterly trend and the comparison
with peer average.
·
Nature
and Volume of Loan Trend
:
This
factor will be adjusted for significant changes in the nature and volume of
the
loan portfolio.
·
N
on-Accrual
Loan Trend
:
The
trend of non-accrual loans shall be assessed by the quarterly trend and the
comparison with peer average.
·
Problem
Loan Trend
:
This
factor may be adjusted depending on the quarterly trend of criticized and
classified loans in the total loans.
·
Loss
and Recovery Trend
:
This
factor may be adjusted depending on the quarterly trend of the net charge-offs
and the comparison with peers.
·
Quality
of Loan Review
:
This
factor may be adjusted when there has been a noted and significant (as
determined and documented from external or internal sources) deterioration
or
improvement in the loan review system and/or Director’s oversight. An adjustment
will generally occur when there had previously been a documented weakness and
clear improvement was noted by external sources, or when a significant
deterioration was noted by external sources, in the loan review system and/or
the degree of oversight by the Directors. In the absence of noted changes to
the
loan review system and/or the degree of oversight by the Directors, no
adjustment will be made.
·
Lending
and Management Staff
:
This
factor will be adjusted with changes to the experience, ability, and depth
of
lending management and staff that are significant enough to warrant adjustment
to the loss migration ratio. If the staffing or the experience level of lending
staff is considered to be adequate (as determined by an external source) then,
in general, no adjustment will be made.
·
Lending
Policies and Procedures
:
This
factor may be adjusted depending on the documented results of external reviews
of the policies and procedures, including underwriting standards and collection,
charge-off, and recovery practices. The trend of policy or procedure exceptions
will also have an impact on this factor. It is the objective of the Directors
and Management to maintain at all times adequate policies, procedures,
underwriting standards, and practices.
·
Economic
and Business Conditions
:
This
factor may be adjusted depending on local, regional, and national economic
trends and their perceived impact on particular market segments. In the periods
of stable economic environment, no adjustment will be made.
·
External
Factors such as changes in legal and regulatory requirements, on the level
of
estimated credit losses in the current portfolio
:
This
factor may be adjusted depending on the trend of external factors and their
perceived impact on the overall credit risk. In the periods of stable regulatory
environment, no adjustment will be made.
·
Other
adjustments
:
With a
supporting rationale, this factor may be used for adjustments which cannot
be
addressed by the foregoing factors.
Bank
Premises and Equipment
—Bank
premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation on building, furniture, fixtures and equipment is
computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets, which range from 3 to 30 years. Leasehold improvements are
capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the term of the
lease
or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is
shorter.
Affordable
Housing Investments
—The
Company has invested in limited partnerships formed to develop and operate
affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout the states of
California, Texas, and New York. The costs of the investments are being
amortized on a straight line method over the life of related tax credits. If
the
partnerships cease to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may
be
denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion
of the credits previously taken is subject to recapture with interest. Such
investments are recorded in other assets in the accompanying consolidated
statements of financial condition.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
—The
Company recognized goodwill and intangible assets in connection with the
acquisition of Liberty Bank of New York as presented in footnote 10. In
accordance with SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
,
goodwill
will
no
longer be amortized, but
rather
be subject to impairment testing at least annually. In addition, recognized
intangible assets are amortized to expense over the projected useful lives
and
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company tested
goodwill and intangible assets for impairment as of December 31, 2006.
There was no impairment in recorded goodwill and intangible assets as of
December 31, 2006
.
Other
Real Estate Owned
—Other
real estate owned, which represents real estate acquired through foreclosure
in
satisfaction of commercial and real estate loans, is stated at fair value less
estimated selling costs of the real estate. Loan balances in excess of the
fair
value of the real estate acquired at the date of acquisition are charged to
the
allowance for loan losses.
Any
subsequent operating expenses or income, reduction in estimated fair values,
and
gains or losses on disposition of such properties are charged or credited to
current operations.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
—The
Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment annually or when events
or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be
recoverable. An asset is considered impaired when the expected undiscounted
cash
flows over the remaining useful life are less than the net book value. When
impairment is indicated for an asset, the amount of impairment loss is the
excess of the net book value over its fair value.
Income
Taxes
—Deferred
income taxes are provided for using an asset and liability approach. Deferred
income tax assets and liabilities represent the tax effects, based on current
tax law, of future deductible or taxable amounts attributable to events that
have been recognized in the financial statements.
Earnings
per Share
—
Basic
earnings per share (“EPS”) exclude dilution and are computed by dividing
earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential
dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common
stock
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of
common stock that would then share in the earnings of the Company. There was
a
two-for-one stock split of the Company’s common shares for the shareholders of
record at the close of business on December 3, 2004 which was effective on
December 14, 2004. All share and per share amounts in this report have been
retroactively restated for each stock split.
Stock-Based
Compensation
—The
Company issued stock-based compensation to certain employees, officers, and
directors. Prior to December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for its fixed
stock
options using the intrinsic-value method, presented in APB Opinion No.25,
Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees
,
and its
related interpretations, which generally does not result in compensation expense
recognition. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation cost for stock
options is measured at the date of grant as the excess, if any, of the quoted
market price of our stock over the exercise price of the options.
On
January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R,
Share-Based
Payment
,
for
stock based compensation. SFAS No. 123(R) allows for two alternative
transition methods. The Company follows the modified prospective method, which
requires application of the new Statement to new awards and to awards modified,
repurchased or cancelled after the required effective date. Accordingly, prior
period amounts have not been restated. Additionally, compensation cost for
the
portion of awards for which the requisite service has not been rendered that
are
outstanding as of January 1, 2006 will be recognized as the requisite
services are rendered on or after January 1, 2006. The compensation cost of
that portion of awards is based on the grant-date fair value of those awards
as
calculated for pro forma disclosures under the original SFAS No. 123 (Note
8).
Use
of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial
Statements
—
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements—
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting
for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments
,
which
amends SFAS No. 133,
Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
,
and
SFAS No. 140,
Accounting
for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities
.
This
statement also resolves issues addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue
No. D1,
Application
of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial
Assets
.
SFAS
No. 155 eliminates the exemption from applying SFAS No. 133 to interests in
securitized financial assets so that similar instruments are accounted for
similarly regardless of the form of the instruments. SFAS No. 155 also allows
a
preparer to elect fair value measurement at acquisition, at issuance, or when
a
previously recognized financial instrument is subject to a remeasurement (new
basis) event, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, in a case in which a
derivative would otherwise have to be bifurcated. SFAS No. 155 is effective
for
all financial instruments acquired or issued after December 31, 2006 for the
Company. The Company does not expect the adoption SFAS No. 155 to have a
material impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of
operations.
In
March
2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,
Accounting
for Servicing of Financial Assets,
which
amends the guidance in SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 156 requires that an entity
separately recognize a servicing asset or a servicing liability when it
undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset under a servicing contract
in certain situations. Such servicing assets or servicing liabilities are
required to be measured initially at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156
also allows an entity to measure its servicing assets and servicing liabilities
subsequently using either the amortization method, which existed under SFAS
No.
140, or the fair value measurement method. SFAS No. 156 will be effective for
the Company in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company does
not
expect the adoption SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact on the consolidated
financial statements or results of operations.
In
June
2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting
for Uncertainty in income taxes (“FIN 48”)
which
supplements SFAS No. 109 by defining the confidence level that a tax position
must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. The
interpretation requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only
if
it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained based solely on its technical
merits as of the reporting date. The more-likely-than-not threshold represents
a
positive assertion by management that a company is entitled to the economic
benefits of a tax position. If a tax position is not considered
more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits,
no
benefits of the position are to be recognized. Moreover, the
more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period
to support continued recognition of a benefit. At adoption, companies must
adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that
are
more-likely-than-not to be sustained as of the adoption date. Any necessary
adjustment would be recorded directly to retained earnings in the period of
adoption and reported as a change in accounting principle. The Company adopted
FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and this adoption is not expected to have a material
impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair
Value Measurements
,
which
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Company
will adopt SFAS No. 157 for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods with those fiscal years.
The transition adjustment, measured as the difference between the carrying
amounts and the fair values of those financial instruments at the date SFAS
No.
157 is initially applied, should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment
to the opening balance of retained earnings for the fiscal year in which this
Statement is initially applied. The Company is in the process of evaluating
the
impact of this adoption on the consolidated financial statements or results
of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158,
Employers’
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension
and
Other Postretirement Plans
,
which
requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a
defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement
of
financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year
in
which the change occur through comprehensive income of the business entity.
An
employer with publicly traded equity securities is required to initially
recognize the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan and to
provide the required disclosures. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 effective
on
December 15, 2006, and the adoption of SFAS No. 158 has not had a material
impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
In
September 2006 the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108,
Quantifying
Financial Misstatements
,
which
expresses the Staff’s views regarding the process of quantifying financial
statement misstatements. Registrants are required to quantify the impact of
correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects
of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The
techniques most commonly used in practice to accumulate and quantify
misstatements are generally referred to as the “rollover” (current year income
statement perspective) and “iron curtain” (year-end balance perspective)
approaches. The financial statements would require adjustment when either
approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after
considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. This guidance
is
effective for annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending
after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB No. 108 has not had a material
effect on the consolidated financial statements and results of
operations.
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities
,
which
permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at
specified election dates. A business entity shall report unrealized gains and
losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings
at
each subsequent reporting date. This statement shall be effective as of the
beginning of each reporting entity’s first fiscal year after November 15, 2007.
The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this adoption on
the
consolidated financial statements and results of operations.
The
following is a summary of the investment securities at
December 31:
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
2006
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gain
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
87,808,911
|
|
$
|
68,017
|
|
$
|
366,377
|
|
$
|
87,510,551
|
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
13,444,985
|
|
|
10,491
|
|
|
68,106
|
|
|
13,387,370
|
|
CMOs
|
|
|
38,650,218
|
|
|
9,412
|
|
|
399,880
|
|
|
38,259,750
|
|
MBS
|
|
|
21,032,910
|
|
|
92,312
|
|
|
208,640
|
|
|
20,916,582
|
|
Municipal
bonds
|
|
|
7,725,333
|
|
|
66,006
|
|
|
27,858
|
|
|
7,763,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
168,662,357
|
|
$
|
246,238
|
|
$
|
1,070,861
|
|
$
|
167,837,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held
to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
14,000,000
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
154,880
|
|
$
|
13,845,120
|
|
CMOs
|
|
|
195,870
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
14,553
|
|
|
181,317
|
|
Municipal
bonds
|
|
|
425,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,723
|
|
|
419,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,620,870
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
175,156
|
|
$
|
14,445,714
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
2005
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gain
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
77,881,424
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
901,171
|
|
$
|
76,980,253
|
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
8,132,375
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
84,519
|
|
|
8,047,856
|
|
CMOs
|
|
|
26,301,960
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
432,326
|
|
|
25,869,634
|
|
MBS
|
|
|
23,451,404
|
|
|
28,708
|
|
|
321,210
|
|
|
23,158,902
|
|
Municipal
bonds
|
|
|
4,660,937
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
67,312
|
|
|
4,593,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
140,428,100
|
|
$
|
28,708
|
|
$
|
1,806,538
|
|
$
|
138,650,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held
to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
19,992,752
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
308,752
|
|
$
|
19,684,000
|
|
CMOs
|
|
|
248,101
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
18,930
|
|
|
229,171
|
|
Municipal
bonds
|
|
|
2,619,347
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
21,557
|
|
|
2,597,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22,860,200
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
349,239
|
|
$
|
22,510,961
|
|
Accrued
interest and dividends receivable on investment securities totaled $1,357,118
and $1,002,432 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The
following tables show investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities
have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31 (dollars
in
thousands):
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than 12 months
|
|
12
months or longer
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
17,972
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
$
|
64,484
|
|
$
|
(497
|
)
|
$
|
82,456
|
|
$
|
(521
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
12,066
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
17,455
|
|
|
(383
|
)
|
|
29,521
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
10,834
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
12,574
|
|
|
(209
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
3,802
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
2,929
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
31,778
|
|
$
|
(60
|
)
|
$
|
99,504
|
|
$
|
(1,186
|
)
|
$
|
131,282
|
|
$
|
(1,246
|
)
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than 12 months
|
|
12
months or longer
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
DESCRIPTION
OF SECURITIES
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
of government
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
$
|
52,380
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
$
|
41,285
|
|
$
|
(697
|
)
|
$
|
93,665
|
|
$
|
(1,210
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
14,971
|
|
|
(280
|
)
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
(171
|
)
|
|
18,138
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
8,631
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
8,075
|
|
|
(186
|
)
|
|
16,706
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
Municipal
securities
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,553
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
Corporate
securities
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
2,909
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
82,517
|
|
$
|
(1,035
|
)
|
$
|
54,454
|
|
$
|
(1,121
|
)
|
$
|
136,971
|
|
$
|
(2,156
|
)
|
The
unrealized loss positions of our government sponsored enterprises bonds,
collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), mortgage-backed securities
(“MBS”), municipal securities, and corporate securities are a function of the
volatility of interest rates during 2006 and 2005, in that they are all rated
AAA by Standard & Poors (“S&P”), and redeem at maturity or when called
at par.
Because
the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and
not
to credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold
these investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity,
we
do not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at
December 31, 2006 and 2005.
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at
December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below.
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
for sale:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due
in one year or less
|
|
$
|
35,997,302
|
|
$
|
35,892,280
|
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
|
|
63,793,200
|
|
|
63,666,026
|
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
|
|
10,567,746
|
|
|
10,469,847
|
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
58,304,109
|
|
|
57,809,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
168,662,357
|
|
$
|
167,837,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held
to maturity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due
in one year or less
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
|
|
12,425,000
|
|
|
12,313,777
|
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
1,950,620
|
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
195,870
|
|
|
181,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,620,870
|
|
$
|
14,445,714
|
|
Securities
with amortized cost of approximately $159,458,786 and $132,897,938 were pledged
to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by
law
at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There were no sale
transactions of securities available for sale in 2006 and 2005. However, there
was one transaction of called securities available for sale in 2006 and the
Company recognized realized gains of $2,023. Gross realized gains and losses
from the sales and maturities of securities available for sale amounted to
$284,411 and $12,520 for the years ended December 31, 2004, respectively.
3.
|
LOANS
RECEIVABLE, LOANS HELD FOR SALE, AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN
LOSSES
|
The
following is a summary of loans as of December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Loans
held for sale
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
Loans
held for sale
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
|
$
|
2,184,070
|
|
$
|
283,782,964
|
|
$
|
3,933,887
|
|
$
|
195,629,598
|
|
Real
estate loans
|
|
|
3,312,351
|
|
|
1,227,250,895
|
|
|
17,862,790
|
|
|
1,012,531,833
|
|
Installment
loans
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
53,059,374
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
42,885,217
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
5,496,421
|
|
|
1,564,093,233
|
|
|
21,796,677
|
|
|
1,251,046,648
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(18,654,082
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(13,999,302
|
)
|
Deferred
loan fees
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,541,670
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,801,992
|
)
|
Unearned
income
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(7,508,666
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(8,481,487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loans
|
|
$
|
5,496,421
|
|
$
|
1,536,388,815
|
|
$
|
21,796,677
|
|
$
|
1,226,763,867
|
|
At
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company serviced loans sold to
unaffiliated parties in the amounts of $340,573,281, $273,875,923, and
$235,534,249, respectively.
The
maturity or repricing distribution of the loan portfolio as of December 31,
2006
is as follows:
|
|
Loans
held for sale
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
Total
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than one year
|
|
$
|
3,507,421
|
|
$
|
1,240,895,596
|
|
$
|
1,244,403,017
|
|
One
to five years
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
275,509,191
|
|
|
275,509,191
|
|
After
five years
|
|
|
1,989,000
|
|
|
38,244,152
|
|
|
40,233,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
gross loans
|
|
$
|
5,496,421
|
|
$
|
1,554,648,939
|
|
$
|
1,560,145,360
|
|
The
rate
composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006 is as
follows:
|
|
Loans
held for sale
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
Total
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed
rate loans
|
|
$
|
690,000
|
|
$
|
350,032,713
|
|
$
|
350,722,713
|
|
Variable
rate loans
|
|
|
4,806,421
|
|
|
1,204,616,226
|
|
|
1,209,422,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
gross loans
|
|
$
|
5,496,421
|
|
$
|
1,554,648,939
|
|
$
|
1,560,145,360
|
|
The
amounts on the tables above are the gross loan balance at December 31, 2006
before netting unearned income totaling $9.0 million, and the gross amount
of
non-accrual loans approximately of $9.4 million is not included.
As
of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the government guaranteed portion of total gross
loans was $30.7 million and $49.1 million, respectively.
Management
believes that as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the allowance for loan
losses is adequate to provide for losses inherent in the loan portfolio;
however, the allowance is an estimate that is inherently uncertain and depends
on the outcome of future events. Management’s estimates are based on previous
loan loss experience; volume, growth and composition of the loan portfolio;
the
value of collateral; and current economic conditions.
In
2006,
the Company enhanced the methodology for estimating the allowance for loan
losses. The Company shortened its lookback period to a 5 year moving average,
which better approximates the average life of the loans in its portfolio, and
modified some of the qualitative adjustment factors after evaluating the current
economic conditions.
The
Company evaluates credit risks associated with the commitments to extend credit
and letters of credit at the same time it evaluates credit risk associated
with
the loan portfolio. However, the allowances necessary for the commitments are
reported separately in other liabilities in the accompanying statements of
financial condition and are not part of the allowance for loan losses as
presented above.
The
activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows for the years ended
December 31:
|
|
200
6
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Balance—beginning
of year
|
|
$
|
13,999,302
|
|
$
|
11,111,092
|
|
$
|
9,011,071
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
5,896,142
|
|
|
3,212,631
|
|
|
3,008,015
|
|
Loans
charged off
|
|
|
(2,161,818
|
)
|
|
(1,099,785
|
)
|
|
(1,368,717
|
)
|
Recoveries
of charge-offs
|
|
|
319,615
|
|
|
775,364
|
|
|
460,723
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses acquired from
Liberty
Bank of New York acquisition
|
|
|
600,841
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance—end
of year
|
|
$
|
18,654,082
|
|
$
|
13,999,302
|
|
$
|
11,111,092
|
|
The
activity in the liability for losses on loan commitments was as follows for
the
years ended December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Balance—beginning
of year
|
|
$
|
778,996
|
|
$
|
641,627
|
|
$
|
82,931
|
|
Provision
for losses on loan commitments
|
|
|
103,858
|
|
|
137,369
|
|
|
558,696
|
|
Allowance
for loan commitment acquired
from
Liberty Bank of New York acquisition
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Balance—end
of year
|
|
$
|
890,854
|
|
$
|
778,996
|
|
$
|
641,627
|
|
The
following is a summary of impaired loans with and without specific reserve
as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Loan
Amount
|
|
Specific
Reserve
|
|
Loan
Amount
|
|
Specific
Reserve
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired
loans without specific reserve
|
|
$
|
10,919,204
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
1,334,189
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired
loans with specific reserve
|
|
|
3,721,671
|
|
|
1,867,289
|
|
|
469,985
|
|
|
423,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Impaired loans
|
|
$
|
14,640,875
|
|
$
|
1,867,289
|
|
$
|
1,804,174
|
|
$
|
423,793
|
|
The
average recorded investment in impaired loans during the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $6,311,883 and $2,112,933, respectively.
Interest income of $0, $7,771, and $5,828 was recognized on a cash basis on
impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
At
December 31, 2006, the Company had loans on non-accrual status of $5,802,012
compared to $1,804,174 at December 31, 2005.
At
December 31, 2006, the Company’s secured loans-to-one-borrower limit was $56.5
million based upon the 25% of shareholder’s equity plus the allowance for loan
losses and capital notes and debentures. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s
largest relationship was a $27 million credit extension to a borrower, which
is
secured by commercial real estate. This loan was performing in accordance with
its terms.
Many
of
our customers are locally-based Korean-Americans who also conduct business
in
South Korea. Although we conduct most of our business with locally-based
customers and rely on domestically located assets to collateralize our loans
and
credit arrangements, we have historically had some exposure to the economy
of
South Korea in connection with certain of our loans and credit transactions
with
Korean banks.
Substantially
all of the Company’s business is located in California, with a particular
concentration in Southern California. Approximately 83% of the Company’s loan
portfolio was concentrated in Southern California at December 31, 2006.
Since
2003 we actively involved in the residential mortgage lending and we offer
a
wide selection of residential mortgage programs, including non-traditional
mortgages such as interest only and payment option adjustable rate mortgages.
Most of our salable loans are transferred to the secondary market while we
retain a certain portion on our books as portfolio loans. Our total home
mortgage loan portfolio outstanding at the end of 2006 and 2005 was $40.6
million and $43.3 million, respectively and we have deemed its effect on our
credit risk profile to be immaterial. The residential mortgage loans with
unconventional terms such as interest only mortgage and option adjustable rate
mortgage at December 31, 2006 were $4.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively,
inclusive of loans held temporarily for sale or refinancing. They were $8.0
million and $3.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2005.
The
following is an analysis of all loans to officers and directors of the Company
and its affiliates as of December 31. All such loans were made under terms
that are consistent with the Company’s normal lending policies.
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
balance—beginning of year
|
|
$
|
39,475,210
|
|
$
|
11,596,037
|
|
Credit
granted, including renewals
|
|
|
9,133,210
|
|
|
32,338,915
|
|
Repayments
|
|
|
(13,051,770
|
)
|
|
(4,459,742
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
balance—end of year
|
|
$
|
35,556,650
|
|
$
|
39,475,210
|
|
Income
from these loans totaled approximately $2,944,082, $1,799,474 and $617,235
for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is reflected
in the accompanying statements of operations.
4.
|
BANK
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
|
The
following is a summary of the major components of Bank premises and equipment
as
of December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
2,067,791
|
|
$
|
2,067,791
|
|
Building
|
|
|
2,508,149
|
|
|
2,508,149
|
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
|
|
5,183,473
|
|
|
4,925,060
|
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
|
|
6,702,725
|
|
|
4,443,304
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,462,138
|
|
|
13,944,304
|
|
Accumulated
depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(5,997,538
|
)
|
|
(4,988,432
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,464,600
|
|
$
|
8,955,872
|
|
Depreciation
expense was $1,350,879, $1,002,188and $790,186 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Time
deposits by maturity dates are as follows at December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than three months
|
|
$
|
461,935,125
|
|
$
|
359,446,698
|
|
After
three to six months
|
|
|
221,078,901
|
|
|
146,480,187
|
|
After
six months to twelve months
|
|
|
284,566,964
|
|
|
254,944,963
|
|
After
twelve months
|
|
|
5,457,992
|
|
|
12,735,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
973,038,982
|
|
$
|
773,607,009
|
|
The
scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2006 are as
follows:
2007
|
|
$
|
967,580,990
|
|
2008
|
|
|
5,188,783
|
|
2009
|
|
|
159,209
|
|
2010
|
|
|
-
|
|
2011
and thereafter
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
973,038,982
|
|
A
summary
of interest expense on deposits is as follows for the years ended
December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
|
|
$
|
331,982
|
|
$
|
167,989
|
|
$
|
198,022
|
|
Time
deposits of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
36,082,490
|
|
|
18,584,362
|
|
|
8,697,283
|
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
7,132,890
|
|
|
3,732,279
|
|
|
2,984,659
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15,396,194
|
|
|
7,429,506
|
|
|
3,783,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
58,943,556
|
|
$
|
29,914,136
|
|
$
|
15,663,227
|
|
Other
interest-bearing deposits consist of money market deposits and super NOW
deposits.
In
addition to credit risks, because the Company’s customer base is largely
Korean-American, the Company’s deposit base could significantly decrease as a
result of deterioration in the Korean economy. During downturns in the Korean
economy, some of the Company’s customers may need funds for their local
businesses, or may temporarily withdraw deposits in order to transfer funds
and
benefit from gains on foreign exchange and interest rates and/or to help their
relatives in South Korea during downturns in the Korean economy. A significant
decrease in the Company’s deposits could also have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
6.
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
The
Company leases premises and equipment under noncancelable operating leases.
Future minimum rental commitments under these leases are as follows at
December 31, 2006:
Year
|
|
Amount
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,578,669
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2,326,678
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2,236,395
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,263,628
|
|
2011
|
|
|
719,559
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2,312,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,437,893
|
|
Rental
expense recorded under such leases amounted to approximately $ 2,271,000, $
1,752,000, and $1,426,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
In
the
normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal claims.
Management has reviewed all legal claims against the Company with outside legal
counsel and has taken into consideration the views of such counsel as to the
outcome of the claims. In management’s opinion, the final disposition of all
such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position
and results of operations of the Company.
The
Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the
normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These
financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters
of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit
and
interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statements of
financial condition. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of
nonperformance by the other party to commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those
instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments
and
conditional obligations as it does for extending loan facilities to customers.
The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon
extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the
counterparty.
Collateral
held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant
and
equipment and income-producing properties. The Company had commitments to extend
credit of approximately $141,245,000 and $104,298,000 and obligations under
standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit of approximately
$24,303,000 and $13,932,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
7.
|
FHLB
BORROWINGS AND JUNIOR SUBORDINATED
DEBENTURES
|
At
December 31, 2006, the Company had approved financing with the Federal Home
Loan
Bank (“FHLB”) for a maximum advance of up to 25% of total assets ($476,952,000
as of December 31, 2006) based on qualifying collateral. The Company’s borrowing
capacity under the FHLB standard credit program was approximately $428 million,
with $20 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006.
As
of
December 31, 2006, the Company has only one advance from the FHLB, which
was $20,000,000 and matures in January 2008 with an interest rate of 3.68%.
As
of December 31, 2005, the Company has six advances from the FHLB. These are
for $5,000,000, $6,000,000, $5,000,000, $5,000,000, $20,000,000 and $20,000,000
and mature in January 2006, March 2006, June 2006, August 2006, August 2006
and
January 2008, respectively, with interest rates of 4.08%, 1.98%, 1.78%, 2.69%,
4.30%, and 3.68%, respectively.
The
following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s FHLB advances
for the periods or dates indicated:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
balance during the year
|
|
$
|
39,108
|
|
$
|
56,151
|
|
$
|
43,760
|
|
Average
interest rate during the year
|
|
|
3.83
|
%
|
|
3.13
|
%
|
|
1.56
|
%
|
Maximum
month-end balance during the year
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
$
|
61,000
|
|
$
|
55,000
|
|
Loan
collateralizing the agreements at year-end
|
|
$
|
832,255
|
|
$
|
966,064
|
|
$
|
801,785
|
|
We
had
four issuances of junior subordinated debentures, $10,000,000, $15,464,000,
$20,619,000, and $15,464,000, respectively, at December 31, 2006. The first
one was issued by the Bank and the others were issued by the Company to trusts
in which the Company is the sole stockholder in connection with the issuance
of
trust preferred securities. They will mature in 2012, 2033, 2035, and 2035,
respectively, and are callable at par by the Company after the initial five-year
term. The interest rates of the first three issuances are adjusted quarterly
based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.10%,
2.85%, and 1.79%, respectively. The last one bears a fixed rate of 6.07% until
September, 2010 and thereafter converting to a floating rate of three month
LIBOR plus 1.40%. At December 31, 2006, the interest rates were 8.47%, 8.21%,
7.15%, and 6.07%, respectively.
During
1997, the Company established a stock option plan that provides for the issuance
of up to 6,499,800 shares of the Company’s authorized but unissued common stock
to managerial employees and directors. The number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under the stock option plan as of December 31,
2006 is 693,720. Exercise prices may not be less than the fair market value
at
the date of grant. As of December 31, 2006, 737,892 shares were previously
granted and outstanding under this option plan. Options granted under the stock
option plan expire not more than 10 years after the date of grant.
On
January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R,
Share-Based
Payment
,
using
the modified prospective method. Accordingly, prior-period amounts have not
been
restated. Had the Company determined compensation cost based on the fair
value
at the grant date for stock options exercisable under SFAS No. 123R prior
to
January 1, 2006, the Company’s results of operations and earnings per share
would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts for the periods indicated
below:
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income—as reported
|
|
$
|
27,759,649
|
|
$
|
19,458,308
|
|
Add:
Stock-based employee compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense
included in reported net income—net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
related tax effect
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Deduct:
Total stock-based employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense
determined under fair value based
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
compensation
method for all awards—net of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related
tax effect
|
|
|
(162,786
|
)
|
|
(122,306
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro
forma net income
|
|
$
|
27,596,863
|
|
$
|
19,336,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic—as
reported
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
Basic—pro
forma
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted—as
reported
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
Diluted—pro
forma
|
|
$
|
0.95
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
The
adoption of SFAS No. 123R resulted in incremental stock-based compensation
expense of $472,219 for 2006 and, accordingly, decreased the year’s income
before income taxes by such amount and its effect on basic or diluted earnings
per share was negligible. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by
$899,249 and cash provided by financing activities increased by an identical
amount for 2006 related to excess tax benefits from stock-based payment
arrangements.
The
Company has issued stock options to employees under stock-based compensation
plans. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of
grant. The vesting period and contractual term are determined at the time of
grant, but the contractual term may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.
The grant date fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of
grant
using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted
below. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of options
was
estimated using the simple method in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. The expected
volatility was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock
option’s expected life. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of grant.
For
2006,
2005, and 2004, 187,000, 258,600, and 4,000 shares were granted, respectively.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2006, 2005 and 2004
was $5.26, $1.97 and $3.97 per share, respectively. They were estimated on
the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following
assumptions indicated below:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Expected
life
|
|
|
3.4-3.8
years
|
|
|
2
years
|
|
|
5
years
|
|
Expected
volatility
|
|
|
32.89
|
%
|
|
24.56
|
%
|
|
19.32
|
%
|
Expected
dividend yield
|
|
|
1.06
|
%
|
|
1.16
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
4.70
|
%
|
|
2.82
|
%
|
|
3.45
|
%
|
The
expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of stock options granted
was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees. The expected
volatility was based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock
option’s expected life. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of grant.
Activity
in the stock option plan, which has been retroactively adjusted for all stock
splits, is as follows for the years ended December 31:
2006
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average Exercise Price
|
|
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
810,952
|
|
$
|
5.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
187,000
|
|
|
18.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excercised
|
|
|
(238,710
|
)
|
|
1.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(21,350
|
)
|
|
14.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
737,892
|
|
$
|
9.48
|
|
|
4.73
years
|
|
$
|
7,027,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
exercisable at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
463,532
|
|
$
|
4.98
|
|
|
3.95
years
|
|
$
|
6,488,828
|
|
The
following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of
December 31, 2006:
|
|
Options
Outstanding
|
|
Options
Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Contractual
|
|
Number
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Range
of Exercise Prices
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Price
|
|
Life
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.50-$0.99
|
|
|
170,596
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
170,596
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
$1.00-$1.99
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
1.39
|
|
|
3.97
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
1.39
|
|
$2.00-$2.99
|
|
|
95,646
|
|
|
2.57
|
|
|
5.39
|
|
|
95,646
|
|
|
2.57
|
|
$3.00-$4.99
|
|
|
52,000
|
|
|
4.53
|
|
|
6.58
|
|
|
52,000
|
|
|
4.53
|
|
$13.00-$14.99
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
13.75
|
|
|
8.29
|
|
|
23,600
|
|
|
13.71
|
|
$15.00-$16.99
|
|
|
127,650
|
|
|
15.21
|
|
|
8.21
|
|
|
54,290
|
|
|
15.22
|
|
$17.00-$19.99
|
|
|
187,000
|
|
|
18.80
|
|
|
4.50
|
|
|
27,400
|
|
|
18.85
|
|
Outstanding
at end of year
|
|
|
737,892
|
|
$
|
9.48
|
|
|
4.73
|
|
|
463,532
|
|
$
|
4.98
|
|
Activities
related to stock options are presented as follows:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
intrinsic value of options exercised
|
|
$
|
3,768,494
|
|
$
|
6,838,633
|
|
$
|
25,592,022
|
|
Total
fair value of options vested
|
|
$
|
300,496
|
|
$
|
203,868
|
|
$
|
126,152
|
|
Weighted
average fair value of options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
granted
during the year
|
|
$
|
5.26
|
|
$
|
2.18
|
|
$
|
3.93
|
|
As
of
December 31, 2006, total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options
that have been granted prior to the end of 2006 amounted to $599,000. This
cost
is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.51
years.
A
summary
of the status and changes of the Company’s nonvested shares related to the
Company’s stock plans as of and during 2006 is presented below:
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average
Grant
date
Fair
value
|
|
Nonvested
at January 1, 2006
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
187,000
|
|
|
5.26
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(129,790
|
)
|
|
2.32
|
|
Forfeited
on unvested shares
|
|
|
(17,850
|
)
|
|
2.20
|
|
Nonvested
at December, 2006
|
|
|
274,360
|
|
$
|
3.98
|
|
A
summary
of income tax expense (benefit) for 2006, 2005 and 2004 follows:
|
|
Current
|
|
Deferred
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
18,390,036
|
|
$
|
(1,207,961
|
)
|
$
|
17,182,075
|
|
State
|
|
|
4,928,494
|
|
|
(307,837
|
)
|
|
4,620,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,318,530
|
|
$
|
(1,515,798
|
)
|
$
|
21,802,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
16,644,603
|
|
$
|
(2,365,863
|
)
|
$
|
14,278,740
|
|
State
|
|
|
4,802,050
|
|
|
(328,014
|
)
|
|
4,474,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,446,653
|
|
$
|
(2,693,877
|
)
|
$
|
18,752,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
9,453,894
|
|
$
|
443,377
|
|
$
|
9,897,271
|
|
State
|
|
|
2,839,784
|
|
|
286,878
|
|
|
3,126,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,293,678
|
|
$
|
730,255
|
|
$
|
13,023,933
|
|
The
following is a summary of the income taxes (receivable) payable included in
other assets and other liabilities in the statements of financial condition
at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(84,612
|
)
|
$
|
101,382
|
|
State
|
|
|
(135,299
|
)
|
|
389,759
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
income taxes (receivable) payable
|
|
$
|
(219,911
|
)
|
$
|
491,141
|
|
The
cumulative temporary differences, as tax effected, are as follows as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005:
2006
|
|
Federal
|
|
State
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory
bad debt deduction less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial
statement provision
|
|
$
|
6,762,053
|
|
$
|
2,101,339
|
|
$
|
8,863,392
|
|
Tax
depreciation less than financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
statement
depreciation
|
|
|
493,714
|
|
|
273,702
|
|
|
767,416
|
|
Amortization
of start-up cost
|
|
|
34,285
|
|
|
10,619
|
|
|
44,904
|
|
Deferred
rent
|
|
|
90,854
|
|
|
28,139
|
|
|
118,993
|
|
Net
operating loss
|
|
|
331,881
|
|
|
82,338
|
|
|
414,219
|
|
SFAS
123R non-qualified stock options
|
|
|
33,236
|
|
|
10,293
|
|
|
43,529
|
|
Unrealized
gain on securities available-for-sale
|
|
|
440,745
|
|
|
111,166
|
|
|
551,911
|
|
State
tax deferred and other
|
|
|
963,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
963,536
|
|
Mark-to-market
loans held-for-sale
|
|
|
81,952
|
|
|
25,382
|
|
|
107,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
deferred tax assets
|
|
|
9,232,256
|
|
|
2,642,978
|
|
|
11,875,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
186,278
|
|
|
57,693
|
|
|
243,971
|
|
Deferred
loan origination costs
|
|
|
876,725
|
|
|
271,534
|
|
|
1,148,259
|
|
Intangible
business combination
|
|
|
536,233
|
|
|
166,079
|
|
|
702,312
|
|
State
tax deferred and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,684
|
|
|
58,684
|
|
Total
deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
1,599,236
|
|
|
553,990
|
|
|
2,153,226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
7,633,020
|
|
$
|
2,088,988
|
|
$
|
9,722,008
|
|
2005
|
|
Federal
|
|
State
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory
bad debt deduction less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial
statement provision
|
|
$
|
5,143,527
|
|
$
|
1,593,024
|
|
$
|
6,736,551
|
|
Tax
depreciation less than financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
statement
depreciation
|
|
|
19,721
|
|
|
137,585
|
|
|
157,306
|
|
Unrealized
loss on securities available-for-sale
|
|
|
664,322
|
|
|
140,104
|
|
|
804,426
|
|
State
tax deferred and other
|
|
|
987,998
|
|
|
11,392
|
|
|
999,390
|
|
Amortization
of start-up cost
|
|
|
47,999
|
|
|
14,866
|
|
|
62,865
|
|
Mark
to market loans held-for-sale
|
|
|
640,060
|
|
|
198,236
|
|
|
838,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,503,627
|
|
|
2,095,207
|
|
|
9,598,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
196,037
|
|
|
60,715
|
|
|
256,752
|
|
Deferred
loan origination costs
|
|
|
806,739
|
|
|
249,859
|
|
|
1,056,598
|
|
Other
|
|
|
131,165
|
|
|
39,976
|
|
|
171,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
1,133,941
|
|
|
350,550
|
|
|
1,484,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
6,369,686
|
|
$
|
1,744,657
|
|
$
|
8,114,343
|
|
In
assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether
it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the projected future taxable
income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. A valuation
allowance against deferred tax assets at the balance-sheet date is not
considered necessary, because it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset
will be fully realized
.
A
reconciliation of the difference between the federal statutory income tax rate
and the effective tax rate is shown in the following table for the three years
ended December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Statutory
tax rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
35
|
%
|
State
taxes - net of Los Angeles Revitalization
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
6
|
|
and
federal tax benefits
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Other
- net
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
40
|
%
|
On
May
19, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of Liberty Bank of New York
(“Liberty”), a commercial bank with about $66 million in assets and two branches
in New York City, which was then immediately merged into Wilshire State Bank.
The Company paid $8,592,407 in cash and issued an aggregate of 328,110 shares
of
its common stock to the former shareholders of Liberty in connection with the
Company’s acquisition of all the outstanding capital stock of Liberty. The
Company’s common stock was valued pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement at
$18.0933 per share, the average of the daily closing prices of the Company’s
common stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market for the 20 consecutive
trading days ending on the last business day prior to the closing. The aggregate
purchase price of this business combination was $15,154,000, which included
$625,000 of capitalized direct costs associated with this business combination
in addition to the payment to the former Liberty shareholders of $14,529,000.
The purchase price, as well as the fair values of assets and liabilities
recorded, may change as certain estimates are finalized.
Certain
restructuring costs, mainly consulting fees paid to third parties and severance
payments to certain Liberty employees specified in the stock purchase agreement,
were recognized as liabilities assumed in the business combination. Accordingly,
they have been considered part of the purchase price of Liberty and recorded
as
an increase in the balance of goodwill. Such payments totaled $625,000 and
consisted of $332,000 of legal and accounting consulting fees, $253,000 for
severance payments, and $40,000 for miscellaneous items.
As
of May
19, 2006, the fair value of the Liberty’s net assets acquired and the related
intangible and goodwill were as follows:
Assets:
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
|
$
|
2,423
|
|
Federal
funds sold and other cash equivalents
|
|
|
12,700
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
15,123
|
|
Securities
available for sale
|
|
|
15,110
|
|
Loans
receivable
|
|
|
25,657
|
|
Bank
premises and equipment, net
|
|
|
631
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
282
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
538
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
274
|
|
Favorable
lease intangible
1
|
|
|
429
|
|
Core
deposit intangible
2
|
|
|
1,640
|
|
Goodwill
3
|
|
|
6,675
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
66,359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing
|
|
|
22,217
|
|
Interest-bearing
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
2,445
|
|
Time
deposits of $100,000 or more
|
|
|
12,116
|
|
Other
time deposits
|
|
|
5,191
|
|
Interest
bearing demand deposit
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
50,497
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
56
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
420
|
|
Unfavorable
lease intangible
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
51,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
consideration paid
|
|
$
|
15,154
|
|
The
company recorded goodwill of $6.7 million from the acquisition of Liberty Bank
of New York in May 2006. The gross carrying amount of goodwill amounted to
$6.7
million at December 31, 2006 since no impairment losses were recoded during
the
year ended December 31, 2006.
1
The
favorable lease intangible is being amortized for the remaining lease term
of 41
months.
2
The
core-deposit intangibles are the sum of intangibles on different types of
core
deposits. The intangible for each type of core deposit is being amortized
over
its respective estimated useful life, which ranges from 94 to 126
months.
3
None
of
the goodwill balance is expected to be deductible for income tax
purposes.
The
company also has core deposit intangibles and favorable lease intangible from
the acquisition of Liberty Bank of New York in May 2006. The gross carrying
amount of core deposit intangibles totaled $1.6 million, and the related
accumulated amortization totaled $108, 000 at December 31, 2006. Total
amortization expense on core deposit intangible was $108,000 during the year
ended December 31, 2006. The gross carrying amount of favorable lease intangible
is $429,000, and the related accumulated amortization totaled $77,000. Total
amortization expense on favorable lease intangible was $77,000 during the year
ended December 31, 2006. The following table provides the estimated future
amortization expense of acquired intangibles for the succeeding five
years:
Estimate
For The Year
|
|
|
|
Ending
December 31,
|
|
Amount
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
298,000
|
|
2008
|
|
|
298,000
|
|
2009
|
|
|
277,000
|
|
2010
|
|
|
174,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
174,000
|
|
In
1996,
the Company established a 401(k) savings plan, which is open to all eligible
employees who are 21 years old or over and have completed six months of
service. The plan provides for the Company’s matching contribution up to 6% of
participants’ compensation during the plan year. Vesting in employer
contributions is 25% after two years of service and 25% per year thereafter.
Total employer contributions to the plan amounted to approximately $413,000,
$225,000, and $119,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
The
Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by
the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can
initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s
assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under
regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about
components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the
Company to maintain minimum ratios (set forth in the table below) of total
and
Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as
defined) and Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).
Management believes that, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company
meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
Federal
Reserve Board rules provide that a bank holding company may count proceeds
from
a trust preferred securities issuance as Tier 1 capital in an amount up to
25%
of its total Tier 1 capital. Under the current Federal Reserve Board
capital guidelines, as of December 31, 2006, the Company is able to include
all
of the proceeds from the issuance of the trust preferred securities as Tier
1
capital.
The
Bank
is periodically examined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)
and the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of California. As
of
the most recent notification from the FDIC, the Company is categorized as well
capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To
be
categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total
risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth
in the table.
The
Company’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the
table.
|
|
Actual
|
|
For
Capital Adequacy Purposes
|
|
To
Be Categorized As Well Capitalized under Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
Amount
(in
thousands)
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
220,748
|
|
|
13.63
|
%
|
$
|
129,554
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
161,942
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
218,659
|
|
|
13.51
|
%
|
$
|
129,521
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
161,901
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier
1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
191,203
|
|
|
11.81
|
%
|
$
|
64,777
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
97,165
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
189,114
|
|
|
11.68
|
%
|
$
|
64,761
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
97,141
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier
1 Capital (to average assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
191,203
|
|
|
9.79
|
%
|
$
|
78,116
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
97,645
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
189,114
|
|
|
9.69
|
%
|
$
|
78,053
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
97,566
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
188,440
|
|
|
14.41
|
%
|
$
|
104,635
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
130,793
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
170,623
|
|
|
13.05
|
%
|
$
|
104,635
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
130,793
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier
1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
151,705
|
|
|
11.60
|
%
|
$
|
52,317
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
78,476
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
145,845
|
|
|
11.15
|
%
|
$
|
52,317
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
78,476
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier
1 Capital (to average assets):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
|
|
$
|
151,705
|
|
|
9.39
|
%
|
$
|
64,601
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
80,751
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Wilshire
State Bank
|
|
$
|
145,845
|
|
|
9.04
|
%
|
$
|
64,539
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
$
|
80,674
|
|
|
≥
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
As
a
holding company whose only significant asset is the common stock of the Bank,
the Company's ability to pay dividends on its common stock and to conduct
business activities directly or in non-banking subsidiaries depends
significantly on the receipt of dividends or other distributions from the
Bank.
The
Bank’s
ability
to pay any cash dividends will depend not only upon its earnings during a
specified period, but also on its meeting certain capital
requirements
.
The
Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends
when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance
assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a
bank.
The
payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory
requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in
the
opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its
jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound
practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository
institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may
require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and
desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy
statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should
generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and
preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are
subject to the capital-based limitations required by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
.
In
addition to the regulation of dividends and other capital distributions, there
are various statutory and regulatory limitations on the extent to which the
Bank
can finance or otherwise transfer funds to the Company or any of its non-banking
subsidiaries, whether in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments
or
asset purchases. The Federal Reserve Act and Regulation may further restrict
these transactions in the interest of safety and soundness. The foregoing
restrictions on dividends paid by the Bank may limit Wilshire Bancorp’s ability
to obtain funds from such dividends for its cash needs, including funds for
payment of its debt service requirements and operating expenses and for payment
of cash dividends to Wilshire Bancorp’s shareholders. The amount of dividends
the Bank could pay to Wilshire Bancorp as of December 31, 2006 without prior
regulatory approval, which is limited by statute to the sum of undivided profits
for the current year plus net profits for the preceding two years, was $81.2
million.
1
3.
|
FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
|
The
estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the Company
using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.
However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data in order
to
develop estimates of fair value.
Accordingly,
the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts
the
Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market
assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the
estimated fair value amounts at December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
205,246,614
|
|
$
|
205,246,614
|
|
$
|
194,208,056
|
|
$
|
194,208,056
|
|
Interest-bearing
deposits in other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial
institutions
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
|
|
167,837,734
|
|
|
167,837,734
|
|
|
138,650,270
|
|
|
138,650,270
|
|
Investment
securities held to maturity
|
|
|
14,620,870
|
|
|
14,445,714
|
|
|
22,860,200
|
|
|
22,510,961
|
|
Interest-only
strip
|
|
|
1,130,006
|
|
|
1,130,006
|
|
|
1,501,866
|
|
|
1,501,866
|
|
Loans
receivable—net
|
|
|
1,536,388,815
|
|
|
1,541,497,091
|
|
|
1,226,763,867
|
|
|
1,219,280,588
|
|
Loans
held for sale
|
|
|
5,496,421
|
|
|
5,730,569
|
|
|
21,796,677
|
|
|
23,625,418
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
|
|
15,635,773
|
|
|
15,635,773
|
|
|
15,098,770
|
|
|
15,098,770
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank stock
|
|
|
7,541,700
|
|
|
7,541,700
|
|
|
6,181,700
|
|
|
6,181,700
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
10,049,265
|
|
|
10,049,265
|
|
|
6,891,670
|
|
|
6,891,670
|
|
Servicing
asset
|
|
|
5,080,466
|
|
|
5,333,279
|
|
|
4,682,848
|
|
|
4,682,848
|
|
Due
from customer on acceptances
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing
deposits
|
|
$
|
319,310,552
|
|
$
|
319,310,552
|
|
$
|
292,170,888
|
|
$
|
292,170,888
|
|
Interest-bearing
deposits
|
|
|
1,432,662,100
|
|
|
1,432,528,511
|
|
|
1,117,294,349
|
|
|
1,115,684,553
|
|
Junior
subordinated Debentures
|
|
|
61,547,000
|
|
|
61,221,054
|
|
|
61,547,000
|
|
|
61,545,376
|
|
Federal
Home Loan Bank borrowings
|
|
|
20,000,000
|
|
|
19,642,655
|
|
|
61,000,000
|
|
|
60,143,722
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
12,006,124
|
|
|
12,006,124
|
|
|
6,898,196
|
|
|
6,898,196
|
|
Acceptances
outstanding
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
2,385,134
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
|
3,220,846
|
|
The
methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class of
financial statements for which it is practicable to estimate that value are
explained below:
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
—The
carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these
investments.
Interest-Bearing
Deposits in Other Financial Institutions
—The
carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these
investments.
Investment
Securities
—The
fair
value of investment securities is generally obtained from market bids from
similar or identical securities, or obtained from independent securities brokers
or dealers.
Interest-Only
Strips
—The
fair
value of the I/O strip is calculated by the Company’s management based on the
present value of the excess of total servicing fees over the contractually
specified servicing fee for the estimated life of loans that were sold,
discounted at a market interest rate
.
Loans
—Fair
values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial
characteristics, primarily fixed and adjustable rate interest terms. The fair
values of fixed rate mortgage loans are based on discounted cash flows utilizing
applicable risk-adjusted spreads relative to the current pricing of similar
fixed rate loans, as well as anticipated repayment schedules. The fair value
of
adjustable rate commercial loans is based on the estimated discounted cash
flows
utilizing the discount rates that approximate the pricing of loans
collateralized by similar commercial properties. The estimated fair value is
net
of allowance for loan losses. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable
approximates its fair value.
The
fair
value of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was not
estimated because it is not practicable to reasonably assess the credit
adjustment that would be applied in the marketplace for such loans.
Cash
Surrender Value of Life Insurance
—The
carrying amounts approximate fair value since the carrying amount represents
the
cash surrender value.
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock
—The
carrying amounts approximate fair value, as the stock may be sold back to the
FHLB at the carrying value.
Servicing
Asset
—The
fair
value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of the contractually
specified servicing fee, net of servicing cost, for the estimated life of the
loans the Company sold, based upon approximate prepayment speed, discounted
by
the effective interest rate.
Deposits
—The
fair
values of nonmaturity deposits are equal to the carrying values of such
deposits. Nonmaturity deposits include noninterest-bearing demand deposits,
savings accounts, super NOW accounts, and money market demand accounts.
Discounted cash flows have been used to value term deposits, such as CDs. The
discount rate used is based on interest rates currently being offered by the
Company on comparable deposits as to amount and term. The carrying amount of
accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
Junior
Subordinated Debentures and Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings
—The
fair
value of debt is based on discounted cash flows. The discount rate used is
based
on the current market rate.
Loan
Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit
—The
fair
value of loan commitments and standby letters of credit is based upon the
difference between the current value of similar loans and the price at which
the
Company has committed to make the loans. The fair value of loan commitments
and
standby letters of credit is not material at December 31, 2006 and
2005.
Due
from Customer on Acceptances and Acceptances Outstanding
—The
carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities of
these instruments.
The
fair
value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available
to
management at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Although management is not aware
of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts,
such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these
financial statements since that date, and therefore, current estimates of fair
value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.
The
following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic
and diluted per share computations at December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income - numerator for basic earnings
per
share and diluted earnings per share-
income
available to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
33,941,659
|
|
$
|
27,759,649
|
|
$
|
19,458,308
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator
for basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
shares
|
|
|
28,986,217
|
|
|
28,544,474
|
|
|
27,623,766
|
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
option dilution
4
|
|
|
344,515
|
|
|
369,068
|
|
|
892,116
|
|
Denominator
for diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
weighted-average shares
And
assumed conversions
|
|
|
29,330,732
|
|
|
28,913,542
|
|
|
28,515,882
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.17
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
4
Excludes
162,000 and 4,000 options outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively, for which the exercise price exceeded the average market price
of
the Company’s common stock. There were no such anti-dilutive options at December
31, 2004.
15.
QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
Summarized
quarterly financial data follows:
|
|
Three
Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March
31
|
|
June
30
|
|
September
30
|
|
December
31
|
|
Total
|
|
2006
|
|
(In
thousands, except per share amounts
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
17,279
|
|
$
|
19,438
|
|
$
|
20,103
|
|
$
|
19,757
|
|
$
|
76,577
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
7,823
|
|
|
8,415
|
|
|
8,818
|
|
|
8,886
|
|
|
33,942
|
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
0.31
|
|
|
1.17
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
1.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
13,640
|
|
$
|
14,968
|
|
$
|
16,326
|
|
$
|
18,014
|
|
$
|
62,948
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
1,250
|
|
|
880
|
|
|
3,350
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
6,070
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
|
7,179
|
|
|
7,759
|
|
|
27,760
|
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
0.24
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
0.97
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
0.96
|
|
1
6.
|
BUSINESS
SEGMENT INFORMATION
|
The
following disclosure about segments of the Company is made in accordance with
the requirements of SFAS No. 131,
Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
.
The
Company segregates its operations into three primary segments: Banking
Operations, Trade Finance Services (“TFS”), and Small Business Administration
Lending Services. The Company determines the operating results of each segment
based on an internal management system that allocates certain expenses to each
segment.
Banking
Operations
—The
Company provides lending products, including commercial, installment and real
estate loans, to its customers.
Trade
Finance Services
—The
Trade Finance department allows the Company’s import/export customers to handle
their international transactions. Trade finance products include, among others,
the issuance and collection of letters of credit, international collection
and
import/export financing.
Small
Business Administration (“SBA”) Lending Services
—The
SBA
department mainly provides customers of the Company access to the U.S.
SBA-guaranteed lending program.
The
following are the results of operations of the Company’s segments for the
year-ended December 31:
|
|
Business
Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
TFS
|
|
SBA
|
|
Company
|
|
2006
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
55,769
|
|
$
|
4,176
|
|
$
|
16,632
|
|
$
|
76,577
|
|
Less
provision for loan losses
|
|
|
4,404
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Other
operating income
|
|
|
12,064
|
|
|
1,618
|
|
|
12,718
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
63,429
|
|
|
4,540
|
|
|
29,008
|
|
|
96,977
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
35,045
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
|
41,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before taxes
|
|
$
|
28,384
|
|
$
|
3,524
|
|
$
|
23,837
|
|
$
|
55,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
1,818,580
|
|
$
|
56,117
|
|
$
|
133,787
|
|
$
|
2,008,484
|
|
|
|
Business
Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
TFS
|
|
SBA
|
|
Company
|
|
2005
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
45,181
|
|
$
|
3,203
|
|
$
|
14,564
|
|
$
|
62,948
|
|
Less
provision for loan losses
|
|
|
3,365
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
|
249
|
|
|
3,350
|
|
Other
operating income
|
|
|
9,570
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
9,092
|
|
|
20,478
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
51,386
|
|
|
5,283
|
|
|
23,407
|
|
|
80,076
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
27,916
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
|
33,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before taxes
|
|
$
|
23,470
|
|
$
|
4,357
|
|
$
|
18,686
|
|
$
|
46,513
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
1,450,342
|
|
$
|
56,419
|
|
$
|
159,512
|
|
$
|
1,666,273
|
|
|
|
Business
Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
TFS
|
|
SBA
|
|
Company
|
|
2004
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
31,029
|
|
$
|
1,965
|
|
$
|
9,341
|
|
$
|
42,335
|
|
Less
provision for loan losses
|
|
|
2,180
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
3,567
|
|
Other
operating income
|
|
|
9,233
|
|
|
1,808
|
|
|
9,956
|
|
|
20,997
|
|
Net
revenue
|
|
|
38,082
|
|
|
2,446
|
|
|
19,237
|
|
|
59,765
|
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
|
22,685
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
3,836
|
|
|
27,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before taxes
|
|
$
|
15,397
|
|
$
|
1,684
|
|
$
|
15,401
|
|
$
|
32,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
1,063,676
|
|
$
|
46,097
|
|
$
|
155,868
|
|
$
|
1,265,641
|
|
17.
RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTION
The
Company, in the normal course of business has paid, and to the extent permitted
by applicable regulations and other regulatory restrictions and expects to
continue to pay the loan referral fees to affiliates of one of the Company’s
officers. Such fees were approximately $1.3 million during the fiscal year
2006
and have been paid from loan fees collected from the borrowers. All such
transactions are and will continue to be on terms no less favorable to the
Company than those which could be obtained with non-affiliated parties.
Management believes that such loans were made in the ordinary course of
business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with
other parties and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility
or
present other unfavorable features.
1
8.
CONDENSED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY
The
following presents the unconsolidated financial statements of only the parent
company, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as of December 31:
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
STATEMENTS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
2,049
|
|
$
|
16,180
|
|
Investment
in subsidiary
|
|
|
199,094
|
|
|
146,834
|
|
Prepaid
income taxes
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
202,784
|
|
$
|
165,924
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
$
|
51,547
|
|
$
|
51,547
|
|
Accounts
payable and other liabilities
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
128
|
|
Cash
dividend payable
|
|
|
1,460
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
53,149
|
|
|
52,820
|
|
Shareholders'
Equity
|
|
|
149,635
|
|
|
113,104
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
202,784
|
|
$
|
165,924
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
STATEMENTS
OF OPERATIONS
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
$
|
3,506
|
|
$
|
2,054
|
|
$
|
228
|
|
Other
operating expense
|
|
|
885
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
-
|
|
Total
expense
|
|
|
4,391
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
228
|
|
Undistributed
earnings of subsidiary
|
|
|
36,487
|
|
|
29,107
|
|
|
6,209
|
|
Earnings
before income tax provision
|
|
|
32,096
|
|
|
26,783
|
|
|
5,981
|
|
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
1,846
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
Income
|
|
$
|
33,942
|
|
$
|
27,760
|
|
$
|
5,981
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
STATEMENTS
OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
33,942
|
|
$
|
27,760
|
|
$
|
5,981
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net earnings to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
used
in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in accounts payable and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
liabilities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Stock
compensation expense
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Decrease
(increase) in prepaid income taxes
|
|
|
1,309
|
|
|
(2,910
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Tax
benefit from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,933
|
|
|
-
|
|
Increase
in other assets
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Undistributed
earnings of subsidiary
|
|
|
(36,487
|
)
|
|
(29,107
|
)
|
|
(6,209
|
)
|
Net
cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(790
|
)
|
|
(2,227
|
)
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
for investments in and advances to subsidiary
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(15,083
|
)
|
|
(14,500
|
)
|
Cash
payment for acquisition of Liberty Bank of New York
|
|
|
(9,217
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(9,217
|
)
|
|
(15,083
|
)
|
|
(14,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from the issuance of trust preferred securities
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
36,083
|
|
|
15,141
|
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
54
|
|
Tax
benefit from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Payments
of cash dividend
|
|
|
(5,497
|
)
|
|
(3,429
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
Net
cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(4,124
|
)
|
|
33,134
|
|
|
15,195
|
|
Net
(decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(14,131
|
)
|
|
15,824
|
|
|
356
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
16,180
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
2,049
|
|
$
|
16,180
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION
OF
TRUST
by
and among
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as
Institutional Trustee,
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as
Sponsor,
and
SOO
BONG MIN
and
BRIAN E. CHO
,
as
Administrators,
Dated
as of December 17, 2003
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
Section
1.1.
|
Definitions
|
1
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II ORGANIZATION
|
7
|
Section
2.1.
|
Name
|
7
|
Section
2.2.
|
Office
|
7
|
Section
2.3.
|
Purpose
|
7
|
Section
2.4.
|
Authority
|
7
|
Section
2.5.
|
Title
to Property of the Trust
|
7
|
Section
2.6.
|
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the
Administrators
|
8
|
Section
2.7.
|
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
|
11
|
Section
2.8.
|
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
|
12
|
Section
2.9.
|
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and
Administrators
|
13
|
Section
2.10.
|
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
|
14
|
Section
2.11.
|
Execution
of Documents
|
16
|
Section
2.12.
|
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
|
16
|
Section
2.13.
|
Duration
of Trust
|
16
|
Section
2.14.
|
Mergers
|
16
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III SPONSOR
|
18
|
Section
3.1.
|
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
|
18
|
Section
3.2.
|
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
|
18
|
Section
3.3.
|
Expenses
|
18
|
Section
3.4.
|
Right
to Proceed
|
19
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
|
19
|
Section
4.1.
|
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
|
19
|
Section
4.2.
|
Administrators
|
20
|
Section
4.3.
|
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and
Administrators
|
20
|
Section
4.4.
|
Institutional
Trustee Vacancies
|
21
|
Section
4.5.
|
Effect
of Vacancies
|
21
|
Section
4.6.
|
Meetings
of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators
|
21
|
Section
4.7.
|
Delegation
of Power
|
22
|
Section
4.8.
|
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
|
22
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V DISTRIBUTIONS
|
22
|
Section
5.1.
|
Distributions
|
22
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES
|
22
|
Section
6.1.
|
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
|
22
|
Section
6.2.
|
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
|
23
|
Section
6.3.
|
Form
and Dating
|
23
|
Section
6.4.
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
|
24
|
Section
6.5.
|
Temporary
Securities
|
24
|
Section
6.6.
|
Cancellation
|
24
|
Section
6.7.
|
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
|
24
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
|
26
|
Section
7.1.
|
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
|
26
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
|
27
|
Section
8.1.
|
General
|
27
|
Section
8.2.
|
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
|
28
|
Section
8.3.
|
Deemed
Security Holders
|
29
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE
OR OTHERS
|
30
|
Section
9.1.
|
Liability
|
30
|
Section
9.2.
|
Exculpation
|
30
|
Section
9.3.
|
Fiduciary
Duty
|
31
|
Section
9.4.
|
Indemnification
|
31
|
Section
9.5.
|
Outside
Businesses
|
33
|
Section
9.6.
|
Compensation;
Fee
|
33
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X ACCOUNTING
|
34
|
Section
10.1.
|
Fiscal
Year
|
34
|
Section
10.2.
|
Certain
Accounting Matters
|
34
|
Section
10.3.
|
Banking
|
34
|
Section
10.4.
|
Withholding
|
34
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS
|
35
|
Section
11.1.
|
Amendments
|
35
|
Section
11.2.
|
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
|
36
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE
|
37
|
Section
12.1.
|
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
|
37
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII MISCELLANEOUS
|
38
|
Section
13.1.
|
Notices
|
38
|
Section
13.2.
|
Governing
Law
|
39
|
Section
13.3.
|
Intention
of the Parties
|
39
|
Section
13.4.
|
Headings
|
39
|
Section
13.5.
|
Successors
and Assigns
|
39
|
Section
13.6.
|
Partial
Enforceability
|
39
|
Section
13.7.
|
Counterparts
|
39
|
Annex
I
|
Terms
of Securities
|
Exhibit
A-1
|
Form
of Capital Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
A-2
|
Form
of Common Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
B
|
Specimen
of Initial Debenture
|
Exhibit
C
|
Placement
Agreement
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
DECLARATION
OF TRUST
OF
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST I
December
17, 2003
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“
Declaration
”)
dated
and effective as of December 17, 2003, by the Institutional Trustee (as defined
herein), the Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein)
and by the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in
the
Trust (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this
Declaration;
WHEREAS,
the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor established
Wilshire Statutory Trust I (the “
Trust
”),
a
statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant
to a
Declaration of Trust dated as of December 9, 2003 (the “
Original
Declaration
”),
and a
Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Connecticut on December 9, 2003, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling
certain securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets
of
the Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the
Debenture Issuer (as defined herein);
WHEREAS,
as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued;
and
WHEREAS,
the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this
Declaration, amend and restate each and every term and provision of the Original
Declaration;
NOW,
THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust
as
a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration
constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Institutional
Trustee declares that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust
for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued
hereunder, subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
INTERPRETATION
AND DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1.
Definitions
.
Unless
the context otherwise requires:
(a)
Capitalized
terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the
respective meanings assigned to them in this
Section
1.1
;
(b)
a
term
defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning
throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits
are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration
unless otherwise specified; and
(e)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Additional
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Administrative
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Administrators
”
means
each of Soo Bong Min and Brian E. Cho, solely in such Person’s capacity as
Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such
Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in
such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any
successor rule thereunder.
“
Authorized
Officer
”
of
a
Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.
“
Bankruptcy
Event
”
means,
with respect to any Person:
(a)
a
court
having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief
in
respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(b)
such
Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to
the
entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or
shall
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such
Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its
debts as they become due.
“
Business
Day
”
means
any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking
institutions in New York City or Hartford, Connecticut are permitted or required
by any applicable law or executive order to close.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.
“
Capital
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Certificate
”
means
any certificate evidencing Securities.
“
Closing
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.
“
Code
”
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Common
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.
“
Common
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
“
Company
Indemnified Person
”
means
(a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator;
(c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees,
representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer,
employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of
the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally
administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is
located at 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut
06103.
“
Coupon
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Covered
Person
”
means:
(a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member,
representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the
Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.
“
Creditor
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
“
Debenture
Issuer
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, in its capacity as issuer
of
the Debentures under the Indenture.
“
Debenture
Trustee
”
means
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor
is appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor
trustee.
“
Debentures
”
means
the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033
to
be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.
“
Defaulted
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Determination
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Direct
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8(d)
.
“
Distribution
”
means
a
distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
“
Distribution
Payment Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Distribution
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a) of Annex I.
“
Distribution
Rate
”
means,
for the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and
ending on (but excluding) March 17, 2004, the rate per annum of 4.02%, and
for the period beginning on (and including) March 17, 2004 and thereafter,
the Coupon Rate.
“
Event
of Default
”
means
any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether
it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a)
the
occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or
(b)
default
by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price
of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or
(c)
default
in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or
warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those
specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or
breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or
certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders
of
at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital
Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring
it
to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
or
(d)
the
occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee
if a
successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days
thereof.
“
Extension
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Federal
Reserve
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Fiduciary
Indemnified Person
”
shall
mean the Institutional Trustee, any Affiliate of the Institutional Trustee
and
any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees,
representatives, custodians, nominees or agents of the Institutional
Trustee.
“
Fiscal
Year
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
10.1
.
“
Guarantee
”
means
the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor
in
respect of the Capital Securities.
“
Holder
”
means
a
Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered in
the
register maintained by the Registrar pursuant to
Section
6.2
,
such
Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust
Act.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
a
Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and
the
Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which
the
Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.
“
Indenture
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.
“
Institutional
Trustee
”
means
the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in
Section
4.1
.
“
Interest
”
means
any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and
Defaulted Interest.
“
Investment
Company
”
means
an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.
“
Investment
Company Act
”
means
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as
the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record
owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the
stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus
accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages
are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant
class.
“
Maturity
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Officers’
Certificates
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers
of
such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or
condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by each officer in rendering the Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation
as,
in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition
or
covenant has been complied with.
“
OTS
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Paying
Agent
”
has
the
meaning specified in
Section
6.2
.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Placement
Agreement
”
means
the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities
in the form of Exhibit C.
“
Property
Account
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8
(c).
“
Pro
Rata
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.
“
Quorum
”
means
a
majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both
of
them.
“
Redemption
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(e)
of
Annex I.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Registrar
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate
Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any
assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant
treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office
of
the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is
referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
“
Restricted
Securities Legend
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
8.2(b)
.
“
Rule 3a-5
”
means
Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Rule 3a-7
”
means
Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor
legislation.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Sponsor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor entity in
a
merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the
Trust.
“
Statutory
Trust Act
”
means
Chapter 615 of Title 34 of the Connecticut General Statutes, Sections 500,
et
seq. as may be amended from time to time.
“
Successor
Entity
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.14(b)
.
“
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
4.3(a)
.
“
Successor
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.14(b)
.
“
Super
Majority
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
5(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Tax
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
10%
in
liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as
the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record
owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated
amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued
and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are
determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Transfer
Agent
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Treasury
Regulations
”
means
the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations,
promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations
may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of
succeeding regulations).
“
Trust
Property
”
means
(a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the
Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the
foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed
to
be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this
Declaration.
“
U.S.
Person
”
means
a
United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
ARTICLE
II
ORGANIZATION
Section
2.1.
Name
.
The
Trust
is named “Wilshire Statutory Trust I,” as such name may be modified from time to
time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders of the
Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the Trust
or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.
Section
2.2.
Office
.
The
address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o U.S. Bank National
Association, 225 Asylum Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut
06103. On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the
Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which
shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of
Columbia.
Section
2.3.
Purpose
.
The
exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the
Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the
Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust
through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and
(d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other
activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money,
issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its
assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that
would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income
tax
purposes as a grantor trust.
Section
2.4.
Authority
.
Except
as
specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall
have
exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An
action taken by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with its powers shall
constitute the act of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the
Institutional Trustee acting on behalf of the Trust, no Person shall be required
to inquire into the authority of the Institutional Trustee to bind the Trust.
Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to rely conclusively on the power
and authority of the Institutional Trustee as set forth in this Declaration.
The
Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set forth herein with
respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are not intended to
be
trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders. The
Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated except
as
provided in
Section
2.6
,
to
perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.
Section
2.5.
Title
to Property of the Trust
.
Except
as
provided in
Section
2.8
with
respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided
in
this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in
the
Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of
the
Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the
Trust.
Section
2.6.
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee and the
Administrators
.
(a)
The
Institutional Trustee and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the
Trust in accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the
limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance
with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Institutional Trustee and
the Administrators shall have the authority to enter into all transactions
and
agreements determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in
exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the
Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, under this
Declaration, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including without
limitation, the following:
(i)
Each
Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust
with respect to the following matters:
(A)
the
issuance and sale of the Securities;
(B)
to
cause
the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust,
such
agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes
and
function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;
(C)
ensuring
compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky
laws;
(D)
the
sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information
regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with
this Declaration;
(E)
the
consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
in
accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed;
(F)
execution
and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
execution
and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and
the
application for a taxpayer identification number;
(H)
unless
otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of
the
Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute
on
behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the
Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute
pursuant to this Declaration;
(I)
the
taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee
may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to
the
terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration
of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);
(J)
to
establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that
require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights,
redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of
Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and
applicable record dates; and
(K)
to
duly
prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that
are
required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the
Trust.
(ii)
As
among
the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee
shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with
respect to the following matters:
(A)
the
establishment of the Property Account;
(B)
the
receipt of the Debentures;
(C)
the
collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of
the
Debentures in the Property Account;
(D)
the
distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect
of the Securities;
(E)
the
exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the
Debentures;
(F)
the
sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities
and
the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
the
distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this
Declaration;
(H)
to
the
extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and
liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of
Connecticut;
(I)
after
any
Event of Default (
provided
that
such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee)
the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional
Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect
to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property
for
the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such
action on any particular Holder); and
(J)
to
take
all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation
of
the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory
trust under the laws of the State of Connecticut and of each other jurisdiction
in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the
Holders of the Capital Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes
for which the Trust was created.
(iii)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of
the
Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority
of
the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein
but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested
to do
so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting
pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the
action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the
action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.
(b)
So
long
as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Institutional Trustee
or Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any
business, activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or
contemplated hereby. In particular, neither the Institutional Trustee nor the
Administrators may cause the Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage
in any activities not authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign,
transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of
the
Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly
provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected
(x) to cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for
United States federal income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to
register as an Investment Company under the Investment Company Act,
(iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt or
(v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a
lien on any of the Trust Property. The Institutional Trustee shall, at the
sole
cost and expense of the Trust, defend all claims and demands of all Persons
at
any time claiming any lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest
of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.
(c)
In
connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor
shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to,
or
effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the
Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration
are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):
(i)
the
taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities
Act;
(ii)
the
determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify
or
register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination
of
any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf
of
the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on
behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any
documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust,
as
the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable
laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital
Securities;
(iii)
the
negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement
Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and
(iv)
the
taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the
foregoing activities.
(d)
Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and
directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that
the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be
registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified
as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The
Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common
Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the
Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal
income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take
any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust
or
this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators
and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities
determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such
purposes.
(e)
All
expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee pursuant
to
this
Section
2.6
shall be
reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators
shall have no obligations with respect to such expenses.
(f)
The
assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.
(g)
Legal
title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional
Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the
Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in
accordance with this Declaration.
(h)
If
the
Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce
any
right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the
Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the
Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of
the
Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted.
Section
2.7.
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
Trust
shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage
in
any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In
particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the
Trust not to:
(i)
invest
any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall
distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms
of this Declaration and of the Securities;
(ii)
acquire
any assets other than as expressly provided herein;
(iii)
possess
Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;
(iv)
make
any
loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the
Debentures;
(v)
possess
any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the
terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided
herein;
(vi)
issue
any
securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest
in, the Trust other than the Securities;
(vii)
carry
on
any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or
(viii)
other
than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct
the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the
Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past
default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to
rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall
be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be
required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel
to
the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be
classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax
purposes.
Section
2.8.
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
legal
title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of
the
Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders
of
the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee
to
the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be
appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with
Section
4.3
.
Such
vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing
documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed and
delivered.
(b)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the
Debentures to the Administrators.
(c)
The
Institutional Trustee shall:
(i)
establish
and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “
Property
Account
”)
in the
name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and
maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the
Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in
respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds
into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make
payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common
Securities from the Property Account in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
Funds
in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance
with this Declaration;
(ii)
engage
in
such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect
the
redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent
the
Debentures are redeemed or mature; and
(iii)
upon
written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with
the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall
be
necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders
of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the
terms
of the Securities.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate,
resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands
of
or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event of
Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual
knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations
under this Declaration;
provided
,
however
,
that if
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is
attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal
on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable
(or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the
Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of
payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having
a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder (a “
Direct
Action
”)
on or
after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with
such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will
be
subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent
of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital
Securities in such Direct Action;
provided
,
however
,
that no
Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long
as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred
and
is continuing.
(e)
The
Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until
either:
(i)
the
Trust
has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed
to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and
this Declaration; or
(ii)
a
Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that
appointment in accordance with
Section
4.3
.
(f)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights,
powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and,
if
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may,
for
the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the
Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration
(including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.
The
Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this
Section
2.8
in a
manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set
out
in
Section
2.3
,
and the
Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the
purposes and functions of the Trust set out in
Section
2.3
.
Section
2.9.
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and
Administrators
.
(a)
The
Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred,
shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in
this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration
against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred
(that has not been cured or waived pursuant to
Section
6.7
),
the
Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it
by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b)
The
duties and responsibilities of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators
shall be as provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
provision of this Declaration shall require the Institutional Trustee or
Administrators to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of their duties hereunder, or
in
the exercise of any of their rights or powers if it shall have reasonable
grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate protection against
such risk of liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Declaration relating to the
conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Institutional Trustee or Administrators shall be subject to the provisions
of
this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to relieve an
Administrator or the Institutional Trustee from liability for its own negligent
act, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the
extent that, at law or in equity, the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator
has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, the
Institutional Trustee or such Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust
or
to any Holder for the Institutional Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith
reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this
Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of
the
Administrators or the Institutional Trustee otherwise existing at law or in
equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties
and liabilities of the Administrators or the Institutional Trustee.
(c)
All
payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of
the
Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust
Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or
proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying
Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by
its
acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and
proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for
distribution to it as herein provided and that the Institutional Trustee and
the
Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable
in
respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security.
This
Section
2.9(c)
does not
limit the liability of the Institutional Trustee expressly set forth elsewhere
in this Declaration.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions
hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good
faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall
be
proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts;
(ii)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of
the
Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the
Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;
(iii)
the
Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and
physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to
deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals
with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the
protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee
under this Declaration;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received
by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money
held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held
by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional
Trustee pursuant to
Section
2.8(c)(i)
and
except to the extent otherwise required by law; and
(v)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance
by
the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this
Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default
or
misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.
Section
2.10.
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
.
Subject
to the provisions of
Section
2.9
:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in
acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion
of
counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee,
certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by
the
proper party or parties;
(b)
if
(i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional
Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action,
(ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the
Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other
provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure
of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to
any
matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under
the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice
to
the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of
action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be
instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have
no
liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;
(c)
any
direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this
Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate;
(d)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall
deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless
other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively
rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of
such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the
Administrators;
(e)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or
registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation
statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording,
refiling or reregistration thereof;
(f)
the
Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel
may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such
counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee
shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the
administration of this Declaration from any court of competent
jurisdiction;
(g)
the
Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any
of
the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to it
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction;
provided
,
that
nothing contained in this
Section
2.10(g)
shall be
taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to
Section
2.9(b)
,
upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived
pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs;
(h)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture,
note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless
requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional
Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or
matters as it may see fit;
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or
attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any
misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(j)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem
it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or
right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee
(i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities
which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct
the
Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect
of
such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy
or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received,
and
(iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such
instructions;
(k)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee
shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary
under
the provisions of this Declaration;
(l)
when
the
Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with
a
Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel)
and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses
of
administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights
generally;
(m)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default
unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual
knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice
of
such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;
(n)
any
action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind
the
Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional
Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any
such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority
of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of
the
terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively
evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action;
and
(o)
no
provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right,
power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in
which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be
unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any
such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.
No
permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall
be
construed to be a duty.
Section
2.11.
Execution
of Documents
.
Unless
otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as
otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or
any
one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute
on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Institutional Trustee or the
Administrators, as the case may be, have the power and authority to execute
pursuant to
Section
2.6
.
Section
2.12.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
.
The
recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as
the
statements of the Sponsor, and the Institutional Trustee does not assume any
responsibility for their correctness. The Institutional Trustee makes no
representations as to the value or condition of the property of the Trust or
any
part thereof. The Institutional Trustee makes no representations as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the Debentures or the
Securities.
Section
2.13.
Duration
of Trust
.
The
Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII
hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.
Section
2.14.
Mergers
.
(a)
The
Trust
may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any corporation or other body, except as described in
Section
2.14(b)
and
(c)
and
except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution
of
the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of the
Declaration or Section 3 of Annex I.
(b)
The
Trust
may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with
or
into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state;
provided that:
(i)
if
the
Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “
Successor
Entity
”)
either:
(A)
expressly
assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities;
or
(B)
substitutes
for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as
the
Securities (the “
Successor
Securities
”)
so
that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect
to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and
otherwise;
(ii)
the
Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses
substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the
Holder of the Debentures;
(iii)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor
Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the
Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such
securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation
or
replacement;
(v)
such
Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the
Trust;
(vi)
prior
to
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received
an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust
experienced in such matters to the effect that:
(A)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(B)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust
nor
the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company;
and
(C)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the
Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United
States federal income tax purposes;
(vii)
the
Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor
Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;
(viii)
the
Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity;
and
(ix)
prior
to
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional
Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and
an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under
this
Section
2.14(b)
to such
transaction have been satisfied.
(c)
Notwithstanding
Section
2.14(b)
,
the
Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of 100% in aggregate
liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or
into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other entity to
consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or
Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United
States federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE
III
SPONSOR
Section
3.1.
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
.
On
the
Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued
by
the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at
the
same time as the Capital Securities are sold.
Section
3.2.
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
.
In
connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall
have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the
Administrators to engage in, the following activities:
(a)
to
determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register
for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to do any and all such acts,
other than actions which must be taken by the Trust, and advise the Trust of
actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing any documents to
be
executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable
in
order to comply with the applicable laws of any such States; and
(b)
to
negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement
Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital
Securities.
Section
3.3.
Expenses
.
In
connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust
and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor,
in
its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:
(a)
pay
all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.6 of the Indenture;
(b)
be
responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect
to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering, sale
and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in
connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees
and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs
and
expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation,
costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping
services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting
equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel
and
telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred
in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets
and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders
(for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate the
payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to
the
Institutional Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the
Institutional Trustee under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the
Institutional Trustee’s counsel in connection with the closing of the
transactions contemplated by this Declaration); and
(c)
pay
any
and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the
Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to
such taxes of the Trust.
The
Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of,
and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs,
expenses and taxes are owed (a “
Creditor
”)
whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor
may
enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against
the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require
that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person
before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such
additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full
effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.
Section
3.4.
Right
to Proceed
.
The
Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as
set
forth in
Section
2.8(d)
hereto.
ARTICLE
IV
INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
Section
4.1.
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be one Institutional Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an
Affiliate of the Sponsor;
(ii)
not
offer
or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and
(iii)
be
a
banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the
laws
of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state,
or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of
condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the
supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes
of
this
Section
4.1(a)(iii)
,
the
combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published.
(b)
If
at any
time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under
Section
4.1(a)
,
the
Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect
set forth in
Section
4.3(a)
.
(c)
If
the
Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the
meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the
Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the
extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this
Declaration.
(d)
The
initial Institutional Trustee shall be U.S. Bank National
Association.
Section
4.2.
Administrators
.
Each
Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized
to
bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Soo Bong Min and Brian
E.
Cho. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a
requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly
set
forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking
of
which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required
or
permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power
of
the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such
Administrator.
Section
4.3.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Institutional Trustee and
Administrators
.
(a)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Declaration, no resignation or removal of
the
Institutional Trustee and no appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee
pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of
appointment by the Successor Institutional Trustee in accordance with the
applicable requirements of this
Section
4.3
.
Subject
to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Institutional Trustee may resign
at
any time by giving written notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities
and
by appointing a Successor Institutional Trustee. Upon the resignation of the
Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor
by
requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements,
its
expenses and charges to serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form
provided by the Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the
lowest expense and charges (the “
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”).
If
the instrument of acceptance by the Successor Institutional Trustee required
by
this
Section
4.3
shall
not have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee within 60 days after
the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument of
removal, the Institutional Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust,
any Federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction
for
the appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon,
after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a
Successor Institutional Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no
liability for the selection of such successor pursuant to this
Section
4.3
.
The
Institutional Trustee may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Institutional
Trustee (in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust) if an Event
of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If the Institutional Trustee
shall be so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders
of
a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding
delivered to the Institutional Trustee, shall promptly appoint a Successor
Institutional Trustee, and such Successor Institutional Trustee shall comply
with the applicable requirements of this
Section
4.3
.
If no
Successor Institutional Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities and accepted
appointment in the manner required by this
Section
4.3
,
within
30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, any Holder who has been
a Holder of the Securities for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself
and all others similarly situated, petition any Federal, state or District
of
Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of the Successor
Institutional Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice,
if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Institutional
Trustee.
The
Institutional Trustee shall give notice of its resignation and removal and
each
appointment of a Successor Institutional Trustee to all Holders in the manner
provided in Section 13.1(d) and shall give notice to the Sponsor. Each
notice shall include the name of the Successor Institutional Trustee and the
address of its Corporate Trust Office.
(b)
In
case
of the appointment hereunder of a Successor Institutional Trustee, the retiring
Institutional Trustee and the Successor Institutional Trustee shall execute
and
deliver an amendment hereto wherein the Successor Institutional Trustee shall
accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as
shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in,
the
Successor Institutional Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of
the
retiring Institutional Trustee with respect to the Securities and the Trust
and
(ii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Declaration as
shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust
by more than one Institutional Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein
or in such amendment shall constitute such Institutional Trustees co-trustees
and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal
of the retiring Institutional Trustee shall become effective to the extent
provided therein and each Successor Institutional Trustee, without any further
act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the retiring Institutional Trustee; but, on request of the Trust
or any Successor Institutional Trustee such retiring Institutional Trustee
shall
duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Institutional Trustee all
Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring
Institutional Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the
Trust.
(c)
No
Institutional Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any
Successor Institutional Trustee.
(d)
The
Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove
or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in
the
Holder of the Common Securities.
Section
4.4.
Institutional
Trustee Vacancies
.
If
the
Institutional Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason a vacancy shall
occur. A resolution certifying the existence of such vacancy by the
Institutional Trustee shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such
vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a trustee appointed in accordance
with
Section
4.3
.
Section
4.5.
Effect
of Vacancies
.
The
death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation,
incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of the Institutional Trustee
shall not operate to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this
Declaration.
Section
4.6.
Meetings
of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators
.
Meetings
of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an
Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person
in
the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed
by
resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the
Institutional Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators
shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by
facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours
before such meeting. Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Institutional
Trustee with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators or any
committee thereof shall be hand delivered or otherwise delivered in writing
(including by facsimile, with a hard copy by overnight courier) not less than
24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall contain a brief statement of the
time, place and anticipated purposes of the meeting. The presence (whether
in
person or by telephone) of the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as
the
case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting
except where the Institutional Trustee or an Administrator, as the case may
be,
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of
any
activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been lawfully called or
convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the
Institutional Trustee or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken
at
a meeting by vote of the Institutional Trustee or a majority vote of the
Administrators present (whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to
vote
with respect to such matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without
a
meeting by the unanimous written consent of the Institutional Trustee or the
Administrators. Meetings of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators
together shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Institutional
Trustee or an Administrator.
Section
4.7.
Delegation
of Power
.
(a)
Any
Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate
to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or
her
power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in
Section
2.6
;
and
(b)
the
Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their
number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either
in
the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the
Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not
prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as
set
forth herein.
Section
4.8.
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
.
Any
Person into which the Institutional Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Institutional Trustee shall be a party,
or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust
business of the Institutional Trustee shall be the successor of the
Institutional Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise
qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing
of
any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto.
ARTICLE
V
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section
5.1.
Distributions
.
Holders
shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the
relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital
Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set
forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer
makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by the
Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to
the
extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a
“
Distribution
”)
of
such amounts to Holders.
ARTICLE
VI
ISSUANCE
OF SECURITIES
Section
6.1.
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
.
(a)
The
Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital
securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided
beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set
forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided
beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set
forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in
the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common
Securities. The Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
to, and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders
of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments
upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to
payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in
Annex I.
(b)
The
Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more
Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of
any
Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed
any
of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates
so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may
be
delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased
to be
such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust
by
such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be
an
Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery
of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital
Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual
signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated
under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one
Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital
Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to
authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so
authenticated.
(c)
The
consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall
constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute
a
loan to the Trust.
(d)
Upon
issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities
so
issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as provided
in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities,
non-assessable.
(e)
Every
Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of
this
Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms
of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.
Section
6.2.
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
.
The
Trust
shall maintain in Hartford, Connecticut, an office or agency where the Capital
Securities may be presented for payment (“
Paying
Agent
”),
and
an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of
transfer or exchange (the “
Transfer
Agent
”).
The
Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for
the
purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such
register to be held by a registrar (the “
Registrar
”).
The
Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer
Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more
co-Registrars, or one or more co-Transfer Agents in such other locations as
it
shall determine. The term “
Paying
Agent
”
includes any additional paying agent, the term “
Registrar
”
includes any additional registrar or co-Registrar and the term “
Transfer
Agent
”
includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators may change any Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without prior notice to any
Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional Trustee of the name
and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar not a party to
this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially appoint the Institutional
Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Capital
Securities and the Common Securities. The Institutional Trustee or any of its
Affiliates in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or
Registrar.
Section
6.3.
Form
and Dating
.
The
Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication
thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common
Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which
is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration.
Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced
in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as
conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Securities may have
letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation
and
such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements
to
which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation,
legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at
the
direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in
Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security
shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication. The terms and
provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities
set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration
and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Administrators
and
the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly
agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities
will be issued only in blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less
than $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.
The
Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the
Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and with
the
Restricted Securities Legend.
Section
6.4.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
.
If:
(a)
any
mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the
Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss
or
theft of any Certificate; and
(b)
there
shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each
of
them harmless;
then,
in
the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a
protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute
(and
in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall
authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination.
In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section
6.4
,
the
Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient
to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall
constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant
Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.
Section
6.5.
Temporary
Securities
.
Until
definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare
and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall
authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the
Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without
unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the
Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive
Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.
Section
6.6.
Cancellation
.
The
Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee
any
Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or
payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities
surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation
and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct.
The
Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have
been
paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for
cancellation.
Section
6.7.
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
.
(a)
The
legal
title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee
(in its capacity as such) in accordance with
Section
2.5
,
and the
Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided
beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities
and
they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property,
profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall
be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein
and
in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar
rights.
(b)
For
so
long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event
of
Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal
of
all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall
have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the
Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.
At
any
time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has
been
made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the
Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any
such
declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional
Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences if:
(i)
the
Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay
(A)
all
overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,
(B)
any
accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,
(C)
the
principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due
otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional
Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and
(D)
all
sums
paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee
and
the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and
(ii)
all
Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment
of
the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration,
have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the
Indenture.
The
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past
default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a default
or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on the
Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been cured
and
a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal
due
otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee)
or
a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect of
a
covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
Upon
receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an
acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of
the
Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders
of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record
date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee
receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated
proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice,
whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date;
provided,
that
unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the
case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage
having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such
record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and
annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action
by
any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph
shall
prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of
such
90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or
rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to
a
written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to
the
provisions of this
Section
6.7
.
(c)
Except
as
otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
6.7
,
the
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past
default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such
default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event
of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
ARTICLE
VII
DISSOLUTION
AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
Section
7.1.
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
.
(a)
The
Trust
shall dissolve on the first to occur of:
(i)
unless
earlier dissolved, on December 17, 2038, the expiration of the term of the
Trust;
(ii)
upon
a
Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture
Issuer;
(iii)
upon
the
filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the
Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee,
as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and
the
expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement
thereof;
(iv)
upon
the
distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities in accordance
with Section 3 of Annex I, upon exercise of the right of the Holder of all
of
the outstanding Common Securities to dissolve the Trust as provided in
Annex I hereto;
(v)
upon
the
entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common
Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;
(vi)
when
all
of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts
necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in
accordance with the terms of the Securities; or
(vii)
before
the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee
and the Sponsor.
(b)
As
soon
as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in
Section
7.1
(a),
and
after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by
applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms
set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust
by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the
State
of Connecticut.
(c)
The
provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination
of the Trust.
ARTICLE
VIII
TRANSFER
OF INTERESTS
Section
8.1.
General
.
(a)
Subject
to
Section
8.1
(c)
,
where
Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a
request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of
Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall
register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such
transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the
Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital
Securities at the Registrar’s request.
(b)
Upon
issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain
beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as
the
Securities remain outstanding, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of
the
Common Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer,
under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership
of the Common Securities.
(c)
Capital
Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with
the
terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the
Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer
or
purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration
shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever
and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital
Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of
Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed
to
have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers
of
Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with
such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other
governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender
for
registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or
more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration of
transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s
attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration
of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to
Section
6.6
.
A
transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the
obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a
Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have
agreed to be bound by this Declaration.
(e)
The
Trust
shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange
any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days
before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at
the
close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of
redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to
be
redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
of
any Security being redeemed in part.
Section
8.2.
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
.
(a)
The
Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall
not
be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence,
which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, as may
be
reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend nor the restrictions
on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such
satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the written direction
of
the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital Securities that do not bear
the legend.
(b)
Except
as
permitted by
Section
8.2
(a),
each
Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “
Restricted
Securities Legend
”)
in
substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred
except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the
Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance
with
applicable law:
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
(c)
To
permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the
Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s
request.
(d)
Registrations
of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment
(with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect
of
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to
it.
(e)
All
Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant
to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall
be
entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Section
8.3.
Deemed
Security Holders
.
The
Trust, the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Transfer Agent or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any
Certificate shall be registered on the books and records of the Trust as the
sole holder of such Certificate and of the Securities represented by such
Certificate for purposes of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes
whatsoever and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable
or
other claim to or interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented
by such Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the
Administrators, the Institutional Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent
or the Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.
ARTICLE
IX
LIMITATION
OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS
OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS
Section
9.1.
Liability
.
(a)
Except
as
expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the
Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:
(i)
personally
liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return
thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets
of the Trust; or
(ii)
required
to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon
dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.
(b)
The
Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and
obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the
extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.
(c)
Pursuant
to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be
entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders
of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation
Law
of the State of Connecticut.
Section
9.2.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or
otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such
Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority
conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except
that
an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct
with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the
records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements
presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person
reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert
competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by
such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust,
including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and
amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent
to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of
Securities might properly be paid.
Section
9.3.
Fiduciary
Duty
.
(a)
To
the
extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including
fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other
Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not
be
liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance
on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration,
to
the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified
Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto
to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified
Person.
(b)
Whenever
in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make
a
decision:
(i)
in
its
“discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall
be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including
its
own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration
to
any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person;
or
(ii)
in
its
“good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act
under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different
standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.
Section
9.4.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was
an
Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of
nolo
contendere
or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified
Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed
to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect
to
any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was unlawful.
(b)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust
to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that
he
is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted
in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the
best interests of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as
to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court
shall deem proper.
(c)
To
the
extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise
(including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an
action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
,
or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to
the
full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and
expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
therewith.
(d)
Any
indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
(unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified
Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be
made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of
such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
(ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a
Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the
Trust.
(e)
To
the
fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
shall be
paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified
Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is
not
entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this
Section
9.4
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a
determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by
a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a
Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested
Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion
or
(iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the
facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at
the
time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith
or
in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best
interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such
Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was
unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the
Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder
reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his
duty
to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.
(f)
The
Institutional Trustee, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retains
the
right to representation by counsel of its own choosing in any action, suit
or
any other proceeding for which it is indemnified under paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this
Section
9.4
,
without
affecting its right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights afforded
to it under this Declaration or applicable law.
(g)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
the other paragraphs of this
Section
9.4
shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital
Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All
rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be
provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who
serves in such capacity at any time while this
Section
9.4
is in
effect. Any repeal or modification of this
Section
9.4
shall
not affect any rights or obligations then existing.
(h)
The
Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person
who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against
him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such
liability under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
.
(i)
For
purposes of this
Section
9.4
,
references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or
surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who
is or
was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or
is
or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee,
officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position
under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
with
respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect
to
such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.
(j)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
this
Section
9.4
shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a
Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and
(ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the
earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.
Section
9.5.
Outside
Businesses
.
Any
Covered Person, the Sponsor and the Institutional Trustee may engage in or
possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description,
independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the
Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights by
virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income
or
profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if
competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or
improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor or the Institutional Trustee
shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity
to
the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to
the
Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person, the Sponsor and
the
Institutional Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account
(individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such
particular investment or other opportunity. Any Covered Person and the
Institutional Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other
transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as
depositary for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders
of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its
Affiliates.
Section
9.6.
Compensation;
Fee
.
The
Sponsor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to
the Institutional Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Institutional Trustee
upon
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or
made
by the Institutional Trustee in accordance with any provision of this
Declaration (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and
disbursements of their respective agents and counsel), except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith
or
willful misconduct.
The
provisions of this
Section
9.6
shall
survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration
and
the removal or resignation of the Institutional Trustee.
No
Institutional Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust
as a result of any amount due pursuant to this
Section
9.6
.
ARTICLE
X
ACCOUNTING
Section
10.1.
Fiscal
Year
.
The
fiscal year (“
Fiscal
Year
”)
of the
Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the
Code.
Section
10.2.
Certain
Accounting Matters
.
(a)
At
all
times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or
cause
to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined
for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account,
records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail
each
transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained, at the
Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall
be
examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part of the Sponsor’s
regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected
by the Administrators.
(b)
The
Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the
Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal
income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such
information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required
by
the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the
Code
to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor
to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Trust.
(c)
The
Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared in the
United States, as ‘United States’ is defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the
Code, and filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form
1041
or such other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any
other annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators
on
behalf of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.
Section
10.3.
Banking
.
The
Trust
shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury
Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for
the sole benefit of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of
the
Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for
such
accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the
Institutional Trustee.
Section
10.4.
Withholding
.
The
Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply
with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local
law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each
Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such
forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from
withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as
shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent
to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding
obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable
jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established
by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to
applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any
Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority
with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld
shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the
Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited
to
an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be
withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional
Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount
of
such withholding.
ARTICLE
XI
AMENDMENTS
AND MEETINGS
Section
11.1.
Amendments
.
(a)
Except
as
otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the
Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument
approved and executed by the Institutional Trustee.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any
such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have first received
(A)
an
Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment
is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including
the
terms of the Securities); and
(B)
an
opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such
amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration
(including the terms of the Securities); and
(ii)
the
result of such amendment would not be to
(A)
cause
the
Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income
taxation as a grantor trust; or
(B)
cause
the
Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under
the Investment Company Act.
(c)
Except
as
provided in
Section
11.1
(d),
(e)
or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall
be
void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.
(d)
In
addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without
the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to
(i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or
otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made
in
respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or
exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.
(e)
Sections 9.1(b)
and 9.1(c) and this
Section
11.1
shall
not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the
Securities.
(f)
Article III
shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in
liquidation amount of the Common Securities.
(g)
The
rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint
and remove the Institutional Trustee shall not be amended without the consent
of
the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities.
(h)
This
Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities to:
(i)
cure
any
ambiguity;
(ii)
correct
or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;
(iii)
add
to
the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or
(iv)
modify,
eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may
be
necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal
income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required
to
register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform
to
any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under
the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application
thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory
authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the
rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers,
preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.
Section
11.2.
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
.
(a)
Meetings
of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the
Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider
and
act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled
to
act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities. The
Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed
to
do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of
Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators
one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the
Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose
for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling
a
meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the
Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities
represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining
whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this
paragraph has been met.
(b)
Except
to
the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following
provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:
(i)
notice
of
any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having
a
right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before
the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders
of
the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote,
consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities.
Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities
may
be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action
so
taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the
minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary
to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the
Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice
of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of
the
Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The
Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders
of
the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall
be
returned to the Trust within the time specified by the
Administrators;
(ii)
each
Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all
matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including
waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No
proxy
shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the
pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise
provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of
proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Connecticut relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as
if
the Trust were a Connecticut corporation and the Holders of the Securities
were
stockholders of a Connecticut corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the
Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person
that
the Administrators may designate; and
(iii)
unless
the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities
otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall
establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities,
including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any
matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such
notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record
date,
quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with
respect to the exercise of any such right to vote;
provided
,
however
,
that
each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined
in
Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).
ARTICLE
XII
REPRESENTATIONS
OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE
Section
12.1.
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
.
The
initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the
Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional
Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of
the
Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional
Trustee, that:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers,
duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America
with trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and
perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;
(b)
the
execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this
Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the
part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed
and
delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered
in a proceeding in equity or at law);
(c)
the
execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional
Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws
of the Institutional Trustee; and
(d)
no
consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any
state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery
or
performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.
ARTICLE
XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
13.1.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by
the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy
shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed
by first class mail, as follows:
(a)
if
given
to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set
forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the
Holders of the Securities):
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I
c/o
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(b)
if
given
to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set
forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice
of to the Holders of the Securities):
U.S.
Bank
National Association
225
Asylum Street, Goodwin Square
Hartford,
Connecticut 06103
Attention:
Vice President, Corporate Trust Services Division
Telecopy:
860-241-6889
With
a
copy to:
U.S.
Bank
National Association
1
Federal
Street - 3rd Floor
Boston,
Massachusetts 02110
Attention:
Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division
Telecopy:
617-603-6665
(c)
if
given
to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor
set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities
may give notice of to the Trust):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(d)
if
given
to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the
Trust.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
13.2.
Governing
Law
.
This
Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Connecticut and all
rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the
principles of conflict of laws of the State of Connecticut or any other
jurisdiction that would call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction
other than the State of Connecticut;
provided
,
however
,
that
there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Institutional Trustee or this
Declaration any provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of
Connecticut pertaining to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner
inconsistent with the terms hereof (a) the filing with any court or
governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees
and
charges, (b) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers,
agents or employees of a trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or
other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition
of real or personal property, (d) fees or other sums payable to trustees,
officers, agents or employees of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts
and expenditures to income or principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations
on the permissible nature, amount or concentration of trust investments or
requirements relating to the titling, storage or other manner of holding or
investing trust assets.
Section
13.3.
Intention
of the Parties
.
It
is the
intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States
federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this
Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the
parties.
Section
13.4.
Headings
.
Headings
contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only
and
do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision
hereof.
Section
13.5.
Successors
and Assigns
.
Whenever
in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the
successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all
covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the
Institutional Trustee shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective
successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed.
Section
13.6.
Partial
Enforceability
.
If
any
provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any
Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this
Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances
other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Section
13.7.
Counterparts
.
This
Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and
this
Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the
Institutional Trustee and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature
pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one,
and
they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had
signed a single signature page.
Signatures
appear on the following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed
as of
the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as
Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as Sponsor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST I
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Administrator
|
ANNEX
I
TERMS
OF
SECURITIES
Pursuant
to
Section
6.1
of the
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of December 17, 2003 (as
amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights,
privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the
Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized
term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the
Declaration):
1.
Designation
and Number
.
(a)
15,000
Floating Rate Capital Securities of Wilshire Statutory Trust I (the
“Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets
of the Trust of fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000.00) and a stated
liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per
Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification
only
as the “
Capital
Securities
”.
The
Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such
changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by
ordinary usage, custom or practice.
(b)
464
Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “
Common
Securities
”)
will
be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or
deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or
practice.
2.
Distributions
.
(a)
Distributions
will be payable on each Security for the period beginning on (and including)
the
date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) March 17, 2004 at a
rate per annum of 4.02% and shall bear interest for each successive period
beginning on (and including) March 17, 2004, and each succeeding
Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Distribution Payment Date (each, a “
Distribution
Period
”)
at a
rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus
2.85% (the “
Coupon
Rate
”),
applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate
of
interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee.
Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at
the
applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions,
as
used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions
unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that
payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee
and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.
The
amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be
calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount
outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying
each
such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned
divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital
Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth
of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded
upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655),
and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be
rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded
upward)).
(b)
Distributions
on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original
issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment
periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 17,
June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year, or if such
day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day, commencing
on
March 17, 2004 (each a “
Distribution
Payment Date
”)
when,
as and if available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the
Indenture to defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no
Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the
interest payment period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly
periods (each an “
Extension
Period
”)
at any
time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during
which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “
Additional
Interest
”).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.
At
the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional
Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall
not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem,
purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the
Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends
from
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent
corporations which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the
Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing,
or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on
or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer
or
any Affiliate that rank
pari passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection
with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with
or
for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants,
in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or
securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as
consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable
Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any
class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of
a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s
indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock,
(c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such
capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Debenture Issuer (or any redemptions, repurchase or liquidation payments on
such
stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture
Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with
all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed
20
consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the
termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence
a new
Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or
Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except
at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have
been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional
Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities shall
be
deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are
deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related
Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on
the
books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such
date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after
giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds
available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of
the
Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the
Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the
Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.
(c)
Distributions
on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on
the
books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant record
dates shall be 15 days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date.
Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any
Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed
to
make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into
account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose
name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such
defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name
such
Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date
determined in accordance with the Indenture. If any date on which Distributions
are payable on the Securities is not a Business Day, then payment of the
Distribution payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that
is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of
any
such delay) except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar
year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day,
in
each case with the same force and effect as if made on such payment
date.
(d)
In
the
event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that
is
not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as
defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.
3.
Liquidation
Distribution Upon Dissolution
.
In the
event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up
or
termination of the Trust (each a “
Liquidation
”)
other
than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the
Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available
for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities
to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer),
distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the
date
of payment (such amount being the “
Liquidation
Distribution
”),
unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate
stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of
such
Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing
accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid
Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after
paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of
the
Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a
Pro
Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such
Securities.
The
Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any
time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence
of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior
approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its
designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that
is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor (the
“
Federal
Reserve
”),
if
the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision
and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating
the activities of Sponsor, (the “
OTS
”)
if the
Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required
under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS,
as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust,
cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on
a Pro
Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount
thereof.
If
a
Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(v) in
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as
expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after
satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the
Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied
by
the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the
Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will
be
entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution
to
the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to
the
extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation
Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such
Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities
to
creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis,
the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.
If,
upon
any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part
because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate
Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on
such
Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on
a Pro
Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with
regard to such distributions.
After
the
date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust
(i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding,
(ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of
the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to be
delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the
Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial
interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal
to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical
to
the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to
accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates
are
presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and
until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal
shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and
payable under the Debentures;
provided
,
however
that
such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall
not
entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights
of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the right
of
such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing
such Securities.
4.
Redemption
and Distribution
.
(a)
The
Debentures will mature on December 17, 2033. The Debentures may be redeemed
by the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date
on or after December 17, 2008, at the Redemption Price. In addition, the
Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the Special Redemption
Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment Date, upon the
occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days following
the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption Price, upon
not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such
Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the right
of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture
Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the Debenture
Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the
Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable
federal agency.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
means
the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits
determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of
priority:
(1)
the
rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined
below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as
“Page 3750” on the Dow Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may
be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits;
(2)
if
such
rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture
Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in
the
London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided,
3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;
(3)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the
Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such
banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading
European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and
(4)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above,
3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the
Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.
If
the
rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially
appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a
corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then
the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the
applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in,
the
laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision
thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative
pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules
or
regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement,
action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of
the
Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will
not,
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount
equal
to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1
Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the
basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor
having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated
subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal
Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital
treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for
treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust
shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such
Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment
Company Event.
“
Determination
Date
”
means
the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market)
preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being
determined.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced
prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by
any
legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there
is
more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the
date
of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required
to be
registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change
becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after
the
date of the issuance of the Debentures.
“
Maturity
Date
”
means
December 17, 2033.
“
Redemption
Date
”
shall
mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be
any
March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17 commencing
December 17, 2008.
“
Redemption
Price
”
means
100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued
and
unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.
“
Special
Event
”
means
a
Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment
Event.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
means
a
date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be any
March 17, June 17, September 17 or December 17.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
means
the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date
that
occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then
the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal
amount of the Debentures being redeemed:
Special
Redemption Date
|
|
Special
Redemption Price
|
March 17,
2004
|
|
104.625%
|
June
17, 2004
|
|
104.300%
|
September 17,
2004
|
|
104.000%
|
December 17,
2004
|
|
103.650%
|
March
17, 2005
|
|
103.350%
|
June
17, 2005
|
|
103.000%
|
September 17,
2005
|
|
102.700%
|
December 17,
2005
|
|
102.350%
|
March
17, 2006
|
|
102.050%
|
June
17, 2006
|
|
101.700%
|
September 17,
2006
|
|
101.400%
|
December 17,
2006
|
|
101.050%
|
March
17, 2007
|
|
100.750%
|
June
17, 2007
|
|
100.450%
|
September 17,
2007
|
|
100.200%
|
December 17,
2007 and thereafter
|
|
100.000%
|
plus,
in
each case, accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Special
Redemption Date.
“
Tax
Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment
to
or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any
regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official
administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical
advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or
announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such
procedures or regulations) (an “
Administrative
Action
”)
or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or
in
connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and
whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification,
change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced,
in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there
is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures;
(ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the
Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax
purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of
such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties
or
other governmental charges.
(b)
Upon
the
repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the
Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the
Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall
concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price
or
Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate
liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
so
repaid or redeemed;
provided
,
however
,
that
holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the
Debentures).
(c)
If
fewer
than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities
and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities
to be redeemed will be
redeemed
Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Trust
may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all
accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for
all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of
redemption.
(e)
Redemption
or Distribution Procedures
.
(i)
Notice
of
any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange
for,
the Securities (a “
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”)
will
be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or
exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for
redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be
the
date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation
of
the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given
pursuant to this paragraph
4(e)(i)
,
a
Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such
notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of
such
Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the
Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on
the
books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice
or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity
of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other
Holder.
(ii)
If
the
Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution
Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set
out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then,
provided
that the
Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the
related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee
will
pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable,
to
the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such
Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption Date.
If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited
as
required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such
deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for
redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption
will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the
applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in
paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price
in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid
either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the
Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the
Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date of
payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date
fixed
for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities
issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue,
register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning
at
the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of the
Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date
on
which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all
Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the
transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption,
in
whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities
being redeemed in part.
(iii)
Redemption/Distribution
Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to
(A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and
(B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.
(iv)
Subject
to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United
States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not the
Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor
or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase
outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private
agreement.
5.
Voting
Rights - Capital Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and
the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting
rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of
the
Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
(b)
Subject
to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee
in
certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting
separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place
of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee,
or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under
the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as
holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the
Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that
is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and
payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital
Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or
the
Debentures where such consent shall be required;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or
act
of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount
of Debentures (a “
Super
Majority
”)
affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take
such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant
Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under
the
Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital
Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal
proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional
Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal
proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer
to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or
principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date or
the
Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the Capital
Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment,
on or
after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder
directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders
of
the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional
Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been
cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee
determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest
of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates
to
the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice
shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event
of
Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place
of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not
take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above
unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to
the
effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as
other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax
purposes.
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures,
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the
direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a
Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the
direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of
the
Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional
Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of
the
Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an
opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the
Trust
will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal
income tax purposes.
A
waiver
of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding
Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of
the
Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital
Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of
the
Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional
Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital
Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written
consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record
of
the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth
the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which
such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed
for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or
of
such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for
the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the
Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital
Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration
and the terms of the Securities.
Notwithstanding
that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under
any
of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are
owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the
Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or
consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not
outstanding.
In
no
event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint,
remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively
in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust.
Under
certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of
Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the
Institutional Trustee.
6.
Voting
Rights - Common Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law
and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting
rights.
(b)
The
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with
Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any
Administrators.
(c)
Subject
to
Section
6.7
of the
Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the
Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject
to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting
separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting
any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the
Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the
Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is
waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and
payable;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority,
the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at
the
written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation
amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents
of
the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding
this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action
previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the
Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional
Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee
shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the
Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect
that
for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be
classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the
Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under the Declaration to
the
fullest extent permitted by law, any Holder of the Common Securities may
institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the
Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting
a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other
Person.
Any
approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a
separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose,
at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant
to
written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon
which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed
to
each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement
setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action
is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption
at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter
upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the
delivery of proxies or consents.
No
vote
or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the
Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures
in
accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.
7.
Amendments
to Declaration and Indenture
.
(a)
In
addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any
proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Institutional
Trustee, Sponsor or Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any
action that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights
of
the Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise,
or
(ii) the Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1
of the Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together
as a single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and
such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval
of
the Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities,
affected thereby;
provided
,
however
,
if any
amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely
affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only
the
affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such
amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a
Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.
(b)
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall
request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect
to
such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to
such
amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the
Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders
of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the
relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the
Debentures outstanding.
(c)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration
if
such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified
for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor
trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the
Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment
Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company
Act.
(d)
Notwithstanding
any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital
Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon
redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute
a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
For
the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder
of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given
either at law or equity.
8.
Pro
Rata
.
A
reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or
treatment as being “
Pro
Rata
”
shall
mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation
to
the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless,
in
relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
in
which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to
each
Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the
aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only
after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities,
to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative
to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities
outstanding.
9.
Ranking
.
The
Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
with and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders
of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon
liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the
Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any
Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, any
Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation
or
other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full
in
cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital
Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or
in
the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) the
full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all
outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been
made
or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional
Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all
Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of,
the
Capital Securities then due and payable.
10.
Acceptance
of Guarantee and Indenture
.
Each
Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance
of
such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the
subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the
Indenture.
11.
No
Preemptive Rights
.
The
Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to
subscribe for any additional securities.
12.
Miscellaneous
.
These
terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy
of
the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge
on
written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
EXHIBIT
A-1
FORM
OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY
THE
DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Certificate
Number P-1
|
15,000
Capital Securities
|
December
17, 2003
Certificate
Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I
(liquidation
amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of
Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Hare & Co. (the “Holder”),
as the nominee of The Bank of New York, indenture trustee under the Indenture
dated as of December 17, 2003 among Preferred Term Securities XII, Ltd.,
Preferred Term Securities XII, Inc. and The Bank of New York, is the
registered owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided
beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00
per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as
defined below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records
of the Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of
this
Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital
Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation,
rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions
of
the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions
of
the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of December
17, 2003, among Soo Bong Min and Brian E. Cho, as Administrators, U.S. Bank
National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as
Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests
in
the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital
Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration
as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized
terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the
Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the
extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration,
the
Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request
to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
Upon
receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled
to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital
Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.
This
Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of
the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
Signatures
appear on following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST I
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Declaration.
|
|
|
|
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as
the Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
|
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to
4.02% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) March 17, 2004 and at an annual rate for each successive
period beginning on (and including) March 17, 2004, and each succeeding
Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month
LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.85% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to
the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate
being
the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional
Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded
quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law).
The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such
compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable
only
to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the
Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds
available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is
two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits
in
U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the
commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution
payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the
Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the
commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by
the
actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by
360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow
Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time)
on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR
will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period
immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
is
superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London
time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted
on
the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will
be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and
December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day), commencing on March 17, 2004. The Debenture
Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for
up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and
from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below,
during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During
any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred
for
a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to
any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of
Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor
pursuant to the Guarantee.
The
Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security
Certificate to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent
may substitute another to act for him or her.
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee:
1
ARTICLE
I
1
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership
or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
EXHIBIT
A-2
FORM
OF
COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE
THIS
COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.
THIS
CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF
THE DECLARATION.
Certificate
Number C-1
|
464
Common Securities
|
December
17, 2003
Certificate
Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of
Connecticut (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (the
“Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common
Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to,
and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other
terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be subject
to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the
Trust
dated as of December 17, 2003, among Soo Bong Min and Brian E. Cho, as
Administrators, U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee,
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of
undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust including the
designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth in Annex I to
such amended and restated declaration, as the same may be amended from time
to
time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall
have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the
benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will
provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder
without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of
business.
As
set
forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect
of
Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are
subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital
Securities.
Upon
receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is
entitled to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common
Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the
Debentures.
This
Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of
the State of Connecticut, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST I
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to
4.02%
beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but
excluding) March 17, 2004 and at an annual rate for each successive period
beginning on (and including) March 17, 2004, and each succeeding
Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Distribution Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month
LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 2.85% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to
the stated liquidation amount of $1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being
the rate of interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional
Trustee. Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded
quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by applicable law).
The term “Distributions” as used herein includes cash distributions and any such
compounded distributions unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable
only
to the extent that payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the
Institutional Trustee and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds
available therefor. As used herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is
two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits
in
U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the
commencement of the relevant Distribution Period. The amount of the Distribution
payable for any Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the
Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the
commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying each such amount by
the
actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by
360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Dow
Jones Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time)
on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such
quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee
will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered
quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for
loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination
Date.
If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the
arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations
are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month
LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding
such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having
a
three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00
a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the
Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such
Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable
page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and
December 17 of each year (or if such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day), commencing on March 17, 2004. The Debenture
Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Indenture Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for
up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time
and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described
below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.
During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures,
and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred
for a
period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to
any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate
to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the
Trust.
The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee
2
ARTICLE
I
2
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership
or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exhibit
4.5
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
by
and between
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
and
U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated
as of December 17, 2003
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
This
GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of December 17, 2003, is
executed and delivered by Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation
(the
“Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking
association, organized under the laws of the United States of America, as
trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of
Wilshire Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut statutory trust (the
“Issuer”).
WHEREAS,
pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”),
dated as of the date hereof among U.S. Bank National Association, not in
its
individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators
of
the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from
time
to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the
Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests,
having an aggregate liquidation amount of $15,000,000.00 (the “Capital
Securities”); and
WHEREAS,
as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor
desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth
in
this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee
Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms
and
conditions set forth herein;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital
Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the
Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit
of
the Holders.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
AND INTERPRETATION
Section
1.1.
Definitions
and Interpretation
.
In
this
Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a)
capitalized
terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the
respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;
(b)
a
term
defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or
Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;
(e)
terms
defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee
have
the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in
this
Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and
(f)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.
“
Beneficiaries
”
means
any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or
liable.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.
“
Common
Securities
”
means
the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the
Declaration.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of the
Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered,
which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at 225
Asylum
Street, Goodwin Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06103.
“
Covered
Person
”
means
any Holder of Capital Securities.
“
Debentures
”
means
the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2033 held by the Institutional
Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.
“
Declaration
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.
“
Event
of Default
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
“
Guarantee
Payments
”
means
the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect
to
the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer:
(i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the
Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to
the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the
Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with
respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer,
(iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds
available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the
occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other
than in
connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital
Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser
of
(a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid
Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent
the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of
assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in
liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation
Distribution”).
“
Guarantee
Trustee
”
means
U.S. Bank National Association, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been
appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this
Guarantee and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee
Trustee.
“
Guarantor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and each of its successors and assigns.
“
Holder
”
means
any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any
Capital
Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that,
in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital
Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder”
shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers,
directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives,
nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and U.S.
Bank
National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee,
and
any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to
be
issued to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.
“
Issuer
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class,
but
separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the
aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid
on
redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions
to
the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital
Securities then outstanding.
“
Obligations
”
means
any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related
to
taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders
of
any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of
the
Trust Securities.
“
Officer’s
Certificate
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer
of
such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the
covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as,
in
such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership,
joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust
Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice
President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any
of
the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
that
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Successor
Guarantee Trustee
”
means
a
successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee
Trustee under Section 3.1.
“
Trust
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
ARTICLE
II
POWERS,
DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
2.1.
Powers
and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
This
Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders
of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this
Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising
his or
her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee
on
acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act
as
Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee
Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and
such
vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing
documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of
such
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(b)
If
an
Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee
Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce
this
Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform
only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no
implied
covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee.
In
case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant
to
Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the
Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights
and
powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and
skill
in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under
the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(d)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to
act,
or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
prior
to
the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of
all
such Events of Default that may have occurred:
(A)
the
duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely
by
the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall
not be
liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee;
and
(B)
in
the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee
Trustee
may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of
the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished
to
the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee;
but
in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof
are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the
Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine
whether
or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;
(ii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall
be
proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such
judgment was made;
(iii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction
of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise
of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee;
and
(iv)
no
provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend
or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights
or
powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing
that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the
terms
of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the
Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to
it.
Section
2.2.
Certain
Rights of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to the provisions of Section 2.1:
(i)
The
Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in
acting
or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by
the
proper party or parties.
(ii)
Any
direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.
(iii)
Whenever,
in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem
it
desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering
or
omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence
is
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor
which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the
Guarantor.
(iv)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or
registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration
thereof).
(v)
The
Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice
or
opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
omitted
by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and
may
include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right
at any
time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee
from
any court of competent jurisdiction.
(vi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or
powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any
Holder,
unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security
and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against
the
costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the
Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might
be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including
such
reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee;
provided
,
however
,
that
nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee
Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.
(vii)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts
or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note,
other
evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee,
in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit.
(viii)
The
Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform
any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees,
custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible
for
any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed
with
due care by it hereunder.
(ix)
Any
action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind
the
Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee
or
its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action.
No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee
Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions
of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the
Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.
(x)
Whenever
in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem
it
desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or
right
or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request
instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Capital
Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking
such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be
protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such
instructions.
(xi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or
omitted
to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed
by
it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred
upon
it by this Guarantee.
(b)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on
the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power,
duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which
it
shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or
incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or
acts or
to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power
or
authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a
duty.
Section
2.3.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of
Guarantee
.
The
recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of
the
Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for
their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.
Section
2.4.
Events
of Default; Waiver
.
(a)
An
Event
of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor
to
perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.
(b)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may,
voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital
Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such
waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed
to
have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver
shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
Section
2.5.
Events
of Default; Notice
.
(a)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event
of
Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of
the
Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually
known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults
have been cured before the giving of such notice,
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and
so
long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines
that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of
the
Capital Securities.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default
unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the
Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a
payment
default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with
the
administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge
thereof.
ARTICLE
III
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
3.1.
Guarantee
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an
Affiliate of the Guarantor, and
(ii)
be
a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
of
America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia,
or
Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
a
combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State,
Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the
purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of
such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth
in its most recent report of condition so published.
(b)
If
at any
time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under
Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the
manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).
(c)
If
the
Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the
meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee
shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.
Section
3.2.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without
cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of
Default.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a)
until a
Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment
by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered
to the Guarantor.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor
Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.
The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or
subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take
effect
until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such
appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee
Trustee.
(d)
If
no
Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment
as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an
instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or
being
removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment
of a
Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing
such
notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee
Trustee.
(e)
No
Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(f)
Upon
termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee
Trustee
pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee
all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3
accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.
ARTICLE
IV
GUARANTEE
Section
4.1.
Guarantee
.
(a)
The
Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders
the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by
the
Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of
payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer
may
have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be
satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the
Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the
Holders.
(b)
The
Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer
and
in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms
and
conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any
and all
Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the
benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or
not
such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.
Section
4.2.
Waiver
of Notice and Demand
.
The
Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any
liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment,
any
right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person
before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice
of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and
demands.
Section
4.3.
Obligations
Not Affected
.
The
obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this
Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening
from time to time of any of the following:
(a)
the
release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or
observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term
or
condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed
by the
Issuer;
(b)
the
extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of
the
Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation
Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities
or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under,
arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than
an
extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special
Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results
from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any
extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the
Indenture);
(c)
any
failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders
to
enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred
on
the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action
on
the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any
kind;
(d)
the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral,
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other
similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the
Issuer;
(e)
any
invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;
(f)
the
settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred;
or
(g)
any
other
circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this
Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be
absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.
There
shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent
of,
the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the
foregoing.
Section
4.4.
Rights
of Holders
.
(a)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have
the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any
remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or
to
direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee
under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
(subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised
by
counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully
be
taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors
or
trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees
and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings
so
directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.
(b)
Any
Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against
the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee,
without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee
Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to
require
that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee
or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the
Guarantor.
Section
4.5.
Guarantee
of Payment
.
This
Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
Section
4.6.
Subrogation
.
The
Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital
Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders
by
the Guarantor under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire
by way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all
cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any
such
payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount
shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the
Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay
over
such amount to the Holders.
Section
4.7.
Independent
Obligations
.
The
Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of
the
obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that
the
Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee
Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence
of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section
4.3 hereof.
Section
4.8.
Enforcement
by a Beneficiary
.
A
Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section
4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right
or
remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other
person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall
be
subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in
respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this
Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire
by way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all
cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment,
and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under
this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
V
LIMITATION
OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION
Section
5.1.
Limitation
of Transactions
.
So
long
as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have
occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of
Default
or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in
the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced
and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any
Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to,
any of
the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Guarantor or payments of dividends from
direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor to their parent corporations, which
also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor) or make any
guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem
any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in
all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration
in an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event
of
Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable,
(ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of
the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the
Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in
shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged,
(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’
rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any
stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant
thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other
rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such
warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the
dividend is being paid or ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (vi) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital
stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of
the
Guarantor (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (vii) payments under this Guarantee).
Section
5.2.
Ranking
.
This
Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will
rank
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance
thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions
of
this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.
The
right
of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary,
except
to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that
subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will
be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the
Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the
Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence
or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including
Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor
may
enter into in the future or otherwise.
ARTICLE
VI
TERMINATION
Section
6.1.
Termination
.
This
Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full
payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital
Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the
Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon
full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon
dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or
will
be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital
Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities
or
under this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section
7.1.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages
or
otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or
claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in
a
manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the
scope
of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or
by
law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss,
damage
or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful
misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon
the
records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person
as
to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other
Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such
Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified
Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the
value
and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts
pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions
to
Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.
Section
7.2.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each
Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage,
claim
or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part
of the
Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited
to,
the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of
the
Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim
or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the
Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as
set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of
the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
(b)
Promptly
after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of
the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim
in
respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2,
notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure
so
to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability
under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did
not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture
by
the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person
other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above.
The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at
the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for
which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel
retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below);
provided
,
however
,
that
such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person.
Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the
Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear
the
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use
of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would
present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or
potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the
Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or
other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those
available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified
Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action
or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ
separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim,
action,
suit or proceeding.
Section
7.3.
Compensation;
Reimbursement of Expenses
.
The
Guarantor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to
the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time
(which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred
or made
by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents
and
counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.
For
purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the
payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to
the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee
under
this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in
connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee.
The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
8.1.
Successors
and Assigns
.
All
guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors,
assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall
inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding.
Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with
or
into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to
another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture,
the
Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this
Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
Section
8.2.
Amendments
.
Except
with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders
of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent
of
Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior
approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount
of the
Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments
thereof apply to the giving of such approval.
Section
8.3.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by
the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by
first
class mail, as follows:
(a)
If
given
to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth
below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of
to the
Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):
U.S.
Bank
National Association
225
Asylum Street, Goodwin Square
Hartford,
Connecticut 06103
Attention:
Corporate Trust Services Division
Telecopy:
860-241-6889
With
a
copy to:
U.S.
Bank
National Association
1
Federal
Street - 3rd Floor
Boston,
Massachusetts 02110
Attention:
Paul D. Allen, Corporate Trust Services Division
Telecopy:
617-603-6665
(b)
If
given
to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such
other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital
Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(c)
If
given
to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the
books
and records of the Issuer.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or
other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
8.4.
Benefit
.
This
Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to
Section
2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.
Section
8.5.
Governing
Law
.
THIS
GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS LAW).
Section
8.6.
Counterparts
.
This
Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be an
original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
Section
8.7
Separability
.
In
case
one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this
Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal
or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
Signatures
appear on the following page
THIS
GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
,
as Guarantor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Guarantee Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as
Issuer
INDENTURE
Dated
as of March 17, 2005
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY
,
as
Trustee
FLOATING
RATE JUNIOR
SUBORDINATED
DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES
DUE
2035
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I. DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
|
Section
1.1.
|
Definitions
|
1
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II. DEBENTURES
|
8
|
|
Section
2.1.
|
Authentication
and Dating
|
8
|
|
Section
2.2.
|
Form
of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
|
9
|
|
Section
2.3.
|
Form
and Denomination of Debentures
|
9
|
|
Section
2.4.
|
Execution
of Debentures
|
9
|
|
Section
2.5.
|
Exchange
and Registration of Transfer of Debentures
|
9
|
|
Section
2.6.
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures
|
11
|
|
Section
2.7.
|
Temporary
Debentures
|
12
|
|
Section
2.8.
|
Payment
of Interest and Additional Interest
|
12
|
|
Section
2.9.
|
Cancellation
of Debentures Paid, etc
|
14
|
|
Section
2.10.
|
Computation
of Interest
|
14
|
|
Section
2.11.
|
Extension
of Interest Payment Period
|
15
|
|
Section
2.12.
|
CUSIP
Numbers
|
16
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
|
17
|
|
Section
3.1.
|
Payment
of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the
Debentures
|
17
|
|
Section
3.2.
|
Offices
for Notices and Payments, etc
|
17
|
|
Section
3.3.
|
Appointments
to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
|
18
|
|
Section
3.4.
|
Provision
as to Paying Agent
|
18
|
|
Section
3.5.
|
Certificate
to Trustee
|
19
|
|
Section
3.6.
|
Additional
Sums
|
19
|
|
Section
3.7.
|
Compliance
with Consolidation Provisions
|
19
|
|
Section
3.8.
|
Limitation
on Dividends
|
19
|
|
Section
3.9.
|
Covenants
as to the Trust
|
20
|
|
Section
3.10.
|
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
|
20
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE
TRUSTEE
|
20
|
|
Section
4.1.
|
Securityholders’
Lists
|
20
|
|
Section
4.2.
|
Preservation
and Disclosure of Lists
|
21
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT
|
22
|
|
Section
5.1.
|
Events
of Default
|
22
|
|
Section
5.2.
|
Payment
of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor
|
23
|
|
Section
5.3.
|
Application
of Moneys Collected by Trustee
|
25
|
|
Section
5.4.
|
Proceedings
by Securityholders
|
25
|
|
Section
5.5.
|
Proceedings
by Trustee
|
25
|
|
Section
5.6.
|
Remedies
Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver
|
25
|
|
Section
5.7.
|
Direction
of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
Securityholders
|
26
|
|
Section
5.8.
|
Notice
of Defaults
|
26
|
|
Section
5.9.
|
Undertaking
to Pay Costs
|
27
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
|
27
|
|
Section
6.1.
|
Duties
and Responsibilities of Trustee
|
27
|
|
Section
6.2.
|
Reliance
on Documents, Opinions, etc
|
28
|
|
Section
6.3.
|
No
Responsibility for Recitals, etc
|
29
|
|
Section
6.4.
|
Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar
May Own
Debentures
|
29
|
|
Section
6.5.
|
Moneys
to be Held in Trust
|
29
|
|
Section
6.6.
|
Compensation
and Expenses of Trustee
|
29
|
|
Section
6.7.
|
Officers’
Certificate as Evidence
|
30
|
|
Section
6.8.
|
Eligibility
of Trustee
|
30
|
|
Section
6.9.
|
Resignation
or Removal of Trustee
|
30
|
|
Section
6.10.
|
Acceptance
by Successor Trustee
|
31
|
|
Section
6.11.
|
Succession
by Merger, etc
|
32
|
|
Section
6.12.
|
Authenticating
Agents
|
33
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
|
33
|
|
Section
7.1.
|
Action
by Securityholders
|
33
|
|
Section
7.2.
|
Proof
of Execution by Securityholders
|
34
|
|
Section
7.3.
|
Who
Are Deemed Absolute Owners
|
34
|
|
Section
7.4.
|
Debentures
Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding
|
34
|
|
Section
7.5.
|
Revocation
of Consents; Future Holders Bound
|
35
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
|
35
|
|
Section
8.1.
|
Purposes
of Meetings
|
35
|
|
Section
8.2.
|
Call
of Meetings by Trustee
|
35
|
|
Section
8.3.
|
Call
of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
|
36
|
|
Section
8.4.
|
Qualifications
for Voting
|
36
|
|
|
Regulations
|
36
|
|
|
Voting
|
36
|
|
|
Quorum;
Actions
|
37
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
|
37
|
|
Section
9.1.
|
Supplemental
Indentures without Consent of Securityholders
|
37
|
|
Section
9.2.
|
Supplemental
Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
|
38
|
|
Section
9.3.
|
Effect
of Supplemental Indentures
|
39
|
|
Section
9.4.
|
Notation
on Debentures
|
39
|
|
Section
9.5.
|
Evidence
of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to
Trustee
|
40
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
|
40
|
|
Section
10.1.
|
Optional
Redemption
|
40
|
|
Section
10.2.
|
Special
Event Redemption
|
40
|
|
Section
10.3.
|
Notice
of Redemption; Selection of Debentures
|
40
|
|
Section
10.4.
|
Payment
of Debentures Called for Redemption
|
41
|
ARTICLE
XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
|
41
|
|
Section
11.1.
|
Company
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
|
41
|
|
Section
11.2.
|
Successor
Entity to be Substituted
|
41
|
|
Section
11.3.
|
Opinion
of Counsel to be Given to Trustee
|
42
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
|
42
|
|
Section
12.1.
|
Discharge
of Indenture
|
42
|
|
Section
12.2.
|
Deposited
Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee
|
43
|
|
Section
12.3.
|
Paying
Agent to Repay Moneys Held
|
43
|
|
Section
12.4.
|
Return
of Unclaimed Moneys
|
43
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS
|
43
|
|
|
Indenture
and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations
|
43
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
43
|
|
Section
14.1.
|
Successors
|
43
|
|
Section
14.2.
|
Official
Acts by Successor Entity
|
43
|
|
Section
14.3.
|
Surrender
of Company Powers
|
44
|
|
Section
14.4.
|
Addresses
for Notices, etc
|
44
|
|
Section
14.5.
|
Governing
Law
|
44
|
|
Section
14.6.
|
Evidence
of Compliance with Conditions Precedent
|
44
|
|
Section
14.7.
|
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc
|
44
|
|
Section
14.8.
|
Execution
in Counterparts
|
44
|
|
Section
14.9.
|
Separability
|
44
|
|
Section
14.10.
|
Assignment
|
45
|
|
Section
14.11.
|
Acknowledgment
of Rights
|
45
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES
|
45
|
|
Section
15.1.
|
Agreement
to Subordinate
|
45
|
|
Section
15.2.
|
Default
on Senior Indebtedness
|
45
|
|
Section
15.3.
|
Liquidation,
Dissolution, Bankruptcy
|
46
|
|
Section
15.4.
|
Subrogation
|
47
|
|
Section
15.5.
|
Trustee
to Effectuate Subordination
|
47
|
|
Section
15.6.
|
Notice
by the Company
|
48
|
|
Section
15.7.
|
Rights
of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness
|
48
|
|
Section
15.8.
|
Subordination
May Not Be Impaired
|
48
|
Exhibit
A
|
Form
of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest
Debenture
|
THIS
INDENTURE, dated as of March 17, 2005, between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a
California corporation (the “
Company
”),
and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as debenture trustee
(the “
Trustee
”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS,
for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance
of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due
2035
(the “
Debentures
”)
under
this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and
authentication, delivery and administration thereof, and the Company has duly
authorized the execution of this Indenture; and
WHEREAS,
all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according
to its terms, have been done and performed;
NOW,
THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:
In
consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the holders
thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and
proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the
Debentures as follows:
ARTICLE
I.
DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1.
Definitions
.
The
terms
defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture
and
of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings
specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not
expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted
accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally
accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to
this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision.
“
Acceleration
Event of Default
”
means
an Event of Default under Section 5.1(a), (d), (e) or (f), whatever the reason
for such Acceleration Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body.
“
Additional
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
”
means,
without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities
or obligations of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, under debt
securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued after
the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership
or
other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly, a
finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred
securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1
capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional
Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional
Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative
preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other
class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter
accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the
amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable
capital adequacy guidelines.
“
Additional
Sums
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any
successor rule thereunder.
“
Authenticating
Agent
”
means
any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and
acting pursuant to Section 6.12.
“
Bankruptcy
Law
”
means
Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of
debtors.
“
Board
of Directors
”
means
the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized
designated officers of the Company.
“
Board
Resolution
”
means
a
copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the
Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full
force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the
Trustee.
“
Business
Day
”
means
any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking
institutions in New York City or Wilmington, Delaware are permitted or required
by any applicable law or executive order to close.
“
Capital
Securities
”
means
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank
pari
passu
with
Common Securities issued by the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the
Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in
respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise
are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital
Securities.
“
Capital
Securities Guarantee
”
means
the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with Wilmington Trust
Company, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or
indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the
Trust.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment
to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws, rules
or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or
therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement or
action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations,
which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or
decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the
Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will
not,
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount
equal
to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1
Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the
basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company
having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated
subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal
Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital
treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for
treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the Trust
shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such
liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment
Company Event. For purposes of this definition, the rule designated “Risk-Based
Capital Standards: Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital”
issued by the Federal Reserve on March 1, 2005 shall be deemed to have been
issued and effective prior to the date of this Indenture and shall not be deemed
to constitute a Capital Treatment Event.
“
Certificate
”
means
a
certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal
financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the
Company.
“
Common
Securities
”
means
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank
pari
passu
with
Capital Securities issued by the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the
Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in
respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise
are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital
Securities.
“
Company
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, and, subject to the provisions
of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.
“
Coupon
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Debenture
”
or
“
Debentures
”
has
the
meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.
“
Debenture
Register
”
has
the
meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“
Declaration
”
means
the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.
“
Default
”
means
any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.
“
Defaulted
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Distribution
Period
”
means
(i) with respect to interest paid on the first Interest Payment Date, the
period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in June 2005 and (ii) thereafter,
with respect to interest paid on each successive Interest Payment Date, the
period beginning on (and including) the preceding Interest Payment Date and
ending on (but excluding) such current Interest Payment Date.
“
Determination
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Event
of Default
”
means
any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if
any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein
designated.
“
Extension
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Federal
Reserve
”
means
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district
bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily
responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding
companies.
“
Indenture
”
means
this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein
provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.
“
Institutional
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Declaration.
“
Interest
Payment Date
”
means
March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year
during the term of this Indenture, or if such day is not a Business Day, then
the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in June 2005.
“
Interest
Rate
”
means
for the Distribution Period beginning on (and including) the date of original
issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in June 2005
the rate per annum of 4.76%, and for each Distribution Period beginning on
or
after the Interest Payment Date in June 2005, the Coupon Rate for such
Distribution Period.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change
in
law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective change)
in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body,
court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an
insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such
opinion will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended which change
or
prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case
may
be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.
“
Liquidation
Amount
”
means
the stated amount of $1,000.00 per Trust Security.
“
Maturity
Date
”
means
March 17, 2035.
“
Officers’
Certificate
”
means
a
certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President,
and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant
Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and
delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements
provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the
provisions of such Section.
“
Opinion
of Counsel
”
means
an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the
Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in
Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such
Section.
“
OTS
”
means
the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is
primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding
companies.
The
term
“
outstanding
,”
when
used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture,
except:
(a)
Debentures
theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered
to
the Trustee for cancellation;
(b)
Debentures,
or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the
necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with
any
paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and
segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying
agent);
provided
,
however
,
that,
if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity
thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in
Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made
for giving such notice; and
(c)
Debentures
paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which
other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the
terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders
in
due course.
“
Person
”
means
any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization
or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
“
Predecessor
Security
”
of
any
particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion
of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for
purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under
Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be
deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen
Debenture.
“
Principal
Office of the Trustee
,”
or
other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular
time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which
at
the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be Rodney Square North, 1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600, Attention: Corporate
Trust
Administration.
“
Redemption
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
“
Redemption
Price
”
means
100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued
and
unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to the
Redemption Date.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the
Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any
secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer,
any
trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate
trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor
legislation.
“
Securityholder
,”
“holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name
at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by the
Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms
hereof.
“
Senior
Indebtedness
”
means,
with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and
interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for all borrowed and
purchased money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures,
notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all
capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the
Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all
conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company
under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company
for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any
security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement,
any
interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options
or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the
Company associated with derivative products such as interest and foreign
exchange rate contracts, commodity contracts, and similar arrangements;
(vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(v) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible
or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise including, without limitation,
similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit
substitutes; and (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in
clauses (i) through (vi) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any
property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed
by
the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or
thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall
not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures
issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures,
(3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course of
business (such trade accounts payable being
pari
passu
in right
of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a)
in
the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same
is
outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are
pari
passu
,
junior
or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the
Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required
under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval
from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the
OTS
(if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness
shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination
provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term
of
such Senior Indebtedness.
“
Special
Event
”
means
any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax
Event.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
10.2
.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
means
the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date
that
occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day, then
the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal
amount of the Debentures being redeemed:
Month
in which Special Redemption Date Occurs
|
|
Special
Redemption Price
|
June
2005
|
|
104.625%
|
September
2005
|
|
104.300%
|
December
2005
|
|
104.000%
|
March
2006
|
|
103.650%
|
June
2006
|
|
103.350%
|
September
2006
|
|
103.000%
|
December
2006
|
|
102.700%
|
March
2007
|
|
102.350%
|
June
2007
|
|
102.050%
|
September
2007
|
|
101.700%
|
December
2007
|
|
101.400%
|
March
2008
|
|
101.050%
|
June
2008
|
|
100.750%
|
September
2008
|
|
100.450%
|
December
2008
|
|
100.200%
|
March
2009 and thereafter
|
|
100.000%
|
plus,
in
each case, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest)
on
such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.
“
Subsidiary
”
means
with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or
more
of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar
entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests
of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its
Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and
(iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting
stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the
equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting
power
for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such
Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having
such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.
“
Tax
Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change
(including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations
thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement
(including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service
advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice
or
announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an
“
Administrative
Action
”)
or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or
in
connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether
or
not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change,
Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in
each
case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is
more
than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within
90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures;
(ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within
90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the
Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes;
or
(iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such
opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties or
other governmental charges.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Telerate
Page 3750
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Trust
”
shall
mean Wilshire Statutory Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust, or any other
similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in
connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which the
Company is the sponsor.
“
Trust
Securities
”
means
Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.
“
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI
hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee
hereunder.
ARTICLE
II.
DEBENTURES
Section
2.1.
Authentication
and Dating
.
Upon
the
execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter,
Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $20,619,000.00
may
be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication,
and
the Trustee, upon receipt of a written authentication order from the Company,
shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures
to
or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board
of
Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, the President, one of its
Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any further action
by
the Company hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon the aforementioned
authentication order and written order in authenticating and delivering said
Debentures. In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional
responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be
fully protected in relying upon:
(a)
a
copy of
any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable,
an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each
case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, as
the
case may be; and
(b)
an
Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall
also state:
(1)
that
such
Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the
Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified
in
such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory
or
decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization
of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and
fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted or
in
effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and
(2)
that
all
laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company
of
the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery
of
the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this
Indenture.
The
Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any
Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by
counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such
action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing
holders.
The
definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on
steel
engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined
by
the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of
such
Debentures.
Section
2.2.
Form
of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
.
The
Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in
substantially the following form:
This
is
one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
By
Authorized
Signer
Section
2.3.
Form
and Denomination of Debentures
.
The
Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
The
Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in
minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess
thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate
principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and of
no
legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not
to be
a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to
the
receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall
be
deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures. The Debentures shall
be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in
accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine
with
the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication
thereof.
Section
2.4.
Execution
of Debentures
.
The
Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the
manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief
Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors
or
one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents.
Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or
the
Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall
be
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any
Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the
Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder
and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In
case
any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall
cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or
disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated
and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures
had
not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed
on
behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution
of
such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the
date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an
officer.
Every
Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.
Section
2.5.
Exchange
and Registration of Transfer of Debentures
.
The
Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the
purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in
Section 3.2, a register (the “
Debenture
Register
”)
for
the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations
as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer
of all Debentures as in this Article II provided. The Debenture Register
shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into
written form within a reasonable time.
Debentures
to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or
at
any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as
provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the
Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall
authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debenture
or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled
to
receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture
at
the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall
execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in
the
name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate
principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture
by
the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to
Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete
the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.
All
Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment
shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent)
be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments
of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized
in writing.
No
service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of
Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection therewith.
The
Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer
of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of
selection of Debentures for redemption.
Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except in
compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless
otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in
securities law, in accordance with applicable law:
THIS
SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED
STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A,
(D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH
AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW
TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
IT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
COMPANY.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN
ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S
INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY
ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER
OR
HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES
OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE
AND
HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN
THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975
OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS
OF
ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH
PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF
ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE
STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK
HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED
TO
BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Section
2.6.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures
.
In
case
any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the
Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in
lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen.
In
every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them
to
save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft,
the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and
of
the ownership thereof.
The
Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same
upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon
the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
be
imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In
case
any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for
redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen,
the
Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the
payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated
Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and
the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each
of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence
satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or
theft
of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.
Every
substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6
by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen
shall
constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or
not
the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall
be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with
any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder. All Debentures shall be
held
and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement
or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude
any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing
or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment
of negotiable instruments or other securities without their
surrender.
Section
2.7.
Temporary
Debentures
.
Pending
the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures
that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debentures shall be issuable
in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive
Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions
and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be
determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed
by
the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and
in
substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive
Debentures. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver
to
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon
any
or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the
principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency
maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available
for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate
principal amount of such definitive Debentures. Such exchange shall be made
by
the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that
in
case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company
may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the
temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits
under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered
hereunder.
Section
2.8.
Payment
of Interest and Additional Interest
.
Interest
at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is
payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment
Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture
(or
one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business
on
the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest
and
any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person
to whom principal is paid.
Each
Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including) the
date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment
Date in June 2005 at a rate per annum of 4.76%, and shall bear interest for
each
successive Distribution Period beginning on or after the Interest Payment Date
in June 2005 at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR, determined as
described in Section 2.10, plus 1.79% (the “
Coupon
Rate
”),
applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes
due
and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment of
such
interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any
overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest
Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. Interest shall
be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears
on
each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid
on
the Interest Payment Date in June 2005.
Any
interest on any Debenture, including Additional Interest, that is payable,
but
is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date
(herein called “
Defaulted
Interest
”)
shall
forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular
record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest
shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debentures
(or
their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business
on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which
shall
be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the amount
of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the date
of
the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid
in
respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory
to
the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such
money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee
shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
which
shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the
proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee
of
the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of
the
Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid,
to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register,
not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed
payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having
been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons
in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities)
are
registered on such special record date and shall be no longer
payable.
The
Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any
other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the
proposed payment method;
provided
,
however
,
the
Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be
practical.
Any
interest (including Additional Interest) scheduled to become payable on an
Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be
Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified
in the terms of such Debentures.
The
term
“regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business
on the 15th Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment
Date.
Subject
to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under
this
Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of
any
other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and
to
accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.
Section
2.9.
Cancellation
of Debentures Paid, etc
.
All
Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or
registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying
agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if
surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly
canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as
expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debentures
canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The
Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise
directs the Trustee in writing. If the Company shall acquire any of the
Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or
satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and
until
the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section
2.10.
Computation
of Interest
.
The
amount of interest payable for each Distribution Period will be calculated
by
applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding at the
commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number of
days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages
resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary,
to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five
one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or
.09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts
used
in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with
one-half cent being rounded upward)).
(a)
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
means
the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits
determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:
(1)
the
rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined
below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as
“Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may
be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits;
(2)
if
such
rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will
request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided,
3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;
(3)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and
(4)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above,
3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the
Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution
Period.
If
the
rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially
appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a
corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then
the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the
applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.
(b)
The
Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
(c)
“
Determination
Date
”
means
the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market)
preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being
determined.
(d)
The
Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities
exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities are
listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution
Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof
but
in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the relevant Distribution
Period. Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any
securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, or any defect in said
notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on the
Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate. Any error in the calculation of the
Coupon Rate by the Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered
as
above provided. Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee shall
provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate
for
the next Distribution Period.
(e)
Subject
to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications,
opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given,
expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to
the
payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on
the
Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the
absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive
and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures
and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful
default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional
Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them or
their respective powers, duties and discretion.
Section
2.11.
Extension
of Interest Payment Period
.
So
long
as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of
Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time
during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly
periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “
Extension
Period
”),
during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall
be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During
an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from
the
date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period,
to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as
“
Additional
Interest
”).
At
the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then
accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest
thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit
any
Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any
of
the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which
also
shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee
payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem
any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in
an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
(b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company)
for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series
of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital
stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s
capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital
stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of
a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of
rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the
redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in
the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock
or
the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights
is
the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock
or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).
Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further extend
such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and
further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive
quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination
of
any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and
Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject
to
the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due
and
payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each
installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during
such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted
by
applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to
begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15
Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest
on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin
or
extend such Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s
election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.
Section
2.12.
CUSIP
Numbers
.
The
Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in
use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption
as a convenience to Securityholders;
provided
,
however
,
that
any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness
of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any
notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP
numbers.
ARTICLE
III.
PARTICULAR
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
Section
3.1.
Payment
of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the
Debentures
.
(a)
The
Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause
to be
paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional
Interest and other payments on the Debentures at the place, at the respective
times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each
installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks
for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debentures entitled
thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request for
a
wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer
to any account with a banking institution located in the United States
designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the
related record date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of
this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal of
and
interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at such
place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional
Trustee.
(b)
The
Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable
in
respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United
States federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debentures
will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial
owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or
any
substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for
United States federal income tax purposes.
(c)
As
of the
date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise its
right under
Section
2.11
to defer
payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension
Period.
(d)
As
of the
date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it would
exercise its right under
Section
2.11
to defer
payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period at
any
time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the
restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay
dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation
payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s
ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase
or
redeem, any of its debt securities that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.
Section
3.2.
Offices
for Notices and Payments, etc
.
So
long
as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in
Wilmington, Delaware, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented
for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for
registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and
an
office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect
of
the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give to
the
Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of
any
change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time by
the
Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by
Section
2.5
,
such
office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency
of
the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or
agency in Wilmington, Delaware, or shall fail to give such notice of the
location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands
may
be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the
Trustee.
In
addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time
designate one or more offices or agencies outside Wilmington, Delaware, where
the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange
in
the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time
rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its
obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Wilmington, Delaware, for
the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt
written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.
Section
3.3.
Appointments
to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
.
The
Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee,
will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that
there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.
Section
3.4.
Provision
as to Paying Agent
.
(a)
If
the
Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause
such
paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such
agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this
Section 3.4,
(1)
that
it
will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal
of
and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such sums
have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures)
in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;
(2)
that
it
will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or
by
any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of
and
premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall
be
due and payable; and
(3)
that
it
will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held
in
trust by such paying agent.
(b)
If
the
Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date
of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if
any,
on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of
the
holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium,
interest or other payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in
writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company
(or
by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal
of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures
when the same shall become due and payable.
Whenever
the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will,
on
or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest,
if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to
pay
the principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due, such sum
to
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless
such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee
in writing of its action or failure to act.
(c)
Anything
in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at
any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect
to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent
to
pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying
agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein
contained.
(d)
Anything
in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold
sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to
Sections 12.3 and 12.4.
Section
3.5.
Certificate
to Trustee
.
The
Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate
stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties
as
officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default during
such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained
herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and,
if
so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the
nature and status thereof.
Section
3.6.
Additional
Sums
.
If
and
for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is
required to pay any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties,
assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the
Company will pay such additional amounts (“
Additional
Sums
”)
on the
Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained
by
the Trust after paying taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments
or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would
have
received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges
had
been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference
in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures,
such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional
Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context,
Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to
the
provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional
Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as
excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention
is not made;
provided
,
however
,
that
the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant
to
Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be
due and payable.
Section
3.7.
Compliance
with Consolidation Provisions
.
The
Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate
with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or
substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions
of
Article XI hereof are complied with.
Section
3.8.
Limitation
on Dividends
.
If
Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in
connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of
whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall
have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall
be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital
Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its
election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period as provided herein and such period, or any extension
thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow
any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or
distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment
with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital
stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or
payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to
their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries
of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing
or
(y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or
repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate
that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in
an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares
of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock
or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee).
Section
3.9.
Covenants
as to the Trust
.
For
so
long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain
100%
ownership of the Common Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to
the
Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the
Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures
to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption
of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or
amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust (a) to
remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, and (c) to
cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided
beneficial interest in the Debentures.
Section
3.10.
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
.
The
Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the
Company to, incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness,
either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise,
other than Additional Junior Indebtedness (i) that, by its terms, is
expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate or
pari
passu
in all
respects to the Debentures, and (ii) of which the Company has notified
(and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity,
has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank
holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding
company.
ARTICLE
IV.
SECURITYHOLDERS’
LISTS AND REPORTS
BY
THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
Section
4.1.
Securityholders’
Lists
.
The
Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished
to
the Trustee:
(a)
on
each
regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee
may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the
Debentures as of such record date; and
(b)
at
such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the
receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content
as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is
furnished;
except
that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the
Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture
registrar.
Section
4.2.
Preservation
and Disclosure of Lists
.
(a)
The
Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable,
all
information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures
(1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in
Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures
registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished
to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so
furnished.
(b)
In
case
three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”)
apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof
that
each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months
preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the
applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect
to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied
by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants
propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after the
receipt of such application, at its election, either:
(1)
afford
such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee
in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.2, or
(2)
inform
such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose
names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such
Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified
in
such application.
If
the
Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information,
the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each
Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved at
the
time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of
this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which
is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the
Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the
payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after
such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable
law,
together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the
effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary
to
the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be, or
would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify
the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by
applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified
in
the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any
of
such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of
such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for
hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter
an
order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such
Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and
the
renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any
obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
(c)
Each
and
every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with
the
Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying
agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such
information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2,
regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that
the
Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant
to a request made under said subsection (b).
ARTICLE
V.
REMEDIES
OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
UPON
AN EVENT OF DEFAULT
Section
5.1.
Events
of Default
.
“Event
of
Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):
(a)
the
Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture, including
any Additional Interest in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any
such
interest for twenty or more consecutive Distribution Periods; or
(b)
the
Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due and
payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration
or
otherwise; or
(c)
the
Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or
agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established
as
contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default
in
whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically
dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of
60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the
Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of
at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a written
notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and
stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or
(d)
a
court
of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect
of
the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing
a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(e)
the
Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under
any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by
a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other
similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property,
or
shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail
generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(f)
the
Trust
shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its
business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with
(i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities
in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all
of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers,
consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the
Declaration.
If
an
Acceleration Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the
Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of
the
Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or
the
holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the
Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable
immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately
due
and payable. If an Event of Default under Section 5.1(b) or (c) occurs and
is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every such
case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due
and
payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice in
writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may
proceed to remedy the default or breach thereunder by such appropriate judicial
proceedings as the Trustee or such holders shall deem most effectual to remedy
the defaulted covenant or enforce the provisions of this Indenture so breached,
either by suit in equity or by action at law, for damages or
otherwise.
The
foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any
time
after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and
payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due
shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the
Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
all
matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal
of
and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise
than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any,
and
Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective
agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant
to Section 6.6, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this
Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if any,
on
Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured,
waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein -- then and in every such
case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may
waive
all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but
no
such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any
subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.
In
case
the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture
and
such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such
rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined
adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee
and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their
several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers
of
the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been taken.
Section
5.2.
Payment
of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor
.
The
Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant
to
Section 5.1(a) or (b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay
to
the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount
that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal
and
premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional
Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest
is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the
Trust
or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid by
the
Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and
counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In
case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand,
the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled
and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for
the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action
or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment
or
final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures and
collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or
any
other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or
decreed to be payable.
In
case
there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization
of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law,
or
in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of
the
Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial
proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures, or
to
the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee,
irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and
payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise
and
irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,
|
(i)
|
to
file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal
and
interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures,
|
|
(ii)
|
in
case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and
other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation
to
the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents,
attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts
due to
the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in
such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor
on
the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or
such
other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations,
to
vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election of
a
trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation
or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing
similar
functions in comparable proceedings,
|
|
(iii)
|
to
collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable
on
any such claims, and
|
|
(iv)
|
to
distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and
expenses.
|
Any
receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby
authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee,
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall
be
sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor
Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other
amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.
Nothing
herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures
or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
All
rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any
of
the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any
of
the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding
relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the
Debentures.
In
any
proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the
interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall
be
a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the
Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures
parties to any such proceedings.
Section
5.3.
Application
of Moneys Collected by Trustee
.
Any
moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied
in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the
distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures in
respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment,
if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
First:
To
the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the
Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to
the
Trustee under Section 6.6;
Second:
To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent
required by Article XV;
Third:
To
the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal
(and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which
or
for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference
or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures
(including Additional Interest); and
Fourth:
The balance, if any, to the Company.
Section
5.4.
Proceedings
by Securityholders
.
No
holder
of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or
proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have
given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to
the
Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written
request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered
to
the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for
60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity
shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding.
Notwithstanding
any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of
any
Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest,
on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any
such
payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder
and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended
and
covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such
taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures
shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself
of
any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights
of
the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority
over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under
this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable
and
common benefit of all holders of Debentures. For the protection and enforcement
of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee
shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.
Section
5.5.
Proceedings
by Trustee
.
In
case
of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed
to
protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such
appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to
protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action
at
law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in
aid
of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
law.
Section
5.6.
Remedies
Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a
Waiver
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this
Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers
and
remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the
covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established
with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or
of
any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right, remedy or power
accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall
impair any such right, remedy or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver
of
any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions
of
Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time,
and
as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (in accordance with its
duties under Section 6.1) or by the Securityholders.
Section
5.7.
Direction
of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
Securityholders
.
The
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected
(voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct
the
time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to
the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with
respect to such Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that
(subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right
to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that
the
action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking
part
in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that
the
action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so
directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the
time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive
(or
modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default,
and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of
covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without
the
consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the
covenants contained in Section 3.9;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver
or
modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a
majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have
consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver,
provided
,
further
,
that if
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver
shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust
shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered
thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and
the
Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to
their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder
shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event
of
Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed
to
have been cured and to be not continuing.
Section
5.8.
Notice
of Defaults
.
The
Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the
Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such
holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults with respect
to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been
cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of
this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in
clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including
periods of grace, if any, provided for therein);
provided
,
however
,
that,
except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium,
if
any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in
withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests
of the Securityholders.
Section
5.9.
Undertaking
to Pay Costs
.
All
parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his
acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its
discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under
this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of
an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the
merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant;
provided
,
however
,
that
the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted
by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of
Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount
of
the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder
for
the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall have
become due and payable.
ARTICLE
VI.
CONCERNING
THE TRUSTEE
Section
6.1.
Duties
and Responsibilities of Trustee
.
With
respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to
the
occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after
the
curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect
to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as
are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be
read
into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with
respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived),
the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as
a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his
own affairs.
No
provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or
its
own willful misconduct, except that:
(a)
prior
to
the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after
the
curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred
(1)
the
duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee
shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations
with respect to the Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture,
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee, and
(2)
in
the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee
and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any
such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty
to
examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of
this Indenture;
(b)
the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by
a
Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(c)
the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to
be
taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the
Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee,
or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this
Indenture.
None
of
the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or
liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to
it.
Section
6.2.
Reliance
on Documents, Opinions, etc
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Section 6.1:
(a)
the
Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or
other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties;
(b)
any
request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in
respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution
may
be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or
an
Assistant Secretary of the Company;
(c)
the
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion
of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;
(d)
the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of
the
Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred
therein or thereby;
(e)
the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith
and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers
conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however,
relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived)
to
exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested in
it
by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in
the
conduct of his own affairs;
(f)
the
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other
paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not
less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures
affected thereby;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses
or
liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation
is,
in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require
reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to so
proceeding;
(g)
the
Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating
Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct
or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with
due
care; and
(h)
with
the
exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or (b), the Trustee shall not
be
charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the
Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall
have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the
Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.
Section
6.3.
No
Responsibility for Recitals, etc
.
The
recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate
of
authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken as
the
statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume
no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the
Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency
of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee and the Authenticating
Agent
shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any
Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by
the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this
Indenture.
Section
6.4.
Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own
Debentures
.
The
Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent
or
any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the
owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were
not
Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture
registrar.
Section
6.5.
Moneys
to be Held in Trust
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or
any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in
trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any
paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received
by
it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long
as
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed
on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order of
the
Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President, the Treasurer
or
an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.
Section
6.6.
Compensation
and Expenses of Trustee
.
The
Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request
for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by
the
Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including
the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel
and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct.
For purposes of clarification, this Section 6.6 does not contemplate the
payment by the Company of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to
the
Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustee under this
Indenture or the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture. The Company
also
covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and
its
officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against,
any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other
than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence
or
willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the
costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability. The
obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses,
disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder.
Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the
Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as
such,
except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular
Debentures.
Without
prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law,
when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event
of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), (e) or (f), the expenses (including
the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for
the
services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law.
The
provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the
Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall
have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or
interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise advance
funds to or on behalf of the Company.
Section
6.7.
Officers’
Certificate as Evidence
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration
of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting
any
action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful
misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved
and
established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such
certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part
of
the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith
thereof.
Section
6.8.
Eligibility
of Trustee
.
The
Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or
territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other
Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
(or
whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having)
a
combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state,
territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes
of
this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall
be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
records of condition so published.
The
Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as
Trustee.
In
case
at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the
manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.
If
the
Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §
310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee shall either eliminate
such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this
Indenture.
Section
6.9.
Resignation
or Removal of Trustee
(a)
The
Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign
by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing
notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at
their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Upon receiving
such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order
of
its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to
the
resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee
shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after
the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders,
the
resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona
fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject
to
the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others
similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem
proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.
(b)
In
case
at any time any of the following shall occur
—
(1)
the
Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after
written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been
a
bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months,
or
(2)
the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the
Company or by any such Securityholder, or
(3)
the
Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt
or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed,
or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation,
then,
in
any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor
Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board
of
Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so
removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions
of
Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a
Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and
all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for
the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such
court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and
prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.
(c)
Upon
prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may
at
any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall be
deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10 Business Days after
such
nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of a
failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed
or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in
subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.
(d)
Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee
pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in
Section 6.10.
Section
6.10.
Acceptance
by Successor Trustee
.
Any
successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation
or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with
all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures
of
its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee
herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the
successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts
then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver
an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers
of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver
to
such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee
thereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall
execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting
in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any
Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property
or
funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.
If
a
successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the
successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto
which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable
to
confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee
with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not
retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall
add
to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary
to
provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more
than
one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental
indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and
that
each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate
and
apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such
Trustee.
No
successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless
at
the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under
the
provisions of Section 6.8.
In
no
event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any
successor Trustee hereunder.
Upon
acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this
Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such
Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall
appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice
within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor
Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the
expense of the Company.
Section
6.11.
Succession
by Merger, etc
.
Any
corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which
it
may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion
or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution
or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto;
provided
such
corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this
Article.
In
case
at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by
this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have
been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such
Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of
the
successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full
force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided
that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have;
provided
,
however
,
that
the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee
or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply
only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation.
Section
6.12.
Authenticating
Agents
.
There
may
be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request
of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction
in
the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or
registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though
any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate
and
deliver Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions
of
the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of
Debentures. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any
state
or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws
to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal,
state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation
publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the
requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12
the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be
its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.
Any
corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted
or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party,
or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate
trust
business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such
Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise
eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such
Authenticating Agent.
Any
Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of
resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures
by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to
the
Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination,
or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
under
this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company
shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this
Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company
and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as the
names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debenture Register. Any
successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with
respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as
if
originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.
The
Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no
responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance
with the directions of the Trustee.
ARTICLE
VII.
CONCERNING
THE SECURITYHOLDERS
Section
7.1.
Action
by Securityholders
.
Whenever
in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage
in
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including
the
making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver
or
the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such
action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be
evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar
tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed
in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in
favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held in
accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a
combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a
meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee
deems satisfactory.
If
the
Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the
determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record
date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after
the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business
on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of
determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding
Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed
as of the record date;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record
date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to
the
provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record
date.
Section
7.2.
Proof
of Execution by Securityholders
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of
any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient
if
made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be
prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee. The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register
or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar. The Trustee may require such
additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem
necessary.
The
record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in
Section 8.6.
Section
7.3.
Who
Are Deemed Absolute Owners
.
Prior
to
due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company,
the
Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and
any
Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall
be
registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute
owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for
the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium,
if
any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither
the
Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor
any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice
to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being
or
upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid,
effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any
such Debenture.
Section
7.4.
Debentures
Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding
.
In
determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount
of
Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this
Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on
the
Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by
or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other obligor
on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for
the
purpose of any such determination;
provided
,
however
,
that
for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may
be
regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee
shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote
such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other
obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor.
In
the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon
the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.
Section
7.5.
Revocation
of Consents; Future Holders Bound
.
At
any
time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in
Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage
in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture
in
connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has
been
set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date
(in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a
Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or
substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence
to be
included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action
may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the
Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such
action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal
amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture). Except as
aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be
conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners
of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution
therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or
not
any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture
issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
ARTICLE
VIII.
SECURITYHOLDERS’
MEETINGS
Section
8.1.
Purposes
of Meetings
.
A
meeting
of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant
to
the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following
purposes:
(a)
to
give
any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the
Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its
consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by
Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of
Article V;
(b)
to
remove
the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of
Article VI;
(c)
to
consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or
(d)
to
take
any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any
specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other
provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.
Section
8.2.
Call
of Meetings by Trustee
.
The
Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action
specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the
Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting
forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action
proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures
affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register
and,
if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company. Such notice shall
be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed
for the meeting.
Section
8.3.
Call
of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
.
In
case
at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at
least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may
be,
then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of
Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the
action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have
mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such
request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time and
the
place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized
in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in
Section 8.2.
Section
8.4.
Qualifications
for Voting
.
To
be
entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a
holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being
held
or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder
of one or more such Debentures. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be
present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons
entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives
of
the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its
counsel.
Section
8.5.
Regulations
.
Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable
regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in
regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies,
and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the
submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the
right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting
as
it shall think fit.
The
Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of
the
meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by
Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or
the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like
manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent
secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the
meeting.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures
with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall be
entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held
or
represented by him;
provided
,
however
,
that no
vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture
challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be
not
outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other
than
by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid
duly
designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any
meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of
Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of
those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be
held
as so adjourned without further notice.
Section
8.6.
Voting
.
The
vote
upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with
respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on
which
shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives
by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented
by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors
of
votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any
resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their
verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A
record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall
be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to
said
record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot
taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the
facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said
notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the
serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution.
The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent
chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be
delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the
Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the
meeting.
Any
record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
therein stated.
Section
8.7.
Quorum;
Actions
.
The
Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then
outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders;
provided
,
however
,
that if
any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver,
request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may
be
given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount
of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such
specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding
will
constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the
time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the
request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may
be
adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the
permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.
In
the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting
may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as
determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment
of
such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting
shall
be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given
only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is
scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting
shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount
of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.
Except
as
limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any
resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which
a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of
the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding;
provided
,
however
,
that,
except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2,
any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice,
authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides
may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal
amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or an
adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified
percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.
Any
resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures
duly
held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the
Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the
meeting.
ARTICLE
IX.
SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURES
Section
9.1.
Supplemental
Indentures without Consent of Securityholders
.
The
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time
to
time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto,
without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following
purposes:
(a)
to
evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive
successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants,
agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI
hereof;
(b)
to
add to
the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions
for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors shall
consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and to
make
the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of such
additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of
Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies
provided in this Indenture as herein set forth;
provided
,
however
,
that in
respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such
supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after
default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case
of
other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default
or
may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;
(c)
to
cure
any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or
in
any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any
other
provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such
other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture;
provided
that any
such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders
of the Debentures;
(d)
to
add
to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without
limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or
transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and
restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities
as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration
of Debentures is required under the Securities Act);
provided
,
however
,
that
any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of
the
Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso,
that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that
were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially
adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);
(e)
to
evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor
Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the
provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate
the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
Trustee;
(f)
to
make
any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect;
or
(g)
to
provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions
of
the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be
furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to
add
to the rights of the holders of Debentures.
The
Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any
such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance,
transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not
be
obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.
Any
supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may
be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders
of
any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the
provisions of Section 9.2.
Section
9.2.
Supplemental
Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
.
With
the
consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time
outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class), the
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time
to
time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental
indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the
Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each
Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed
maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium
thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon,
or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof
or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than
that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any
Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of
repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent
to any such supplemental indenture;
provided
further
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental
indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation
Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture;
provided
further
,
however
,
that if
the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required,
such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the
Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental
indenture.
Upon
the
request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the
execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the
Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee
shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture
unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may
in
its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental
indenture.
Promptly
after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail,
first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth
in
general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the
Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register.
Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental
indenture.
It
shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.
Section
9.3.
Effect
of Supplemental Indentures
.
Upon
the
execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this
Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and
amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee,
the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of
this
Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section
9.4.
Notation
on Debentures
.
Debentures
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any
matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the
Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the
opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this
Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating
Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then
outstanding.
Section
9.5.
Evidence
of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to
Trustee
.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall, in
addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any
supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements
of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as
conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of
this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions
of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.
ARTICLE
X.
REDEMPTION
OF SECURITIES
Section
10.1.
Optional
Redemption
.
The
Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior
approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve,
if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal
Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from
the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of
the
OTS) to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a
principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment
Date on or after the Interest Payment Date in March 2010 (the “
Redemption
Date
”),
at
the Redemption Price.
Section
10.2.
Special
Event Redemption
.
If
a
Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right
(subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company
is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under
applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if
the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem
the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within
120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “
Special
Redemption Date
”)
at the
Special Redemption Price.
Section
10.3.
Notice
of Redemption; Selection of Debentures
.
In
case
the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the case
may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice of
such
redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be
redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on
the
Debenture Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if
mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have
been
duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure
to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any
Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect
the
validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other
Debenture.
Each
such
notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures
to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as
applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable,
at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that
payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, that
interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified
in
said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions
thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debentures
are
to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the
Debentures to be redeemed. In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part
only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for
redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures
in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be
issued.
Prior
to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption
Date,
as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more
paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date
or
the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for
redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
If
all,
or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give
the
Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior
to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the
aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall
select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate
and
fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00)
to
be redeemed.
Section
10.4.
Payment
of Debentures Called for Redemption
.
If
notice
of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or
portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall
become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as
applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable
Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price and on and after said date (unless
the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the Redemption
Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable) interest on the Debentures
or
portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On
presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified
in
said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid
and
redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
Upon
presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder
thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of
authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
of
the Debenture so presented.
ARTICLE
XI.
CONSOLIDATION,
MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
Section
11.1.
Company
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
.
Nothing
contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation
or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not
affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which
the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or
shall
prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property
of
the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially
as
an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company,
or
its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation,
merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal
of
(and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance with
their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance
and
observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept
or
performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture
satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee by
the
entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been
merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property.
Section
11.2.
Successor
Entity to be Substituted
.
In
case
of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to
the
Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if
any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance
and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to
be
performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to
and
be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named
herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved
of
any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures. Such
successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own
name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall
not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead
of
the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this
Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate
and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered
by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
for
authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter shall
cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
for
that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same
legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or
thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though
all
of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof.
Section
11.3.
Opinion
of Counsel to be Given to Trustee
.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive,
in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion
of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or
required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of
this Article XI.
ARTICLE
XII.
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section
12.1.
Discharge
of Indenture
.
When
|
(a)
|
the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures
theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall
have been
destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid
as
provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or
|
|
(b)
|
all
the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee
for
cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms
to
become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption
within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
the
giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with
the
Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable,
sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures
(other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost
or stolen
and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in
Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest
due or
to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the
case may
be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment
of
principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures
(1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the
District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar
laws,
|
and
if in
the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay
or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this
Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of
Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall
survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid. Thereafter,
Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the
Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at
the
cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture. The Company agrees to reimburse
the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly
incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the
Debentures.
Section
12.2.
Deposited
Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing
account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying
agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders
of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been
deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for
principal, and premium, if any, and interest.
Section
12.3.
Paying
Agent to Repay Moneys Held
.
Upon
the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any paying
agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the
Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying
agent
shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
moneys.
Section
12.4.
Return
of Unclaimed Moneys
.
Any
moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment
of
the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied
but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the
date
upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such
Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall,
subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee
or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures
shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder
may
be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent
with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.
ARTICLE
XIII.
IMMUNITY
OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS
AND DIRECTORS
Section
13.1.
Indenture
and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations
.
No
recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on
any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such
Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor
Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor
Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule
of
law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being
expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this
Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.
ARTICLE
XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
14.1.
Successors
.
All
the
covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company in this
Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or
not.
Section
14.2.
Official
Acts by Successor Entity
.
Any
act
or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to
be
done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and
may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board,
committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the
time be the lawful successor of the Company.
Section
14.3.
Surrender
of Company Powers
.
The
Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3
(two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may
surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power
so
surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted
successor.
Section
14.4.
Addresses
for Notices, etc
.
Any
notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which
by
any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made,
furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the
Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid
by
registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until
another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose)
to
the Company, 3200 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90010, Attention:
Brian E. Cho. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver
or
demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given
or
made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, Rodney
Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration. Any notice, consent, direction,
request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall
be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given
or
made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.
Section
14.5.
Governing
Law
.
This
Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the
law
of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict
of laws principles thereof.
Section
14.6.
Evidence
of Compliance with Conditions Precedent
.
Upon
any
application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
any
of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
an
Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied
with.
Each
certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the
Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for
in
this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief
statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are
based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not in the opinion of
such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section
14.7.
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc
.
The
table
of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to
be
considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof.
Section
14.8.
Execution
in Counterparts
.
This
Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall
be
an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.
Section
14.9.
Separability
.
In
case
any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the
Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect
any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture
and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.
Section
14.10.
Assignment
.
The
Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or
obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary
of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company
will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this
Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be
assigned by the parties hereto.
Section
14.11.
Acknowledgment
of Rights
.
The
Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or the
Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust
fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures
held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation
Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such
Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may, to
the
fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against
the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture
without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any
other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company
to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the
date
such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or in
the
case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder
of
record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding
against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the
Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified
in the Debentures.
ARTICLE
XV.
SUBORDINATION
OF DEBENTURES
Section
15.1.
Agreement
to Subordinate
.
The
Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such
Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all
Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV;
and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer
or
assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such
provisions.
The
payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest
on
all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth,
be
subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this
Indenture or thereafter incurred;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Debentures shall rank
pari
passu
in right
of payment with Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures due
December 9, 2033 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003
by
and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association.
No
provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or
Event of Default hereunder.
Section
15.2.
Default
on Senior Indebtedness
.
In
the
event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment
of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior
Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that
the
maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because
of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such
Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment
shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including
redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.
In
the
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by
the
Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this
Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in
trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders
of
Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee
or
trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness
may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to
the
extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative
or
representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days
of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness
and
only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness.
Section
15.3.
Liquidation,
Dissolution, Bankruptcy
.
Upon
any
payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind
or
character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any
dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company,
whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
or
other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company
shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in
accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on account
of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures. Upon
any
such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment
by
the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the
Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions
of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such
payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under
this
Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness (
pro
rata
to such
holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held
by
such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or
representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant
to
which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued,
as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such
Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to
any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders
or to the Trustee.
In
the
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets
of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before
all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment
in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be
held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the
holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives,
or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any
instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their
respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application
to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent
necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with
its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to
or
for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
For
purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall
not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or
readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided
for
by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is
subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with
respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that may
at
the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is
assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization
or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such
reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the
merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property
as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon
the
terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not
be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the
purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated
in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this
Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant
to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.
Section
15.4.
Subrogation
.
Subject
to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall
be
subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company,
applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium,
if
any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full. For the purposes
of
such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders
or
the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV,
and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for
the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders or
the
Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be deemed
to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior
Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are
and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of
the
holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, on the other hand.
Nothing
contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the
Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the
Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if any)
and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable
in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative
rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other
than
the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent
the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies
otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject
to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received
upon the exercise of any such remedy.
Upon
any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this
Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of
this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which
such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are
pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation
trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered
to
the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the
Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.
Section
15.5.
Trustee
to Effectuate Subordination
.
Each
Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and
directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may
be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this
Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes.
Section
15.6.
Notice
by the Company
.
The
Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that
would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence
of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or
by
the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this
Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the
Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof
from
the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee
therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be
entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section
at
least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any
money
may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment
of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then,
anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to
the
purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice
to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to
such
date.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall
be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice
by a
Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee
or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice
has
been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or
representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the
Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect
to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to
participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the
Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held
by
such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in
such
payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such
Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination
as
to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
Section
15.7.
Rights
of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness
.
The
Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set
forth
in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held
by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and
nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such
holder.
With
respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform
or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically
set
forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with
respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the
provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable
to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to
Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any
holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this
Article XV or otherwise.
Nothing
in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee
under or pursuant to Section 6.6.
Section
15.8.
Subordination
May Not Be Impaired
.
No
right
of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce
subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced
or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any
act
or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance
by
the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture,
regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise
be charged with.
Without
in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders
of
Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent
of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring
responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the
subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of
the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do
any
one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of
payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior
Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior
Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which
such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or
otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such
Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the
collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from
exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.
Signatures
appear on the following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the
day
and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
EXHIBIT
A
FORM
OF FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST
DEBENTURE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED
STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A,
(D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH
AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW
TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
IT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
COMPANY.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK
HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED
TO
BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY
THE
INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Floating
Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture
of
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
March
17,
2005
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” which term includes any
successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value
received promises to pay to Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Wilshire Statutory Trust II
(the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the principal sum of twenty million six
hundred nineteen thousand dollars ($20,619,000.00) on March 17, 2035, and to
pay
interest on said principal sum from March 17, 2005, or from the most recent
Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or
duly
provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears
on
March 17, June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year
or if such day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day
(each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) (it being understood that interest
accrues for any such non-Business Day), commencing on the Interest Payment
Date
in June 2005, at an annual rate equal to 4.76% beginning on (and including)
the
date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment
Date in June 2005 and at an annual rate for each successive period beginning
on
(and including) the Interest Payment Date in June 2005, and each succeeding
Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR,
determined as described below, plus 1.79% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the
principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided
for
or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal and (without
duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable
under
applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest (including Additional
Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each applicable period, compounded
quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made
available for payment. The amount of interest payable for any period will be
computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period
concerned divided by 360. The interest installment so payable, and punctually
paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in
the
Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular
record date for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen Business
Days
prior to the day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such
interest installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith
cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid
to
the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities)
is registered at the close of business on a special record date.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following
order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page
3750
as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page
3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate
Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such
other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’
Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London
interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot
be
identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the
principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market
to
provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to
prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having
a
three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date.
If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic
mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are
provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four major
New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars
as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such
quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such
quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as
requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR
determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding such
current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00
a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the
Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such
Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable
page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As used
herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days
(i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are
transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the
relevant Distribution Period.
The
Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded,
if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point,
with
five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or
.09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts
used
in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with
one-half cent being rounded upward)).
The
principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office
or
agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company)
maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of
America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts;
provided
,
however
,
that
payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder at
such
address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire
transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer
to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding
the
foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee,
the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made
in
immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be
designated by the Trustee.
So
long
as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of
Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time
during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly
periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”),
during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest) shall
be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During
an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from
the
date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period,
to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional
Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional
Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit
any
Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on the
reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any
Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that
such
period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions
thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond
the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the
payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company
may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.
No
interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension
Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would
otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear
Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election
to
begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15
Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest
on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin
or
extend such Extension Period.
The
indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the
Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment
in
full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to the
provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture,
by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions,
(b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the
subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his
or
her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the
subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder
of
Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives
reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.
This
Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate
of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the
Trustee.
The
provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such
provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set
forth
at this place.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]
This
Debenture is one of the floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest
debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to
the
Indenture dated as of March 17, 2005 (the “Indenture”), duly executed and
delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture reference
is
hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,
duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the holders
of
the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount as
specified in the Indenture.
Upon
the
occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to the Interest Payment
Date in March 2010, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures
in
whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within 120 days following
the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption
Price.
In
addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole
or
in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of
$1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after the Interest Payment Date
in
March 2010, at the Redemption Price.
Prior
to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption
Date,
as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more
paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date
or
the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called for
redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
If
all,
or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give
the
Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior
to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the
aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall
select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate
and
fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00)
to
be redeemed.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject
to
the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.
In
case
an Acceleration Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon
demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become
due
and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions
provided in the Indenture.
The
Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with
the
consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental
indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the
Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each
Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed
maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium
thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon,
or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal thereof
or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than
that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any
Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of
repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent
to any such supplemental indenture.
The
Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf
of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously
granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences,
except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or
provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in
respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver
or
modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a
majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have
consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver,
provided
,
further
,
that if
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such waiver
shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust
shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered
thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and the
Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored to
their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder
shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event
of
Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed
to
have been cured and to be not continuing.
No
reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of
the
Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute
and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest,
including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and
at
the rate and in the money herein prescribed.
The
Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or
a
trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by
the
Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust)
and
(i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default,
(ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any
obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company
shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and
such
Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the
Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to,
(x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase,
acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s
capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends
or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect
subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall
be
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments
with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or
interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt
securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in
an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares
of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such stock
or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee).
The
Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons
and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in
excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer
restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from time
to
time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture
Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer
of
any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency
of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of
the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall
register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and
make
available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new
Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by
the
Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or
be
accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly
executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service
charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures,
but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith.
Prior
to
due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company,
the
Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and
any
Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall
be
registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute
owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue) for
the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium,
if
any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither
the
Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent nor
any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice
to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being
or
upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid,
effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any
such Debenture.
No
recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on
any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such
Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor
Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor
Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule
of
law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being
expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of the
Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.
Capitalized
terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned
in
the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture
between the Trustee and the Company.
THE
INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW
PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION
OF
TRUST
by
and among
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Delaware Trustee,
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Institutional Trustee,
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as
Sponsor,
and
SOO
BONG MIN, BRIAN E. CHO
and
ELAINE
JEON
,
as
Administrators,
Dated
as of March 17, 2005
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
|
|
1
|
Section
1.1.
|
|
Definitions
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II ORGANIZATION
|
|
7
|
Section
2.1.
|
|
Name
|
|
7
|
Section
2.2.
|
|
Office
|
|
7
|
Section
2.3.
|
|
Purpose
|
|
7
|
Section
2.4.
|
|
Authority
|
|
8
|
Section
2.5.
|
|
Title
to Property of the Trust
|
|
8
|
Section
2.6.
|
|
Powers
and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators
|
|
8
|
Section
2.7.
|
|
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
|
|
11
|
Section
2.8.
|
|
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
|
|
12
|
Section
2.9.
|
|
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and
Administrators
|
|
13
|
Section
2.10.
|
|
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
|
|
15
|
Section
2.11.
|
|
Delaware
Trustee
|
|
16
|
Section
2.12.
|
|
Execution
of Documents
|
|
17
|
Section
2.13.
|
|
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
|
|
17
|
Section
2.14.
|
|
Duration
of Trust
|
|
17
|
Section
2.15.
|
|
Mergers
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III SPONSOR
|
|
18
|
Section
3.1.
|
|
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
|
|
18
|
Section
3.2.
|
|
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
|
|
18
|
Section
3.3.
|
|
Expenses
|
|
19
|
Section
3.4.
|
|
Right
to Proceed
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
|
|
19
|
Section
4.1.
|
|
Number
of Trustees
|
|
19
|
Section
4.2.
|
|
Delaware
Trustee; Eligibility
|
|
20
|
Section
4.3.
|
|
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
|
|
20
|
Section
4.4.
|
|
Administrators
|
|
20
|
Section
4.5.
|
|
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Trustees and Administrators
|
|
21
|
Section
4.6.
|
|
Vacancies
Among Trustees
|
|
22
|
Section
4.7.
|
|
Effect
of Vacancies
|
|
22
|
Section
4.8.
|
|
Meetings
of the Trustees and the Administrators
|
|
22
|
Section
4.9.
|
|
Delegation
of Power
|
|
23
|
Section
4.10.
|
|
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V DISTRIBUTIONS
|
|
23
|
Section
5.1.
|
|
Distributions
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES
|
|
24
|
Section
6.1.
|
|
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
|
|
24
|
Section
6.2.
|
|
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
|
|
24
|
Section
6.3.
|
|
Form
and Dating
|
|
25
|
Section
6.4.
|
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
|
|
25
|
Section
6.5.
|
|
Temporary
Securities
|
|
25
|
Section
6.6.
|
|
Cancellation
|
|
26
|
Section
6.7.
|
|
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
|
|
27
|
Section
7.1.
|
|
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
|
|
28
|
Section
8.1.
|
|
General
|
|
28
|
Section
8.2.
|
|
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
|
|
29
|
Section
8.3.
|
|
Deemed
Security Holders
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE
OR OTHERS
|
|
31
|
Section
9.1.
|
|
Liability
|
|
31
|
Section
9.2.
|
|
Exculpation
|
|
32
|
Section
9.3.
|
|
Fiduciary
Duty
|
|
32
|
Section
9.4.
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
32
|
Section
9.5.
|
|
Outside
Businesses
|
|
34
|
Section
9.6.
|
|
Compensation;
Fee
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X ACCOUNTING
|
|
35
|
Section
10.1.
|
|
Fiscal
Year
|
|
35
|
Section
10.2.
|
|
Certain
Accounting Matters
|
|
35
|
Section
10.3.
|
|
Banking
|
|
36
|
Section
10.4.
|
|
Withholding
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS
|
|
36
|
Section
11.1.
|
|
Amendments
|
|
36
|
Section
11.2.
|
|
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND THE DELAWARE
TRUSTEE
|
|
39
|
Section
12.1.
|
|
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
|
|
39
|
Section
12.2.
|
|
Representations
of the Delaware Trustee
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
40
|
Section
13.1.
|
|
Notices
|
|
40
|
Section
13.2.
|
|
Governing
Law
|
|
41
|
Section
13.3.
|
|
Intention
of the Parties
|
|
41
|
Section
13.4.
|
|
Headings
|
|
41
|
Section
13.5.
|
|
Successors
and Assigns
|
|
41
|
Section
13.6.
|
|
Partial
Enforceability
|
|
41
|
Section
13.7.
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
42
|
Annex
I
|
|
Terms
of Securities
|
Exhibit
A-1
|
|
Form
of Capital Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
A-2
|
|
Form
of Capital Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
A-3
|
|
Form
of Common Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
B
|
|
Specimen
of Initial Debenture
|
Exhibit
C
|
|
Placement
Agreement
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
DECLARATION
OF TRUST
OF
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST II
March
17, 2005
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“
Declaration
”)
dated
and effective as of March 17, 2005, by the Trustees (as defined herein),
the
Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and
by the
holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust
(as
defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;
WHEREAS,
the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor established Wilshire Statutory
Trust II (the “
Trust
”),
a
statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant
to a
Declaration of Trust dated as of March 3, 2005 (the “
Original
Declaration
”),
and a
Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware
on March 3, 2005, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain securities
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust
and
investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture Issuer
(as
defined herein);
WHEREAS,
as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued;
and
WHEREAS,
the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration,
amend and
restate each and every term and provision of the Original
Declaration;
NOW,
THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the
Trust as
a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration
constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Trustees
declare that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust
for the
benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder,
subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto hereby
agree
as follows:
ARTICLE
I
INTERPRETATION
AND DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1.
Definitions
.
Unless
the context otherwise requires:
(a)
Capitalized
terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have
the
respective meanings assigned to them in this
Section
1.1
;
(b)
a
term defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning
throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and
Exhibits
are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration
unless otherwise specified; and
(e)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Additional
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Administrative
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Administrators
”
means
each of Soo Bong Min, Brian E. Cho and Elaine Jeon, solely in such Person’s
capacity as Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder
and not
in such Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in
interest in such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein
provided.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any
successor rule thereunder.
“
Authorized
Officer
”
of
a
Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.
“
Bankruptcy
Event
”
means,
with respect to any Person:
(a)
a
court
having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief
in
respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing
a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or
order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(b)
such
Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent
to the
entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
or shall
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official)
of such
Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay
its
debts as they become due.
“
Business
Day
”
means
any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking
institutions in New York City or Wilmington, Delaware are permitted or
required
by any applicable law or executive order to close.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.
“
Capital
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital
Security
substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Certificate
”
means
any certificate evidencing Securities.
“
Closing
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.
“
Code
”
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Common
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.
“
Common
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.
“
Company
Indemnified Person
”
means
(a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator;
(c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees,
representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer,
employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of
the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally
administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration
is
located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware
19890-1600, Attn: Corporate Trust Administration.
“
Coupon
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 2(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Covered
Person
”
means:
(a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member,
representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the
Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.
“
Creditor
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
“
Debenture
Issuer
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, in its capacity as issuer
of
the Debentures under the Indenture.
“
Debenture
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor
is
appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.
“
Debentures
”
means
the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due
2035 to
be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.
“
Defaulted
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Delaware
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“
Determination
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Direct
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8(d)
.
“
Distribution
”
means
a
distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
“
Distribution
Payment Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Distribution
Period
”
means
(i) with respect to the Distribution paid on the first Distribution Payment
Date, the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance
and
ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 and
(ii) thereafter, with respect to a Distribution paid on each successive
Distribution Payment Date, the period beginning on (and including) the
preceding
Distribution Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) such current
Distribution Payment Date.
“
Distribution
Rate
”
means,
for the Distribution Period beginning on (and including) the date of original
issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in
June
2005, the rate per annum of 4.76%, and for each Distribution Period beginning
on
or after the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005, the Coupon Rate for
such
Distribution Period.
“
Event
of Default
”
means
any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and
whether
it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law
or
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule
or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a)
the
occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or
(b)
default
by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price
of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or
(c)
default
in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant
or
warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those
specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or
breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or
certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders
of
at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital
Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring
it
to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
or
(d)
the
occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee
if a
successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days
thereof.
“
Extension
Event of Default
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture for “Acceleration Event of
Default.”
“
Extension
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Federal
Reserve
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Fiduciary
Indemnified Person
”
shall
mean each of the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity),
the Delaware Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate
of
the Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee and any officers, directors,
shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians,
nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee or Delaware
Trustee.
“
Fiscal
Year
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
10.1
.
“
Guarantee
”
means
the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor
in
respect of the Capital Securities.
“
Holder
”
means
a
Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered,
such
Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust
Act.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
a
Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer
and the
Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which
the
Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.
“
Indenture
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.
“
Institutional
Trustee
”
means
the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in
Section
4.3
.
“
Interest
”
means
any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and
Defaulted Interest.
“
Investment
Company
”
means
an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.
“
Investment
Company Act
”
means
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or,
as the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders
of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the
record
owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including
the
stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise,
plus
accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages
are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant
class.
“
Maturity
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Officers’
Certificates
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers
of
such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant
or
condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by each officer in rendering the Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation
as,
in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition
or
covenant has been complied with.
“
OTS
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Paying
Agent
”
has
the
meaning specified in
Section
6.2
.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership,
joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Placement
Agreement
”
means
the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities
in the form of Exhibit C.
“
Property
Account
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8
(c).
“
Pro
Rata
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.
“
Quorum
”
means
a
majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators,
both of
them.
“
Redemption
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(e)
of
Annex I.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Registrar
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Relevant
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate
Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president,
any
assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant
treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office
of
the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with
respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such
matter is
referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
“
Restricted
Securities Legend
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
8.2(b)
.
“
Rule 3a-5
”
means
Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Rule 3a-7
”
means
Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor
legislation.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Sponsor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor entity
in a
merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the
Trust.
“
Statutory
Trust Act
”
means
Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801,
et
seq
.
as may
be amended from time to time.
“
Successor
Entity
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).
“
Successor
Delaware Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(e).
“
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).
“
Successor
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).
“
Super
Majority
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 5(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Tax
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
10%
in
liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or,
as the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders
of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the
record
owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the
stated
amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus
accrued
and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages
are
determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Transfer
Agent
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Treasury
Regulations
”
means
the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations,
promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations
may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of
succeeding regulations).
“
Trust
Property
”
means
(a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the
Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the
foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or
deemed to
be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this
Declaration.
“
Trustee
”
or
“
Trustees
”
means
each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such
Person
shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other
Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving
as
Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein
to a
Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in
their
capacity as trustees hereunder.
“
U.S.
Person
”
means
a
United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
ARTICLE
II
ORGANIZATION
Section
2.1.
Name
.
The
Trust is named “Wilshire Statutory Trust II,” as such name may be modified from
time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders
of
the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the
Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.
Section
2.2.
Office
.
The
address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o Wilmington Trust Company,
Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600.
On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the
Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office,
which
shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of
Columbia.
Section
2.3.
Purpose
.
The
exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the
Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of
the
Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the
Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust
through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and
(d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other
activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow
money,
issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of
its
assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity
that
would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income
tax
purposes as a grantor trust.
Section
2.4.
Authority
.
Except
as specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee
shall
have exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the
Trust. An
action taken by a Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute
the act
of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on
behalf of
the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of
the
Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled
to rely
conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in
this
Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties
set
forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and
are not
intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the
Holders.
The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated
except as provided in
Section
2.6
,
to
perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.
Section
2.5.
Title
to Property of the Trust
.
Except
as provided in
Section
2.8
with
respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided
in
this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested
in the
Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets
of the
Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of
the
Trust.
Section
2.6.
Powers
and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators
.
(a)
The
Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust
in
accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations
set
forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the
following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees and the Administrators
shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements
determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising
the
authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the
Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform
all
acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the
following:
(i)
Each
Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the
Trust
with respect to the following matters:
(A)
the
issuance and sale of the Securities;
(B)
to
cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of
the
Trust, such agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with
the
purposes and function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying
Agent;
(C)
ensuring
compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue
sky
laws;
(D)
the
sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information
regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance
with
this Declaration;
(E)
the
consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
in
accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed;
(F)
execution
and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
execution
and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement
and the
application for a taxpayer identification number;
(H)
unless
otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of the
Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute
on
behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of
the
Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to
execute
pursuant to this Declaration;
(I)
the
taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee
may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect
to the
terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration
of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);
(J)
to
establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder
that
require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights,
redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders
of
Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions
and
applicable record dates; and
(K)
to
duly prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports
that are required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the
Trust.
(ii)
As
among the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall
have
the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect
to the
following matters:
(A)
the
establishment of the Property Account;
(B)
the
receipt of the Debentures;
(C)
the
collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect
of the
Debentures in the Property Account;
(D)
the
distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in
respect
of the Securities;
(E)
the
exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the
Debentures;
(F)
the
sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities
and
the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
the
distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this
Declaration;
(H)
to
the extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs
of and
liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware;
(I)
after
any Event of Default (
provided
that
such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee)
the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional
Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give
effect
to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property
for
the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any
such
action on any particular Holder); and
(J)
to
take all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation
of the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory
trust under the laws of the State of Delaware.
(iii)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf
of the
Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority
of
the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein
but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested
to do
so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting
pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between
the
action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee,
the
action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.
(b)
So
long as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees
or
Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business,
activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated
hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may
cause the
Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not
authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property
or
interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein,
(iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the
Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal
income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment
Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for
borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action
that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property.
The
Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust,
defend
all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on
any of
the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders
in their
capacity as Holders.
(c)
In
connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor
shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect
to, or
effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by
the
Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration
are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):
(i)
the
taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities
Act;
(ii)
the
determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify
or
register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination
of
any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on
behalf of
the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take
on
behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any
documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust,
as
the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable
laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital
Securities;
(iii)
the
negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement
Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and
(iv)
the
taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of
the
foregoing activities.
(d)
Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized
and
directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so
that
the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to
be
registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified
as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The
Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Common
Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of
the
Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal
income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized
to take
any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust
or
this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators
and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities
determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such
purposes.
(e)
All
expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this
Section
2.6
shall be
reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees and the Administrators shall
have no
obligations with respect to such expenses (for purposes of clarification,
this
Section 2.6(e) does not contemplate the payment by the Sponsor of
acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Trustees under this
Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’ counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration).
(f)
The
assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.
(g)
Legal
title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional
Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by
the
Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust
in
accordance with this Declaration.
(h)
If
the Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to
enforce
any right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely
to
the Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case
the
Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively
to
their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies
of the
Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted.
Section
2.7.
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
Trust shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not
to,
engage in any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration.
In particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall
cause the
Trust not to:
(i)
invest
any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall
distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the
terms
of this Declaration and of the Securities;
(ii)
acquire
any assets other than as expressly provided herein;
(iii)
possess
Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;
(iv)
make
any loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the
Debentures;
(v)
possess
any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or
the
terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided
herein;
(vi)
issue
any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial
interest in, the Trust other than the Securities;
(vii)
carry
on any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or
(viii)
other
than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct
the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the
Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past
default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to
rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures
shall
be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall
be
required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel
to
the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to
be
classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax
purposes.
Section
2.8.
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
legal title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the
name
of the Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and
the
Holders of the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional
Trustee to the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may
hereafter be appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section
4.5.
Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not
conveyancing documents with regard to the Debentures have been executed
and
delivered.
(b)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest
in the
Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee.
(c)
The
Institutional Trustee shall:
(i)
establish
and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “
Property
Account
”)
in the
name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and
maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the
Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made
in
respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such
funds
into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent
to make
payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common
Securities from the Property Account in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
Funds
in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance
with this Declaration;
(ii)
engage
in such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to
effect
the redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the
extent
the Debentures are redeemed or mature; and
(iii)
upon
written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance
with
the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall
be
necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to
Holders
of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to
the terms
of the Securities.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate,
resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands
of
or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event
of
Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has
actual
knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations
under this Declaration;
provided
,
however
,
that if
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is
attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or
principal
on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable
(or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of
the
Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement
of
payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures
having
a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder (a “
Direct
Action
”)
on or
after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection
with
such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities
will be
subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the
extent
of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital
Securities in such Direct Action;
provided
,
however
,
that no
Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation
so long
as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred
and
is continuing.
(e)
The
Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until
either:
(i)
the
Trust has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation
distributed to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the
Securities and this Declaration; or
(ii)
a
Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that
appointment in accordance with Section 4.5.
(f)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the
rights,
powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture
and, if
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee
may, for
the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder
of the
Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration
(including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.
The
Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this
Section
2.8
in a
manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust
set out
in
Section
2.3
,
and the
Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with
the
purposes and functions of the Trust set out in
Section
2.3
.
Section
2.9.
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and
Administrators
.
(a)
The
Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and
after
the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred,
shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in
this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration
against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred
(that has not been cured or waived pursuant to
Section
6.7
),
the
Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it
by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b)
The
duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall
be as
provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision
of
this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or
risk
their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance
of
any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights
or
powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of
such
funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably
assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision
of
this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of
or
affording protection to the Trustees or Administrators shall be subject
to the
provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed
to
relieve an Administrator or a Trustee from liability for its own negligent
act,
its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the
extent
that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and
liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or such
Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such
Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this
Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they
restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustee
otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the
Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators
or
the Trustees.
(c)
All
payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect
of the
Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust
Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue
or
proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or
a Paying
Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder,
by its
acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue
and
proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for
distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the
Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable
in
respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security.
This
Section
2.9(c)
does not
limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this
Declaration.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions
hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
in good
faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it
shall be
proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts;
(ii)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction
of the
Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time,
method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the
Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;
(iii)
the
Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and
physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall
be to
deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee
deals
with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to
the
protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional
Trustee
under this Declaration;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money
received
by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and
money
held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds
held
by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional
Trustee pursuant to
Section
2.8(c)(i)
and
except to the extent otherwise required by law; and
(v)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance
by
the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this
Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default
or
misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.
Section
2.10.
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
.
Subject
to the provisions of
Section
2.9
:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected
in
acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion
of
counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee,
certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal,
bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented
by the
proper party or parties;
(b)
if
(i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional
Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action,
(ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the
Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any
other
provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure
of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as
to any
matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote
under
the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a
notice to
the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of
action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action,
or
refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be
instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have
no
liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;
(c)
any
direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this
Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate;
(d)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall
deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless
other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively
rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of
such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the
Administrators;
(e)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing
or
registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation
statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording,
refiling or reregistration thereof;
(f)
the
Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which
counsel
may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice
of such
counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and
in
reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional
Trustee
shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the
administration of this Declaration from any court of competent
jurisdiction;
(g)
the
Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights
or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction
of any of
the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have
offered
to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to it
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by
it in
compliance with such request or direction;
provided
,
that
nothing contained in this
Section
2.1
0(g)
shall be
taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to
Section
2.9(b)
,
upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived
pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in
their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs;
(h)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into
the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture,
note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless
requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional
Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
or
matters as it may see fit;
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder
or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents
or
attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any
misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any
such
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(j)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall
deem
it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy
or
right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee
(i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities
which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct
the
Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect
of
such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy
or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received,
and
(iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such
instructions;
(k)
except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional
Trustee
shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary
under
the provisions of this Declaration;
(l)
when
the Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection
with
a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its
counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to
creditors
rights generally;
(m)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of
Default
unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual
knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice
of
such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;
(n)
any
action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall
bind the
Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional
Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform
any
such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority
of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any
of the
terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively
evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action;
and
(o)
no
provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any
right,
power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction
in
which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall
be
unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform
any
such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.
No
permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall
be
construed to be a duty.
Section
2.11.
Delaware
Trustee
.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 4.1, the Delaware
Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware
Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities of any of the Trustees
or
the Administrators described in this Declaration (except as may be required
under the Statutory Trust Act). Except as set forth in Section 4.1, the
Delaware
Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling
the
requirements of § 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.
Section
2.12.
Execution
of Documents
.
Unless
otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except
as
otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee,
or any
one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to
execute
on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Trustees or the Administrators,
as
the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to
Section
2.6
.
Section
2.13.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
.
The
recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken
as the
statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility
for
their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value
or
condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Trustees
make no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration,
the
Debentures or the Securities.
Section
2.14.
Duration
of Trust
.
The
Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII
hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.
Section
2.15.
Mergers
.
(a)
The
Trust may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced
by, or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an
entirety
to any corporation or other body, except as described in Section 2.15(b)
and (c)
and except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution
of the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv)
of the
Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.
(b)
The
Trust
may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with
or
into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any
state;
provided that:
(i)
if
the Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “
Successor
Entity
”)
either:
(A)
expressly
assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities;
or
(B)
substitutes
for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms
as the
Securities (the “
Successor
Securities
”)
so
that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with
respect
to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and
otherwise;
(ii)
the
Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses
substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as
the
Holder of the Debentures;
(iii)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor
Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the
Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any
such
securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation
or
replacement;
(v)
such
Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the
Trust;
(vi)
prior
to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has
received an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the
Trust
experienced in such matters to the effect that:
(A)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(B)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust
nor
the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company;
and
(C)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or
the
Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United
States federal income tax purposes;
(vii)
the
Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor
Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;
(viii)
the
Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity;
and
(ix)
prior
to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional
Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and
an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent
under
this Section 2.15(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.
(c)
Notwithstanding
Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders
of 100%
in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate,
merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other
entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if
such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust
or
Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United
States federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE
III
SPONSOR
Section
3.1.
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
.
On
the Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities
issued
by the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust,
at
the same time as the Capital Securities are sold.
Section
3.2.
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
.
In
connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor
shall
have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the
Administrators to engage in, the following activities:
(a)
to
determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify the
Trust or
to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and
to do
any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust,
and
advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and
filing
any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems
necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any
such
States, to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital
Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which it was
created; and
(b)
to
negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement
Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital
Securities.
Section
3.3.
Expenses
.
In
connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the
Trust
and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor,
in
its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:
(a)
pay
all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant
to
Section 6.6 of the Indenture;
(b)
be
responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with
respect
to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering,
sale
and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents
in
connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees
and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the
costs and
expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation,
costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping
services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting
equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel
and
telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses
incurred
in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust
assets
and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders
(for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate
the
payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to the
Trustees pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustees under
this
Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’ counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration);
and
(c)
pay
any and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable
to
the Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect
to
such taxes of the Trust.
The
Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of,
and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations,
costs,
expenses and taxes are owed (a “
Creditor
”)
whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor
may
enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against
the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require
that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person
before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such
additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give
full
effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.
Section
3.4.
Right
to Proceed
.
The
Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action
as set
forth in
Section
2.8(d)
hereto.
ARTICLE
IV
INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
Section
4.1.
Number
of Trustees
.
The
number of Trustees shall initially be two, and;
(a)
at
any
time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written
instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and
(b)
after
the
issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or
decreased
by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common
Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common
Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
there shall be a Delaware Trustee if required by Section 4.2; and there
shall
always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee, and such
Trustee
may also serve as Delaware Trustee if it meets the applicable requirements,
in
which case Section 2.11 shall have no application to such entity in its
capacity
as Institutional Trustee.
Section
4.2.
Delaware
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
If
required by the Statutory Trust Act, one Trustee (the “Delaware Trustee”) shall
be:
(i)
a
natural person at least 21 years of age who is a resident of the State
of
Delaware; or
(ii)
if
not a natural person, an entity which is organized under the laws of the
United
States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, has its principal
place
of business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements
of
applicable law, including § 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.
(b)
the
initial Delaware Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.
Section
4.3.
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be one Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an Affiliate of the Sponsor;
(ii)
not
offer
or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and
(iii)
be
a
banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under
the laws
of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers,
having
a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal,
state,
or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of
condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of
the
supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes
of
this
Section
4.3(a)(iii)
,
the
combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be
its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of
condition
so published.
(b)
If
at any time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so
act under
Section
4.3(a)
,
the
Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the
effect
set forth in Section 4.5.
(c)
If
the Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within
the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
the Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign,
to the
extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this
Declaration.
(d)
The
initial Institutional Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.
Section
4.4.
Administrators
.
Each
Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized
to
bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Soo Bong Min,
Brian E. Cho and Elaine Jeon. There shall at all times be at least one
Administrator. Except where a requirement for action by a specific number
of
Administrators is expressly set forth in this Declaration and except with
respect to any action the taking of which is the subject of a meeting of
the
Administrators, any action required or permitted to be taken by the
Administrators may be taken by, and any power of the Administrators may
be
exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such Administrator.
Section
4.5.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Trustees and Administrators
.
(a)
No
resignation or removal of any Trustee (the “
Relevant
Trustee
”)
and no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become
effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee
in
accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.5.
(b)
Subject
to Section 4.5(a), a Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving
written
notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor
Relevant Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the
Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least
three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges
to
serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the
Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense
and
charges (the “
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”).
If
the instrument of acceptance by the successor Relevant Trustee required
by this
Section 4.5 shall not have been delivered to the Relevant Trustee within
60 days
after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument
of
removal, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust,
any
federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction
for the
appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon,
after
prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Relevant
Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection
of
such successor pursuant to this Section 4.5.
(c)
Unless
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee
may be
removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation
amount
of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders
of the
Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly
appoint
a successor Relevant Trustee, and such successor Trustee shall comply with
the
applicable requirements of this Section 4.5. If an Event of Default shall
have
occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee,
or both of them, may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Relevant
Trustee
(in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee
shall be
so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding
delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant
Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable
requirements of this Section 4.5. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall
have
been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of
the
Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this
Section 4.5 within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal,
the
Relevant Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities
for at
least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such
court may
thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper,
appoint
a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal
of
a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and
to the
Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee
and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional
Trustee.
(e)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event
a
Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or is adjudged by a court
to have
become incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death,
incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Institutional Trustee following
the procedures in this Section 4.5 (with the successor being a Person who
satisfies the eligibility requirement for a Delaware Trustee set forth
in this
Declaration) (the “
Successor
Delaware Trustee
”).
(f)
In
case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Relevant Trustee, the
retiring
Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with respect to the
Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor
Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain
such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm
to,
and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers,
trusts
and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities
and
the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this
Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it being
understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such
Relevant Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such
amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall
become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor
Relevant
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested
with
all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee;
but,
on request of the Trust or any successor Relevant Trustee, such retiring
Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor
Relevant Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held
by such
retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and
the Trust
subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of
such
retiring Relevant Trustee.
(g)
No
Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts
or
omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware
Trustee, as the case may be.
(h)
The
Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint,
remove
or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively
in the
Holders of the Common Securities.
(i)
Any
successor Delaware Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of
Trust
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware identifying the name
and
principal place of business of such Delaware Trustee in the State of
Delaware.
Section
4.6.
Vacancies
Among Trustees
.
If
a
Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees
is not
reduced pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying
the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than
two, a
majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of the existence
of such
vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance
with
Section 4.5.
Section
4.7.
Effect
of Vacancies
.
The
death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation,
incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not
operate
to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.
Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy
is
filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5,
the
Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees
and
shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this
Declaration.
Section
4.8.
Meetings
of the Trustees and the Administrators
.
Meetings
of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of
an
Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person
in
the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time
fixed by
resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the
Trustees with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall
be hand
delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with
a hard
copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting.
Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees with the Administrators
or
meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered
or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard
copy by
overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall
contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of
the
meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee
or an
Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver
of
notice of such meeting except where the Trustee or an Administrator, as
the case
may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been
lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration,
any
action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be
taken
at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators
present
(whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to
such
matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the
unanimous
written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators. Meetings of the
Trustees
and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the
call of
any Trustee or an Administrator.
Section
4.9.
Delegation
of Power
.
(a)
Any
Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law,
delegate
to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his
or her
power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in
Section
2.6
;
and
(b)
the
Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of
their
number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either
in
the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as
the
Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not
prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust,
as set
forth herein.
Section
4.10.
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
.
Any
Person into which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may
be
merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any
Person
succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of
the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall be the successor of
the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee hereunder, provided such
Person
shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and,
provided
,
further
,
that
such Person shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as contemplated in
Section 4.5(i).
ARTICLE
V
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section
5.1.
Distributions
.
Holders
shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of
the
relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital
Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences
set
forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture
Issuer
makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by
the
Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed,
to the
extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a
“
Distribution
”)
of
such amounts to Holders.
ARTICLE
VI
ISSUANCE
OF SECURITIES
Section
6.1.
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
.
(a)
The
Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital
securities substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms
as
are set forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms
as
are set forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other
interests in the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities
and the
Common Securities. The Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
to, and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except
that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of
Holders
of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments
upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights
to
payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in
Annex I.
(b)
The
Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more
Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature
of any
Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed
any
of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates
so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless
may be
delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased
to be
such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the
Trust by
such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall
be an
Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery
of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital
Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual
signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated
under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one
Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital
Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to
authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so
authenticated.
(c)
The
consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities
shall
constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute
a
loan to the Trust.
(d)
Upon
issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities
so
issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as
provided
in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities,
non-assessable.
(e)
Every
Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms
of this
Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the
terms
of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.
Section
6.2.
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
.
The
Trust shall maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, an office or agency where
the
Capital Securities may be presented for payment (“
Paying
Agent
”),
and
an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration
of
transfer or exchange (the “
Transfer
Agent
”).
The
Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register
for the
purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities,
such
register to be held by a registrar (the “
Registrar
”).
The
Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer
Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more
co-Registrars, or one or more co Transfer Agents in such other locations
as it
shall determine. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent,
the term “Registrar” includes any additional registrar or co Registrar and the
term “Transfer Agent” includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators
may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without
prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional
Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and
Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially
appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent
and
Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The
Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may
act as
Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
Section
6.3.
Form
and Dating
.
The
Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication
thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2, and the
Common Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3, each
of which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Declaration. Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved
or may
be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the
Administrators, as conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The
Securities may have letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification
or designation and such legends or endorsements required by law, stock
exchange
rule, agreements to which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided
that
any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Sponsor). The Trust at the direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such
legend not contained in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 to the Institutional Trustee
in writing. Each Capital Security shall be dated on or before the date
of its
authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set forth in
Annex I
and the forms of Securities set forth in Exhibits A-1, A-2 and A-3 are part
of the terms of this Declaration and to the extent applicable, the Institutional
Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their
execution and delivery of this Declaration, expressly agree to such terms
and
provisions and to be bound thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only
in
blocks having a stated liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.00
and any
multiple of $1,000.00 in excess thereof.
The
Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to
the
Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and
with the
Restricted Securities Legend.
Section
6.4.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
.
If:
(a)
any
mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the
Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or
theft of any Certificate; and
(b)
there
shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each
of
them harmless;
then,
in
the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by
a
protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute
(and
in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee
shall
authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination.
In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section
6.4
,
the
Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient
to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall
constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant
Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.
Section
6.5.
Temporary
Securities
.
Until
definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare
and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall
authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the
Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without
unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of
the
Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive
Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.
Section
6.6.
Cancellation
.
The
Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional
Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee
any
Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or
payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities
surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation
and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct.
The
Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that
have been
paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for
cancellation.
Section
6.7.
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
.
(a)
The
legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional
Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with
Section
2.5
,
and the
Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided
beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities
and
they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property,
profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities
shall
be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein
and
in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar
rights.
(b)
For
so long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture
Event
of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than
25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal
of
all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding
shall
have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the
Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.
At
any
time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures
has been
made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the
Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul
any such
declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional
Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences if:
(i)
the
Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay
(A)
all
overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,
(B)
any
accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,
(C)
the
principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become
due
otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional
Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and
(D)
all
sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and
the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture
Trustee and the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel;
and
(ii)
all
Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment
of
the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration,
have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the
Indenture.
The
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any
past
default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a
default
or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on
the
Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been
cured and
a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal
due
otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee)
or
a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect
of a
covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
Upon
receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an
acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part
of the
Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining
Holders
of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which
record
date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee
receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated
proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice,
whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date;
provided,
that
unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as
the
case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage
having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such
record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission
and
annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further
action by
any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph
shall
prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration
of such
90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or
rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical
to a
written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant
to the
provisions of this
Section
6.7
.
(c)
Except
as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
6.7
,
the
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any
past
default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any
such
default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event
of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every
purpose
of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other
default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
ARTICLE
VII
DISSOLUTION
AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
Section
7.1.
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
.
(a)
The
Trust
shall dissolve on the first to occur of:
(i)
unless
earlier dissolved, on March 17, 2040, the expiration of the term of the
Trust;
(ii)
upon
a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture
Issuer;
(iii)
upon
the filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect
to the
Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee,
as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor
and the
expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement
thereof;
(iv)
upon
the distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon
exercise of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities
to dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;
(v)
upon
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common
Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;
(vi)
when
all of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts
necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in
accordance with the terms of the Securities; or
(vii)
before
the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees
and the
Sponsor.
(b)
As
soon as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in
Section
7.1
(a),
and
after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required
by
applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the
terms
set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust
by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of
the State
of Delaware.
(c)
The
provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination
of the Trust.
ARTICLE
VIII
TRANSFER
OF INTERESTS
Section
8.1.
General
.
(a)
Subject
to
Section
8.1(c)
,
where
Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with
a
request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number
of
Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar
shall
register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such
transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges,
the
Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital
Securities at the Registrar’s request.
(b)
Upon
issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain
beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long
as the
Securities remain outstanding, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer,
under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership
of the Common Securities.
(c)
Capital
Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance
with the
terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of
the
Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer
or
purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration
shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever
and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital
Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of
Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be
deemed to
have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers
of
Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment
(with
such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other
governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender
for
registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one
or
more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration
of
transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s
attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration
of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to
Section
6.6
.
A
transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to
the
obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of
a
Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed
to have
agreed to be bound by this Declaration.
(e)
The
Trust shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or
exchange any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business
fifteen days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption
and
ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant
notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the
Securities to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of
any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.
Section
8.2.
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
.
(a)
The
Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall
not
be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence,
which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Institutional
Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend
nor
the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that
transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon
provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at
the
written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital
Securities that do not bear the legend.
(b)
Except
as
permitted by
Section
8.2
(a),
each
Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “
Restricted
Securities Legend
”)
in
substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred
except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the
Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance
with
applicable law:
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY
OF AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY
BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS
AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14
OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY
IS NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR
ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND
HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL
NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN
A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO
BE VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
(c)
To
permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute
and the
Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s
request.
(d)
Registrations
of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon
payment
(with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect
of
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to
it.
(e)
All
Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange
pursuant
to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall
be
entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Section
8.3.
Deemed
Security Holders
.
The
Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer
Agent or
the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall
be
registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of
such
Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes
of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and,
accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim
to or
interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such
Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the
Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the
Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.
ARTICLE
IX
LIMITATION
OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS
OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS
Section
9.1.
Liability
.
(a)
Except
as expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms
of the
Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:
(i)
personally
liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any
return
thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from
assets
of the Trust; or
(ii)
required
to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon
dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.
(b)
The
Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and
obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to
the
extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.
(c)
Pursuant
to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall
be
entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders
of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation
Law
of the State of Delaware.
Section
9.2.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages
or
otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner
such
Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority
conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except
that
an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct
with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon
the
records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements
presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person
reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert
competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected
by
such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust,
including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value
and
amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts
pertinent
to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders
of
Securities might properly be paid.
Section
9.3.
Fiduciary
Duty
.
(a)
To
the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties
(including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust
or to
any other Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration
shall not be liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its
good
faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of
this
Declaration, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities
of an
Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by
the
parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified
Person.
(b)
Whenever
in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make
a
decision:
(i)
in
its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person
shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires,
including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give
any
consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any
other
Person; or
(ii)
in
its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall
act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or
different standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable
law.
Section
9.4.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the
right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance
or
administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or
was an
Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
or not
opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of
nolo
contendere
or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified
Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed
to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect
to
any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that
his
conduct was unlawful.
(b)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Trust
to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with
the
acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact
that he
is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he
acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the
best interests of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as
to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable
to the
Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action
or suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person
is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such
court
shall deem proper.
(c)
To
the extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits
or
otherwise (including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement
of an action without admission of liability) in defense of any action,
suit or
proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
,
or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified,
to the
full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and
expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
therewith.
(d)
Any
indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
(unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in
the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified
Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable
standard
of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be
made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of
such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
(ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a
Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal
counsel
in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the
Trust.
(e)
To
the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred
to
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
shall be
paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action,
suit or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified
Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he
is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this
Section
9.4
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor
if a
determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by
a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a
Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested
Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion
or
(iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the
facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder
at the
time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith
or
in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best
interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that
such
Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was
unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the
Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder
reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached
his duty
to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.
(f)
The
Trustees, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retain the right
to
representation by counsel of their own choosing in any action, suit or
any other
proceeding for which they are indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this
Section
9.4
,
without
affecting their right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights
afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.
(g)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
the other paragraphs of this
Section
9.4
shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital
Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
All
rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be
provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person
who
serves in such capacity at any time while this
Section
9.4
is in
effect. Any repeal or modification of this
Section
9.4
shall
not affect any rights or obligations then existing.
(h)
The
Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any
Person
who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against
him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status
as such,
whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against
such
liability under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
.
(i)
For
purposes of this
Section
9.4
,
references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or
surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of
a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person
who is or
was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity,
or is
or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director,
trustee,
officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position
under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
with
respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect
to
such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.
(j)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
this
Section
9.4
shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a
Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the
benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and
(ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the
earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.
Section
9.5.
Outside
Businesses
.
Any
Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional
Trustee
may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any
nature or
description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the
business
of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no
rights
by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the
income
or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even
if
competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful
or
improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee
or the
Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment
or
other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character
that,
if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered
Person,
the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee shall have
the
right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary)
or
to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity.
Any
Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee may
engage or
be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or
any
Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent
for, or
act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations
of
the Sponsor or its Affiliates.
Section
9.6.
Compensation;
Fee
.
The
Sponsor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services
rendered by them hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time
(which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustees upon
request
for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made
by the
Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including
the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as
may be
attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
For
purposes of clarification, this Section 9.6 does not contemplate the
payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to the
Trustees under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’
counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated
by this
Declaration.
The
provisions of this
Section
9.6
shall
survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration
and
the removal or resignation of any Trustee.
No
Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a
result of
any amount due pursuant to this
Section
9.6
.
ARTICLE
X
ACCOUNTING
Section
10.1.
Fiscal
Year
.
The
fiscal year (“
Fiscal
Year
”)
of the
Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by
the
Code.
Section
10.2.
Certain
Accounting Matters
.
(a)
At
all times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep,
or
cause to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States,
as
defined for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books
of
account, records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable
detail each transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained,
at the Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, consistently applied. The books of account and the records
of the
Trust shall be examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part
of
the Sponsor’s regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of
each Fiscal Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public
accountants selected by the Administrators.
(b)
The
Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of
the
Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal
income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such
information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required
by
the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under
the Code
to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall
endeavor
to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Trust.
(c)
The
Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared at the
principal office of the Sponsor in the United States, as ‘United States’ is
defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code (or at the principal office of
the Trust if the Sponsor has no such principal office in the United States),
and
filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041
or such
other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other
annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on
behalf
of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.
Section
10.3.
Banking
.
The
Trust shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury
Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and
for
the sole benefit of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds
of the
Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories
for such
accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the
Institutional Trustee.
Section
10.4.
Withholding
.
The
Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall
comply
with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and
local
law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each
Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent,
such
forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from
withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms
as
shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying
Agent
to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding
obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable
jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established
by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to
applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee
or any
Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority
with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount
withheld
shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to
the
Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited
to
an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to
be
withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional
Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the
amount of
such withholding.
ARTICLE
XI
AMENDMENTS
AND MEETINGS
Section
11.1.
Amendments
.
(a)
Except
as otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of
the
Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument
approved and executed (i) by the Institutional Trustee, or (ii) if the
amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities
of the
Delaware Trustee, by the Delaware Trustee.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any
such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have first received
(A)
an
Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment
is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including
the
terms of the Securities); and
(B)
an
opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that
such
amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration
(including the terms of the Securities); and
(ii)
the
result of such amendment would not be to
(A)
cause
the Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal
income
taxation as a grantor trust; or
(B)
cause
the Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered
under the Investment Company Act.
(c)
Except
as provided in
Section
11.1
(d),
(e)
or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall
be
void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.
(d)
In
addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration,
without
the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended
to
(i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or
otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be
made in
respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion
or
exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.
(e)
Sections 9.1(b)
and 9.1(c) and this
Section
11.1
shall
not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the
Securities.
(f)
Article III
shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in
liquidation amount of the Common Securities.
(g)
The
rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint
and remove Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
(h)
This
Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities to:
(i)
cure
any ambiguity;
(ii)
correct
or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;
(iii)
add
to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or
(iv)
modify,
eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as
may be
necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States
federal
income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required
to
register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform
to
any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under
the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application
thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory
authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the
rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the
powers,
preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.
Section
11.2.
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
.
(a)
Meetings
of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by
the
Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider
and
act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled
to
act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities.
The
Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed
to
do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class
of
Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators
one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the
Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific
purpose
for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling
a
meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of
the
Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities
represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining
whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this
paragraph has been met.
(b)
Except
to
the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following
provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:
(i)
notice
of any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities
having a
right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before
the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders
of
the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote,
consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities.
Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities
may
be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action
so
taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the
minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary
to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the
Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt
notice
of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders
of the
Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The
Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders
of
the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall
be
returned to the Trust within the time specified by the
Administrators;
(ii)
each
Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on
all
matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including
waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting.
No proxy
shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable
at the
pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise
provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity
of
proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder,
as if the
Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were
stockholders of a Delaware corporation; each meeting of the Holders of
the
Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person
that
the Administrators may designate; and
(iii)
unless
the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities
otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall
establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities,
including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which
any
matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any
such
notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record
date,
quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with
respect to the exercise of any such right to vote;
provided
,
however
,
that
each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined
in
Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).
ARTICLE
XII
REPRESENTATIONS
OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND THE DELAWARE TRUSTEE
Section
12.1.
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
.
The
initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and
to the
Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional
Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time
of the
Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional
Trustee, that:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers,
duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware
with
trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and
perform
its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;
(b)
the
execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this
Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the
part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed
and
delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid
and
binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it
in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered
in a proceeding in equity or at law);
(c)
the
execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional
Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or
by-laws
of the Institutional Trustee; and
(d)
no
consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to,
any
state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery
or
performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.
Section
12.2.
Representations
of the Delaware Trustee
.
The
Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to
the
Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor
Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at
the
time of the Successor Delaware Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as
Delaware Trustee that:
(a)
if
it is not a natural person, the Delaware Trustee is duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware;
(b)
if
it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance by
the
Delaware Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of the Delaware Trustee. This Declaration
has been
duly executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee, and under Delaware
law
(excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance
with
its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium,
insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to
general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless
of
whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);
(c)
if
it is not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of
this
Declaration by the Delaware Trustee does not conflict with or constitute
a
breach of the charter or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee;
(d)
it
has trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out
and
perform its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;
(e)
no
consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to,
any
state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Delaware
Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware
Trustee of this Declaration; and
(f)
the
Delaware Trustee is a natural person who is a resident of the State of
Delaware
or, if not a natural person, it is an entity which has its principal place
of
business in the State of Delaware and, in either case, a Person that satisfies
for the Trust the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust
Act.
ARTICLE
XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
13.1.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed
by the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy
shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or
mailed
by first class mail, as follows:
(a)
if
given to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address
set forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of
to the
Holders of the Securities):
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II
c/o
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(b)
if
given to the Delaware Trustee, at the Delaware Trustee’s mailing address set
forth below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice
of to
the Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(c)
if
given to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing
address set forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee
may
give notice of to the Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(d)
if
given to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of
the
Sponsor set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common
Securities may give notice of to the Trust):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(e)
if
given to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records
of
the Trust.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid
except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice
or other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
13.2.
Governing
Law
.
This
Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by
and
interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware and all
rights
and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles
of
conflict of laws of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction that
would
call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the
State of
Delaware;
provided
,
however
,
that
there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or this Declaration
any
provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware pertaining
to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the
terms
hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of
trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative
requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees
of a
trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval
concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal
property,
(d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees
of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or
principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature,
amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to
the
titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust
assets.
Section
13.3.
Intention
of the Parties
.
It
is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for
United
States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of
this
Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the
parties.
Section
13.4.
Headings
.
Headings
contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference
only and
do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision
hereof.
Section
13.5.
Successors
and Assigns
.
Whenever
in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to,
the
successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and
all
covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees
shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and
assigns,
whether or not so expressed.
Section
13.6.
Partial
Enforceability
.
If
any provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision
to any
Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this
Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances
other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Section
13.7.
Counterparts
.
This
Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page
and this
Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of
the
Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages.
All of
such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they
shall
have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed
a single
signature page.
Signatures
appear on the following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed
as of
the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Delaware Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
,
as Sponsor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATORS OF
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY
TRUST
II
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Administrator
|
ANNEX
I
TERMS
OF
SECURITIES
Pursuant
to
Section
6.1
of the
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of March 17, 2005 (as
amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights,
privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of
the
Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized
term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the
Declaration):
1.
Designation
and Number
.
(a)
20,000
Floating Rate Capital Securities of Wilshire Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”),
with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the assets
of the
Trust of twenty millions dollars ($20,000,000.00) and a stated liquidation
amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per Capital
Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification only
as the
“
Capital
Securities
”.
The
Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 to the Declaration, with
such changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required
by
ordinary usage, custom or practice.
(b)
619
Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “
Common
Securities
”)
will
be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form
of
Exhibit A-3 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or
deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or
practice.
2.
Distributions
.
(a)
Distributions
will be payable on each Security for the Distribution Period beginning
on (and
including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding)
the
Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 at a rate per annum of 4.76% and
shall
bear interest for each successive Distribution Period beginning on (and
including) the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005, and each succeeding
Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Distribution Payment Date at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR,
determined as described below, plus 1.79% (the “
Coupon
Rate
”),
applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate
of
interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee.
Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly
at the
applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions,
as
used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions
unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that
payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
Trustee
and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.
The
amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period will be
calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation
amount
outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying
each
such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned
divided by 360. All percentages resulting from any calculations on the
Capital
Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth
of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded
upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655),
and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will
be
rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded
upward)).
(b)
Distributions
on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original
issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment
periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 17,
June 17, September 17 and December 17 of each year, or if such
day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day (each
a
“
Distribution
Payment Date
”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 when, as and if
available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture
to
defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Extension Event
of
Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment
period
on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an
“
Extension
Period
”)
at any
time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below,
during
which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded
quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred
to
herein as “
Additional
Interest
”).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.
At
the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional
Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates
shall
not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem,
purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of
the
Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends
from
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent
corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the
Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing,
or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on
or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer
or
any Affiliate that rank
pari passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with
respect
to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection
with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement
with or
for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants,
in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or
securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as
consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable
Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any
class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of
a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s
indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock,
(c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such
capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where
the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares
issued
in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital
stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of
the
Debenture Issuer (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments
on
such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture
Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together
with
all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not
exceed 20
consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon
the
termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued
and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence
a new
Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or
Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period,
except
at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise
have
been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional
Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities
shall be
deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are
deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related
Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear
on the
books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding
such
date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable
(after
giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has
funds
available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account
of the
Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the
Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed
by the
Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.
(c)
Distributions
on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear
on the
books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant
record
dates shall be fifteen days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date.
Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on
any
Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed
to
make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking
into
account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in
whose
name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such
defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name
such
Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified
date
determined in accordance with the Indenture.
(d)
In
the
event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust
that is
not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata
(as
defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.
3.
Liquidation
Distribution Upon Dissolution
.
In the
event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up
or
termination of the Trust (each a “
Liquidation
”)
other
than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of
the
Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available
for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities
to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture
Issuer),
distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to
the date
of payment (such amount being the “
Liquidation
Distribution
”),
unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate
stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount
of such
Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and
bearing
accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid
Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities,
after
paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations
of the
Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed
on a Pro
Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such
Securities.
The
Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at
any
time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence
of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of
prior
approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or
its
designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency
that
is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor (the
“
Federal
Reserve
”),
if
the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision
and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating
the activities of Sponsor, (the “
OTS
”)
if the
Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required
under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve
or OTS,
as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the
Trust,
cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities
on a Pro
Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount
thereof.
If
a
Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(v) in
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee
as
expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after
satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of
the
Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied
by
the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the
Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders
will be
entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution
to
the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust
to the
extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation
Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such
Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities
to
creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata
basis,
the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.
If,
upon
any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part
because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the
aggregate
Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust
on such
Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities
on a Pro
Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities
with
regard to such distributions.
After
the
date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust
(i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding,
(ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of
the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to
be
delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the
Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial
interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount
equal
to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical
to
the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal
to
accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates
are
presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance
(and
until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or
principal
shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and
payable under the Debentures;
provided
,
however
that
such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall
not
entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights
of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the
right of
such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing
such Securities.
4.
Redemption
and Distribution
.
(a)
The
Debentures will mature on March 17, 2035. The Debentures may be redeemed
by the
Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date
on or
after the Distribution Payment Date in March 2010, at the Redemption Price.
In
addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer at the
Special
Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution Payment
Date,
upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within 120 days
following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special Redemption
Price,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to holders of such
Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing. In each case, the
right
of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject to the Debenture
Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve (if the
Debenture
Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from the OTS (if the
Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each case if
then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the applicable
federal agency.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
means
the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar
deposits
determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of
priority:
(1)
the
rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined
below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as
“Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may
be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits;
(2)
if
such
rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture
Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks
in the
London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided,
3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;
(3)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the
Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide
such
banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading
European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided,
3-Month
LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and
(4)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above,
3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the
Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.
If
the
rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially
appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a
corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then
the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the
applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher
than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified
by
United States law.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change)
in, the
laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision
thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative
pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws,
rules or
regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement,
action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance
of the
Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will
not,
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount
equal
to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1
Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to
the
Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the
basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the
Sponsor
having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated
subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal
Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital
treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for
treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the
Trust
shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless
such
Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment
Company Event. For purposes of this definition, the rule designated “Risk-Based
Capital Standards: Trust Preferred Securities and the Definition of Capital”
issued by the Federal Reserve on March 1, 2005 shall be deemed to have been
issued and effective prior to the date of this Indenture and shall not
be deemed
to constitute a Capital Treatment Event.
“
Determination
Date
”
means
the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which
dealings
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market)
preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is
being
determined.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced
prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation
by any
legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there
is
more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of
the date
of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required
to be
registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective
change
becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or
after the
date of the issuance of the Debentures.
“
Maturity
Date
”
means
March 17, 2035.
“
Redemption
Date
”
shall
mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall
be any
Distribution Payment Date on or after the Distribution Payment Date in
March
2010.
“
Redemption
Price
”
means
100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued
and
unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.
“
Special
Event
”
means
a
Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment
Event.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
means
a
date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be a Distribution
Payment Date.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
means
the price set forth in the following table for any Special Redemption Date
that
occurs on the date indicated below (or if such day is not a Business Day,
then
the next succeeding Business Day), expressed as the percentage of the principal
amount of the Debentures being redeemed:
Month
in which Special Redemption Date Occurs
|
|
Special
Redemption Price
|
June
2005
|
|
104.625%
|
September
2005
|
|
104.300%
|
December
2005
|
|
104.000%
|
March
2006
|
|
103.650%
|
June
2006
|
|
103.350%
|
September
2006
|
|
103.000%
|
December
2006
|
|
102.700%
|
March
2007
|
|
102.350%
|
June
2007
|
|
102.050%
|
September
2007
|
|
101.700%
|
December
2007
|
|
101.400%
|
March
2008
|
|
101.050%
|
June
2008
|
|
100.750%
|
September
2008
|
|
100.450%
|
December
2008
|
|
100.200%
|
March
2009 and thereafter
|
|
100.000%
|
plus,
in
each case, accrued and unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Special
Redemption Date.
“
Tax
Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment
to
or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any
regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision
or
taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official
administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical
advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or
announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such
procedures or regulations) (an “
Administrative
Action
”)
or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to
or in
connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust
and
whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification,
change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced,
in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures,
there
is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures;
(ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by
the
Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income
tax
purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of
such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes,
duties or
other governmental charges.
(b)
Upon
the
repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the
Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to
the
Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment
shall
concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption
Price or
Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate
liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
so
repaid or redeemed;
provided
,
however
,
that
holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than
60
days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the
Debentures).
(c)
If
fewer
than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities
and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities
to be redeemed will be
redeemed
Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Trust
may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless
all
accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities
for
all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of
redemption.
(e)
Redemption
or Distribution Procedures
.
(i)
Notice
of
any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange
for,
the Securities (a “
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”)
will
be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed
or
exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed
for
redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will
be the
date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation
of
the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given
pursuant to this paragraph
4(e)(i)
,
a
Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such
notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders
of such
Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the
Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing
on the
books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution
Notice
or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity
of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other
Holder.
(ii)
If
the
Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution
Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed
as set
out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then,
provided
that the
Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with
the
related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee
will
pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable,
to
the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such
Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption
Date.
If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited
as
required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of
such
deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called
for
redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption
will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive
the
applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in
paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price
in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not
paid
either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to
the
Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at
the
Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date
of
payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date
fixed
for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities
issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue,
register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning
at
the opening of business fifteen days before any selection for redemption
of the
Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest
date on
which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to
all
Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the
transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption,
in
whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities
being redeemed in part.
(iii)
Redemption/Distribution
Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to
(A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and
(B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.
(iv)
Subject
to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United
States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not
the
Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the
Sponsor
or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase
outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private
agreement.
5.
Voting
Rights - Capital Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and
the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting
rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders
of the
Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
(b)
Subject
to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee
in
certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph,
the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities,
voting
separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place
of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional
Trustee,
or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee
under
the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee,
as
holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the
Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that
is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due
and
payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital
Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture
or the
Debentures where such consent shall be required;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent
or act
of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal
amount
of Debentures (a “
Super
Majority
”)
affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent
or take
such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant
Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under
the
Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such
Capital
Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal
proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional
Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal
proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and
is
continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture
Issuer
to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest
or
principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date
or the
Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the
Capital
Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment,
on or
after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder
directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders
of
the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional
Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been
cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee
determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the
interest
of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates
to
the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such
notice
shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event
of
Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and
place
of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall
not
take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above
unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel
to the
effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified
as
other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax
purposes.
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures,
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the
direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a
Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at
the
direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount
of the
Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of
the
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional
Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions
of the
Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained
an
opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action,
the Trust
will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States
federal
income tax purposes.
A
waiver
of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding
Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders
of the
Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the
Capital
Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders
of the
Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional
Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital
Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by
written
consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of
record of
the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting
forth
the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which
such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed
for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote
or of
such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for
the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders
of the
Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel
Capital
Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration
and the terms of the Securities.
Notwithstanding
that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent
under any
of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that
are
owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle
the
Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote
or
consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not
outstanding.
In
no
event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to
appoint,
remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively
in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust.
Under
certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders
of
Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace
the
Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.
6.
Voting
Rights - Common Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law
and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting
rights.
(b)
The
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with
Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any
Administrators.
(c)
Subject
to
Section
6.7
of the
Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect
to the
Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and
subject
to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting
separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting
any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the
Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the
Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is
waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due
and
payable;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority,
the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action
at the
written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation
amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents
of
the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding
this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action
previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of
the
Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method
and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional
Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional
Trustee
shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the
Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect
that
for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not
be
classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If
the
Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, under the Declaration, any Holder of the Common Securities
may
institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the
Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting
a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other
Person.
Any
approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given
at a
separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such
purpose,
at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant
to
written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting
at which
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter
upon
which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed
to
each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement
setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action
is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption
at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter
upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the
delivery of proxies or consents.
No
vote
or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for
the
Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures
in
accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.
7.
Amendments
to Declaration and Indenture
.
(a)
In
addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any
proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Trustees, Sponsor
or
Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would
adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities,
whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the
Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the
Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together
as a
single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and
such
amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of
the
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities,
affected
thereby;
provided
,
however
,
if any
amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely
affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then
only the
affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and
such
amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.
(b)
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee
shall
request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect
to
such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect
to such
amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the
Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the
Holders
of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which
the
relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of
the
Debentures outstanding.
(c)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration
if
such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified
for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor
trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the
Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment
Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company
Act.
(d)
Notwithstanding
any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital
Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon
redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to
institute
a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
For
the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every
Holder
of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given
either at law or equity.
8.
Pro
Rata
.
A
reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution
or
treatment as being “
Pro
Rata
”
shall
mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation
to
the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless,
in
relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
in
which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first
to each
Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to
the
aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and
only
after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities,
to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder
relative
to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities
outstanding.
9.
Ranking
.
The
Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
with and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except
that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of
Holders
of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments
upon
liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of
the
Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any
Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of,
any
Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation
or
other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in
full in
cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital
Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto,
or in
the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price)
the
full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all
outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been
made
or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional
Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all
Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price)
of, the
Capital Securities then due and payable.
10.
Acceptance
of Guarantee and Indenture
.
Each
Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance
of
such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the
subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the
Indenture.
11.
No
Preemptive Rights
.
The
Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to
subscribe for any additional securities.
12.
Miscellaneous
.
These
terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a
copy of
the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge
on
written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
EXHIBIT
A-1
FORM
OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY
OF AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY
BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS
AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14
OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY
IS NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR
ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND
HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL
NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN
A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO
BE VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR
AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY THE
DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Certificate Number P-1
|
15,000
Capital Securities
|
[CUSIP
NO. [_______] **To be inserted at the request of the Holder]
|
|
March
17,
2005
Certificate
Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II
(liquidation
amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State
of
Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Hare & Co. (the “Holder”), as
the nominee of The Bank of New York, indenture trustee under the Indenture
dated
as of March 17, 2005 among Preferred Term Securities XVII, Ltd., Preferred
Term Securities XVII, Inc. and The Bank of New York, is the registered
owner of capital securities of the Trust representing undivided beneficial
interests in the assets of the Trust, (liquidation amount $1,000.00 per
capital
security) (the “Capital Securities”). Subject to the Declaration (as defined
below), the Capital Securities are transferable on the books and records
of the
Trust in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this
Certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer. The Capital
Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to, and the designation,
rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions
of
the Capital Securities shall in all respects be subject to, the provisions
of
the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of
March 17,
2005, among Soo Bong Min, Brian E. Cho and Elaine Jeon, as Administrators,
Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company,
as
Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders
from
time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust,
including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities as set
forth in
Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same may be amended
from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but not
defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder
is
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein.
The
Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the
Indenture
to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its
principal place of business.
Upon
receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is
entitled
to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital
Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.
This
Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of
the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
Signatures
appear on following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE STATUTORY TRUST II
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title: Administrator
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Declaration.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
the Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal
to
4.76% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 and at an annual
rate
for each successive period beginning on (and including) the Distribution
Payment
Date in June 2005, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending
on
(but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a
“Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below,
plus 1.79% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable
on
the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in
arrears
will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate
(to the
extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein
includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless
otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments
are
made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and
to the
extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used
herein,
“Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a
business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted
in the
London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution
Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period
will
be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation
amount
outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying
each
such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned
divided by 360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in
the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per
annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on
Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the
Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750
on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such
rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the
London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period
immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on
Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
is
superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon
(London
time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted
on
the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher
than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified
by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will
be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all
dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will
be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be
payable
quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and
December 17 of each year or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005. The Debenture
Issuer
has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Extension Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures
for up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and
from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described
below,
during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During
any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded
quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred
to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension
Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest
shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof,
but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred
for
a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred,
the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension
Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and
records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect
to any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for
the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The
Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will
be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of
Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor
pursuant to the Guarantee.
The
Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security
Certificate to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The
agent
may substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee:
1
1
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include
membership or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
EXHIBIT
A-2
FORM
OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER
OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT,
OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY
OF AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY
BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING
THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS
AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14
OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY
IS NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR
ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND
HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL
NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN
A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO
BE VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR
AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY THE
DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Certificate
Number P-2
|
5,000
Capital
Securities
|
March
17,
2005
Certificate
Evidencing Floating Rate Capital Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II
(liquidation
amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State
of
Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that First Tennessee Bank National
Association is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust,
(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”).
Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are
transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and
in
proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are
issued
pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences
and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects
be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of
Trust
of the Trust dated as of March 17, 2005, among Soo Bong Min, Brian E. Cho
and Elaine Jeon, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware
Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp,
Inc., as Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial
interests in the assets of the Trust, including the designation of the
terms of
the Capital Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated
declaration as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”).
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given
them
in the Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee
to
the extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration,
the Guarantee, and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written
request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
Upon
receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is
entitled
to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital
Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.
This
Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of
the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
Signatures
appear on following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE STATUTORY TRUST II
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title: Administrator
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Declaration.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
the Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal
to
4.76% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 and at an annual
rate
for each successive period beginning on (and including) the Distribution
Payment
Date in June 2005, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending
on
(but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a
“Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below,
plus 1.79% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable
on
the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in
arrears
will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate
(to the
extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein
includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless
otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments
are
made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and
to the
extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used
herein,
“Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a
business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted
in the
London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution
Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period
will
be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation
amount
outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying
each
such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned
divided by 360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in
the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per
annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on
Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the
Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750
on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such
rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the
London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period
immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on
Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
is
superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon
(London
time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted
on
the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher
than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified
by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will
be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all
dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will
be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be
payable
quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and
December 17 of each year or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005. The Debenture
Issuer
has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Extension Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures
for up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and
from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described
below,
during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During
any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded
quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred
to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension
Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest
shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof,
but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred
for
a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred,
the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension
Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and
records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect
to any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for
the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The
Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will
be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of
Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor
pursuant to the Guarantee.
The
Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security
Certificate to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The
agent
may substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee:
2
2
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include
membership or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
EXHIBIT
A-3
FORM
OF
COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE
THIS
COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.
THIS
CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF
THE DECLARATION.
Certificate
Number C-1
|
619
Common
Securities
|
March
17,
2005
Certificate
Evidencing Floating Rate Common Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State
of
Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (the
“Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the “Common
Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued pursuant to,
and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and
other
terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects be
subject
to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of
the Trust
dated as of March 17, 2005, among Soo Bong Min, Brian E. Cho and Elaine
Jeon, as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee,
Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.,
as
Sponsor, and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest
in
the assets of the Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common
Securities as set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration,
as
the same may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms
used herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the
Declaration. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to
the
extent provided therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration,
the
Guarantee and the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request
to
the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
As
set
forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect
of
Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are
subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital
Securities.
Upon
receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and
is
entitled to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United
States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common
Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the
Debentures.
This
Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of
the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE STATUTORY TRUST II
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
Administrator
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal
to 4.76%
beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on
(but
excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005 and at an annual
rate for
each successive period beginning on (and including) the Distribution Payment
Date in June 2005, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and ending
on
(but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each a
“Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below,
plus 1.79% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable
on
the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in
arrears
will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate
(to the
extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein
includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless
otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments
are
made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and
to the
extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used
herein,
“Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a
business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted
in the
London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution
Period. The amount of the Distribution payable for any Distribution Period
will
be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated liquidation
amount
outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period and multiplying
each
such amount by the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned
divided by 360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in
the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per
annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on
Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the
Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750
on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such
rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the
London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two
such
quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture
Trustee
will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered
quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks
for
loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination
Date.
If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the
arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations
are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be
a 3-Month
LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding
such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits
having a
three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00
a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the
Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such
Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable
page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher
than the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified
by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will
be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all
dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will
be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be
payable
quarterly in arrears on March 17, June 17, September 17 and
December 17 of each year or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in June 2005. The Debenture
Issuer
has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Extension Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures
for up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time
and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described
below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.
During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures,
and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal
to the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded
quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred
to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension
Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest
shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof,
but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred
for a
period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension
Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and
records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect
to any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for
the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The
Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will
be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate
to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The
agent
may
substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee
3
3
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership
or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exhibit
4.8
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
by
and between
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
and
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY
Dated
as of March 17, 2005
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
This
GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of March 17, 2005, is executed
and delivered by Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation (the
“Guarantor”), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as
trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of
Wilshire Statutory Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the
“Issuer”).
WHEREAS,
pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”),
dated as of the date hereof among Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators
of
the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time
to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the
Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests,
having an aggregate liquidation amount of $20,000,000.00 (the “Capital
Securities”); and
WHEREAS,
as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor
desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in
this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee
Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms
and
conditions set forth herein;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital
Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the
Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit
of
the Holders.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
AND INTERPRETATION
Section
1.1.
Definitions
and Interpretation
.
In
this
Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a)
capitalized
terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the
respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;
(b)
a
term
defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or
Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;
(e)
terms
defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have
the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in
this
Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and
(f)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.
“
Beneficiaries
”
means
any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or
liable.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.
“
Common
Securities
”
means
the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the
Declaration.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of
the
Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered,
which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at Rodney
Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.
“
Covered
Person
”
means
any Holder of Capital Securities.
“
Debentures
”
means
the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Floating Rate Junior
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2035 held by the Institutional
Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.
“
Declaration
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.
“
Event
of Default
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
“
Guarantee
Payments
”
means
the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect
to
the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer:
(i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the
Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to
the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the
Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with
respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer,
(iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds
available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the
occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than
in
connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital
Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser
of
(a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid
Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent
the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of
assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in
liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation
Distribution”).
“
Guarantee
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed
and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and
thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.
“
Guarantor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and each of its successors and assigns.
“
Holder
”
means
any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital
Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that,
in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital
Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder”
shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers,
directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives,
nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and Wilmington
Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any
indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued
to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.
“
Issuer
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but
separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the
aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid
on
redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions
to
the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital
Securities then outstanding.
“
Obligations
”
means
any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to
taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders
of
any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of
the
Trust Securities.
“
Officer’s
Certificate
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer
of
such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the
covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as, in
such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust
Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice
President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any
of
the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
that
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Successor
Guarantee Trustee
”
means
a
successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee
Trustee under Section 3.1.
“
Trust
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
ARTICLE
II
POWERS,
DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
2.1.
Powers
and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
This
Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders
of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this
Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his
or
her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on
acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as
Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee
Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such
vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing
documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(b)
If
an
Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee
Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce
this
Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform
only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied
covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee.
In
case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant to
Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the
Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights
and
powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and
skill
in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(d)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act,
or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
prior
to
the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all
such Events of Default that may have occurred:
(A)
the
duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely
by
the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not
be
liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee;
and
(B)
in
the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee
may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of
the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished
to
the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee;
but
in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof
are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the
Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether
or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;
(ii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be
proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such
judgment was made;
(iii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction
of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise
of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee;
and
(iv)
no
provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing
that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the
terms
of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the
Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to
it.
Section
2.2.
Certain
Rights of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to the provisions of Section 2.1:
(i)
The
Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting
or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by
the
proper party or parties.
(ii)
Any
direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.
(iii)
Whenever,
in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or
omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence
is
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor
which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the
Guarantor.
(iv)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or
registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration
thereof).
(v)
The
Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice
or
opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may
include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at
any
time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from
any court of competent jurisdiction.
(vi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or
powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder,
unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security
and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the
costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the
Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might
be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such
reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee;
provided
,
however
,
that
nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee
Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.
(vii)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts
or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note,
other
evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee,
in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit.
(viii)
The
Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform
any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees,
custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible
for
any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed
with
due care by it hereunder.
(ix)
Any
action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the
Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee
or
its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action.
No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee
Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions
of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the
Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.
(x)
Whenever
in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it
desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right
or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request
instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking
such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be
protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such
instructions.
(xi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted
to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed
by
it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred
upon
it by this Guarantee.
(b)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on
the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power,
duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which
it
shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or
incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts
or
to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power
or
authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a
duty.
Section
2.3.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Guarantee
.
The
recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the
Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for
their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.
Section
2.4.
Events
of Default; Waiver
.
(a)
An
Event
of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor
to
perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.
(b)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may,
voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital
Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such
waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed
to
have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
Section
2.5.
Events
of Default; Notice
.
(a)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the
Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually
known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults
have been cured before the giving of such notice,
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and
so
long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines
that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Capital Securities.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default
unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the
Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment
default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the
administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge
thereof.
ARTICLE
III
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
3.1.
Guarantee
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an
Affiliate of the Guarantor, and
(ii)
be
a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
of
America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or
Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
a
combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State,
Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the
purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published.
(b)
If
at any
time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under
Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the
manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).
(c)
If
the
Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the
meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee
shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.
Section
3.2.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without
cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of
Default.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until
a
Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment
by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered
to the Guarantor.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor
Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.
The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or
subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect
until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such
appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee
Trustee.
(d)
If
no
Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment
as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an
instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being
removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of
a
Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such
notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee
Trustee.
(e)
No
Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(f)
Upon
termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee
pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee
all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3
accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.
ARTICLE
IV
GUARANTEE
Section
4.1.
Guarantee
.
(a)
The
Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders
the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by
the
Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of
payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may
have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be
satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the
Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the
Holders.
(b)
The
Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer
and
in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and
all
Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the
benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not
such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.
Section
4.2.
Waiver
of Notice and Demand
.
The
Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any
liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment,
any
right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person
before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice
of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and
demands.
Section
4.3.
Obligations
Not Affected
.
The
obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this
Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening
from time to time of any of the following:
(a)
the
release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or
observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term
or
condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by
the
Issuer;
(b)
the
extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the
Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation
Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities
or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under,
arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an
extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special
Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results
from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any
extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the
Indenture);
(c)
any
failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to
enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred
on
the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action
on
the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any
kind;
(d)
the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral,
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other
similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the
Issuer;
(e)
any
invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;
(f)
the
settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred;
or
(g)
any
other
circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this
Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be
absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.
There
shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent
of,
the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the
foregoing.
Section
4.4.
Rights
of Holders
.
(a)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have
the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any
remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to
direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee
under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
(subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised
by
counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully
be
taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or
trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees
and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings
so
directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.
(b)
Any
Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against
the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee,
without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee
Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require
that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee
or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the
Guarantor.
Section
4.5.
Guarantee
of Payment
.
This
Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
Section
4.6.
Subrogation
.
The
Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital
Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders
by
the Guarantor under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by
way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any
such
payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount
shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the
Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over
such amount to the Holders.
Section
4.7.
Independent
Obligations
.
The
Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the
obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the
Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee
Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence
of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section
4.3 hereof.
Section
4.8.
Enforcement
by a Beneficiary
.
A
Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section
4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or
remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other
person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall
be
subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in
respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this
Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by
way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment,
and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under
this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
V
LIMITATION
OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION
Section
5.1.
Limitation
of Transactions
.
So
long
as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have
occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default
or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in
the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced
and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any
Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any
of
the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Guarantor or payments of dividends from direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor to their parent corporations, which
also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor) or make any
guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem
any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in
all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in
an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of
Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable,
(ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of
the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the
Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in
shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged,
(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’
rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any
stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant
thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other
rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such
warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the
dividend is being paid or ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (vi) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Guarantor (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (vii) payments under this Guarantee).
Section
5.2.
Ranking
.
This
Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will
rank
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance
thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions
of
this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.
The
right
of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except
to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that
subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will
be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the
Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the
Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence
or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including
Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor
may
enter into in the future or otherwise.
ARTICLE
VI
TERMINATION
Section
6.1.
Termination
.
This
Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full
payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital
Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the
Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon
full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon
dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or
will
be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital
Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities
or
under this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section
7.1.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or
otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a
manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope
of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or
by
law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage
or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful
misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the
records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person
as
to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other
Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such
Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified
Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value
and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts
pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to
Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.
Section
7.2.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each
Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim
or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of
the
Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited
to,
the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the
Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the
Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as
set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of
the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
(b)
Promptly
after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of
the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2,
notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure
so
to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability
under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did
not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture
by
the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person
other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above.
The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at
the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for
which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel
retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below);
provided
,
however
,
that
such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person.
Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the
Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use
of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would
present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or
potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the
Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or
other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those
available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified
Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action
or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ
separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action,
suit or proceeding.
Section
7.3.
Compensation;
Reimbursement of Expenses
.
The
Guarantor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to
the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or
made
by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.
For
purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the
payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to
the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee
under
this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in
connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee.
The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
8.1.
Successors
and Assigns
.
All
guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors,
assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall
inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding.
Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with
or
into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to
another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture,
the
Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this
Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
Section
8.2.
Amendments
.
Except
with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders
of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent
of
Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior
approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of
the
Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments
thereof apply to the giving of such approval.
Section
8.3.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by
the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first
class mail, as follows:
(a)
If
given
to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth
below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to
the
Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(b)
If
given
to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such
other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital
Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(c)
If
given
to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books
and records of the Issuer.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
8.4.
Benefit
.
This
Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to Section
2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.
Section
8.5.
Governing
Law
.
THIS
GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS LAW).
Section
8.6.
Counterparts
.
This
Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be an
original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
Section
8.7
Separability
.
In
case
one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this
Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal
or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
Signatures
appear on the following page
THIS
GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP,
INC.
,
as Guarantor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST
COMPANY, as Guarantee Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
Title:
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as
Issuer
INDENTURE
Dated
as of September 15, 2005
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY
,
as
Trustee
FIXED/FLOATING
RATE JUNIOR
SUBORDINATED
DEFERRABLE INTEREST
DEBENTURES
DUE
2035
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I. DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
Section
1.1.
|
Definitions
|
1
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II. DEBENTURES
|
8
|
Section
2.1.
|
Authentication
and Dating
|
8
|
Section
2.2.
|
Form
of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
|
9
|
Section
2.3.
|
Form
and Denomination of Debentures
|
9
|
Section
2.4.
|
Execution
of Debentures
|
9
|
Section
2.5.
|
Exchange
and Registration of Transfer of Debentures
|
10
|
Section
2.6.
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures
|
12
|
Section
2.7.
|
Temporary
Debentures
|
12
|
Section
2.8.
|
Payment
of Interest and Additional Interest
|
13
|
Section
2.9.
|
Cancellation
of Debentures Paid, etc
|
14
|
Section
2.10.
|
Computation
of Interest
|
14
|
Section
2.11.
|
Extension
of Interest Payment Period
|
16
|
Section
2.12.
|
CUSIP
Numbers
|
17
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III. PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
|
17
|
Section
3.1.
|
Payment
of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the
Debentures
|
17
|
Section
3.2.
|
Offices
for Notices and Payments, etc
|
17
|
Section
3.3.
|
Appointments
to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
|
18
|
Section
3.4.
|
Provision
as to Paying Agent
|
18
|
Section
3.5.
|
Certificate
to Trustee
|
19
|
Section
3.6.
|
Additional
Sums
|
19
|
Section
3.7.
|
Compliance
with Consolidation Provisions
|
19
|
Section
3.8.
|
Limitation
on Dividends
|
19
|
Section
3.9.
|
Covenants
as to the Trust
|
20
|
Section
3.10.
|
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
|
20
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV. SECURITYHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE
TRUSTEE
|
20
|
Section
4.1.
|
Securityholders’
Lists
|
20
|
Section
4.2.
|
Preservation
and Disclosure of Lists
|
21
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V. REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT
|
22
|
Section
5.1.
|
Events
of Default
|
22
|
Section
5.2.
|
Payment
of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor
|
23
|
Section
5.3.
|
Application
of Moneys Collected by Trustee
|
25
|
Section
5.4.
|
Proceedings
by Securityholders
|
25
|
Section
5.5.
|
Proceedings
by Trustee
|
26
|
Section
5.6.
|
Remedies
Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a Waiver
|
26
|
Section
5.7.
|
Direction
of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
Securityholders
|
26
|
Section
5.8.
|
Notice
of Defaults
|
27
|
Section
5.9.
|
Undertaking
to Pay Costs
|
27
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI. CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
|
27
|
Section
6.1.
|
Duties
and Responsibilities of Trustee
|
27
|
Section
6.2.
|
Reliance
on Documents, Opinions, etc
|
28
|
Section
6.3.
|
No
Responsibility for Recitals, etc
|
29
|
Section
6.4.
|
Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar
May Own
Debentures
|
29
|
Section
6.5.
|
Moneys
to be Held in Trust
|
29
|
Section
6.6.
|
Compensation
and Expenses of Trustee
|
29
|
Section
6.7.
|
Officers’
Certificate as Evidence
|
30
|
Section
6.8.
|
Eligibility
of Trustee
|
30
|
Section
6.9.
|
Resignation
or Removal of Trustee
|
31
|
Section
6.10.
|
Acceptance
by Successor Trustee
|
32
|
Section
6.11.
|
Succession
by Merger, etc
|
32
|
Section
6.12.
|
Authenticating
Agents
|
33
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII. CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS
|
34
|
Section
7.1.
|
Action
by Securityholders
|
34
|
Section
7.2.
|
Proof
of Execution by Securityholders
|
34
|
Section
7.3.
|
Who
Are Deemed Absolute Owners
|
34
|
Section
7.4.
|
Debentures
Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding
|
35
|
Section
7.5.
|
Revocation
of Consents; Future Holders Bound
|
35
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII. SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS
|
35
|
Section
8.1.
|
Purposes
of Meetings
|
35
|
Section
8.2.
|
Call
of Meetings by Trustee
|
36
|
Section
8.3.
|
Call
of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
|
36
|
Section
8.4.
|
Qualifications
for Voting
|
36
|
Section
8.5.
|
Regulations
|
36
|
Section
8.6.
|
Voting
|
36
|
Section
8.7.
|
Quorum;
Actions
|
37
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
|
37
|
Section
9.1.
|
Supplemental
Indentures without Consent of Securityholders
|
37
|
Section
9.2.
|
Supplemental
Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
|
39
|
Section
9.3.
|
Effect
of Supplemental Indentures
|
39
|
Section
9.4.
|
Notation
on Debentures
|
40
|
Section
9.5.
|
Evidence
of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to
Trustee
|
40
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
|
40
|
Section
10.1.
|
Optional
Redemption
|
40
|
Section
10.2.
|
Special
Event Redemption
|
40
|
Section
10.3.
|
Notice
of Redemption; Selection of Debentures
|
40
|
Section
10.4.
|
Payment
of Debentures Called for Redemption
|
41
|
ARTICLE
XI. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
|
41
|
Section
11.1.
|
Company
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
|
42
|
Section
11.2.
|
Successor
Entity to be Substituted
|
42
|
Section
11.3.
|
Opinion
of Counsel to be Given to Trustee
|
42
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
|
42
|
Section
12.1.
|
Discharge
of Indenture
|
42
|
Section
12.2.
|
Deposited
Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee
|
43
|
Section
12.3.
|
Paying
Agent to Repay Moneys Held
|
43
|
Section
12.4.
|
Return
of Unclaimed Moneys
|
43
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS
|
44
|
Section
13.1.
|
Indenture
and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations
|
44
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIV. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
44
|
Section
14.1.
|
Successors
|
44
|
Section
14.2.
|
Official
Acts by Successor Entity
|
44
|
Section
14.3.
|
Surrender
of Company Powers
|
44
|
Section
14.4.
|
Addresses
for Notices, etc
|
44
|
Section
14.5.
|
Governing
Law
|
44
|
Section
14.6.
|
Evidence
of Compliance with Conditions Precedent
|
45
|
Section
14.7.
|
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc
|
45
|
Section
14.8.
|
Execution
in Counterparts
|
45
|
Section
14.9.
|
Separability
|
45
|
Section
14.10.
|
Assignment
|
45
|
Section
14.11.
|
Acknowledgment
of Rights
|
45
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XV. SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES
|
46
|
Section
15.1.
|
Agreement
to Subordinate
|
46
|
Section
15.2.
|
Default
on Senior Indebtedness
|
46
|
Section
15.3.
|
Liquidation,
Dissolution, Bankruptcy
|
46
|
Section
15.4.
|
Subrogation
|
47
|
Section
15.5.
|
Trustee
to Effectuate Subordination
|
48
|
Section
15.6.
|
Notice
by the Company
|
48
|
Section
15.7.
|
Rights
of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness
|
49
|
Section
15.8.
|
Subordination
May Not Be Impaired
|
49
|
Exhibit
A
|
Form
of Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest
Debenture
|
Exhibit
B
|
Form
of Certificate to Trustee
|
THIS
INDENTURE, dated as of September 15, 2005, between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.,
a
California corporation (the “
Company
”),
and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as debenture trustee
(the “
Trustee
”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS,
for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance
of its Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures
due 2035 (the “
Debentures
”)
under
this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the execution and
authentication, delivery and administration thereof, and the Company has
duly
authorized the execution of this Indenture; and
WHEREAS,
all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement according
to its terms, have been done and performed;
NOW,
THEREFORE, This Indenture Witnesseth:
In
consideration of the premises, and the purchase of the Debentures by the
holders
thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal
and
proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the
Debentures as follows:
ARTICLE
I.
DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1.
Definitions
.
The
terms
defined in this Section 1.1 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture
and
of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings
specified in this Section 1.1. All accounting terms used herein and not
expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted
accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally
accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to
this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision.
“
Acceleration
Event of Default
”
means
an Event of Default under Section 5.1(a), (d), (e) or (f), whatever the reason
for such Acceleration Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary
or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body.
“
Additional
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
”
means,
without duplication and other than the Debentures, any indebtedness, liabilities
or obligations of the Company, or any Subsidiary of the Company, under debt
securities (or guarantees in respect of debt securities) initially issued
after
the date of this Indenture to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership
or
other entity affiliated with the Company that is, directly or indirectly,
a
finance subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 3a-5 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940) or other financing vehicle of the Company or any Subsidiary
of the Company in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred
securities or other securities that are eligible to qualify for Tier 1
capital treatment (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Company (or, if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the Additional
Junior Indebtedness as Tier 1 capital shall not disqualify it as Additional
Junior Indebtedness if such inability results from the Company having cumulative
preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any
other
class of security or interest which the Federal Reserve now or may hereafter
accord Tier 1 capital treatment (including the Debentures) in excess of the
amount which may qualify for treatment as Tier 1 capital under applicable
capital adequacy guidelines.
“
Additional
Sums
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any
successor rule thereunder.
“
Authenticating
Agent
”
means
any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and
acting pursuant to Section 6.12.
“
Bankruptcy
Law
”
means
Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of
debtors.
“
Board
of Directors
”
means
the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized
designated officers of the Company.
“
Board
Resolution
”
means
a
copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of the
Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in
full
force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the
Trustee.
“
Business
Day
”
means
any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking
institutions in New York City or Wilmington, Delaware are permitted or required
by any applicable law or executive order to close.
“
Capital
Securities
”
means
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank
pari
passu
with
Common Securities issued by the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in
the
Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment
in
respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise
are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital
Securities.
“
Capital
Securities Guarantee
”
means
the guarantee agreement that the Company enters into with Wilmington Trust
Company, as guarantee trustee, or other Persons that operates directly or
indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the
Trust.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of any amendment
to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws,
rules
or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision thereof
or
therein, or as the result of any official or administrative pronouncement
or
action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules or regulations,
which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or
decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the
Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company will
not,
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount
equal
to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1
Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the
basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company
having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated
subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal
Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital
treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for
treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
the distribution of Debentures in connection with the liquidation of the
Trust
shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such
liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment
Company Event.
“
Certificate
”
means
a
certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal
financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the
Company.
“
Common
Securities
”
means
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which rank
pari
passu
with
Capital Securities issued by the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in
the
Declaration), the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment
in
respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise
are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital
Securities.
“
Company
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, and, subject to the provisions
of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns.
“
Comparable
Treasury Issue
”
means
with respect to any Special Redemption Date the United States Treasury security
selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the Fixed
Rate Period Remaining Life that would be utilized, at the time of selection
and
in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of
corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Fixed Rate Period
Remaining Life. If no United States Treasury security has a maturity which
is
within a period from three months before to three months after the Interest
Payment Date in September 2010, the two most closely corresponding fixed,
non-callable United States Treasury securities, as selected by the Quotation
Agent, shall be used as the Comparable Treasury Issue, and the Treasury Rate
shall be interpolated or extrapolated on a straight-line basis, rounding
to the
nearest month using such securities.
“
Comparable
Treasury Price
”
means
(a) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Special
Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (b) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than five
such
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such
Quotations.
“
Coupon
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Debenture
”
or
“
Debentures
”
has
the
meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture.
“
Debenture
Register
”
has
the
meaning specified in Section 2.5.
“
Declaration
”
means
the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.
“
Default
”
means
any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.
“
Defaulted
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.8.
“
Distribution
Period
”
means
(i) with respect to interest paid on the first Interest Payment Date, the
period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in December 2005 and
(ii) thereafter, with respect to interest paid on each successive Interest
Payment Date, the period beginning on (and including) the preceding Interest
Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) such current Interest Payment
Date.
“
Determination
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Event
of Default
”
means
any event specified in Section 5.1, continued for the period of time, if
any, and after the giving of the notice, if any, therein
designated.
“
Extension
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.11.
“
Federal
Reserve
”
means
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its designated district
bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that is primarily
responsible for regulating the activities of bank holding
companies.
“
Fixed
Rate Period Remaining Life
”
means,
with respect to any Debenture, the period from the Special Redemption Date
for
such Debenture to the Interest Payment Date in September 2010.
“
Indenture
”
means
this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as
herein
provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both.
“
Institutional
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Declaration.
“
Interest
Payment Date
”
means
March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year
during the term of this Indenture, or if such day is not a Business Day,
then
the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in December 2005.
“
Interest
Rate
”
means
for the Distribution Period beginning on (and including) the date of original
issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment Date in September
2010 the rate per annum of 6.07%, and for each Distribution Period beginning
on
or after the Interest Payment Date in September 2010, the Coupon Rate for
such
Distribution Period.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change
in
law or regulation or written change (including any announced prospective
change)
in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative
body,
court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an
insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such
opinion will be considered an “investment company” that is required to be
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended which change
or
prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case
may
be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Debentures.
“
Liquidation
Amount
”
means
the stated amount of $1,000.00 per Trust Security.
“
Maturity
Date
”
means
September 15, 2035.
“
Officers’
Certificate
”
means
a
certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,
the Vice Chairman, the President, any Managing Director or any Vice President,
and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant
Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and
delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements
provided for in Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the
provisions of such Section.
“
Opinion
of Counsel
”
means
an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of
or
counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the
Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in
Section 14.6 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such
Section.
“
OTS
”
means
the Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is
primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding
companies.
The
term
“
outstanding
,”
when
used with reference to Debentures, means, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.4, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture,
except:
(a)
Debentures
theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered
to
the Trustee for cancellation;
(b)
Debentures,
or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the
necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with
any
paying agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and
segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own paying
agent);
provided
,
however
,
that,
if such Debentures, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity
thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as provided in
Section 10.3 or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made
for giving such notice; and
(c)
Debentures
paid pursuant to Section 2.6 or in lieu of or in substitution for which
other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to
the
terms of Section 2.6 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee is presented that any such Debentures are held by bona fide holders
in
due course.
“
Person
”
means
any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization
or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
“
Predecessor
Security
”
of
any
particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion
of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture; and, for
purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under
Section 2.6 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be
deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen
Debenture.
“
Primary
Treasury Dealer
”
means
either a nationally recognized primary United States Government securities
dealer or an entity of recognized standing in matters pertaining to the
quotation of treasury securities that is reasonably acceptable to the Company
and the Trustee.
“
Principal
Office of the Trustee
,”
or
other similar term, means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular
time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which
at
the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be Rodney Square North,
1100
North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600, Attention: Corporate
Trust
Administration.
“
Quotation
Agent
”
means
a
designee of the Institutional Trustee who shall be a Primary Treasury
Dealer.
“
Redemption
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
“
Redemption
Price
”
means
100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued
and
unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Debentures to
the
Redemption Date.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer
”
means
(i) the Quotation Agent and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected
by
the Trustee after consultation with the Company.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations
”
means,
with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the
average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices
for
the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of
its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference
Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day
preceding such Redemption Date.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the
Trustee, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any
secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer,
any
trust officer or other officer of the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the
above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate
trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time or any successor
legislation.
“
Securityholder
,”
“holder of Debentures,” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name
at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the register kept by
the
Company or the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms
hereof.
“
Senior
Indebtedness
”
means,
with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and
interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for all borrowed and
purchased money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures,
notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all
capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the
Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all
conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company
under any title retention agreement; (iv) all obligations of the Company
for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any
security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement,
any
interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options
or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the
Company associated with derivative products such as interest and foreign
exchange rate contracts, commodity contracts, and similar arrangements;
(vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(v) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible
or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise including, without limitation,
similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct
credit
substitutes; and (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in
clauses (i) through (vi) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any
property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed
by
the Company), whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture
or
thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Indebtedness” shall
not include (1) any Additional Junior Indebtedness, (2) Debentures
issued pursuant to this Indenture and guarantees in respect of such Debentures,
(3) trade accounts payable of the Company arising in the ordinary course
of
business (such trade accounts payable being
pari
passu
in right
of payment to the Debentures), or (4) obligations with respect to which (a)
in
the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same
is
outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are
pari
passu
,
junior
or otherwise not superior in right of payment to the Debentures and (b) the
Company, prior to the issuance thereof, has notified (and, if then required
under the applicable guidelines of the regulating entity, has received approval
from) the Federal Reserve (if the Company is a bank holding company) or the
OTS
(if the Company is a savings and loan holding company). Senior Indebtedness
shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and be entitled to the subordination
provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term
of
such Senior Indebtedness.
“
Special
Event
”
means
any of a Capital Treatment Event, an Investment Company Event or a Tax
Event.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
10.2
.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
means
(a) if the Special Redemption Date occurs before the Interest Payment Date
in September 2010, the greater of (i) 107.5% of the principal amount of the
Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest)
on
the Debentures to the Special Redemption Date, or (ii) as determined by the
Quotation Agent, (A) the sum of the present values of the scheduled
payments of principal and interest on the Debentures during the Fixed Rate
Period Remaining Life of the Debentures (assuming the Debentures matured
on the
Interest Payment Date in September 2010) discounted to the Special Redemption
Date on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months) at the Treasury Rate, plus (B) accrued and unpaid interest
(including Additional Interest) on the Debentures to such Special Redemption
Date, or (b) if the Special Redemption Date occurs on or after the Interest
Payment Date in September 2010, 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures
being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional
Interest) on such Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.
“
Subsidiary
”
means
with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of the
outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or
more
of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar
entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests
of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of
its
Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and
(iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting
stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the
equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting
power
for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such
Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
having
such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.
“
Tax
Event
”
means
the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an opinion of counsel experienced
in
such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to or change
(including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations
thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative pronouncement
(including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field
service
advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including any notice
or
announcement of intent to adopt such procedures or regulations) (an
“
Administrative
Action
”)
or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or
in
connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether
or
not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification, change,
Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in
each
case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there is
more
than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within
90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures;
(ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debentures is not, or within
90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the
Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes;
or
(iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such
opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties
or
other governmental charges.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Telerate
Page 3750
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
“
Treasury
Rate
”
means
(i) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the week
immediately prior to the date of calculation, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated H.15 (519) or any successor publication
which is published weekly by the Federal Reserve and which establishes yields
on
actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity
under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding
to the Fixed Rate Period Remaining Life (if no maturity is within three months
before or after the Fixed Rate Period Remaining Life, yields for the two
published maturities most closely corresponding to the Fixed Rate Period
Remaining Life shall be determined and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated
or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis, rounding to the
nearest month) or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not
published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain
such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield
to
maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the
Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Special Redemption Date.
The
Treasury Rate shall be calculated by the Quotation Agent on the third Business
Day preceding the Special Redemption Date.
“
Trust
”
shall
mean Wilshire Statutory Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust, or any
other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities
in
connection with the issuance of Debentures under this Indenture, of which
the
Company is the sponsor.
“
Trust
Securities
”
means
Common Securities and Capital Securities of the Trust.
“
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, and, subject to the provisions of Article VI
hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee
hereunder.
ARTICLE
II.
DEBENTURES
Section
2.1.
Authentication
and Dating
.
Upon
the
execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter,
Debentures in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $15,464,000.00
may
be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication,
and
the Trustee, upon receipt of a written authentication order from the Company,
shall thereupon authenticate and make available for delivery said Debentures
to
or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board
of
Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, the President, one of
its
Managing Directors or one of its Vice Presidents without any further action
by
the Company hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon the aforementioned
authentication order and written order in authenticating and delivering said
Debentures. In authenticating such Debentures, and accepting the additional
responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debentures, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be
fully protected in relying upon:
(a)
a
copy of
any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable,
an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in
each
case certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company,
as the
case may be; and
(b)
an
Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 14.6 which shall
also state:
(1)
that
such
Debentures, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by
the
Company in each case in the manner and subject to any conditions specified
in
such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company, subject to or limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, moratorium and other statutory
or
decisional laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or the reorganization
of financial institutions (including, without limitation, preference and
fraudulent conveyance or transfer laws), heretofore or hereafter enacted
or in
effect, affecting the rights of creditors generally; and
(2)
that
all
laws and requirements in respect of the execution and delivery by the Company
of
the Debentures have been complied with and that authentication and delivery
of
the Debentures by the Trustee will not violate the terms of this
Indenture.
The
Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any
Debentures under this Section if the Trustee, being advised in writing by
counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such
action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing
holders.
The
definitive Debentures shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved on
steel
engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined
by
the officers executing such Debentures, as evidenced by their execution of
such
Debentures.
Section
2.2.
Form
of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
.
The
Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debentures shall be in
substantially the following form:
This
is
one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
By
Authorized
Signer
Section
2.3.
Form
and Denomination of Debentures
.
The
Debentures shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
The
Debentures shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and
in
minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00 in excess
thereof. Any attempted transfer of the Debentures in a block having an aggregate
principal amount of less than $100,000.00 shall be deemed to be void and
of no
legal effect whatsoever. Any such purported transferee shall be deemed not
to be
a holder of such Debentures for any purpose, including, but not limited to
the
receipt of payments on such Debentures, and such purported transferee shall
be
deemed to have no interest whatsoever in such Debentures. The Debentures
shall
be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in
accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine
with
the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication
thereof.
Section
2.4.
Execution
of Debentures
.
The
Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the
manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board of Directors,
Chief
Executive Officer, Vice Chairman, President, one of its Managing Directors
or
one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents.
Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee
or the
Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized signer, shall
be
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any
purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon
any
Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the
Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder
and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In
case
any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall
cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or
disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated
and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debentures
had
not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debenture may be signed
on
behalf of the Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution
of
such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at
the
date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an
officer.
Every
Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication.
Section
2.5.
Exchange
and Registration of Transfer of Debentures
.
The
Company shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the
purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in
Section 3.2, a register (the “
Debenture
Register
”)
for
the Debentures issued hereunder in which, subject to such reasonable regulations
as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer
of all Debentures as in this Article II provided. The Debenture Register
shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted
into
written form within a reasonable time.
Debentures
to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee
or at
any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as
provided in Section 3.2, and the Company shall execute, the Company or the
Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall
authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debenture
or Debentures which the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled
to
receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture
at
the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Company shall
execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in
the
name of the transferee or transferees a new Debenture for a like aggregate
principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debenture
by
the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to
Section 3.2, and delivery of such Debenture, shall be deemed to complete
the registration or registration of transfer of such Debenture.
All
Debentures presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment
shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating
Agent)
be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments
of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent duly executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized
in writing.
No
service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer
of
Debentures, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection therewith.
The
Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer
of any Debenture for a period of 15 days next preceding the date of
selection of Debentures for redemption.
Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, Debentures may not be transferred except
in
compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless
otherwise determined by the Company, upon the advice of counsel expert in
securities law, in accordance with applicable law:
THIS
SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE
UNITED
STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A,
(D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH
AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
VIEW
TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
IT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
COMPANY.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS
AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN
ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S
INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY
ACQUIRE OR HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER
OR
HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF
LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14
OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY
IS NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES
OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE
AND
HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN
THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975
OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF
AN
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS
OF
ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH
PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF
ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE
STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A
BLOCK
HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED
TO
BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Section
2.6.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures
.
In
case
any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the
Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, a new Debenture bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or
in
lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen.
In
every case the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by
them to
save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft,
the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence
to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and
of
the ownership thereof.
The
Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and deliver the same
upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company.
Upon
the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
be
imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In
case
any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been called
for
redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen,
the
Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize
the
payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated
Debenture) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company
and
the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save
each
of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence
satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or
theft
of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.
Every
substituted Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6
by virtue of the fact that any such Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen
shall
constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or
not
the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall
be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with
any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder. All Debentures shall
be held
and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement
or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude
any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing
or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment
of negotiable instruments or other securities without their
surrender.
Section
2.7.
Temporary
Debentures
.
Pending
the preparation of definitive Debentures, the Company may execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debentures
that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debentures shall be issuable
in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive
Debentures in lieu of which they are issued but with such omissions, insertions
and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may
be
determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed
by
the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions
and in
substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive
Debentures. Without unreasonable delay the Company will execute and deliver
to
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debentures and thereupon
any
or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the
principal corporate trust office of the Trustee or at any office or agency
maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2, and
the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available
for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures a like aggregate
principal amount of such definitive Debentures. Such exchange shall be made
by
the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that
in
case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company
may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the
temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits
under this Indenture as definitive Debentures authenticated and delivered
hereunder.
Section
2.8.
Payment
of Interest and Additional Interest
.
Interest
at the Interest Rate and any Additional Interest on any Debenture that is
payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment
Date for Debentures shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debenture
(or
one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business
on
the regular record date for such interest installment except that interest
and
any Additional Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the
Person
to whom principal is paid.
Each
Debenture shall bear interest for the period beginning on (and including)
the
date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment
Date in September 2010 at a rate per annum of 6.07%, and shall bear interest
for
each successive Distribution Period beginning on or after the Interest Payment
Date in September 2010 at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR,
determined as described in Section 2.10, plus 1.40% (the “
Coupon
Rate
”),
applied to the principal amount thereof, until the principal thereof becomes
due
and payable, and on any overdue principal and to the extent that payment
of such
interest is enforceable under applicable law (without duplication) on any
overdue installment of interest (including Additional Interest) at the Interest
Rate in effect for each applicable period compounded quarterly. Interest
shall
be payable (subject to any relevant Extension Period) quarterly in arrears
on
each Interest Payment Date with the first installment of interest to be paid
on
the Interest Payment Date in December 2005.
Any
interest on any Debenture, including Additional Interest, that is payable,
but
is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date
(herein called “
Defaulted
Interest
”)
shall
forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular
record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest
shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debentures
(or
their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business
on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which
shall
be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing at least 25 days prior to the date of the proposed payment of the
amount
of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debenture and the
date of
the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with
the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid
in
respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory
to
the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such
money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee
shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
which
shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the
proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee
of
the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of
the
Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid,
to each Securityholder at its address as it appears in the Debenture Register,
not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed
payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having
been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons
in whose names such Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Securities)
are
registered on such special record date and shall be no longer
payable.
The
Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Debentures in any
other lawful manner after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the
proposed payment method;
provided
,
however
,
the
Trustee in its sole discretion deems such payment method to be
practical.
Any
interest (including Additional Interest) scheduled to become payable on an
Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be
Defaulted Interest and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified
in the terms of such Debentures.
The
term
“regular record date” as used in this Section shall mean the close of business
on the 15th Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment
Date.
Subject
to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debenture delivered under
this
Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu
of any
other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and
to
accrue, that were carried by such other Debenture.
Section
2.9.
Cancellation
of Debentures Paid, etc
.
All
Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or
registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying
agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if
surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly
canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except
as
expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debentures
canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The
Trustee shall destroy all canceled Debentures unless the Company otherwise
directs the Trustee in writing. If the Company shall acquire any of the
Debentures, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or
satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and
until
the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section
2.10.
Computation
of Interest
.
The
amount of interest payable (i) for any Distribution Period commencing on or
after the date of original issuance but before the Interest Payment Date
in
September 2010 will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day
months, and (ii) for the Distribution Period commencing on the Interest
Payment Date in September 2010 and each succeeding Distribution Period will
be
calculated by applying the Interest Rate to the principal amount outstanding
at
the commencement of the Distribution Period on the basis of the actual number
of
days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages
resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded, if necessary,
to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five
one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or
.09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts
used
in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent
(with
one-half cent being rounded upward)).
(a)
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
means
the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits
determined by the Trustee in the following order of priority:
(1)
the
rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined
below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as
“Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may
be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits;
(2)
if
such
rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee
will
request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided,
3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;
(3)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and
(4)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above,
3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the
Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution
Period.
If
the
rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially
appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a
corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then
the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the
applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.
(b)
The
Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
(c)
“
Determination
Date
”
means
the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market)
preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being
determined.
(d)
The
Trustee shall notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee and any securities
exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Capital Securities
are
listed, of the Coupon Rate and the Determination Date for each Distribution
Period, in each case as soon as practicable after the determination thereof
but
in no event later than the thirtieth (30th) day of the relevant Distribution
Period. Failure to notify the Company, the Institutional Trustee or any
securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, or any defect in said
notice, shall not affect the obligation of the Company to make payment on
the
Debentures at the applicable Coupon Rate. Any error in the calculation of
the
Coupon Rate by the Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered
as
above provided. Upon the request of a holder of a Debenture, the Trustee
shall
provide the Coupon Rate then in effect and, if determined, the Coupon Rate
for
the next Distribution Period.
(e)
Subject
to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates, communications,
opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given,
expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to
the
payment and calculation of interest on the Debentures and distributions on
the
Capital Securities by the Trustee or the Institutional Trustee will (in the
absence of willful default, bad faith and manifest error) be final, conclusive
and binding on the Trust, the Company and all of the holders of the Debentures
and the Capital Securities, and no liability shall (in the absence of willful
default, bad faith or manifest error) attach to the Trustee or the Institutional
Trustee in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by either of them
or
their respective powers, duties and discretion.
Section
2.11.
Extension
of Interest Payment Period
.
So
long
as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of
Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time
during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly
periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “
Extension
Period
”),
during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest)
shall
be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During
an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures,
and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from
the
date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension
Period,
to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as
“
Additional
Interest
”).
At
the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all interest then
accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional Interest
thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit
any
Affiliate to (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to,
any of
the Company’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which
also
shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee
payments with respect to the foregoing or (ii) make any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem
any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (i) or (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration
in an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
(b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company)
for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series
of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital
stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company’s
capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital
stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of
a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of
rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights plan, or the
redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any dividend in
the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock
or
the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights
is
the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital
stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of
the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities Guarantee).
Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further
extend
such period, provided that such period together with all such previous and
further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive
quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination
of
any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest
and
Additional Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject
to
the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall be due
and
payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each
installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during
such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted
by
applicable law. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election
to
begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15
Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest
on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin
or
extend such Extension Period. The Trustee shall give notice of the Company’s
election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders.
Section
2.12.
CUSIP
Numbers
.
The
Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in
use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption
as a convenience to Securityholders;
provided
,
however
,
that
any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness
of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any
notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption
shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company
will
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP
numbers.
ARTICLE
III.
PARTICULAR
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
Section
3.1.
Payment
of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the
Debentures
.
(a)
The
Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause
to be
paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest and any Additional
Interest and other payments on the Debentures at the place, at the respective
times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debentures. Each
installment of interest on the Debentures may be paid (i) by mailing checks
for such interest payable to the order of the holders of Debentures entitled
thereto as they appear on the registry books of the Company if a request
for a
wire transfer has not been received by the Company or (ii) by wire transfer
to any account with a banking institution located in the United States
designated in writing by such Person to the paying agent no later than the
related record date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder
of
this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee, the payment of the principal
of and
interest on this Debenture will be made in immediately available funds at
such
place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional
Trustee.
(b)
The
Company will treat the Debentures as indebtedness, and the amounts payable
in
respect of the principal amount of such Debentures as interest, for all United
States federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debentures
will be made free and clear of United States withholding tax to any beneficial
owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W8 BEN (or
any
substitute or successor form) establishing its non-United States status for
United States federal income tax purposes.
(c)
As
of the
date of this Indenture, the Company has no present intention to exercise
its
right under
Section
2.11
to defer
payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension
Period.
(d)
As
of the
date of this Indenture, the Company believes that the likelihood that it
would
exercise its right under
Section
2.11
to defer
payments of interest on the Debentures by commencing an Extension Period
at any
time during which the Debentures are outstanding is remote because of the
restrictions that would be imposed on the Company’s ability to declare or pay
dividends or distributions on, or to redeem, purchase or make a liquidation
payment with respect to, any of its outstanding equity and on the Company’s
ability to make any payments of principal of or interest on, or repurchase
or
redeem, any of its debt securities that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with (or junior in interest to) the Debentures.
Section
3.2.
Offices
for Notices and Payments, etc
.
So
long
as any of the Debentures remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in
Wilmington, Delaware, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented
for payment, an office or agency where the Debentures may be presented for
registration of transfer and for exchange as in this Indenture provided and
an
office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect
of
the Debentures or of this Indenture may be served. The Company will give
to the
Trustee written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of
any
change of location thereof. Until otherwise designated from time to time
by the
Company in a notice to the Trustee, or specified as contemplated by
Section
2.5
,
such
office or agency for all of the above purposes shall be the office or agency
of
the Trustee. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or
agency in Wilmington, Delaware, or shall fail to give such notice of the
location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands
may
be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the
Trustee.
In
addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time
designate one or more offices or agencies outside Wilmington, Delaware, where
the Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange
in
the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time
rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of
its
obligation to maintain any such office or agency in Wilmington, Delaware,
for
the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt
written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.
Section
3.3.
Appointments
to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
.
The
Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee,
will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.9, a Trustee, so that
there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.
Section
3.4.
Provision
as to Paying Agent
.
(a)
If
the
Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, it will cause
such
paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which
such
agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this
Section 3.4,
(1)
that
it
will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal
of
and premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures (whether such
sums
have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures)
in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures;
(2)
that
it
will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company
(or by
any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal
of and
premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debentures when the same shall
be
due and payable; and
(3)
that
it
will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so
held in
trust by such paying agent.
(b)
If
the
Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due
date
of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if
any,
on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit
of the
holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium,
interest or other payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in
writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company
(or
by any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal
of and premium, if any, or interest or other payments, if any, on the Debentures
when the same shall become due and payable.
Whenever
the Company shall have one or more paying agents for the Debentures, it will,
on
or prior to each due date of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest,
if any, on the Debentures, deposit with a paying agent a sum sufficient to
pay
the principal, premium, interest or other payments so becoming due, such
sum to
be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless
such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee
in writing of its action or failure to act.
(c)
Anything
in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at
any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with
respect
to the Debentures, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any paying agent
to
pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any such paying
agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein
contained.
(d)
Anything
in this Section 3.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold
sums in trust as provided in this Section 3.4 is subject to
Sections 12.3 and 12.4.
Section
3.5.
Certificate
to Trustee
.
The
Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, so long as Debentures are outstanding hereunder, a Certificate
stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties
as
officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default
during
such fiscal year by the Company in the performance of any covenants contained
herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and,
if
so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and
the
nature and status thereof. A form of this Certificate is attached hereto
as
Exhibit B
.
Section
3.6.
Additional
Sums
.
If
and
for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debentures and the Trust is
required to pay any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties,
assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the
Company will pay such additional amounts (“
Additional
Sums
”)
on the
Debentures as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained
by
the Trust after paying taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments
or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would
have
received if no such taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges
had
been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debentures there is a reference
in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures,
such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional
Sums provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context,
Additional Sums are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant
to the
provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional
Sums (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as
excluding Additional Sums in those provisions hereof where such express mention
is not made;
provided
,
however
,
that
the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant
to
Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Sums that may be
due and payable.
Section
3.7.
Compliance
with Consolidation Provisions
.
The
Company will not, while any of the Debentures remain outstanding, consolidate
with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or
substantially all of its property to any other Person unless the provisions
of
Article XI hereof are complied with.
Section
3.8.
Limitation
on Dividends
.
If
Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in
connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless
of
whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall
have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall
be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital
Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its
election to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period as provided herein and such period, or any extension
thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company shall not, and shall not allow
any Affiliate of the Company to, (x) declare or pay any dividends or
distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment
with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital
stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company or
payments of dividends from direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company
to
their parent corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries
of the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing
or
(y) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or
repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company or any Affiliate
that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration
in an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares
of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital
stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of
the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee).
Section
3.9.
Covenants
as to the Trust
.
For
so
long as the Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company shall maintain
100%
ownership of the Common Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to
the
Company’s ownership of such Common Securities. The Company, as owner of the
Common Securities, shall, except in connection with a distribution of Debentures
to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption
of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or
amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, cause the Trust (a)
to
remain a statutory trust, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a
grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes, and (c) to
cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided
beneficial interest in the Debentures.
Section
3.10.
Additional
Junior Indebtedness
.
The
Company shall not, and it shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary of the
Company to, incur, issue or be obligated on any Additional Junior Indebtedness,
either directly or indirectly, by way of guarantee, suretyship or otherwise,
other than Additional Junior Indebtedness (i) that, by its terms, is
expressly stated to be either junior and subordinate or
pari
passu
in all
respects to the Debentures, and (ii) of which the Company has notified
(and, if then required under the applicable guidelines of the regulating
entity,
has received approval from) the Federal Reserve, if the Company is a bank
holding company, or the OTS, if the Company is a savings and loan holding
company.
ARTICLE
IV.
SECURITYHOLDERS’
LISTS AND REPORTS
BY
THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
Section
4.1.
Securityholders’
Lists
.
The
Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished
to
the Trustee:
(a)
on
each
regular record date for the Debentures, a list, in such form as the Trustee
may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of
the
Debentures as of such record date; and
(b)
at
such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the
receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content
as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is
furnished;
except
that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.1 so long as the
Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debenture
registrar.
Section
4.2.
Preservation
and Disclosure of Lists
.
(a)
The
Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable,
all
information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures
(1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in
Section 4.1 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debentures
registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished
to it as provided in Section 4.1 upon receipt of a new list so
furnished.
(b)
In
case
three or more holders of Debentures (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”)
apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof
that
each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of at least 6 months
preceding the date of such application, and such application states that
the
applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect
to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debentures and is accompanied
by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants
propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within 5 Business Days after
the
receipt of such application, at its election, either:
(1)
afford
such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee
in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.2, or
(2)
inform
such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debentures whose
names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.2, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such
Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified
in
such application.
If
the
Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information,
the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each
Securityholder whose name and address appear in the information preserved
at the
time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of
this Section 4.2 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which
is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to
the
Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the
payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after
such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable
law,
together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to
the
effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary
to
the best interests of the holders of all Debentures, as the case may be,
or
would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify
the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by
applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified
in
the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain
any of
such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more
of
such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity
for
hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter
an
order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all
such
Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order
and the
renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any
obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
(c)
Each
and
every holder of Debentures, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with
the
Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any
paying
agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such
information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debentures in
accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.2,
regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that
the
Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant
to a request made under said subsection (b).
ARTICLE
V.
REMEDIES
OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
UPON
AN EVENT OF DEFAULT
Section
5.1.
Events
of Default
.
“Event
of
Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):
(a)
the
Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debenture, including
any Additional Interest in respect thereof, following the nonpayment of any
such
interest for twenty or more consecutive Distribution Periods; or
(b)
the
Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Debentures as and when the same shall become due
and
payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration
or
otherwise; or
(c)
the
Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants
or
agreements in this Indenture or in the terms of the Debentures established
as
contemplated in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default
in
whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically
dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of
60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the
Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of
at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures, a
written
notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied
and
stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or
(d)
a
court
of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect
of
the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing
a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or
order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(e)
the
Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
under
any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession
by a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other
similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property,
or
shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall
fail
generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(f)
the
Trust
shall have voluntarily or involuntarily liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its
business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with
(i) the distribution of the Debentures to holders of such Trust Securities
in liquidation of their interests in the Trust, (ii) the redemption of all
of the outstanding Trust Securities or (iii) certain mergers,
consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the
Declaration.
If
an
Acceleration Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the
Debentures, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of
the
Debentures shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee
or the
holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of
the
Debentures and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable
immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately
due
and payable. If an Event of Default under Section 5.1(b) or (c) occurs and
is continuing with respect to the Debentures, then, and in each and every
such
case, unless the principal of the Debentures shall have already become due
and
payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder, by notice
in
writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders),
may
proceed to remedy the default or breach thereunder by such appropriate judicial
proceedings as the Trustee or such holders shall deem most effectual to remedy
the defaulted covenant or enforce the provisions of this Indenture so breached,
either by suit in equity or by action at law, for damages or
otherwise.
The
foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any
time
after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and
payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys
due
shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the
Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
all
matured installments of interest upon all the Debentures and the principal
of
and premium, if any, on the Debentures which shall have become due otherwise
than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any,
and
Additional Interest) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective
agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant
to Section 6.6, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this
Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of or premium, if
any, on
Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured,
waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein -- then and in every such
case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may
waive
all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences,
but no
such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any
subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.
In
case
the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture
and
such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such
rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined
adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee
and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored respectively to their
several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers
of
the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall continue
as
though no such proceeding had been taken.
Section
5.2.
Payment
of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor
.
The
Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant
to
Section 5.1(a) or (b) then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will
pay to
the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debentures the whole amount
that then shall have become due and payable on all Debentures for principal
and
premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with Additional
Interest accrued on the Debentures (to the extent that payment of such interest
is enforceable under applicable law and, if the Debentures are held by the
Trust
or a trustee of such Trust, without duplication of any other amounts paid
by the
Trust or a trustee in respect thereof); and, in addition thereto, such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys
and
counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6. In
case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand,
the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled
and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity
for
the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such
action
or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment
or
final decree against the Company or any other obligor on such Debentures
and
collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company
or any
other obligor on such Debentures wherever situated the moneys adjudged or
decreed to be payable.
In
case
there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization
of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Bankruptcy Law,
or
in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property
of the
Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial
proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debentures,
or to
the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee,
irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due
and
payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise
and
irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to
the
provisions of this Section 5.2, shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,
|
(i)
|
to
file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal
and
interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures,
|
|
(ii)
|
in
case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim
and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation
to
the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective
agents,
attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all other amounts
due to
the Trustee under Section 6.6), and of the Securityholders allowed in
such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other
obligor on
the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company
or such
other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations,
to
vote on behalf of the holders of the Debentures in any election
of a
trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation
or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing
similar
functions in comparable proceedings,
|
|
(iii)
|
to
collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable
on
any such claims, and
|
|
(iv)
|
to
distribute the same after the deduction of its charges and
expenses.
|
Any
receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby
authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee,
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall
be
sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor
Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other
amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.6.
Nothing
herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize
or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures
or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
All
rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any
of
the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of
any of
the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding
relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the
Debentures.
In
any
proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the
interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall
be
a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the
Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debentures
parties to any such proceedings.
Section
5.3.
Application
of Moneys Collected by Trustee
.
Any
moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V shall be applied
in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the
distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debentures
in
respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment,
if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
First:
To
the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the
Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due
to the
Trustee under Section 6.6;
Second:
To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company if and to the extent
required by Article XV;
Third:
To
the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debentures for principal
(and premium, if any), and interest on the Debentures, in respect of which
or
for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference
or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on such Debentures
(including Additional Interest); and
Fourth:
The balance, if any, to the Company.
Section
5.4.
Proceedings
by Securityholders
.
No
holder
of any Debenture shall have any right to institute any suit, action or
proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall
have
given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to
the
Debentures and unless the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a
written
request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered
to
the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for
60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity
shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding.
Notwithstanding
any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder
of any
Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest,
on such Debenture when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any
such
payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder
and by accepting a Debenture hereunder it is expressly understood, intended
and
covenanted by the taker and holder of every Debenture with every other such
taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Debentures
shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing itself
of
any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights
of
the holders of any other Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority
over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under
this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable
and
common benefit of all holders of Debentures. For the protection and enforcement
of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the
Trustee
shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.
Section
5.5.
Proceedings
by Trustee
.
In
case
of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed
to
protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such
appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual
to
protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action
at
law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in
aid
of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any
other
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
law.
Section
5.6.
Remedies
Cumulative and Continuing; Delay or Omission Not a
Waiver
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Section 2.6, all powers and remedies given by this
Article V to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers
and
remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debentures, by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the
covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established
with respect to the Debentures, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or
of
any holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right, remedy or power
accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid
shall
impair any such right, remedy or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver
of
any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions
of
Section 5.4, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time,
and
as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee (in accordance with
its
duties under Section 6.1) or by the Securityholders.
Section
5.7.
Direction
of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of
Securityholders
.
The
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures affected
(voting as one class) at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct
the
time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to
the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with
respect to such Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that
(subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right
to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine that
the
action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking
part
in such direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that
the
action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so
directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at
the
time outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debentures waive
(or
modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default,
and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of
covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without
the
consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in respect of the
covenants contained in Section 3.9;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver
or
modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a
majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have
consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver,
provided
,
further
,
that if
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such
waiver
shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust
shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered
thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and
the
Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored
to
their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder
shall have been waived as permitted by this Section, said default or Event
of
Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed
to
have been cured and to be not continuing.
Section
5.8.
Notice
of Defaults
.
The
Trustee shall, within 90 days after the actual knowledge by a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee of the occurrence of a default with respect to the
Debentures, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of such
holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults with respect
to the Debentures known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been
cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the purpose of
this Section 5.8 being hereby defined to be the events specified in
clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.1, not including
periods of grace, if any, provided for therein);
provided
,
however
,
that,
except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium,
if
any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected
in
withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests
of the Securityholders.
Section
5.9.
Undertaking
to Pay Costs
.
All
parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debenture by his
acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in
its
discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under
this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of
an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the
merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant;
provided
,
however
,
that
the provisions of this Section 5.9 shall not apply to any suit instituted
by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of
Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount
of
the Debentures outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder
for
the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Debenture against the Company on or after the same shall
have
become due and payable.
ARTICLE
VI.
CONCERNING
THE TRUSTEE
Section
6.1.
Duties
and Responsibilities of Trustee
.
With
respect to the holders of Debentures issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior
to the
occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debentures and after
the
curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with
respect
to the Debentures, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties
as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall
be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with
respect to the Debentures has occurred (which has not been cured or waived),
the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as
a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct
of his
own affairs.
No
provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act
or its
own willful misconduct, except that:
(a)
prior
to
the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Debentures and after
the
curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred
(1)
the
duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debentures shall be
determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee
shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations
with respect to the Debentures as are specifically set forth in this Indenture,
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
against the Trustee, and
(2)
in
the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee
and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of
any
such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty
to
examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of
this Indenture;
(b)
the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith
by a
Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved
that
the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(c)
the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to
be
taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of the
Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.7, relating to the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee,
or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this
Indenture.
None
of
the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in
the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights
or
powers, if there is ground for believing that the repayment of such funds
or
liability is not assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk is not reasonably assured to
it.
Section
6.2.
Reliance
on Documents, Opinions, etc
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Section 6.1:
(a)
the
Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or
refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or
other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties;
(b)
any
request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall
be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in
respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution
may
be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary
or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company;
(c)
the
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice or Opinion
of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;
(d)
the
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any
of the
Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or
indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred
therein or thereby;
(e)
the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good
faith
and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or
powers
conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however,
relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default with respect to the Debentures (that has not been cured or waived)
to
exercise with respect to Debentures such of the rights and powers vested
in it
by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the
conduct of his own affairs;
(f)
the
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other
paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of
not
less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures
affected thereby;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses
or
liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation
is,
in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require
reasonable indemnity against such expense or liability as a condition to
so
proceeding;
(g)
the
Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any
duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating
Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct
or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with
due
care; and
(h)
with
the
exceptions of defaults under Sections 5.1(a) or (b), the Trustee shall not
be
charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to
the
Debentures unless a written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall
have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the
Debentures or by any holder of the Debentures.
Section
6.3.
No
Responsibility for Recitals, etc
.
The
recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the certificate
of
authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) shall be taken
as the
statements of the Company, and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume
no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the
Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency
of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee and the Authenticating
Agent
shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any
Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered
by the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of
this
Indenture.
Section
6.4.
Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own
Debentures
.
The
Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any paying agent or any transfer agent
or
any Debenture registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the
owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same rights it would have if it were
not
Trustee, Authenticating Agent, paying agent, transfer agent or Debenture
registrar.
Section
6.5.
Moneys
to be Held in Trust
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys received by the Trustee or
any paying agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held
in
trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any
paying agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received
by
it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long
as
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed
on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time upon the written order
of the
Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, a Managing Director, a Vice President, the Treasurer
or
an Assistant Treasurer of the Company.
Section
6.6.
Compensation
and Expenses of Trustee
.
The
Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request
for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made
by the
Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including
the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel
and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct.
For purposes of clarification, this Section 6.6 does not contemplate the
payment by the Company of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to the
Trustee pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustee under this
Indenture or the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture. The Company
also
covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (and
its
officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against,
any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other
than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence
or
willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee and arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including
the
costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability. The
obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses,
disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder.
Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of
the
Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as
such,
except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular
Debentures.
Without
prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law,
when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event
of Default specified in Section 5.1(d), (e) or (f), the expenses (including
the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation
for the
services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law.
The
provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the
Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Indenture or any Debenture to the contrary, the Trustee
shall
have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or
interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debentures or otherwise
advance
funds to or on behalf of the Company.
Section
6.7.
Officers’
Certificate as Evidence
.
Except
as
otherwise provided in Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration
of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting
any
action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful
misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved
and
established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such
certificate, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part
of
the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith
thereof.
Section
6.8.
Eligibility
of Trustee
.
The
Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state or
territory thereof or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other
Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
(or
whose obligations under this Indenture are guaranteed by an affiliate having)
a
combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state,
territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes
of
this Section 6.8 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall
be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent
records of condition so published.
The
Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as
Trustee.
In
case
at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the
manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.9.
If
the
Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of §
310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee shall either eliminate
such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner described by this
Indenture.
Section
6.9.
Resignation
or Removal of Trustee
(a)
The
Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time
resign
by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing
notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the Debentures at
their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Upon receiving
such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
trustee or trustees by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order
of
its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to
the
resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor
Trustee
shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days
after
the mailing of such notice of resignation to the affected Securityholders,
the
resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a
bona
fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six months may, subject
to
the provisions of Section 5.9, on behalf of himself and all others
similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem
proper and prescribe, appoint a successor Trustee.
(b)
In
case
at any time any of the following shall occur --
(1)
the
Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 6.8 after
written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has
been a
bona fide holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months,
or
(2)
the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the
Company or by any such Securityholder, or
(3)
the
Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt
or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed,
or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation,
then,
in
any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor
Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board
of
Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee
so
removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions
of
Section 5.9, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a
Debenture or Debentures for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and
all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for
the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such
court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and
prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint successor Trustee.
(c)
Upon
prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may
at
any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which shall
be
deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within 10 Business Days after
such
nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case, or in the case of
a
failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed
or any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in
subsection (a) of this Section 6.9 provided, may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor.
(d)
Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee
pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective
upon
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in
Section 6.10.
Section
6.10.
Acceptance
by Successor Trustee
.
Any
successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation
or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested
with
all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debentures
of
its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee
herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the
successor Trustee, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any
amounts
then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6, execute and deliver
an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights and powers
of the Trustee so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver
to
such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee
thereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall
execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting
in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any
Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property
or
funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it
pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.
If
a
successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the
successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto
which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable
to
confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee
with respect to the Debentures as to which the predecessor Trustee is not
retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall
add
to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary
to
provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more
than
one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental
indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and
that
each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate
and
apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such
Trustee.
No
successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless
at
the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under
the
provisions of Section 6.8.
In
no
event shall a retiring Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any
successor Trustee hereunder.
Upon
acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this
Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession of such
Trustee hereunder to the holders of Debentures at their addresses as they
shall
appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice
within 10 Business Days after the acceptance of appointment by the successor
Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the
expense of the Company.
Section
6.11.
Succession
by Merger, etc
.
Any
corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which
it
may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion
or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of
the
Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution
or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto;
provided
such
corporation shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this
Article.
In
case
at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by
this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debentures so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have
been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such
Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name
of the
successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full
force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided
that
the certificate of the Trustee shall have;
provided
,
however
,
that
the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee
or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply
only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation.
Section
6.12.
Authenticating
Agents
.
There
may
be one or more Authenticating Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request
of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction
in
the authentication and delivery of Debentures issued upon exchange or
registration of transfer thereof as fully to all intents and purposes as
though
any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate
and
deliver Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions
of
the Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery
of
Debentures. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any
state
or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such
laws
to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of
at
least $50,000,000.00 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal,
state, territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation
publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the
requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12
the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be
its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section.
Any
corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted
or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any
merger,
consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a
party,
or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate
trust
business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such
Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise
eligible under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such
Authenticating Agent.
Any
Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of
resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debentures
by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and
to the
Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination,
or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible
under
this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Company
shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this
Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company
and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debentures as
the
names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debenture Register. Any
successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities
with
respect to the Debentures of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect
as if
originally named as Authenticating Agent herein.
The
Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no
responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such in accordance
with the directions of the Trustee.
ARTICLE
VII.
CONCERNING
THE SECURITYHOLDERS
Section
7.1.
Action
by Securityholders
.
Whenever
in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage
in
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including
the
making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver
or
the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such
action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be
evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar
tenor executed by such Securityholders in person or by agent or proxy appointed
in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debentures voting in
favor thereof at any meeting of such Securityholders duly called and held
in
accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, or (c) by a
combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such
a
meeting of such Securityholders or (d) by any other method the Trustee
deems satisfactory.
If
the
Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debentures for the
determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a
record
date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after
the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business
on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes
of
determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding
Debentures have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation
of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debentures shall be computed
as of the record date;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record
date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant
to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than 6 months after the record
date.
Section
7.2.
Proof
of Execution by Securityholders
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 6.1, 6.2 and 8.5, proof of the execution of
any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient
if
made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be
prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee. The ownership of Debentures shall be proved by the Debenture Register
or by a certificate of the Debenture registrar. The Trustee may require such
additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem
necessary.
The
record of any Securityholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in
Section 8.6.
Section
7.3.
Who
Are Deemed Absolute Owners
.
Prior
to
due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company,
the
Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and
any
Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall
be
registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute
owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue)
for the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium,
if
any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither
the
Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent
nor
any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice
to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being
or
upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid,
effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon
any
such Debenture.
Section
7.4.
Debentures
Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding
.
In
determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount
of
Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this
Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor
on the
Debentures or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by
or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any other
obligor
on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for
the
purpose of any such determination;
provided
,
however
,
that
for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debentures which a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may
be
regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.4 if the pledgee
shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote
such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other
obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under
direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor.
In
the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken
upon
the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.
Section
7.5.
Revocation
of Consents; Future Holders Bound
.
At
any
time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided
in
Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the holders of the percentage
in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture
in
connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has
been
set pursuant to Section 7.1) or any holder as of an applicable record date
(in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.1) of a
Debenture (or any Debenture issued in whole or in part in exchange or
substitution therefor) the serial number of which is shown by the evidence
to be
included in the Debentures the holders of which have consented to such action
may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of
the
Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 7.2, revoke such
action so far as concerns such Debenture (or so far as concerns the principal
amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debenture). Except as
aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Debenture shall be
conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners
of such Debenture, and of any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution
therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether
or not
any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture
issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
ARTICLE
VIII.
SECURITYHOLDERS’
MEETINGS
Section
8.1.
Purposes
of Meetings
.
A
meeting
of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant
to
the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following
purposes:
(a)
to
give
any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to
the
Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its
consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by
Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of
Article V;
(b)
to
remove
the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of
Article VI;
(c)
to
consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2; or
(d)
to
take
any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of
any
specified aggregate principal amount of such Debentures under any other
provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.
Section
8.2.
Call
of Meetings by Trustee
.
The
Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action
specified in Section 8.1, to be held at such time and at such place as the
Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders,
setting
forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action
proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debentures
affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debentures Register
and,
if the Company is not a holder of Debentures, to the Company. Such notice
shall
be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed
for the meeting.
Section
8.3.
Call
of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
.
In
case
at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of
at
least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, as the case may
be,
then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of
Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the
action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have
mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such
request, then the Company or such Securityholders may determine the time
and the
place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized
in Section 8.1, by mailing notice thereof as provided in
Section 8.2.
Section
8.4.
Qualifications
for Voting
.
To
be
entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a Person shall (a) be a
holder of one or more Debentures with respect to which the meeting is being
held
or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder
of one or more such Debentures. The only Persons who shall be entitled to
be
present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons
entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives
of
the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its
counsel.
Section
8.5.
Regulations
.
Notwithstanding
any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable
regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders,
in
regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies,
and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the
submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of
the
right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting
as
it shall think fit.
The
Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman
of the
meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by
Securityholders as provided in Section 8.3, in which case the Company or
the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like
manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent
secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote of the
meeting.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 7.4, at any meeting each holder of Debentures
with respect to which such meeting is being held or proxy therefor shall
be
entitled to one vote for each $1,000.00 principal amount of Debentures held
or
represented by him;
provided
,
however
,
that no
vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture
challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to
be not
outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other
than
by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid
duly
designating him as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders.
Any
meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of
Section 8.2 or 8.3 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of
those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may
be held
as so adjourned without further notice.
Section
8.6.
Voting
.
The
vote
upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debentures with
respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on
which
shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives
by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debentures held or represented
by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors
of
votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any
resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting
their
verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting.
A
record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders
shall
be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to
said
record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot
taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the
facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that
said
notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.2. The record shall show the
serial numbers of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution.
The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent
chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be
delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by
the
Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the
meeting.
Any
record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
therein stated.
Section
8.7.
Quorum;
Actions
.
The
Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Debentures
then
outstanding shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders;
provided
,
however
,
that if
any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver,
request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may
be
given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal
amount
of the Debentures then outstanding, the Persons holding or representing such
specified percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding
will
constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the
time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the
request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may
be
adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the
permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting.
In
the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting
may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as
determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment
of
such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting
shall
be given as provided in Section 8.2, except that such notice need be given
only once not less than 5 days prior to the date on which the meeting is
scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting
shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal
amount
of the Debentures then outstanding which shall constitute a quorum.
Except
as
limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2, any
resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at
which
a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of
the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding;
provided
,
however
,
that,
except as limited by the provisos in the first paragraph of Section 9.2,
any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice,
authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides
may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal
amount of the Debentures then outstanding may be adopted at a meeting or
an
adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid
only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a not less than such specified
percentage in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding.
Any
resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debentures
duly
held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the
Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the
meeting.
ARTICLE
IX.
SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURES
Section
9.1.
Supplemental
Indentures without Consent of Securityholders
.
The
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from
time to
time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto,
without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following
purposes:
(a)
to
evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive
successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants,
agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI
hereof;
(b)
to
add to
the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions
for the protection of the holders of Debentures as the Board of Directors
shall
consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debentures, and
to make
the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any of
such
additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of
Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies
provided in this Indenture as herein set forth;
provided
,
however
,
that in
respect of any such additional covenant restriction or condition such
supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after
default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case
of
other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default
or
may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;
(c)
to
cure
any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein
or in
any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any
other
provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such
other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture;
provided
that any
such action shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the holders
of the Debentures;
(d)
to
add
to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debentures, including, without
limitation, any terms relating to the issuance, exchange, registration or
transfer of Debentures, including to provide for transfer procedures and
restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities
as required by Section 2.5 (for purposes of assuring that no registration
of Debentures is required under the Securities Act);
provided
,
however
,
that
any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of
the
Debentures then outstanding (it being understood, for purposes of this proviso,
that transfer restrictions on Debentures substantially similar to those that
were applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to materially
adversely affect the holders of the Debentures);
(e)
to
evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor
Trustee with respect to the Debentures and to add to or change any of the
provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate
the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
Trustee;
(f)
to
make
any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does
not
adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect;
or
(g)
to
provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions
of
the Debentures, to establish the form of any certifications required to be
furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or the Debentures, or to
add
to the rights of the holders of Debentures.
The
Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of
any
such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance,
transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall
not be
obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.
Any
supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.1 may
be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders
of
any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the
provisions of Section 9.2.
Section
9.2.
Supplemental
Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
.
With
the
consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.1) of the holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time
outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as a class),
the
Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from
time to
time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental
indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the
Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each
Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed
maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any
premium
thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon,
or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal
thereof
or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other
than
that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any
Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right
of
repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent
to any such supplemental indenture;
provided
further
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by a trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental
indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation
Amount of Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture;
provided
further
,
however
,
that if
the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debenture is required,
such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the
Trust Securities shall have consented to such supplemental
indenture.
Upon
the
request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the
execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the
Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders as aforesaid, the Trustee
shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture
unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may
in
its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental
indenture.
Promptly
after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by
mail,
first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth
in
general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the
Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debenture Register.
Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall
not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental
indenture.
It
shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.
Section
9.3.
Effect
of Supplemental Indentures
.
Upon
the
execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this
Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and
amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee,
the Company and the holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of
this
Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section
9.4.
Notation
on Debentures
.
Debentures
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may bear a notation as to any
matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the
Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in
the
opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of
this
Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating
Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then
outstanding.
Section
9.5.
Evidence
of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be Furnished to
Trustee
.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall, in
addition to the documents required by Section 14.6, receive an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any
supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements
of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of Counsel as
conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to
this
Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of
this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions
of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof.
ARTICLE
X.
REDEMPTION
OF SECURITIES
Section
10.1.
Optional
Redemption
.
The
Company shall have the right (subject to the receipt by the Company of prior
approval (i) if the Company is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve,
if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal
Reserve or (ii) if the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from
the OTS, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies
of the
OTS) to redeem the Debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a
principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000.00, on any Interest Payment
Date on or after the Interest Payment Date in September 2010 (the “
Redemption
Date
”),
at
the Redemption Price.
Section
10.2.
Special
Event Redemption
.
If
a
Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company shall have the right
(subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval (i) if the Company
is a bank holding company, from the Federal Reserve, if then required under
applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or (ii) if
the Company is a savings and loan holding company, from the OTS, if then
required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the OTS) to redeem
the Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within
120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “
Special
Redemption Date
”)
at the
Special Redemption Price. If the Special Event redemption occurs prior to
the
Interest Payment Date in September 2010, the Company shall appoint a Quotation
Agent, which shall be a designee of the Institutional Trustee, for the purpose
of performing the services contemplated in, or by reference in, the definition
of Special Redemption Price. Any error in the calculation of the Special
Redemption Price by the Quotation Agent or the Trustee may be corrected at
any
time by notice delivered to the Company and the holders of the Debentures.
Subject to the corrective rights set forth above, all certificates,
communications, opinions, determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions
given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating
to the payment and calculation of the Special Redemption Price on the Debentures
by the Trustee or the Quotation Agent, as the case may be, shall (in the
absence
of willful default, bad faith or manifest error) be final, conclusive and
binding on the holders of the Debentures and the Company, and no liability
shall
attach (except as provided above) to the Trustee or the Quotation Agent in
connection with the exercise or non-exercise by any of them of their respective
powers, duties and discretion.
Section
10.3.
Notice
of Redemption; Selection of Debentures
.
In
case
the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all, or, as the
case
may be, any part of the Debentures, it shall cause to be mailed a notice
of such
redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption
Date or the Special Redemption Date to the holders of Debentures so to be
redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear
on the
Debenture Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice
if
mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have
been
duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case,
failure
to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of
any
Debenture designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect
the
validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other
Debenture.
Each
such
notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debentures
to be redeemed, the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, as
applicable, the Redemption Price or the Special Redemption Price, as applicable,
at which Debentures are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that
payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures,
that
interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified
in
said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions
thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debentures
are
to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the
Debentures to be redeemed. In case the Debentures are to be redeemed in part
only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for
redemption, upon surrender of such Debenture, a new Debenture or Debentures
in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be
issued.
Prior
to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption
Date,
as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more
paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date
or
the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called
for
redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
If
all,
or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give
the
Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior
to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the
aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall
select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate
and
fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00)
to
be redeemed.
Section
10.4.
Payment
of Debentures Called for Redemption
.
If
notice
of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.3, the Debentures or
portions of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall
become due and payable on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date,
as
applicable, and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable
Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price and on and after said date (unless
the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the Redemption
Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable) interest on the Debentures
or
portions of Debentures so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On
presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment specified
in
said notice, such Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid
and
redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
Upon
presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the
holder
thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures of
authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
of
the Debenture so presented.
ARTICLE
XI.
CONSOLIDATION,
MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
Section
11.1.
Company
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
.
Nothing
contained in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall prevent any consolidation
or merger of the Company with or into any other Person (whether or not
affiliated with the Company) or successive consolidations or mergers in which
the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or
shall
prevent any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the property
of
the Company or its successor or successors as an entirety, or substantially
as
an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company,
or
its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, upon any such consolidation,
merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition, the due and punctual payment of the principal
of
(and premium, if any) and interest on all of the Debentures in accordance
with
their terms, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance
and
observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be kept
or
performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed by supplemental indenture
satisfactory in form to the Trustee executed and delivered to the Trustee
by the
entity formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have
been
merged, or by the entity which shall have acquired such property.
Section
11.2.
Successor
Entity to be Substituted
.
In
case
of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form
to the
Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium,
if
any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance
and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to
be
performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed
to and
be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named
herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved
of
any further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debentures. Such
successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue in its own
name, any or all of the Debentures issuable hereunder which theretofore shall
not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead
of
the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this
Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate
and deliver any Debentures which previously shall have been signed and delivered
by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
for
authentication, and any Debentures which such successor entity thereafter
shall
cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
for
that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the
same
legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore
or
thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though
all
of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution
hereof.
Section
11.3.
Opinion
of Counsel to be Given to Trustee
.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall receive,
in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.5, an Opinion
of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale,
conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and any assumption, permitted or
required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of
this Article XI.
ARTICLE
XII.
SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section
12.1.
Discharge
of Indenture
.
When
|
(a)
|
the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures
theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures which shall
have been
destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or
paid as
provided in Section 2.6) and not theretofore canceled, or
|
|
(b)
|
all
the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee
for
cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their
terms to
become due and payable within 1 year or are to be called for redemption
within 1 year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for
the
giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with
the
Trustee, in trust, funds, which shall be immediately due and payable,
sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debentures
(other than any Debentures which shall have been destroyed, lost
or stolen
and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in
Section 2.6) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest
due or
to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the
case may
be, but excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment
of
principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures
(1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the
provisions of Section 12.4, or (2) paid to any state or to the
District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar
laws,
|
and
if in
the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay
or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then
this
Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of
Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9 and 12.4 hereof shall
survive until such Debentures shall mature and be paid. Thereafter,
Sections 6.6 and 12.4 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the
Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and
at the
cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture. The Company agrees to reimburse
the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly
incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the
Debentures.
Section
12.2.
Deposited
Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee
.
Subject
to the provisions of Section 12.4, all moneys deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 12.1 shall be held in trust in a non-interest bearing
account and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any
paying
agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the holders
of the particular Debentures for the payment of which such moneys have been
deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for
principal, and premium, if any, and interest.
Section
12.3.
Paying
Agent to Repay Moneys Held
.
Upon
the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any
paying
agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the
Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying
agent
shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
moneys.
Section
12.4.
Return
of Unclaimed Moneys
.
Any
moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for payment
of
the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not
applied
but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debentures for 2 years after the
date
upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such
Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall,
subject to applicable escheatment laws, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee
or such paying agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the Debentures
shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder
may
be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or such paying agent
with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.
ARTICLE
XIII.
IMMUNITY
OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS
AND DIRECTORS
Section
13.1.
Indenture
and Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations
.
No
recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on
any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such
Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor
Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor
Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or
rule of
law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it
being
expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of
this
Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.
ARTICLE
XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
14.1.
Successors
.
All
the
covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of the Company in this
Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or
not.
Section
14.2.
Official
Acts by Successor Entity
.
Any
act
or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to
be
done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall
and
may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board,
committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at
the
time be the lawful successor of the Company.
Section
14.3.
Surrender
of Company Powers
.
The
Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of at least 2/3
(two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may
surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power
so
surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company, and as to any permitted
successor.
Section
14.4.
Addresses
for Notices, etc
.
Any
notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver or demand which
by
any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given, made,
furnished or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on or to the
Company may be given or served in writing by being deposited postage prepaid
by
registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until
another address is filed by the Company, with the Trustee for the purpose)
to
the Company, 3200 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90010, Attention:
Brian E. Cho. Any notice, consent, direction, request, authorization, waiver
or
demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall
be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given
or
made in writing at the office of the Trustee, addressed to the Trustee, Rodney
Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration. Any notice, consent, direction,
request, authorization, waiver or demand on or to any Securityholder shall
be
deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given
or
made in writing at the address set forth in the Debenture Register.
Section
14.5.
Governing
Law
.
This
Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under
the law
of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the law of said State, without regard to conflict
of laws principles thereof.
Section
14.6.
Evidence
of Compliance with Conditions Precedent
.
Upon
any
application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under
any
of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
an
Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in
the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied
with.
Each
certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the
Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in
this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the person making such
certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief
statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion
are
based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not in the opinion of
such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section
14.7.
Table
of Contents, Headings, etc
.
The
table
of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to
be
considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof.
Section
14.8.
Execution
in Counterparts
.
This
Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall
be
an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the
same instrument.
Section
14.9.
Separability
.
In
case
any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the
Debentures shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not
affect
any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debentures, but this Indenture
and such Debentures shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.
Section
14.10.
Assignment
.
The
Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or
obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary
of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company
will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this
Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto
and
their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise
be
assigned by the parties hereto.
Section
14.11.
Acknowledgment
of Rights
.
The
Company agrees that, with respect to any Debentures held by the Trust or
the
Institutional Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust
fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debentures
held as the assets of such Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation
Amount of the Capital Securities of such Trust have so directed such
Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may,
to the
fullest extent permitted by law, institute legal proceedings directly against
the Company to enforce such Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture
without first instituting any legal proceedings against such trustee or any
other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company
to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debentures on the
date
such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise payable (or
in the
case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company agrees that a holder
of
record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding
against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of
the
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the
Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified
in the Debentures.
ARTICLE
XV.
SUBORDINATION
OF DEBENTURES
Section
15.1.
Agreement
to Subordinate
.
The
Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debentures by such
Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all
Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV;
and each holder of a Debenture, whether upon original issue or upon transfer
or
assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such
provisions.
The
payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest
on
all Debentures shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth,
be
subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full
of all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this
Indenture or thereafter incurred;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Debentures shall rank
pari
passu
in right
of payment with (1) Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest
Debentures due December 17, 2033 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as
of
December 17, 2003 by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association;
and (2) Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures
due March 17, 2035 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of March 17,
2005 by
and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company.
No
provision of this Article XV shall prevent the occurrence of any default or
Event of Default hereunder.
Section
15.2.
Default
on Senior Indebtedness
.
In
the
event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment
of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior
Indebtedness of the Company following any grace period, or in the event that
the
maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because
of a default and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and
such
Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in either case, no payment
shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including
redemption) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures.
In
the
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received
by the
Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this
Section 15.2, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.7, be held in
trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders
of
Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee
or
trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness
may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only
to the
extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their representative
or
representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days
of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness
and
only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to
the
holders of Senior Indebtedness.
Section
15.3.
Liquidation,
Dissolution, Bankruptcy
.
Upon
any
payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind
or
character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any
dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company,
whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
or
other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company
shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in
accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company, on
account
of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Debentures. Upon
any
such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment
by
the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or
the
Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions
of this Article XV, shall be paid by the Company, or by any receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making
such
payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under
this
Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness (
pro
rata
to such
holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held
by
such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or
representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant
to
which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued,
as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay
such
Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money’s worth, after giving effect to
any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders
or to the Trustee.
In
the
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of
assets
of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee
before
all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment
in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall
be
held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the
holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives,
or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any
instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as
their
respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application
to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, remaining unpaid to the extent
necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance
with
its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution
to or
for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
For
purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall
not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or
readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided
for
by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is
subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with
respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, that
may at
the time be outstanding, provided that (i) such Senior Indebtedness is
assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization
or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such
reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or
the
merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property
as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon
the
terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not
be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the
purposes of this Section if such other corporation shall, as a part of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions
stated
in Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.2 or in this
Section shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant
to Section 6.6 of this Indenture.
Section
15.4.
Subrogation
.
Subject
to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Securityholders shall
be
subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company,
applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium,
if
any) and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full. For the purposes
of
such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Securityholders
or
the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV,
and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for
the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by Securityholders
or the
Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders
of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debentures be
deemed
to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of such Senior
Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are
and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights
of the
holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness, on the other hand.
Nothing
contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the
Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the holders of the
Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay to the holders of the Debentures the principal of (and premium, if
any)
and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and
payable
in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative
rights of the holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company, other
than
the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein
prevent
the Trustee or the holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies
otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture,
subject
to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, received
upon the exercise of any such remedy.
Upon
any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this
Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of
this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively
rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which
such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are
pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation
trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered
to
the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the
Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV.
Section
15.5.
Trustee
to Effectuate Subordination
.
Each
Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and
directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may
be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this
Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes.
Section
15.6.
Notice
by the Company
.
The
Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee
at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that
would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence
of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or
by
the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this
Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the
Principal Office of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof
from
the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee
therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be
entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section
at
least 2 Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any
money
may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment
of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debenture), then,
anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same
to the
purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice
to the contrary that may be received by it within 2 Business Days prior to
such
date.
The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall
be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice
by a
Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee
or representative on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice
has
been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or
representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that
the
Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect
to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to
participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the
Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness
held by
such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in
such
payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such
Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination
as
to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
Section
15.7.
Rights
of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness
.
The
Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set
forth
in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held
by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and
nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights
as such
holder.
With
respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to
perform
or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically
set
forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with
respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to
the
provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable
to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver
to
Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which
any
holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this
Article XV or otherwise.
Nothing
in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee
under or pursuant to Section 6.6.
Section
15.8.
Subordination
May Not Be Impaired
.
No
right
of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce
subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced
or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any
act
or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance
by
the Company, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture,
regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise
be charged with.
Without
in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders
of
Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent
of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring
responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing
the
subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of
the holders of the Debentures to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness,
do any
one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of
payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior
Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior
Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under
which
such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or
otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing
such
Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the
collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from
exercising any rights against the Company, and any other Person.
Signatures
appear on the following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the
day
and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
EXHIBIT
A
FORM
OF FIXED/FLOATING RATE JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST
DEBENTURE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY THE
UNITED
STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL
DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION.
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY
BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A PERSON WHOM THE
SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE
FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A,
(D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE
MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH
AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A
VIEW
TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF
THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
IT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE
COMPANY.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS
AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14
OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY
IS NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL
NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION
4975 OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A
BLOCK
HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED
TO
BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY THE
INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Fixed/Floating
Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture
of
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
September
15, 2005
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” which term includes any
successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value
received promises to pay to Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Wilshire
Statutory Trust III (the “Holder”) or registered assigns, the
principal sum of fifteen million four hundred sixty-four thousand dollars
($15,464,000.00) on September 15, 2035, and to pay interest on said principal
sum from September 15, 2005, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date
(as
defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly
(subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15,
June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year or if such day
is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day (each such date,
an
“Interest Payment Date”) (it being understood that interest accrues for any such
non-Business Day during the applicable Distribution Period, beginning on
or
after September 15, 2010), commencing on the Interest Payment Date in
December 2005, at an annual rate equal to 6.07% beginning on (and including)
the
date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Interest Payment
Date in September 2010 and at an annual rate for each successive period
beginning on (and including) the Interest Payment Date in September 2010,
and
each succeeding Interest Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the
next
succeeding Interest Payment Date (each a “Distribution Period”), equal to
3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below, plus 1.40% (the “Coupon Rate”),
applied to the principal amount hereof, until the principal hereof is paid
or
duly provided for or made available for payment, and on any overdue principal
and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest
is
enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest
(including Additional Interest) at the Interest Rate in effect for each
applicable period, compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are
due
until they are paid or made available for payment. The amount of interest
payable (i) for any Distribution Period commencing on or after the date of
original issuance but before the Interest Payment Date in September 2010
will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and
(ii) for the Distribution Period commencing on the Interest Payment Date in
September 2010 and each succeeding Distribution Period will be computed on
the
basis of the actual number of days in the Distribution Period concerned divided
by 360. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture,
be paid to the Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record
date
for such interest installment, which shall be fifteen Business Days prior
to the
day on which the relevant Interest Payment Date occurs. Any such interest
installment not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease
to
be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may be paid to the
Person in whose name this Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Securities)
is
registered at the close of business on a special record date.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Trustee in the following
order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for
U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page
3750
as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (“Telerate Page
3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate
Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or such
other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’
Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London
interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate cannot
be
identified on the related Determination Date, the Trustee will request the
principal London offices of four leading banks in the London interbank market
to
provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to
prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S. dollar deposits having
a
three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination
Date.
If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic
mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such quotations are
provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Trustee will request four
major
New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to leading European banks for loans in U.S. dollars
as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination Date. If at least two such
quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such
quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations are provided as
requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR
determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding
such
current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having
a
three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00
a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the
Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such
Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable
page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date. As
used
herein, “Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days
(i.e., a business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are
transacted in the London interbank market) preceding the commencement of
the
relevant Distribution Period.
The
Interest Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debentures will be rounded,
if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point,
with
five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545%
(or
.09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts
used
in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent
(with
one-half cent being rounded upward)).
The
principal of and interest on this Debenture shall be payable at the office
or
agency of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company)
maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States
of
America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public
and
private debts;
provided
,
however
,
that
payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the registered holder
at such
address as shall appear in the Debenture Register if a request for a wire
transfer by such holder has not been received by the Company or by wire transfer
to an account appropriately designated by the holder hereof. Notwithstanding
the
foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debenture is the Institutional Trustee,
the payment of the principal of and interest on this Debenture will be made
in
immediately available funds at such place and to such account as may be
designated by the Trustee.
So
long
as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
shall have the right, from time to time, and without causing an Event of
Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debentures by extending the
interest payment period on the Debentures at any time and from time to time
during the term of the Debentures, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly
periods (each such extended interest payment period, an “Extension Period”),
during which Extension Period no interest (including Additional Interest)
shall
be due and payable (except any Additional Sums that may be due and payable).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. During
an Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures,
and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Interest Rate in effect for such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from
the
date such interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension
Period,
to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to herein as “Additional
Interest”). At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional
Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Company shall not and shall not permit
any
Affiliate to engage in any of the activities or transactions described on
the
reverse side hereof and in the Indenture. Prior to the termination of any
Extension Period, the Company may further extend such period, provided that
such
period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions
thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond
the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon
the
payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Company
may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements.
No
interest or Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension
Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that
would
otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear
Additional Interest. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election
to
begin or extend an Extension Period by the close of business at least 15
Business Days prior to the Interest Payment Date with respect to which interest
on the Debentures would have been payable except for the election to begin
or
extend such Extension Period.
The
indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture is, to the extent provided in the
Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment
in
full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debenture is issued subject to
the
provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debenture,
by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions,
(b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the
subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his or her
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by his
or
her acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the
subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder
of
Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives
reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.
This
Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate
of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the
Trustee.
The
provisions of this Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and
such
provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set
forth
at this place.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]
This
Debenture is one of the fixed/floating rate junior subordinated deferrable
interest debentures of the Company, all issued or to be issued under and
pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 15, 2005 (the “Indenture”), duly
executed and delivered between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture
reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of
rights,
obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company
and
the holders of the Debentures. The Debentures are limited in aggregate principal
amount as specified in the Indenture.
Upon
the
occurrence and continuation of a Special Event prior to the Interest Payment
Date in September 2010, the Company shall have the right to redeem the
Debentures in whole, but not in part, at any Interest Payment Date, within
120
days following the occurrence of such Special Event, at the Special Redemption
Price.
In
addition, the Company shall have the right to redeem the Debentures, in whole
or
in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of
$1,000.00, on any Interest Payment Date on or after the Interest Payment
Date in
September 2010, at the Redemption Price.
Prior
to
10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or Special Redemption
Date,
as applicable, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more
paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the Redemption Date
or
the Special Redemption Date, as applicable, all the Debentures so called
for
redemption at the appropriate Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price.
If
all,
or less than all, the Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give
the
Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days, respectively, prior
to the Redemption Date or Special Redemption Date, as applicable, as to the
aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed and the Trustee shall
select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate
and
fair, the Debentures or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000.00)
to
be redeemed.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any redemption of Debentures by the Company shall be subject
to
the receipt of any and all required regulatory approvals.
In
case
an Acceleration Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon
demand of the Trustee, the principal of all of the Debentures shall become
due
and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions
provided in the Indenture.
The
Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with
the
consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal
amount
of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental
indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the
Debentures;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such supplemental indenture shall without the consent of the holders of each
Debenture then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the fixed
maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any
premium
thereon, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon,
or reduce any amount payable on redemption thereof or make the principal
thereof
or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other
than
that provided in the Debentures, or impair or affect the right of any
Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right
of
repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of Debentures the holders of which are required to consent
to any such supplemental indenture.
The
Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding on behalf
of the holders of all of the Debentures to waive (or modify any previously
granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default, and its consequences,
except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any of the Debentures, (b) in respect of covenants or
provisions hereof or of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each Debenture affected, or (c) in
respect of the covenants contained in Section 3.9 of the Indenture;
provided
,
however
,
that if
the Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver
or
modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a
majority in Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities of the Trust shall have
consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver,
provided
,
further
,
that if
the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture is required, such
waiver
shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the Trust
shall have consented to such waiver. Upon any such waiver, the default covered
thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of the Indenture and
the
Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debentures shall be restored
to
their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver
shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder
shall have been waived as permitted by the Indenture, said default or Event
of
Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and the Indenture be deemed
to
have been cured and to be not continuing.
No
reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of
the
Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute
and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest,
including Additional Interest, on this Debenture at the time and place and
at
the rate and in the money herein prescribed.
The
Company has agreed that if Debentures are initially issued to the Trust or
a
trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities
by the
Trust (regardless of whether Debentures continue to be held by such Trust)
and
(i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default,
(ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any
obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee, or (iii) the Company
shall have given notice of its election to defer payments of interest on
the
Debentures by extending the interest payment period as provided herein and
such
Extension Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the
Company shall not, and shall not allow any Affiliate of the Company to,
(x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase,
acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s
capital stock or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of dividends
or distributions to the Company or payments of dividends from direct or indirect
subsidiaries of the Company to their parent corporations, which also shall
be
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company) or make any guarantee payments
with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of principal of or
interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt
securities of the Company or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (1) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration
in an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
if any, (2) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or
series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Company’s capital stock, (3) the purchase of fractional interests in shares
of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (4) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (5) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (6) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital
stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of
the
Company (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (7) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee).
The
Debentures are issuable only in registered, certificated form without coupons
and in minimum denominations of $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00
in
excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to the transfer
restrictions and limitations as may be contained herein and therein from
time to
time, this Debenture is transferable by the holder hereof on the Debenture
Register of the Company. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer
of
any Debenture at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or
agency
of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in Section 3.2 of
the Indenture, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall
register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and
make
available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new
Debenture for a like aggregate principal amount. All Debentures presented
for
registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required
by the
Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by,
or be
accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form
satisfactory to, the Company and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent
duly
executed by the holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. No service
charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debentures,
but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover
any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith.
Prior
to
due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture, the Company,
the
Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any paying agent, any transfer agent and
any
Debenture registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall
be
registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat him as, the absolute
owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue)
for the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium,
if
any, and interest on such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither
the
Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any paying agent
nor
any transfer agent nor any Debenture registrar shall be affected by any notice
to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being
or
upon his order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid,
effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon
any
such Debenture.
No
recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on
any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the
Company in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such
Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, officer or
director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor
Person of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor
Person of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or
rule of
law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it
being
expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of
the
Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.
Capitalized
terms used and not defined in this Debenture shall have the meanings assigned
in
the Indenture dated as of the date of original issuance of this Debenture
between the Trustee and the Company.
THE
INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW
PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
EXHIBIT
B
FORM
OF CERTIFICATE TO TRUSTEE
Pursuant
to Section 3.5 of the Indenture between Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as the Company
(the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of September
15, 2005 (the “Indenture”), the undersigned hereby certifies as
follows:
|
1.
|
In
my capacity as an officer of the Company, I would normally have
knowledge
of any default by the Company during the last fiscal year in the
performance of any covenants of the Company contained in the
Indenture.
|
|
2.
|
[To
my knowledge, the Company is not in default in the performance
of any
covenants contained in the
Indenture.
|
or,
alternatively:
I
am
aware of the default(s) in the performance of covenants in the Indentures,
as
specified below.]
Capitalized
terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, have the respective
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate.
Exhibit
4.10
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION
OF
TRUST
by
and among
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Delaware Trustee,
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Institutional Trustee,
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
,
as
Sponsor,
and
ELAINE
JEON
and
BRIAN E. CHO
,
as
Administrators,
Dated
as of September 15, 2005
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
Section
1.1.
|
Definitions
|
1
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
II ORGANIZATION
|
8
|
Section
2.1.
|
Name
|
8
|
Section
2.2.
|
Office
|
8
|
Section
2.3.
|
Purpose
|
8
|
Section
2.4.
|
Authority
|
8
|
Section
2.5.
|
Title
to Property of the Trust
|
8
|
Section
2.6.
|
Powers
and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators
|
8
|
Section
2.7.
|
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
|
12
|
Section
2.8.
|
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
|
12
|
Section
2.9.
|
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and
Administrators
|
14
|
Section
2.10.
|
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
|
15
|
Section
2.11.
|
Delaware
Trustee
|
17
|
Section
2.12.
|
Execution
of Documents
|
17
|
Section
2.13.
|
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
|
17
|
Section
2.14.
|
Duration
of Trust
|
17
|
Section
2.15.
|
Mergers
|
17
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III SPONSOR
|
19
|
Section
3.1.
|
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
|
19
|
Section
3.2.
|
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
|
19
|
Section
3.3.
|
Expenses
|
19
|
Section
3.4.
|
Right
to Proceed
|
20
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IV INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
|
20
|
Section
4.1.
|
Number
of Trustees
|
20
|
Section
4.2.
|
Delaware
Trustee; Eligibility
|
20
|
Section
4.3.
|
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
|
20
|
Section
4.4.
|
Administrators
|
21
|
Section
4.5.
|
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Trustees and Administrators
|
21
|
Section
4.6.
|
Vacancies
Among Trustees
|
23
|
Section
4.7.
|
Effect
of Vacancies
|
23
|
Section
4.8.
|
Meetings
of the Trustees and the Administrators
|
23
|
Section
4.9.
|
Delegation
of Power
|
23
|
Section
4.10.
|
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
|
23
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
V DISTRIBUTIONS
|
24
|
Section
5.1.
|
Distributions
|
24
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VI ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES
|
24
|
Section
6.1.
|
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
|
24
|
Section
6.2.
|
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
|
25
|
Section
6.3.
|
Form
and Dating
|
25
|
Section
6.4.
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
|
25
|
Section
6.5.
|
Temporary
Securities
|
26
|
Section
6.6.
|
Cancellation
|
26
|
Section
6.7.
|
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
|
26
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
|
28
|
Section
7.1.
|
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
|
28
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII TRANSFER OF INTERESTS
|
28
|
Section
8.1.
|
General
|
28
|
Section
8.2.
|
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
|
29
|
Section
8.3.
|
Deemed
Security Holders
|
31
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
IX LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE
OR OTHERS
|
31
|
Section
9.1.
|
Liability
|
31
|
Section
9.2.
|
Exculpation
|
32
|
Section
9.3.
|
Fiduciary
Duty
|
32
|
Section
9.4.
|
Indemnification
|
33
|
Section
9.5.
|
Outside
Businesses
|
35
|
Section
9.6.
|
Compensation;
Fee
|
35
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
X ACCOUNTING
|
35
|
Section
10.1.
|
Fiscal
Year
|
35
|
Section
10.2.
|
Certain
Accounting Matters
|
35
|
Section
10.3.
|
Banking
|
36
|
Section
10.4.
|
Withholding
|
36
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XI AMENDMENTS AND MEETINGS
|
36
|
Section
11.1.
|
Amendments
|
36
|
Section
11.2.
|
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
|
38
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XII REPRESENTATIONS OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND THE DELAWARE
TRUSTEE
|
39
|
Section
12.1.
|
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
|
39
|
Section
12.2.
|
Representations
of the Delaware Trustee
|
39
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII MISCELLANEOUS
|
40
|
Section
13.1.
|
Notices
|
40
|
Section
13.2.
|
Governing
Law
|
41
|
Section
13.3.
|
Intention
of the Parties
|
41
|
Section
13.4.
|
Headings
|
42
|
Section
13.5.
|
Successors
and Assigns
|
42
|
Section
13.6.
|
Partial
Enforceability
|
42
|
Section
13.7.
|
Counterparts
|
42
|
Annex
I
|
Terms
of Securities
|
Exhibit
A-1
|
Form
of Capital Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
A-2
|
Form
of Common Security Certificate
|
Exhibit
B
|
Specimen
of Initial Debenture
|
Exhibit
C
|
Placement
Agreement
|
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
DECLARATION
OF TRUST
OF
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST III
September
15, 2005
AMENDED
AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (“
Declaration
”)
dated
and effective as of September 15, 2005, by the Trustees (as defined herein),
the
Administrators (as defined herein), the Sponsor (as defined herein) and by
the
holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the Trust
(as
defined herein) to be issued pursuant to this Declaration;
WHEREAS,
the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor established Wilshire
Statutory Trust III (the “
Trust
”),
a
statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act (as defined herein) pursuant
to a
Declaration of Trust dated as of September 2, 2005 (the “
Original
Declaration
”),
and a
Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
on September 2, 2005, for the sole purpose of issuing and selling certain
securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust and investing the proceeds thereof in certain debentures of the Debenture
Issuer (as defined herein);
WHEREAS,
as of the date hereof, no interests in the Trust have been issued;
and
WHEREAS,
the Trustees, the Administrators and the Sponsor, by this Declaration, amend
and
restate each and every term and provision of the Original
Declaration;
NOW,
THEREFORE, it being the intention of the parties hereto to continue the Trust
as
a statutory trust under the Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration
constitutes the governing instrument of such statutory trust, the Trustees
declare that all assets contributed to the Trust will be held in trust for
the
benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the securities representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust issued hereunder,
subject to the provisions of this Declaration. The parties hereto hereby agree
as follows:
ARTICLE
I
INTERPRETATION
AND DEFINITIONS
Section
1.1.
Definitions
.
Unless
the context otherwise requires:
(a)
Capitalized
terms used in this Declaration but not defined in the preamble above have the
respective meanings assigned to them in this
Section
1.1
;
(b)
a
term
defined anywhere in this Declaration has the same meaning
throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Declaration” or “this Declaration” are to this Declaration as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Declaration to Articles and Sections and Annexes and Exhibits
are to Articles and Sections of and Annexes and Exhibits to this Declaration
unless otherwise specified; and
(e)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Acceleration
Event of Default
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Additional
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Administrative
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Administrators
”
means
each of Elaine Jeon and Brian E. Cho, solely in such Person’s capacity as
Administrator of the Trust created and continued hereunder and not in such
Person’s individual capacity, or such Administrator’s successor in interest in
such capacity, or any successor appointed as herein provided.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act or any
successor rule thereunder.
“
Authorized
Officer
”
of
a
Person means any Person that is authorized to bind such Person.
“
Bankruptcy
Event
”
means,
with respect to any Person:
(a)
a
court
having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief
in
respect of such Person in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(b)
such
Person shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to
the
entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or
shall
consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such
Person of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its
debts as they become due.
“
Business
Day
”
means
any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking
institutions in New York City or Wilmington, Delaware are permitted or required
by any applicable law or executive order to close.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I.
“
Capital
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Capital Security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Certificate
”
means
any certificate evidencing Securities.
“
Closing
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Placement Agreement.
“
Code
”
means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Common
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 1(b) of Annex I.
“
Common
Security Certificate
”
means
a
definitive Certificate in fully registered form representing a Common Security
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
“
Company
Indemnified Person
”
means
(a) any Administrator; (b) any Affiliate of any Administrator;
(c) any officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees,
representatives or agents of any Administrator; or (d) any officer,
employee or agent of the Trust or its Affiliates.
“
Comparable
Treasury Issue
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Comparable
Treasury Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Institutional Trustee at which the corporate trust business
of
the Institutional Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally
administered, which office at the date of execution of this Declaration is
located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware
19890-1600, Attn: Corporate Trust Administration.
“
Coupon
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Covered
Person
”
means:
(a) any Administrator, officer, director, shareholder, partner, member,
representative, employee or agent of (i) the Trust or (ii) any of the
Trust’s Affiliates; and (b) any Holder of Securities.
“
Creditor
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 3.3.
“
Debenture
Issuer
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, in its capacity as issuer
of
the Debentures under the Indenture.
“
Debenture
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture until a successor
is
appointed thereunder, and thereafter means such successor trustee.
“
Debentures
”
means
the Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures
due
2035 to be issued by the Debenture Issuer under the Indenture.
“
Defaulted
Interest
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Delaware
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
“
Determination
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Direct
Action
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8(d)
.
“
Distribution
”
means
a
distribution payable to Holders of Securities in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
“
Distribution
Payment Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Distribution
Period
”
means
(i) with respect to the Distribution paid on the first Distribution Payment
Date, the period beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance
and
ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in December 2005 and
(ii) thereafter, with respect to a Distribution paid on each successive
Distribution Payment Date, the period beginning on (and including) the preceding
Distribution Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) such current
Distribution Payment Date.
“
Distribution
Rate
”
means,
for the Distribution Period beginning on (and including) the date of original
issuance and ending on (but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in
September 2010, the rate per annum of 6.07%, and for each Distribution Period
beginning on or after the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010, the
Coupon Rate for such Distribution Period.
“
Event
of Default
”
means
any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether
it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or
pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or
regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(a)
the
occurrence of an Indenture Event of Default; or
(b)
default
by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price
of any Security when it becomes due and payable; or
(c)
default
in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or
warranty of the Institutional Trustee in this Declaration (other than those
specified in clause (a) or (b) above) and continuation of such default or
breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or
certified mail to the Institutional Trustee and to the Sponsor by the Holders
of
at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital
Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring
it
to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
or
(d)
the
occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Institutional Trustee
if a
successor Institutional Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days
thereof.
“
Extension
Period
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
2(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Federal
Reserve
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Fiduciary
Indemnified Person
”
shall
mean each of the Institutional Trustee (including in its individual capacity),
the Delaware Trustee (including in its individual capacity), any Affiliate
of
the Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee and any officers, directors,
shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives, custodians,
nominees or agents of the Institutional Trustee or Delaware
Trustee.
“
Fiscal
Year
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
10.1
.
“
Fixed
Rate Period Remaining Life
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Guarantee
”
means
the guarantee agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, of the Sponsor
in
respect of the Capital Securities.
“
Holder
”
means
a
Person in whose name a Certificate representing a Security is registered, such
Person being a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Statutory Trust
Act.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
a
Company Indemnified Person or a Fiduciary Indemnified Person.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date, between the Debenture Issuer and
the
Debenture Trustee, and any indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which
the
Debentures are to be issued, as such Indenture and any supplemental indenture
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.
“
Indenture
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Indenture.
“
Institutional
Trustee
”
means
the Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in
Section
4.3
.
“
Interest
”
means
any interest due on the Debentures including any Additional Interest and
Defaulted Interest.
“
Investment
Company
”
means
an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act.
“
Investment
Company Act
”
means
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any
successor legislation.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as
the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record
owners of more than 50% of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the
stated amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus
accrued and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages
are determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant
class.
“
Maturity
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Officers’
Certificates
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by two Authorized Officers
of
such Person. Any Officers’ Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant providing for it in this Declaration shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that each officer signing the Certificate has read the covenant or
condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by each officer in rendering the Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that each such officer has made such examination or investigation
as,
in such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such officer, such condition
or
covenant has been complied with.
“
OTS
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 3 of Annex I.
“
Paying
Agent
”
has
the
meaning specified in
Section
6.2
.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Placement
Agreement
”
means
the Placement Agreement relating to the offering and sale of Capital Securities
in the form of Exhibit C.
“
Primary
Treasury Dealer
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Property
Account
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
2.8
(c).
“
Pro
Rata
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 8 of Annex I.
“
Quorum
”
means
a
majority of the Administrators or, if there are only two Administrators, both
of
them.
“
Quotation
Agent
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Redemption
Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(e)
of
Annex I.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Registrar
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Relevant
Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Institutional Trustee, any officer within the Corporate
Trust Office of the Institutional Trustee, including any vice-president, any
assistant vice-president, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant
treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Corporate Trust Office
of
the Institutional Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter
is
referred because of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject.
“
Restricted
Securities Legend
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
8.2(b)
.
“
Rule 3a-5
”
means
Rule 3a-5 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Rule 3a-7
”
means
Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act.
“
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
“
Securities
Act
”
means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor
legislation.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
Sponsor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor entity in
a
merger, consolidation or amalgamation, in its capacity as sponsor of the
Trust.
“
Statutory
Trust Act
”
means
Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. §§ 3801,
et
seq
.
as may
be amended from time to time.
“
Successor
Entity
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).
“
Successor
Delaware Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(e).
“
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).
“
Successor
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).
“
Super
Majority
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
5(b)
of
Annex I.
“
Tax
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph
4(a)
of
Annex I.
“
10%
in
liquidation amount of the Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Securities voting together as a single class or, as
the
context may require, Holders of outstanding Capital Securities or Holders of
outstanding Common Securities voting separately as a class, who are the record
owners of 10% or more of the aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated
amount that would be paid on redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued
and unpaid Distributions to the date upon which the voting percentages are
determined) of all outstanding Securities of the relevant class.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Transfer
Agent
”
has
the
meaning set forth in
Section
6.2
.
“
Treasury
Rate
”
has
the
meaning set forth in paragraph 4(a) of Annex I.
“
Treasury
Regulations
”
means
the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations,
promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury, as such regulations
may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of
succeeding regulations).
“
Trust
Property
”
means
(a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the
Property Account and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the
foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed
to
be held by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this
Declaration.
“
Trustee
”
or
“
Trustees
”
means
each Person who has signed this Declaration as a trustee, so long as such Person
shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other
Persons who may from time to time be duly appointed, qualified and serving
as
Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, and references herein to
a
Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such Person or Persons solely in their
capacity as trustees hereunder.
“
U.S.
Person
”
means
a
United States Person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
ARTICLE
II
ORGANIZATION
Section
2.1.
Name
.
The
Trust
is named “Wilshire Statutory Trust III,” as such name may be modified
from time to time by the Administrators following written notice to the Holders
of the Securities. The Trust’s activities may be conducted under the name of the
Trust or any other name deemed advisable by the Administrators.
Section
2.2.
Office
.
The
address of the principal office of the Trust is c/o Wilmington Trust Company,
Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600.
On at least 10 Business Days written notice to the Holders of the
Securities, the Administrators may designate another principal office, which
shall be in a state of the United States or in the District of
Columbia.
Section
2.3.
Purpose
.
The
exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell the
Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the
Trust, (b) to invest the gross proceeds from such sale to acquire the
Debentures, (c) to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the Trust
through issuance of the Common Securities and the Capital Securities and
(d) except as otherwise limited herein, to engage in only those other
activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Trust shall not borrow money,
issue debt or reinvest proceeds derived from investments, pledge any of its
assets, or otherwise undertake (or permit to be undertaken) any activity that
would cause the Trust not to be classified for United States federal income
tax
purposes as a grantor trust.
Section
2.4.
Authority
.
Except
as
specifically provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall
have
exclusive and complete authority to carry out the purposes of the Trust. An
action taken by a Trustee in accordance with its powers shall constitute the
act
of and serve to bind the Trust. In dealing with the Trustees acting on behalf
of
the Trust, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the
Trustees to bind the Trust. Persons dealing with the Trust are entitled to
rely
conclusively on the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in this
Declaration. The Administrators shall have only those ministerial duties set
forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust and are
not
intended to be trustees or fiduciaries with respect to the Trust or the Holders.
The Institutional Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be obligated
except as provided in
Section
2.6
,
to
perform those duties assigned to the Administrators.
Section
2.5.
Title
to Property of the Trust
.
Except
as
provided in
Section
2.8
with
respect to the Debentures and the Property Account or as otherwise provided
in
this Declaration, legal title to all assets of the Trust shall be vested in
the
Trust. The Holders shall not have legal title to any part of the assets of
the
Trust, but shall have an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the
Trust.
Section
2.6.
Powers
and Duties of the Trustees and the Administrators
.
(a)
The
Trustees and the Administrators shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in
accordance with the terms of this Declaration. Subject to the limitations set
forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the
following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees and the Administrators
shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements
determined by the Institutional Trustee to be appropriate in exercising the
authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees or the
Administrators, as the case may be, under this Declaration, and to perform
all
acts in furtherance thereof, including without limitation, the
following:
(i)
Each
Administrator shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of the Trust
with respect to the following matters:
(A)
the
issuance and sale of the Securities;
(B)
to
cause
the Trust to enter into, and to execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust,
such
agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes
and
function of the Trust, including agreements with the Paying Agent;
(C)
ensuring
compliance with the Securities Act, applicable state securities or blue sky
laws;
(D)
the
sending of notices (other than notices of default), and other information
regarding the Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with
this Declaration;
(E)
the
consent to the appointment of a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
in
accordance with this Declaration, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed;
(F)
execution
and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
execution
and delivery of closing certificates pursuant to the Placement Agreement and
the
application for a taxpayer identification number;
(H)
unless
otherwise determined by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of
the
Securities or as otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, to execute
on
behalf of the Trust (either acting alone or together with any or all of the
Administrators) any documents that the Administrators have the power to execute
pursuant to this Declaration;
(I)
the
taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional Trustee
may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to
the
terms of this Declaration for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration
of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder);
(J)
to
establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that
require a record date be established, including Distributions, voting rights,
redemptions and exchanges, and to issue relevant notices to the Holders of
Capital Securities and Holders of Common Securities as to such actions and
applicable record dates; and
(K)
to
duly
prepare and file all applicable tax returns and tax information reports that
are
required to be filed with respect to the Trust on behalf of the
Trust.
(ii)
As
among
the Trustees and the Administrators, the Institutional Trustee shall have the
power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the
following matters:
(A)
the
establishment of the Property Account;
(B)
the
receipt of the Debentures;
(C)
the
collection of interest, principal and any other payments made in respect of
the
Debentures in the Property Account;
(D)
the
distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts owed to the Holders in respect
of the Securities;
(E)
the
exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the
Debentures;
(F)
the
sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Securities
and
the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Declaration;
(G)
the
distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this
Declaration;
(H)
to
the
extent provided in this Declaration, the winding up of the affairs of and
liquidation of the Trust and the preparation, execution and filing of the
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware;
(I)
after
any
Event of Default (
provided
that
such Event of Default is not by or with respect to the Institutional Trustee)
the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Institutional
Trustee may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect
to the terms of this Declaration and protect and conserve the Trust Property
for
the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such
action on any particular Holder); and
(J)
to
take
all action that may be necessary for the preservation and the continuation
of
the Trust’s valid existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a statutory
trust under the laws of the State of Delaware.
(iii)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the power and authority to act on behalf of
the
Trust with respect to any of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority
of
the Administrators set forth in Section 2.6(a)(i)(D), (E) and (F) herein
but shall not have a duty to do any such act unless specifically requested
to do
so in writing by the Sponsor, and shall then be fully protected in acting
pursuant to such written request; and in the event of a conflict between the
action of the Administrators and the action of the Institutional Trustee, the
action of the Institutional Trustee shall prevail.
(b)
So
long
as this Declaration remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees or
Administrators acting on behalf of the Trust) shall not undertake any business,
activities or transaction except as expressly provided herein or contemplated
hereby. In particular, neither the Trustees nor the Administrators may cause
the
Trust to (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not
authorized by this Declaration, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property
or
interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein,
(iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected (x) to cause the
Trust to fail or cease to qualify as a “grantor trust” for United States federal
income tax purposes or (y) to require the trust to register as an Investment
Company under the Investment Company Act, (iv) incur any indebtedness for
borrowed money or issue any other debt or (v) take or consent to any action
that would result in the placement of a lien on any of the Trust Property.
The
Institutional Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Trust, defend
all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any lien on any
of
the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their
capacity as Holders.
(c)
In
connection with the issuance and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor
shall have the right and responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to,
or
effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the
Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Declaration
are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):
(i)
the
taking of any action necessary to obtain an exemption from the Securities
Act;
(ii)
the
determination of the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify
or
register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and the determination
of
any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by or on behalf
of
the Trust, and the advice to the Administrators of actions they must take on
behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any
documents to be executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust,
as
the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable
laws of any such States in connection with the sale of the Capital
Securities;
(iii)
the
negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Placement
Agreement providing for the sale of the Capital Securities; and
(iv)
the
taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carry out any of the
foregoing activities.
(d)
Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Administrators and the Holders of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized and
directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that
the Trust will not (i) be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be
registered under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) fail to be classified
as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax purposes. The
Administrators and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common
Securities shall not take any action inconsistent with the treatment of the
Debentures as indebtedness of the Debenture Issuer for United States federal
income tax purposes. In this connection, the Administrators and the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities are authorized to take
any action, not inconsistent with applicable laws, the Certificate of Trust
or
this Declaration, as amended from time to time, that each of the Administrators
and the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities
determines in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such
purposes.
(e)
All
expenses incurred by the Administrators or the Trustees pursuant to this
Section
2.6
shall be
reimbursed by the Sponsor, and the Trustees and the Administrators shall have
no
obligations with respect to such expenses (for purposes of clarification, this
Section 2.6(e) does not contemplate the payment by the Sponsor of
acceptance or annual administration fees owing to the Trustees under this
Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’ counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration).
(f)
The
assets of the Trust shall consist of the Trust Property.
(g)
Legal
title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Institutional
Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the
Institutional Trustee and the Administrators for the benefit of the Trust in
accordance with this Declaration.
(h)
If
the
Institutional Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce
any
right or remedy under this Declaration and such proceeding has been discontinued
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the
Institutional Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the
Sponsor, the Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to
their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of
the
Institutional Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted.
Section
2.7.
Prohibition
of Actions by the Trust and the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
Trust
shall not, and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the Trust not to, engage
in
any activity other than as required or authorized by this Declaration. In
particular, the Trust shall not and the Institutional Trustee shall cause the
Trust not to:
(i)
invest
any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall
distribute all such proceeds to Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms
of this Declaration and of the Securities;
(ii)
acquire
any assets other than as expressly provided herein;
(iii)
possess
Trust Property for other than a Trust purpose;
(iv)
make
any
loans or incur any indebtedness other than loans represented by the
Debentures;
(v)
possess
any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust assets or the
terms of the Securities in any way whatsoever other than as expressly provided
herein;
(vi)
issue
any
securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest
in, the Trust other than the Securities;
(vii)
carry
on
any “trade or business” as that phrase is used in the Code; or
(viii)
other
than as provided in this Declaration (including Annex I), (A) direct
the time, method and place of exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the
Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (B) waive any past
default that is waivable under the Indenture, (C) exercise any right to
rescind or annul any declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall
be due and payable, or (D) consent to any amendment, modification or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures where such consent shall be
required unless the Trust shall have received a written opinion of counsel
to
the effect that such modification will not cause the Trust to cease to be
classified as a “grantor trust” for United States federal income tax
purposes.
Section
2.8.
Powers
and Duties of the Institutional Trustee
.
(a)
The
legal
title to the Debentures shall be owned by and held of record in the name of
the
Institutional Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders
of
the Securities. The right, title and interest of the Institutional Trustee
to
the Debentures shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter be
appointed as Institutional Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5. Such vesting
and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents
with regard to the Debentures have been executed and delivered.
(b)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not transfer its right, title and interest in the
Debentures to the Administrators or to the Delaware Trustee.
(c)
The
Institutional Trustee shall:
(i)
establish
and maintain a segregated non-interest bearing trust account (the “
Property
Account
”)
in the
name of and under the exclusive control of the Institutional Trustee, and
maintained in the Institutional Trustee’s trust department, on behalf of the
Holders of the Securities and, upon the receipt of payments of funds made in
respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee, deposit such funds
into the Property Account and make payments, or cause the Paying Agent to make
payments, to the Holders of the Capital Securities and Holders of the Common
Securities from the Property Account in accordance with
Section
5.1
.
Funds
in the Property Account shall be held uninvested until disbursed in accordance
with this Declaration;
(ii)
engage
in
such ministerial activities as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect
the
redemption of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities to the extent
the
Debentures are redeemed or mature; and
(iii)
upon
written notice of distribution issued by the Administrators in accordance with
the terms of the Securities, engage in such ministerial activities as shall
be
necessary or appropriate to effect the distribution of the Debentures to Holders
of Securities upon the occurrence of certain circumstances pursuant to the
terms
of the Securities.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee may bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate,
resort to legal action with respect to, or otherwise adjust claims or demands
of
or against, the Trust which arises out of or in connection with an Event of
Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee has actual
knowledge or arises out of the Institutional Trustee’s duties and obligations
under this Declaration;
provided
,
however
,
that if
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is
attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer to pay interest or principal
on the Debentures on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable
(or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), then a Holder of the
Capital Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of
payment to such Holder of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having
a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder (a “
Direct
Action
”)
on or
after the respective due date specified in the Debentures. In connection with
such Direct Action, the rights of the Holders of the Common Securities will
be
subrogated to the rights of such Holder of the Capital Securities to the extent
of any payment made by the Debenture Issuer to such Holder of the Capital
Securities in such Direct Action;
provided
,
however
,
that no
Holder of the Common Securities may exercise such right of subrogation so long
as an Event of Default with respect to the Capital Securities has occurred
and
is continuing.
(e)
The
Institutional Trustee shall continue to serve as a Trustee until
either:
(i)
the
Trust
has been completely liquidated and the proceeds of the liquidation distributed
to the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Securities and
this Declaration; or
(ii)
a
Successor Institutional Trustee has been appointed and has accepted that
appointment in accordance with Section 4.5.
(f)
The
Institutional Trustee shall have the legal power to exercise all of the rights,
powers and privileges of a Holder of the Debentures under the Indenture and,
if
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Institutional Trustee may,
for
the benefit of Holders of the Securities, enforce its rights as holder of the
Debentures subject to the rights of the Holders pursuant to this Declaration
(including Annex I) and the terms of the Securities.
The
Institutional Trustee must exercise the powers set forth in this
Section
2.8
in a
manner that is consistent with the purposes and functions of the Trust set
out
in
Section
2.3
,
and the
Institutional Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the
purposes and functions of the Trust set out in
Section
2.3
.
Section
2.9.
Certain
Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustees and
Administrators
.
(a)
The
Institutional Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred,
shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in
this Declaration and no implied covenants shall be read into this Declaration
against the Institutional Trustee. In case an Event of Default has occurred
(that has not been cured or waived pursuant to
Section
6.7
),
the
Institutional Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it
by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(b)
The
duties and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Administrators shall be
as
provided by this Declaration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of
this Declaration shall require any Trustee or Administrator to expend or risk
their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance
of
any of their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of their rights or
powers if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such
funds or adequate protection against such risk of liability is not reasonably
assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision
of
this Declaration relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustees or Administrators shall be subject to
the
provisions of this Article. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed
to
relieve an Administrator or a Trustee from liability for its own negligent
act,
its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct. To the extent
that, at law or in equity, a Trustee or an Administrator has duties and
liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Trustee or such
Administrator shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such
Trustee’s or such Administrator’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this
Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration, to the extent that they
restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrators or the Trustee
otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the
Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrators
or
the Trustees.
(c)
All
payments made by the Institutional Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of
the
Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust
Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or
proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Institutional Trustee or a Paying
Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by
its
acceptance of a Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and
proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for
distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees and the
Administrators are not personally liable to it for any amount distributable
in
respect of any Security or for any other liability in respect of any Security.
This
Section
2.9(c)
does not
limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this
Declaration.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for its own acts or omissions
hereunder except as a result of its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good
faith by an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee, unless it shall
be
proved that the Institutional Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts;
(ii)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of
the
Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities or the Common Securities, as applicable, relating to the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Institutional Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the
Institutional Trustee under this Declaration;
(iii)
the
Institutional Trustee’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and
physical preservation of the Debentures and the Property Account shall be to
deal with such property in a similar manner as the Institutional Trustee deals
with similar property for its fiduciary accounts generally, subject to the
protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Institutional Trustee
under this Declaration;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received
by it except as it may otherwise agree in writing with the Sponsor; and money
held by the Institutional Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held
by it except in relation to the Property Account maintained by the Institutional
Trustee pursuant to
Section
2.8(c)(i)
and
except to the extent otherwise required by law; and
(v)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance
by
the Administrators or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this
Declaration, nor shall the Institutional Trustee be liable for any default
or
misconduct of the Administrators or the Sponsor.
Section
2.10.
Certain
Rights of Institutional Trustee
.
Subject
to the provisions of
Section
2.9
:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee may conclusively rely and shall fully be protected in
acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, opinion
of
counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee,
certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by
the
proper party or parties;
(b)
if
(i) in performing its duties under this Declaration, the Institutional
Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action,
(ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Declaration, the
Institutional Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other
provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Institutional Trustee is unsure
of the application of any provision of this Declaration, then, except as to
any
matter as to which the Holders of Capital Securities are entitled to vote under
the terms of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee may deliver a notice
to
the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor’s written instructions as to the course of
action to be taken and the Institutional Trustee shall take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, as the Institutional Trustee shall be
instructed in writing, in which event the Institutional Trustee shall have
no
liability except for its own negligence or willful misconduct;
(c)
any
direction or act of the Sponsor or the Administrators contemplated by this
Declaration shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate;
(d)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee shall
deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established before undertaking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Institutional Trustee (unless
other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may request and conclusively
rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to factual matters which, upon receipt of
such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Sponsor or the
Administrators;
(e)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or
registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation
statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording,
refiling or reregistration thereof;
(f)
the
Institutional Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection (which counsel
may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) and the advice of such
counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect
of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Institutional Trustee
shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the
administration of this Declaration from any court of competent
jurisdiction;
(g)
the
Institutional Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Declaration at the request or direction of any
of
the Holders pursuant to this Declaration, unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Institutional Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to it
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction;
provided
,
that
nothing contained in this
Section
2.10(g)
shall be
taken to relieve the Institutional Trustee, subject to
Section
2.9(b)
,
upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived
pursuant to Section 6.7), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Declaration, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in
the conduct of his or her own affairs;
(h)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture,
note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless
requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Institutional
Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or
matters as it may see fit;
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or
attorneys and the Institutional Trustee shall not be responsible for any
misconduct or negligence on the part of or for the supervision of, any such
agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(j)
whenever
in the administration of this Declaration the Institutional Trustee shall deem
it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or
right or taking any other action hereunder the Institutional Trustee
(i) may request instructions from the Holders of the Capital Securities
which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as would be entitled to direct
the
Institutional Trustee under the terms of the Capital Securities in respect
of
such remedy, right or action, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy
or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received,
and
(iii) shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such
instructions;
(k)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided in this Declaration, the Institutional Trustee
shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary
under
the provisions of this Declaration;
(l)
when
the
Institutional Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with
a
Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including the fees and expenses of its counsel)
and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses
of
administration under any bankruptcy law or law relating to creditors rights
generally;
(m)
the
Institutional Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of an Event of Default
unless a Responsible Officer of the Institutional Trustee obtains actual
knowledge of such event or the Institutional Trustee receives written notice
of
such event from any Holder, the Sponsor or the Debenture Trustee;
(n)
any
action taken by the Institutional Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind
the
Trust and the Holders of the Securities, and the signature of the Institutional
Trustee or its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any
such action and no third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority
of the Institutional Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of
the
terms and provisions of this Declaration, both of which shall be conclusively
evidenced by the Institutional Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action;
and
(o)
no
provision of this Declaration shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on the Institutional Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right,
power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in
which it shall be illegal, or in which the Institutional Trustee shall be
unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any
such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation.
No
permissive power or authority available to the Institutional Trustee shall
be
construed to be a duty.
Section
2.11.
Delaware
Trustee
.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Declaration other than Section 4.1, the Delaware
Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware
Trustee have any of the duties and responsibilities of any of the Trustees
or
the Administrators described in this Declaration (except as may be required
under the Statutory Trust Act). Except as set forth in Section 4.1, the Delaware
Trustee shall be a Trustee for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the
requirements of § 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.
Section
2.12.
Execution
of Documents
.
Unless
otherwise determined in writing by the Institutional Trustee, and except as
otherwise required by the Statutory Trust Act, the Institutional Trustee, or
any
one or more of the Administrators, as the case may be, is authorized to execute
on behalf of the Trust any documents that the Trustees or the Administrators,
as
the case may be, have the power and authority to execute pursuant to
Section
2.6
.
Section
2.13.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
.
The
recitals contained in this Declaration and the Securities shall be taken as
the
statements of the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility
for
their correctness. The Trustees make no representations as to the value or
condition of the property of the Trust or any part thereof. The Trustees make
no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Declaration, the
Debentures or the Securities.
Section
2.14.
Duration
of Trust
.
The
Trust, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII
hereof, shall be in existence for 35 years from the Closing Date.
Section
2.15.
Mergers
.
(a)
The
Trust
may not consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by, or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any corporation or other body, except as described in Section 2.15(b) and
(c)
and except in connection with the liquidation of the Trust and the distribution
of the Debentures to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iv) of
the
Declaration or Section 4 of Annex I.
(b)
The
Trust
may, with the consent of the Institutional Trustee and without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with
or
into, or be replaced by a trust organized as such under the laws of any state;
provided that:
(i)
if
the
Trust is not the surviving entity, such successor entity (the “
Successor
Entity
”)
either:
(A)
expressly
assumes all of the obligations of the Trust under the Securities;
or
(B)
substitutes
for the Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as
the
Securities (the “
Successor
Securities
”)
so
that the Successor Securities rank the same as the Securities rank with respect
to Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption and
otherwise;
(ii)
the
Sponsor expressly appoints a trustee of the Successor Entity that possesses
substantially the same powers and duties as the Institutional Trustee as the
Holder of the Debentures;
(iii)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(iv)
the
Institutional Trustee receives written confirmation from Moody’s Investor
Services, Inc. and any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization that rates securities issued by the initial purchaser of the
Capital Securities that it will not reduce or withdraw the rating of any such
securities because of such merger, conversion, consolidation, amalgamation
or
replacement;
(v)
such
Successor Entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the
Trust;
(vi)
prior
to
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust has received
an opinion of a nationally recognized independent counsel to the Trust
experienced in such matters to the effect that:
(A)
such
merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement does not adversely affect
the
rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Securities (including
any Successor Securities) in any material respect;
(B)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, neither the Trust
nor
the Successor Entity will be required to register as an Investment Company;
and
(C)
following
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Trust (or the
Successor Entity) will continue to be classified as a “grantor trust” for United
States federal income tax purposes;
(vii)
the
Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such Successor Entity under the Successor
Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee;
(viii)
the
Sponsor owns 100% of the common securities of any Successor Entity;
and
(ix)
prior
to
such merger, consolidation, amalgamation or replacement, the Institutional
Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrators and
an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent under
this Section 2.15(b) to such transaction have been satisfied.
(c)
Notwithstanding
Section 2.15(b), the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of
100%
in aggregate liquidation amount of the Securities, consolidate, amalgamate,
merge with or into, or be replaced by any other entity or permit any other
entity to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger or replacement would cause the Trust or
Successor Entity to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United
States federal income tax purposes.
ARTICLE
III
SPONSOR
Section
3.1.
Sponsor’s
Purchase of Common Securities
.
On
the
Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase all of the Common Securities issued
by
the Trust in an amount at least equal to 3% of the capital of the Trust, at
the
same time as the Capital Securities are sold.
Section
3.2.
Responsibilities
of the Sponsor
.
In
connection with the issue and sale of the Capital Securities, the Sponsor shall
have the exclusive right and responsibility to engage in, or direct the
Administrators to engage in, the following activities:
(a)
to
determine the States in which to take appropriate action to qualify the Trust
or
to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Capital Securities and to
do
any and all such acts, other than actions which must be taken by the Trust,
and
advise the Trust of actions it must take, and prepare for execution and filing
any documents to be executed and filed by the Trust, as the Sponsor deems
necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such
States, to protect the limited liability of the Holders of the Capital
Securities or to enable the Trust to effect the purposes for which it was
created; and
(b)
to
negotiate the terms of and/or execute on behalf of the Trust, the Placement
Agreement and other related agreements providing for the sale of the Capital
Securities.
Section
3.3.
Expenses
.
In
connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Debentures to the Trust
and in connection with the sale of the Securities by the Trust, the Sponsor,
in
its capacity as Debenture Issuer, shall:
(a)
pay
all reasonable costs and expenses owing to the Debenture Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.6 of the Indenture;
(b)
be
responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations (other than with respect
to the Securities) and all costs and expenses of the Trust, the offering, sale
and issuance of the Securities (including fees to the placement agents in
connection therewith), the costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees
and expenses) of the Institutional Trustee and the Administrators, the costs
and
expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation,
costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping
services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting
equipment, Paying Agents, Registrars, Transfer Agents, duplicating, travel
and
telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred
in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets
and the enforcement by the Institutional Trustee of the rights of the Holders
(for purposes of clarification, this Section 3.3(b) does not contemplate the
payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to
the
Trustees pursuant to the services to be provided by the Trustees under this
Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’ counsel in connection with
the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Declaration);
and
(c)
pay
any
and all taxes (other than United States withholding taxes attributable to the
Trust or its assets) and all liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to
such taxes of the Trust.
The
Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall be for the benefit of,
and shall be enforceable by, any Person to whom such debts, obligations, costs,
expenses and taxes are owed (a “
Creditor
”)
whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor
may
enforce the Sponsor’s obligations under this Section 3.3 directly against
the Sponsor and the Sponsor irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require
that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person
before proceeding against the Sponsor. The Sponsor agrees to execute such
additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full
effect to the provisions of this Section 3.3.
Section
3.4.
Right
to Proceed
.
The
Sponsor acknowledges the rights of Holders to institute a Direct Action as
set
forth in
Section
2.8(d)
hereto.
ARTICLE
IV
INSTITUTIONAL
TRUSTEE AND ADMINISTRATORS
Section
4.1.
Number
of Trustees
.
The
number of Trustees shall initially be two, and;
(a)
at
any
time before the issuance of any Securities, the Sponsor may, by written
instrument, increase or decrease the number of Trustees; and
(b)
after
the
issuance of any Securities, the number of Trustees may be increased or decreased
by vote of the Holder of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common
Securities voting as a class at a meeting of the Holder of the Common
Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
there shall be a Delaware Trustee if required by Section 4.2; and there shall
always be one Trustee who shall be the Institutional Trustee, and such Trustee
may also serve as Delaware Trustee if it meets the applicable requirements,
in
which case Section 2.11 shall have no application to such entity in its capacity
as Institutional Trustee.
Section
4.2.
Delaware
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
If
required by the Statutory Trust Act, one Trustee (the “Delaware Trustee”) shall
be:
(i)
a
natural
person at least 21 years of age who is a resident of the State of Delaware;
or
(ii)
if
not a
natural person, an entity which is organized under the laws of the United States
or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, has its principal place of
business in the State of Delaware, and otherwise meets the requirements of
applicable law, including § 3807 of the Statutory Trust Act.
(b)
the
initial Delaware Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.
Section
4.3.
Institutional
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be one Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an
Affiliate of the Sponsor;
(ii)
not
offer
or provide credit or credit enhancement to the Trust; and
(iii)
be
a
banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the
laws
of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000.00), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, state,
or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of
condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the
supervising or examining authority referred to above, then for the purposes
of
this
Section
4.3(a)(iii)
,
the
combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published.
(b)
If
at any
time the Institutional Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under
Section
4.3(a)
,
the
Institutional Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect
set forth in Section 4.5.
(c)
If
the
Institutional Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the
meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the
Institutional Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the
extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this
Declaration.
(d)
The
initial Institutional Trustee shall be Wilmington Trust Company.
Section
4.4.
Administrators
.
Each
Administrator shall be a U.S. Person, 21 years of age or older and authorized
to
bind the Sponsor. The initial Administrators shall be Elaine Jeon and Brian
E.
Cho. There shall at all times be at least one Administrator. Except where a
requirement for action by a specific number of Administrators is expressly
set
forth in this Declaration and except with respect to any action the taking
of
which is the subject of a meeting of the Administrators, any action required
or
permitted to be taken by the Administrators may be taken by, and any power
of
the Administrators may be exercised by, or with the consent of, any one such
Administrator.
Section
4.5.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Trustees and Administrators
.
(a)
No
resignation or removal of any Trustee (the “
Relevant
Trustee
”)
and no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become
effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in
accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 4.5.
(b)
Subject
to Section 4.5(a), a Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities and by appointing a successor
Relevant Trustee. Upon the resignation of the Institutional Trustee, the
Institutional Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least
three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements their expenses and charges
to
serve as the successor Institutional Trustee on a form provided by the
Administrators, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expense and
charges (the “
Successor
Institutional Trustee
”).
If
the instrument of acceptance by the successor Relevant Trustee required by
this
Section 4.5 shall not have been delivered to the Relevant Trustee within 60
days
after the giving of such notice of resignation or delivery of the instrument
of
removal, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Trust, any
federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent jurisdiction for
the
appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after
prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Relevant
Trustee. The Institutional Trustee shall have no liability for the selection
of
such successor pursuant to this Section 4.5.
(c)
Unless
an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Trustee may be
removed at any time by an act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of the Common Securities. If any Trustee shall be so removed, the Holders of
the
Common Securities, by act of the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint
a successor Relevant Trustee, and such successor Trustee shall comply with
the
applicable requirements of this Section 4.5. If an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee,
or both of them, may be removed by the act of the Holders of a Majority in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, delivered to the Relevant Trustee
(in its individual capacity and on behalf of the Trust). If any Trustee shall
be
so removed, the Holders of Capital Securities, by act of the Holders of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding
delivered to the Relevant Trustee, shall promptly appoint a successor Relevant
Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable
requirements of this Section 4.5. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall have
been so appointed by the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the
Capital Securities and accepted appointment in the manner required by this
Section 4.5 within 30 days after delivery of an instrument of removal, the
Relevant Trustee or any Holder who has been a Holder of the Securities for
at
least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any federal, state or District of Columbia court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee. Such court
may
thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint
a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees.
(d)
The
Institutional Trustee shall give notice of each resignation and each removal
of
a Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders and to
the
Sponsor. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee
and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Institutional
Trustee.
(e)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing or any other provision of this Declaration, in the event a
Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or is adjudged by a court to
have
become incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death,
incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Institutional Trustee following
the procedures in this Section 4.5 (with the successor being a Person who
satisfies the eligibility requirement for a Delaware Trustee set forth in this
Declaration) (the “
Successor
Delaware Trustee
”).
(f)
In
case
of the appointment hereunder of a successor Relevant Trustee, the retiring
Relevant Trustee and each successor Relevant Trustee with respect to the
Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor
Relevant Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain
such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm
to,
and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee with respect to the Securities
and
the Trust and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this
Declaration as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the Trust by more than one Relevant Trustee, it being
understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such
Relevant Trustees co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such
amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall
become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Relevant
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with
all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee;
but,
on request of the Trust or any successor Relevant Trustee, such retiring
Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor
Relevant Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by
such
retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities and the
Trust
subject to the payment of all unpaid fees, expenses and indemnities of such
retiring Relevant Trustee.
(g)
No
Institutional Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall be liable for the acts or
omissions to act of any Successor Institutional Trustee or Successor Delaware
Trustee, as the case may be.
(h)
The
Holders of the Capital Securities will have no right to vote to appoint, remove
or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively in
the
Holders of the Common Securities.
(i)
Any
successor Delaware Trustee shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware identifying the name and
principal place of business of such Delaware Trustee in the State of
Delaware.
Section
4.6.
Vacancies
Among Trustees
.
If
a
Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason and the number of Trustees is
not
reduced pursuant to Section 4.1, a vacancy shall occur. A resolution certifying
the existence of such vacancy by the Trustees or, if there are more than two,
a
majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of
such
vacancy. The vacancy shall be filled with a Trustee appointed in accordance
with
Section 4.5.
Section
4.7.
Effect
of Vacancies
.
The
death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation,
incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of a Trustee shall not operate
to dissolve, terminate or annul the Trust or terminate this Declaration.
Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy
is
filled by the appointment of a Trustee in accordance with Section 4.5, the
Institutional Trustee shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and
shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this
Declaration.
Section
4.8.
Meetings
of the Trustees and the Administrators
.
Meetings
of the Administrators shall be held from time to time upon the call of an
Administrator. Regular meetings of the Administrators may be held in person
in
the United States or by telephone, at a place (if applicable) and time fixed
by
resolution of the Administrators. Notice of any in-person meetings of the
Trustees with the Administrators or meetings of the Administrators shall be
hand
delivered or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a
hard
copy by overnight courier) not less than 48 hours before such meeting.
Notice of any telephonic meetings of the Trustees with the Administrators or
meetings of the Administrators or any committee thereof shall be hand delivered
or otherwise delivered in writing (including by facsimile, with a hard copy
by
overnight courier) not less than 24 hours before a meeting. Notices shall
contain a brief statement of the time, place and anticipated purposes of the
meeting. The presence (whether in person or by telephone) of a Trustee or an
Administrator, as the case may be, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting except where the Trustee or an Administrator, as the
case
may be, attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any activity on the grounds that the meeting has not been
lawfully called or convened. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration,
any
action of the Trustees or the Administrators, as the case may be, may be taken
at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees or the Administrators present
(whether in person or by telephone) and eligible to vote with respect to such
matter, provided that a Quorum is present, or without a meeting by the unanimous
written consent of the Trustees or the Administrators. Meetings of the Trustees
and the Administrators together shall be held from time to time upon the call
of
any Trustee or an Administrator.
Section
4.9.
Delegation
of Power
.
(a)
Any
Administrator may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate
to any other natural person over the age of 21 that is a U.S. Person his or
her
power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in
Section
2.6
;
and
(b)
the
Administrators shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their
number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either
in
the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrators or otherwise as the
Administrators may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not
prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of the Trust, as
set
forth herein.
Section
4.10.
Conversion,
Consolidation or Succession to Business
.
Any
Person into which the Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be
merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall be a party, or any Person
succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall be the successor of the
Institutional Trustee or the Delaware Trustee hereunder, provided such Person
shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article and,
provided
,
further
,
that
such Person shall file an amendment to the Certificate of Trust with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as contemplated in
Section 4.5(i).
ARTICLE
V
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section
5.1.
Distributions
.
Holders
shall receive Distributions in accordance with the applicable terms of the
relevant Holder’s Securities. Distributions shall be made on the Capital
Securities and the Common Securities in accordance with the preferences set
forth in their respective terms. If and to the extent that the Debenture Issuer
makes a payment of Interest or any principal on the Debentures held by the
Institutional Trustee, the Institutional Trustee shall and is directed, to
the
extent funds are available for that purpose, to make a distribution (a
“
Distribution
”)
of
such amounts to Holders.
ARTICLE
VI
ISSUANCE
OF SECURITIES
Section
6.1.
General
Provisions Regarding Securities
.
(a)
The
Administrators shall, on behalf of the Trust, issue one series of capital
securities substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 representing undivided
beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set
forth in Annex I and one series of common securities representing undivided
beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust having such terms as are set
forth in Annex I. The Trust shall issue no securities or other interests in
the assets of the Trust other than the Capital Securities and the Common
Securities. The Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
to, and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with, the Common Securities except that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders
of the Common Securities to payment in respect of Distributions and payments
upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights to
payment of the Holders of the Capital Securities as set forth in
Annex I.
(b)
The
Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Trust by one or more
Administrators. Such signature shall be the facsimile or manual signature of
any
Administrator. In case any Administrator of the Trust who shall have signed
any
of the Securities shall cease to be such Administrator before the Certificates
so signed shall be delivered by the Trust, such Certificates nevertheless may
be
delivered as though the person who signed such Certificates had not ceased
to be
such Administrator, and any Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Trust
by
such persons who, at the actual date of execution of such Security, shall be
an
Administrator of the Trust, although at the date of the execution and delivery
of the Declaration any such person was not such an Administrator. A Capital
Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the facsimile or manual
signature of an Authorized Officer of the Institutional Trustee. Such signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Capital Security has been authenticated
under this Declaration. Upon written order of the Trust signed by one
Administrator, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate the Capital
Securities for original issue. The Institutional Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent that is a U.S. Person acceptable to the Trust to
authenticate the Capital Securities. A Common Security need not be so
authenticated.
(c)
The
consideration received by the Trust for the issuance of the Securities shall
constitute a contribution to the capital of the Trust and shall not constitute
a
loan to the Trust.
(d)
Upon
issuance of the Securities as provided in this Declaration, the Securities
so
issued shall be deemed to be validly issued, fully paid and, except as provided
in Section 9.1(b) with respect to the Common Securities,
non-assessable.
(e)
Every
Person, by virtue of having become a Holder in accordance with the terms of
this
Declaration, shall be deemed to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms
of, and shall be bound by, this Declaration and the Guarantee.
Section
6.2.
Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
.
The
Trust
shall maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, an office or agency where the Capital
Securities may be presented for payment (“
Paying
Agent
”),
and
an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of
transfer or exchange (the “
Transfer
Agent
”).
The
Trust shall keep or cause to be kept at such office or agency a register for
the
purpose of registering Securities, transfers and exchanges of Securities, such
register to be held by a registrar (the “
Registrar
”).
The
Administrators may appoint the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer
Agent and may appoint one or more additional Paying Agents or one or more
co-Registrars, or one or more co Transfer Agents in such other locations as
it
shall determine. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent,
the term “Registrar” includes any additional registrar or co Registrar and the
term “Transfer Agent” includes any additional transfer agent. The Administrators
may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar at any time without
prior notice to any Holder. The Administrators shall notify the Institutional
Trustee of the name and address of any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and
Registrar not a party to this Declaration. The Administrators hereby initially
appoint the Institutional Trustee to act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and
Registrar for the Capital Securities and the Common Securities. The
Institutional Trustee or any of its Affiliates in the United States may act
as
Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
Section
6.3.
Form
and Dating
.
The
Capital Securities and the Institutional Trustee’s certificate of authentication
thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, and the Common
Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, each of which
is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Declaration.
Certificates may be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced
in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrators, as
conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof. The Securities may have
letters, numbers, notations or other marks of identification or designation
and
such legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements
to
which the Trust is subject if any, or usage (provided that any such notation,
legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Sponsor). The Trust at
the
direction of the Sponsor shall furnish any such legend not contained in
Exhibit A-1 to the Institutional Trustee in writing. Each Capital Security
shall be dated on or before the date of its authentication. The terms and
provisions of the Securities set forth in Annex I and the forms of Securities
set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 are part of the terms of this Declaration
and to the extent applicable, the Institutional Trustee, the Delaware Trustee,
the Administrators and the Sponsor, by their execution and delivery of this
Declaration, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. Capital Securities will be issued only in blocks having a stated
liquidation amount of not less than $100,000.00 and any multiple of $1,000.00
in
excess thereof.
The
Capital Securities are being offered and sold by the Trust pursuant to the
Placement Agreement in definitive, registered form without coupons and with
the
Restricted Securities Legend.
Section
6.4.
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
.
If:
(a)
any
mutilated Certificates should be surrendered to the Registrar, or if the
Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss
or
theft of any Certificate; and
(b)
there
shall be delivered to the Registrar, the Administrators and the Institutional
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to keep each
of
them harmless;
then,
in
the absence of notice that such Certificate shall have been acquired by a
protected purchaser, an Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall execute
(and
in the case of a Capital Security Certificate, the Institutional Trustee shall
authenticate) and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like denomination.
In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section
6.4
,
the
Registrar or the Administrators may require the payment of a sum sufficient
to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall
constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the relevant
Securities, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or
destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.
Section
6.5.
Temporary
Securities
.
Until
definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Administrators may prepare
and, in the case of the Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall
authenticate, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the
Administrators consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without
unreasonable delay, the Administrators shall prepare and, in the case of the
Capital Securities, the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate, definitive
Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.
Section
6.6.
Cancellation
.
The
Administrators at any time may deliver Securities to the Institutional Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Institutional Trustee
any
Securities surrendered to it for registration of transfer, redemption or
payment. The Institutional Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities
surrendered for registration of transfer, payment, replacement or cancellation
and shall dispose of such canceled Securities as the Administrators direct.
The
Administrators may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that have
been
paid or that have been delivered to the Institutional Trustee for
cancellation.
Section
6.7.
Rights
of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults
.
(a)
The
legal
title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Institutional Trustee
(in its capacity as such) in accordance with
Section
2.5
,
and the
Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided
beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Securities
and
they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property,
profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Securities shall
be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein
and
in this Declaration. The Securities shall have no preemptive or similar
rights.
(b)
For
so
long as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if upon an Indenture Event
of
Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal
of
all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Holders of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities then outstanding shall
have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the
Institutional Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.
At
any
time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has
been
made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Debenture Trustee as provided in the Indenture, if the
Institutional Trustee, subject to the provisions hereof, fails to annul any
such
declaration and waive such default, the Holders of a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities, by written notice to the Institutional
Trustee, the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences if:
(i)
the
Debenture Issuer has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay
(A)
all
overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,
(B)
any
accrued Additional Interest on all of the Debentures,
(C)
the
principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due
otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional
Interest thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and
(D)
all
sums
paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Debenture Trustee
and
the Institutional Trustee, their agents and counsel; and
(ii)
all
Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment
of
the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration,
have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7 of the
Indenture.
The
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past
default under the Indenture or any Indenture Event of Default, except a default
or Indenture Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest on the
Debentures (unless such default or Indenture Event of Default has been cured
and
a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal
due
otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee)
or
a default under the Indenture or an Indenture Event of Default in respect of
a
covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent
thereon.
Upon
receipt by the Institutional Trustee of written notice declaring such an
acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of
the
Capital Securities, a record date shall be established for determining Holders
of outstanding Capital Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record
date shall be at the close of business on the day the Institutional Trustee
receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated
proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice,
whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date;
provided,
that
unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the
case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage
having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such
record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and
annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action
by
any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph
shall
prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of
such
90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or
rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to
a
written notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to
the
provisions of this
Section
6.7
.
(c)
Except
as
otherwise provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
6.7
,
the
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Capital Securities, waive any past
default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such
default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event
of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Declaration, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
ARTICLE
VII
DISSOLUTION
AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
Section
7.1.
Dissolution
and Termination of Trust
.
(a)
The
Trust
shall dissolve on the first to occur of:
(i)
unless
earlier dissolved, on September 15, 2040, the expiration of the term of the
Trust;
(ii)
upon
a
Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture
Issuer;
(iii)
upon
the
filing of a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to the
Sponsor (other than in connection with a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction not prohibited by the Indenture, this Declaration or the Guarantee,
as the case may be) or upon the revocation of the charter of the Sponsor and
the
expiration of 90 days after the date of revocation without a reinstatement
thereof;
(iv)
upon
the
distribution of the Debentures to the Holders of the Securities, upon exercise
of the right of the Holder of all of the outstanding Common Securities to
dissolve the Trust as provided in Annex I hereto;
(v)
upon
the
entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Holder of the Common
Securities, the Sponsor, the Trust or the Debenture Issuer;
(vi)
when
all
of the Securities shall have been called for redemption and the amounts
necessary for redemption thereof shall have been paid to the Holders in
accordance with the terms of the Securities; or
(vii)
before
the issuance of any Securities, with the consent of all of the Trustees and
the
Sponsor.
(b)
As
soon
as is practicable after the occurrence of an event referred to in
Section
7.1
(a),
and
after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as required by
applicable law, including of the Statutory Trust Act, and subject to the terms
set forth in Annex I, the Institutional Trustee shall terminate the Trust
by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the
State
of Delaware.
(c)
The
provisions of Section 2.9 and Article IX shall survive the termination
of the Trust.
ARTICLE
VIII
TRANSFER
OF INTERESTS
Section
8.1.
General
.
(a)
Subject
to
Section
8.1
(c)
,
where
Capital Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a
request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal number of
Capital Securities represented by different certificates, the Registrar shall
register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such
transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges, the
Trust shall issue and the Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital
Securities at the Registrar’s request.
(b)
Upon
issuance of the Common Securities, the Sponsor shall acquire and retain
beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities and for so long as
the
Securities remain outstanding, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, the Sponsor shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that
any permitted successor of the Sponsor, in its capacity as Debenture Issuer,
under the Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Sponsor’s ownership
of the Common Securities.
(c)
Capital
Securities may only be transferred, in whole or in part, in accordance with
the
terms and conditions set forth in this Declaration and in the terms of the
Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any transfer
or
purported transfer of any Security not made in accordance with this Declaration
shall be null and void and will be deemed to be of no legal effect whatsoever
and any such transferee shall be deemed not to be the holder of such Capital
Securities for any purpose, including but not limited to the receipt of
Distributions on such Capital Securities, and such transferee shall be deemed
to
have no interest whatsoever in such Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Registrar shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers
of
Securities, which will be effected without charge but only upon payment (with
such indemnity as the Registrar may require) in respect of any tax or other
governmental charges that may be imposed in relation to it. Upon surrender
for
registration of transfer of any Securities, the Registrar shall cause one or
more new Securities of the same tenor to be issued in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees. Every Security surrendered for registration of
transfer shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder or such Holder’s
attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Security surrendered for registration
of transfer shall be canceled by the Institutional Trustee pursuant to
Section
6.6
.
A
transferee of a Security shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the
obligations of a Holder hereunder upon the receipt by such transferee of a
Security. By acceptance of a Security, each transferee shall be deemed to have
agreed to be bound by this Declaration.
(e)
The
Trust
shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange
any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen
days
before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption and ending at
the
close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of
redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of the Securities to
be
redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer or exchange of any Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
of
any Security being redeemed in part.
Section
8.2.
Transfer
Procedures and Restrictions
.
(a)
The
Capital Securities shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend, which shall
not
be removed unless there is delivered to the Trust such satisfactory evidence,
which may include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Institutional
Trustee, as may be reasonably required by the Trust, that neither the legend
nor
the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that
transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act. Upon
provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Institutional Trustee, at the
written direction of the Trust, shall authenticate and deliver Capital
Securities that do not bear the legend.
(b)
Except
as
permitted by
Section
8.2
(a),
each
Capital Security shall bear a legend (the “
Restricted
Securities Legend
”)
in
substantially the following form and a Capital Security shall not be transferred
except in compliance with such legend, unless otherwise determined by the
Sponsor, upon the advice of counsel expert in securities law, in accordance
with
applicable law:
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
(c)
To
permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trust shall execute and the
Institutional Trustee shall authenticate Capital Securities at the Registrar’s
request.
(d)
Registrations
of transfers or exchanges will be effected without charge, but only upon payment
(with such indemnity as the Registrar or the Sponsor may require) in respect
of
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to
it.
(e)
All
Capital Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant
to the terms of this Declaration shall evidence the same security and shall
be
entitled to the same benefits under this Declaration as the Capital Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
Section
8.3.
Deemed
Security Holders
.
The
Trust, the Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent
or
the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate shall be
registered on the books and records of the Trust as the sole holder of such
Certificate and of the Securities represented by such Certificate for purposes
of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever and,
accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or
interest in such Certificate or in the Securities represented by such
Certificate on the part of any Person, whether or not the Trust, the
Administrators, the Trustees, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent or the
Registrar shall have actual or other notice thereof.
ARTICLE
IX
LIMITATION
OF LIABILITY OF
HOLDERS
OF SECURITIES, INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE OR OTHERS
Section
9.1.
Liability
.
(a)
Except
as
expressly set forth in this Declaration, the Guarantee and the terms of the
Securities, the Sponsor shall not be:
(i)
personally
liable for the return of any portion of the capital contributions (or any return
thereon) of the Holders of the Securities which shall be made solely from assets
of the Trust; or
(ii)
required
to pay to the Trust or to any Holder of the Securities any deficit upon
dissolution of the Trust or otherwise.
(b)
The
Holder of the Common Securities shall be liable for all of the debts and
obligations of the Trust (other than with respect to the Securities) to the
extent not satisfied out of the Trust’s assets.
(c)
Pursuant
to the Statutory Trust Act, the Holders of the Capital Securities shall be
entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders
of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation
Law
of the State of Delaware.
Section
9.2.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or
otherwise to the Trust or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such
Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority
conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Declaration or by law, except
that
an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful misconduct
with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the
records of the Trust and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements
presented to the Trust by any Person as to matters the Indemnified Person
reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert
competence and, if selected by such Indemnified Person, has been selected by
such Indemnified Person with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Trust,
including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and
amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent
to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to Holders of
Securities might properly be paid.
Section
9.3.
Fiduciary
Duty
.
(a)
To
the
extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including
fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust or to any other
Covered Person, an Indemnified Person acting under this Declaration shall not
be
liable to the Trust or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance
on the provisions of this Declaration. The provisions of this Declaration,
to
the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified
Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto
to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Indemnified
Person.
(b)
Whenever
in this Declaration an Indemnified Person is permitted or required to make
a
decision:
(i)
in
its
“discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Indemnified Person shall
be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including
its
own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration
to
any interest of or factors affecting the Trust or any other Person;
or
(ii)
in
its
“good faith” or under another express standard, the Indemnified Person shall act
under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different
standard imposed by this Declaration or by applicable law.
Section
9.4.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of the Trust) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that he is or was
an
Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of
nolo
contendere
or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnified
Person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed
to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust, and, with respect
to
any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was unlawful.
(b)
The
Sponsor shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by law, any Indemnified
Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Trust
to procure a judgment in its favor arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of this Declaration by reason of the fact that
he
is or was an Indemnified Person against expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted
in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the
best interests of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as
to which such Indemnified Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Trust unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court
shall deem proper.
(c)
To
the
extent that an Indemnified Person shall be successful on the merits or otherwise
(including dismissal of an action without prejudice or the settlement of an
action without admission of liability) in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
,
or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified, to
the
full extent permitted by law, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and
expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
therewith.
(d)
Any
indemnification of an Administrator under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
(unless
ordered by a court) shall be made by the Sponsor only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified
Person is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be
made (i) by the Administrators by a majority vote of a Quorum consisting of
such Administrators who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding,
(ii) if such a Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a
Quorum of disinterested Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion, or (iii) by the Common Security Holder of the
Trust.
(e)
To
the
fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and expenses) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending a civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding referred to in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section
9.4
shall be
paid by the Sponsor in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified
Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is
not
entitled to be indemnified by the Sponsor as authorized in this
Section
9.4
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Sponsor if a
determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by the Administrators by
a majority vote of a Quorum of disinterested Administrators, (ii) if such a
Quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested
Administrators so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion
or
(iii) by the Common Security Holder of the Trust, that, based upon the
facts known to the Administrators, counsel or the Common Security Holder at
the
time such determination is made, such Indemnified Person acted in bad faith
or
in a manner that such Indemnified Person did not believe to be in the best
interests of the Trust, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that such
Indemnified Person believed or had reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was
unlawful. In no event shall any advance be made in instances where the
Administrators, independent legal counsel or the Common Security Holder
reasonably determine that such Indemnified Person deliberately breached his
duty
to the Trust or its Common or Capital Security Holders.
(f)
The
Trustees, at the sole cost and expense of the Sponsor, retain the right to
representation by counsel of their own choosing in any action, suit or any
other
proceeding for which they are indemnified under paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this
Section
9.4
,
without
affecting their right to indemnification hereunder or waiving any rights
afforded to it under this Declaration or applicable law.
(g)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
the other paragraphs of this
Section
9.4
shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Sponsor or Capital
Security Holders of the Trust or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. All
rights to indemnification under this Section 9.4 shall be deemed to be
provided by a contract between the Sponsor and each Indemnified Person who
serves in such capacity at any time while this
Section
9.4
is in
effect. Any repeal or modification of this
Section
9.4
shall
not affect any rights or obligations then existing.
(h)
The
Sponsor or the Trust may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person
who is or was an Indemnified Person against any liability asserted against
him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the Sponsor would have the power to indemnify him against such
liability under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
.
(i)
For
purposes of this
Section
9.4
,
references to “the Trust” shall include, in addition to the resulting or
surviving entity, any constituent entity (including any constituent of a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, so that any Person who
is or
was a director, trustee, officer or employee of such constituent entity, or
is
or was serving at the request of such constituent entity as a director, trustee,
officer, employee or agent of another entity, shall stand in the same position
under the provisions of this
Section
9.4
with
respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have with respect
to
such constituent entity if its separate existence had continued.
(j)
The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to,
this
Section
9.4
shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, (i) continue as to a
Person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit
of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a Person; and
(ii) survive the termination or expiration of this Declaration or the
earlier removal or resignation of an Indemnified Person.
Section
9.5.
Outside
Businesses
.
Any
Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee
may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature
or
description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business
of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Securities shall have no rights
by virtue of this Declaration in and to such independent ventures or the income
or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if
competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or
improper. None of any Covered Person, the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee or
the
Institutional Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment
or
other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that,
if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and any Covered Person,
the Sponsor, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee shall have
the
right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary)
or
to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity.
Any
Covered Person, the Delaware Trustee and the Institutional Trustee may engage
or
be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any
Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depositary for, trustee or agent for,
or
act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations
of
the Sponsor or its Affiliates.
Section
9.6.
Compensation;
Fee
.
The
Sponsor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to
the Trustees from time to time such compensation for all services rendered
by
them hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time (which compensation
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation
of a
trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustees upon request
for
all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the
Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Declaration (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their respective
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may
be
attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
For
purposes of clarification, this Section 9.6 does not contemplate the
payment by the Sponsor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing to
the
Trustees under this Declaration or the fees and expenses of the Trustees’
counsel in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by
this
Declaration.
The
provisions of this
Section
9.6
shall
survive the dissolution of the Trust and the termination of this Declaration
and
the removal or resignation of any Trustee.
No
Trustee may claim any lien or charge on any property of the Trust as a result
of
any amount due pursuant to this
Section
9.6
.
ARTICLE
X
ACCOUNTING
Section
10.1.
Fiscal
Year
.
The
fiscal year (“
Fiscal
Year
”)
of the
Trust shall be the calendar year, or such other year as is required by the
Code.
Section
10.2.
Certain
Accounting Matters
.
(a)
At
all
times during the existence of the Trust, the Administrators shall keep, or
cause
to be kept at the principal office of the Trust in the United States, as defined
for purposes of Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7, full books of account,
records and supporting documents, which shall reflect in reasonable detail
each
transaction of the Trust. The books of account shall be maintained, at the
Sponsor’s expense, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied. The books of account and the records of the Trust shall
be
examined by and reported upon (either separately or as part of the Sponsor’s
regularly prepared consolidated financial report) as of the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Trust by a firm of independent certified public accountants selected
by the Administrators.
(b)
The
Administrators shall cause to be duly prepared and delivered to each of the
Holders of Securities Form 1099 or such other annual United States federal
income tax information statement required by the Code, containing such
information with regard to the Securities held by each Holder as is required
by
the Code and the Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding any right under the
Code
to deliver any such statement at a later date, the Administrators shall endeavor
to deliver all such statements within 30 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Trust.
(c)
The
Administrators, at the Sponsor’s expense, shall cause to be duly prepared at the
principal office of the Sponsor in the United States, as ‘United States’ is
defined in Section 7701(a)(9) of the Code (or at the principal office of
the Trust if the Sponsor has no such principal office in the United States),
and
filed an annual United States federal income tax return on a Form 1041 or such
other form required by United States federal income tax law, and any other
annual income tax returns required to be filed by the Administrators on behalf
of the Trust with any state or local taxing authority.
Section
10.3.
Banking
.
The
Trust
shall maintain in the United States, as defined for purposes of Treasury
Regulations section 301.7701-7, one or more bank accounts in the name and for
the sole benefit of the Trust;
provided
,
however
,
that
all payments of funds in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional
Trustee shall be made directly to the Property Account and no other funds of
the
Trust shall be deposited in the Property Account. The sole signatories for
such
accounts (including the Property Account) shall be designated by the
Institutional Trustee.
Section
10.4.
Withholding
.
The
Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent and the Administrators shall comply
with all withholding requirements under United States federal, state and local
law. The Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent shall request, and each
Holder shall provide to the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent, such
forms or certificates as are necessary to establish an exemption from
withholding with respect to the Holder, and any representations and forms as
shall reasonably be requested by the Institutional Trustee or any Paying Agent
to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding
obligations. The Administrators shall file required forms with applicable
jurisdictions and, unless an exemption from withholding is properly established
by a Holder, shall remit amounts withheld with respect to the Holder to
applicable jurisdictions. To the extent that the Institutional Trustee or any
Paying Agent is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority
with respect to distributions or allocations to any Holder, the amount withheld
shall be deemed to be a Distribution in the amount of the withholding to the
Holder. In the event of any claimed overwithholding, Holders shall be limited
to
an action against the applicable jurisdiction. If the amount required to be
withheld was not withheld from actual Distributions made, the Institutional
Trustee or any Paying Agent may reduce subsequent Distributions by the amount
of
such withholding.
ARTICLE
XI
AMENDMENTS
AND MEETINGS
Section
11.1.
Amendments
.
(a)
Except
as
otherwise provided in this Declaration or by any applicable terms of the
Securities, this Declaration may only be amended by a written instrument
approved and executed (i) by the Institutional Trustee, or (ii) if the
amendment affects the rights, powers, duties, obligations or immunities of
the
Delaware Trustee, by the Delaware Trustee.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article XI, an amendment may be made, and any
such purported amendment shall be valid and effective only if:
(i)
the
Institutional Trustee shall have first received
(A)
an
Officers’ Certificate from each of the Trust and the Sponsor that such amendment
is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration (including
the
terms of the Securities); and
(B)
an
opinion of counsel (who may be counsel to the Sponsor or the Trust) that such
amendment is permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Declaration
(including the terms of the Securities); and
(ii)
the
result of such amendment would not be to
(A)
cause
the
Trust to cease to be classified for purposes of United States federal income
taxation as a grantor trust; or
(B)
cause
the
Trust to be deemed to be an Investment Company required to be registered under
the Investment Company Act.
(c)
Except
as
provided in
Section
11.1
(d),
(e)
or (h), no amendment shall be made, and any such purported amendment shall
be
void and ineffective, unless the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Capital Securities shall have consented to such amendment.
(d)
In
addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Declaration, without
the consent of each affected Holder, this Declaration may not be amended to
(i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Securities or
otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made
in
respect of the Securities as of a specified date or change any conversion or
exchange provisions or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date.
(e)
Sections 9.1(b)
and 9.1(c) and this
Section
11.1
shall
not be amended without the consent of all of the Holders of the
Securities.
(f)
Article III
shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders of a Majority in
liquidation amount of the Common Securities.
(g)
The
rights of the Holders of the Capital Securities under Article IV to appoint
and remove Trustees shall not be amended without the consent of the Holders
of a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
(h)
This
Declaration may be amended by the Institutional Trustee and the Holders of
a
Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities without the consent
of
the Holders of the Capital Securities to:
(i)
cure
any
ambiguity;
(ii)
correct
or supplement any provision in this Declaration that may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision of this Declaration;
(iii)
add
to
the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Sponsor; or
(iv)
modify,
eliminate or add to any provision of this Declaration to such extent as may
be
necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for United States federal
income tax purposes at all times as a grantor trust and will not be required
to
register as an Investment Company (including without limitation to conform
to
any change in Rule 3a-5, Rule 3a-7 or any other applicable rule under
the Investment Company Act or written change in interpretation or application
thereof by any legislative body, court, government agency or regulatory
authority) which amendment does not have a material adverse effect on the
rights, preferences or privileges of the Holders of Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that no
such modification, elimination or addition referred to in clauses (i),
(ii), (iii) or (iv) shall adversely affect in any material respect the powers,
preferences or special rights of Holders of Capital Securities.
Section
11.2.
Meetings
of the Holders of Securities; Action by Written Consent
.
(a)
Meetings
of the Holders of any class of Securities may be called at any time by the
Administrators (or as provided in the terms of the Securities) to consider
and
act on any matter on which Holders of such class of Securities are entitled
to
act under the terms of this Declaration or the terms of the Securities. The
Administrators shall call a meeting of the Holders of such class if directed
to
do so by the Holders of at least 10% in liquidation amount of such class of
Securities. Such direction shall be given by delivering to the Administrators
one or more calls in a writing stating that the signing Holders of the
Securities wish to call a meeting and indicating the general or specific purpose
for which the meeting is to be called. Any Holders of the Securities calling
a
meeting shall specify in writing the Certificates held by the Holders of the
Securities exercising the right to call a meeting and only those Securities
represented by such Certificates shall be counted for purposes of determining
whether the required percentage set forth in the second sentence of this
paragraph has been met.
(b)
Except
to
the extent otherwise provided in the terms of the Securities, the following
provisions shall apply to meetings of Holders of the Securities:
(i)
notice
of
any such meeting shall be given to all the Holders of the Securities having
a
right to vote thereat at least 7 days and not more than 60 days before
the date of such meeting. Whenever a vote, consent or approval of the Holders
of
the Securities is permitted or required under this Declaration, such vote,
consent or approval may be given at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities.
Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Holders of the Securities
may
be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action
so
taken is signed by the Holders of the Securities owning not less than the
minimum amount of Securities in liquidation amount that would be necessary
to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Holders of the
Securities having a right to vote thereon were present and voting. Prompt notice
of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Holders of
the
Securities entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. The
Administrators may specify that any written ballot submitted to the Holders
of
the Securities for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall
be
returned to the Trust within the time specified by the
Administrators;
(ii)
each
Holder of a Security may authorize any Person to act for it by proxy on all
matters in which a Holder of Securities is entitled to participate, including
waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. No
proxy
shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the
pleasure of the Holder of the Securities executing it. Except as otherwise
provided herein, all matters relating to the giving, voting or validity of
proxies shall be governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware relating to proxies, and judicial interpretations thereunder, as if
the
Trust were a Delaware corporation and the Holders of the Securities were
stockholders of a Delaware corporation; each meeting of the Holders of the
Securities shall be conducted by the Administrators or by such other Person
that
the Administrators may designate; and
(iii)
unless
the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration, or the terms of the Securities
otherwise provides, the Administrators, in their sole discretion, shall
establish all other provisions relating to meetings of Holders of Securities,
including notice of the time, place or purpose of any meeting at which any
matter is to be voted on by any Holders of the Securities, waiver of any such
notice, action by consent without a meeting, the establishment of a record
date,
quorum requirements, voting in person or by proxy or any other matter with
respect to the exercise of any such right to vote;
provided
,
however
,
that
each meeting shall be conducted in the United States (as that term is defined
in
Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-7).
ARTICLE
XII
REPRESENTATIONS
OF INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE AND THE DELAWARE TRUSTEE
Section
12.1.
Representations
and Warranties of Institutional Trustee
.
The
initial Institutional Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and to the
Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor Institutional
Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the time of
the
Successor Institutional Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as Institutional
Trustee, that:
(a)
the
Institutional Trustee is a Delaware banking corporation with trust powers,
duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with
trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform
its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;
(b)
the
execution, delivery and performance by the Institutional Trustee of this
Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the
part of the Institutional Trustee. This Declaration has been duly executed
and
delivered by the Institutional Trustee, and it constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Institutional Trustee, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
moratorium, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights
generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered
in a proceeding in equity or at law);
(c)
the
execution, delivery and performance of this Declaration by the Institutional
Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a breach of the charter or by-laws
of the Institutional Trustee; and
(d)
no
consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any
state or federal banking authority is required for the execution, delivery
or
performance by the Institutional Trustee of this Declaration.
Section
12.2.
Representations
of the Delaware Trustee
.
The
Trustee that acts as initial Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the
Trust and to the Sponsor at the date of this Declaration, and each Successor
Delaware Trustee represents and warrants to the Trust and the Sponsor at the
time of the Successor Delaware Trustee’s acceptance of its appointment as
Delaware Trustee that:
(a)
if
it is
not a natural person, the Delaware Trustee is duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;
(b)
if
it is
not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance by the Delaware
Trustee of this Declaration has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on the part of the Delaware Trustee. This Declaration has been duly
executed and delivered by the Delaware Trustee, and under Delaware law
(excluding any securities laws) constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Delaware Trustee, enforceable against it in accordance with
its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium,
insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to
general principles of equity and the discretion of the court (regardless of
whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);
(c)
if
it is
not a natural person, the execution, delivery and performance of this
Declaration by the Delaware Trustee does not conflict with or constitute a
breach of the charter or by-laws of the Delaware Trustee;
(d)
it
has
trust power and authority to execute and deliver, and to carry out and perform
its obligations under the terms of, this Declaration;
(e)
no
consent, approval or authorization of, or registration with or notice to, any
state or federal banking authority governing the trust powers of the Delaware
Trustee is required for the execution, delivery or performance by the Delaware
Trustee of this Declaration; and
(f)
the
Delaware Trustee is a natural person who is a resident of the State of Delaware
or, if not a natural person, it is an entity which has its principal place
of
business in the State of Delaware and, in either case, a Person that satisfies
for the Trust the requirements of Section 3807 of the Statutory Trust
Act.
ARTICLE
XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
13.1.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Declaration shall be in writing, duly signed by
the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy
shall be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed
by first class mail, as follows:
(a)
if
given
to the Trust, in care of the Administrators at the Trust’s mailing address set
forth below (or such other address as the Trust may give notice of to the
Holders of the Securities):
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III
c/o
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(b)
if
given
to the Delaware Trustee, at the Delaware Trustee’s mailing address set forth
below (or such other address as the Delaware Trustee may give notice of to
the
Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(c)
if
given
to the Institutional Trustee, at the Institutional Trustee’s mailing address set
forth below (or such other address as the Institutional Trustee may give notice
of to the Holders of the Securities):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(d)
if
given
to the Holder of the Common Securities, at the mailing address of the Sponsor
set forth below (or such other address as the Holder of the Common Securities
may give notice of to the Trust):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(e)
if
given
to any other Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the
Trust.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
13.2.
Governing
Law
.
This
Declaration and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware and all rights
and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to the principles
of
conflict of laws of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction that would
call for the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State
of
Delaware;
provided
,
however
,
that
there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees or this Declaration
any
provision of the laws (statutory or common) of the State of Delaware pertaining
to trusts that relate to or regulate, in a manner inconsistent with the terms
hereof (a) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of
trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges, (b) affirmative
requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents or employees of a
trust, (c) the necessity for obtaining court or other governmental approval
concerning the acquisition, holding or disposition of real or personal property,
(d) fees or other sums payable to trustees, officers, agents or employees
of a trust, (e) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or
principal, or (f) restrictions or limitations on the permissible nature,
amount or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the
titling, storage or other manner of holding or investing trust
assets.
Section
13.3.
Intention
of the Parties
.
It
is the
intention of the parties hereto that the Trust be classified for United States
federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust. The provisions of this
Declaration shall be interpreted to further this intention of the
parties.
Section
13.4.
Headings
.
Headings
contained in this Declaration are inserted for convenience of reference only
and
do not affect the interpretation of this Declaration or any provision
hereof.
Section
13.5.
Successors
and Assigns
.
Whenever
in this Declaration any of the parties hereto is named or referred to, the
successors and assigns of such party shall be deemed to be included, and all
covenants and agreements in this Declaration by the Sponsor and the Trustees
shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns,
whether or not so expressed.
Section
13.6.
Partial
Enforceability
.
If
any
provision of this Declaration, or the application of such provision to any
Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this
Declaration, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances
other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Section
13.7.
Counterparts
.
This
Declaration may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and
this
Declaration may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the
Trustees and Administrators to any of such counterpart signature pages. All
of
such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall
have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single
signature page.
Signatures
appear on the following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused these presents to be executed
as of
the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Delaware Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
,
as Sponsor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
ADMINISTRATORS OF
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST III
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Administrator
|
ANNEX
I
TERMS
OF
SECURITIES
Pursuant
to
Section
6.1
of the
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 15, 2005 (as
amended from time to time, the “Declaration”), the designation, rights,
privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the
Capital Securities and the Common Securities are set out below (each capitalized
term used but not defined herein has the meaning set forth in the
Declaration):
1.
Designation
and Number
.
(a)
15,000
Fixed/Floating Rate Capital Securities of Wilshire Statutory Trust III
(the “Trust”), with an aggregate stated liquidation amount with respect to the
assets of the Trust of fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000.00) and a stated
liquidation amount with respect to the assets of the Trust of $1,000.00 per
Capital Security, are hereby designated for the purposes of identification
only
as the “
Capital
Securities
”.
The
Capital Security Certificates evidencing the Capital Securities shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Declaration, with such
changes and additions thereto or deletions therefrom as may be required by
ordinary usage, custom or practice.
(b)
464
Fixed/Floating Rate Common Securities of the Trust (the “
Common
Securities
”)
will
be evidenced by Common Security Certificates substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-2 to the Declaration, with such changes and additions thereto or
deletions therefrom as may be required by ordinary usage, custom or
practice.
2.
Distributions
.
(a)
Distributions
will be payable on each Security for the Distribution Period beginning on (and
including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but excluding) the
Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 at a rate per annum of 6.07% and
shall bear interest for each successive Distribution Period beginning on (and
including) the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010, and each succeeding
Distribution Payment Date, and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding
Distribution Payment Date at a rate per annum equal to the 3-Month LIBOR,
determined as described below, plus 1.40% (the “
Coupon
Rate
”),
applied to the stated liquidation amount thereof, such rate being the rate
of
interest payable on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee.
Distributions in arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at
the
applicable Distribution Rate (to the extent permitted by law). Distributions,
as
used herein, include cash distributions and any such compounded distributions
unless otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that
payments are made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee
and to the extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor.
The
amount of the Distribution payable (i) for any Distribution Period
commencing on or after the date of original issuance but before the Distribution
Payment Date in September 2010 will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months, and (ii) for the Distribution Period commencing on
the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 and each succeeding Distribution
Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution Rate to the stated
liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the Distribution Period
and multiplying each such number by the actual number of days in the
Distribution Period concerned divided by 360. All percentages resulting from
any
calculations on the Capital Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the
nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths
of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being
rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting
from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent
being rounded upward)).
(b)
Distributions
on the Securities will be cumulative, will accrue from the date of original
issuance, and will be payable, subject to extension of distribution payment
periods as described herein, quarterly in arrears on March 15,
June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, or if such
day is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day (each a
“
Distribution
Payment Date
”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in December 2005 when, as and if
available for payment. The Debenture Issuer has the right under the Indenture
to
defer payments of interest on the Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, by extending the interest payment
period on the Debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an
“
Extension
Period
”)
at any
time and from time to time, subject to the conditions described below, during
which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “
Additional
Interest
”).
No
Extension Period may end on a date other than a Distribution Payment Date.
At
the end of any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer shall pay all
interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debentures (together with Additional
Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date and
provided
further
,
however
,
that
during any such Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer and its Affiliates shall
not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem,
purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the
Debenture Issuer’s or its Affiliates’ capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Debenture Issuer or payments of dividends
from
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Debenture Issuer to their parent
corporations, which also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the
Debenture Issuer) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing,
or (ii) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on
or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Debenture Issuer
or
any Affiliate that rank
pari passu
in all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer in connection
with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with
or
for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants,
in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Debenture Issuer (or
securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as
consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable
Extension Period, (b) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any
class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock (or any capital stock of
a subsidiary of the Debenture Issuer) for any class or series of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s
indebtedness for any class or series of the Debenture Issuer’s capital stock,
(c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Debenture
Issuer’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such
capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any
declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’ rights plan, or
the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholders’ rights
plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, (e) any
dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the
dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options
or
other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid
or
ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (f) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Debenture Issuer (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on
such stock or securities), or (g) payments under the Capital Securities
Guarantee). Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Debenture
Issuer may further extend such period, provided that such period together with
all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed
20
consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the
termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence
a new
Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or
Additional Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except
at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have
been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional
Interest. During any Extension Period, Distributions on the Securities shall
be
deferred for a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are
deferred, the Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related
Extension Period terminates to Holders of the Securities as they appear on
the
books and records of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such
date. Distributions on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after
giving effect to any Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds
available for the payment of such distributions in the Property Account of
the
Trust. The Trust’s funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the
Securities will be limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
payment of Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the
Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee.
(c)
Distributions
on the Securities will be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on
the
books and records of the Trust on the relevant record dates. The relevant record
dates shall be fifteen days before the relevant Distribution Payment Date.
Distributions payable on any Securities that are not punctually paid on any
Distribution Payment Date, as a result of the Debenture Issuer having failed
to
make a payment under the Debentures, as the case may be, when due (taking into
account any Extension Period), will cease to be payable to the Person in whose
name such Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such
defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name
such
Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date
determined in accordance with the Indenture.
(d)
In
the
event that there is any money or other property held by or for the Trust that
is
not accounted for hereunder, such property shall be distributed Pro Rata (as
defined herein) among the Holders of the Securities.
3.
Liquidation
Distribution Upon Dissolution
.
In the
event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding-up
or
termination of the Trust (each a “
Liquidation
”)
other
than in connection with a redemption of the Debentures, the Holders of the
Securities will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available
for distribution to Holders of the Securities, after satisfaction of liabilities
to creditors of the Trust (to the extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer),
distributions equal to the aggregate of the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Security plus accrued and unpaid Distributions thereon to the
date
of payment (such amount being the “
Liquidation
Distribution
”),
unless in connection with such Liquidation, the Debentures in an aggregate
stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of
such
Securities, with an interest rate equal to the Distribution Rate of, and bearing
accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid
Distributions on, and having the same record date as, such Securities, after
paying or making reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations of
the
Trust in accordance with the Statutory Trust Act, shall be distributed on a
Pro
Rata basis to the Holders of the Securities in exchange for such
Securities.
The
Sponsor, as the Holder of all of the Common Securities, has the right at any
time to dissolve the Trust (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence
of a Special Event), subject to the receipt by the Debenture Issuer of prior
approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or its
designated district bank, as applicable, and any successor federal agency that
is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of the Sponsor (the
“
Federal
Reserve
”),
if
the Sponsor is a bank holding company, or from the Office of Thrift Supervision
and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating
the activities of Sponsor, (the “
OTS
”)
if the
Sponsor is a savings and loan holding company, in either case if then required
under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the Federal Reserve or OTS,
as applicable, and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust,
cause the Debentures to be distributed to the Holders of the Securities on
a Pro
Rata basis in accordance with the aggregate stated liquidation amount
thereof.
If
a
Liquidation of the Trust occurs as described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(v) in
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Institutional Trustee as
expeditiously as it determines to be possible by distributing, after
satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the
Securities, the Debentures on a Pro Rata basis to the extent not satisfied
by
the Debenture Issuer, unless such distribution is determined by the
Institutional Trustee not to be practical, in which event such Holders will
be
entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution
to
the Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities of creditors of the Trust to
the
extent not satisfied by the Debenture Issuer, an amount equal to the Liquidation
Distribution. An early Liquidation of the Trust pursuant to clause (iv) of
Section
7.1(a)
of the
Declaration shall occur if the Institutional Trustee determines that such
Liquidation is possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities
to
creditors of the Trust, to the Holders of the Securities on a Pro Rata basis,
the Debentures, and such distribution occurs.
If,
upon
any such Liquidation the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part
because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate
Liquidation Distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on
such
Capital Securities shall be paid to the Holders of the Trust Securities on
a Pro
Rata basis, except that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Capital Securities shall have a preference over the Common Securities with
regard to such distributions.
After
the
date for any distribution of the Debentures upon dissolution of the Trust
(i) the Securities of the Trust will be deemed to be no longer outstanding,
(ii) upon surrender of a Holder’s Securities certificate, such Holder of
the Securities will receive a certificate representing the Debentures to be
delivered upon such distribution, (iii) any certificates representing the
Securities still outstanding will be deemed to represent undivided beneficial
interests in such of the Debentures as have an aggregate principal amount equal
to the aggregate stated liquidation amount with an interest rate identical
to
the Distribution Rate of, and bearing accrued and unpaid interest equal to
accrued and unpaid distributions on, the Securities until such certificates
are
presented to the Debenture Issuer or its agent for transfer or reissuance (and
until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal
shall be made to Holders of Securities in respect of any payments due and
payable under the Debentures;
provided
,
however
that
such failure to pay shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default and shall
not
entitle the Holder to the benefits of the Guarantee), and (iv) all rights
of Holders of Securities under the Declaration shall cease, except the right
of
such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of certificates representing
such Securities.
4.
Redemption
and Distribution
.
(a)
The
Debentures will mature on September 15, 2035. The Debentures may be redeemed
by
the Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, at any Distribution Payment Date
on
or after the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010, at the Redemption
Price. In addition, the Debentures may be redeemed by the Debenture Issuer
at
the Special Redemption Price, in whole but not in part, at any Distribution
Payment Date, upon the occurrence and continuation of a Special Event within
120 days following the occurrence of such Special Event at the Special
Redemption Price, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice
to holders of such Debentures so long as such Special Event is continuing.
In
each case, the right of the Debenture Issuer to redeem the Debentures is subject
to the Debenture Issuer having received prior approval from the Federal Reserve
(if the Debenture Issuer is a bank holding company) or prior approval from
the
OTS (if the Debenture Issuer is a savings and loan holding company), in each
case if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the
applicable federal agency.
The
Sponsor shall appoint a Quotation Agent, which shall be a designee of the
Institutional Trustee, for the purpose of performing the services contemplated
in or by reference in, the definition of Special Redemption Price. Any error
in
the calculation of the Special Redemption Price by the Quotation Agent or the
Debenture Trustee may be corrected at any time by notice delivered to the
Sponsor and the holders of the Capital Securities. Subject to the corrective
rights set forth above, all certificates, communications, opinions,
determinations, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made
or
obtained for the purposes of the provisions relating to the payment and
calculation of the Special Redemption Price on the Debentures or the Capital
Securities by the Debenture Trustee, the Quotation Agent or the Institutional
Trustee, as the case may be, shall (in the absence of willful default, bad
faith
or manifest error) be final, conclusive and binding on the holders of the
Debentures and the Capital Securities, the Trust and the Sponsor, and no
liability shall attach (except as provided above) to the Debenture Trustee,
the
Quotation Agent or the Institutional Trustee in connection with the exercise
or
non-exercise by any of them of their respective powers, duties and
discretion.
“
3-Month
LIBOR
”
means
the London interbank offered interest rate for three-month, U.S. dollar deposits
determined by the Debenture Trustee in the following order of
priority:
(1)
the
rate
(expressed as a percentage per annum) for U.S. dollar deposits having a
three-month maturity that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of
11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date (as defined
below). “Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as
“Page 3750” on the Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may
replace Page 3750 on that service or such other service or services as may
be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar
deposits;
(2)
if
such
rate cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture
Trustee will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in
the
London interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London
time) on such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided,
3-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations;
(3)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (2) above, the
Debenture Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such
banks’ offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading
European banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on
such Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month
LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and
(4)
if
fewer
than two such quotations are provided as requested in clause (3) above,
3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the
Distribution Period immediately preceding such current Distribution Period.
If
the
rate for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially
appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
related Determination Date is superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a
corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such Determination Date, then
the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable page will be the
applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
“
Capital
Treatment Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in,
the
laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision
thereof or therein, or as the result of any official or administrative
pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or applying such laws, rules
or
regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement,
action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of
the
Debentures, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Sponsor will
not,
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, be entitled to treat an amount
equal
to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital Securities as “Tier 1
Capital” (or its then equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy
guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as then in effect and applicable to the
Sponsor (or if the Sponsor is not a bank holding company, such guidelines
applied to the Sponsor as if the Sponsor were subject to such guidelines);
provided
,
however
,
that
the inability of the Sponsor to treat all or any portion of the liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities as Tier l Capital shall not constitute the
basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Sponsor
having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated
subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the Federal
Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital
treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for
treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines;
provided
further
,
however
,
that
the distribution of Debentures in connection with the Liquidation of the Trust
shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such
Liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax Event or an Investment
Company Event.
“
Comparable
Treasury Issue
”
means
with respect to any Special Redemption Date the United States Treasury security
selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the Fixed
Rate Period Remaining Life that would be utilized, at the time of selection
and
in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of
corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Fixed Rate Period
Remaining Life. If no United States Treasury security has a maturity which
is
within a period from 3 months before to 3 months after the Distribution Payment
Date in September 2010, the two most closely corresponding United States
Treasury securities as selected by the Quotation Agent shall be used as the
Comparable Treasury Issue, and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated and
extrapolated on a straight-line basis, rounding to the nearest month using
such
securities.
“
Comparable
Treasury Price
”
means
(a) the average of 5 Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Special
Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, or (b) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than 5 such
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such
Quotations.
“
Determination
Date
”
means
the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a business day in which dealings
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market)
preceding the particular Distribution Period for which a Coupon Rate is being
determined.
“
Fixed
Rate Period Remaining Life
”
means,
with respect to any Debenture, the period from the Special Redemption Date
for
such Debenture to the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010.
“
Investment
Company Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence
of
a change in law or regulation or written change (including any announced
prospective change) in interpretation or application of law or regulation by
any
legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there
is
more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the
date
of such opinion, will be considered an Investment Company that is required
to be
registered under the Investment Company Act which change or prospective change
becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after
the
date of the issuance of the Debentures.
“
Maturity
Date
”
means
September 15, 2035.
“
Primary
Treasury Dealer
”
shall
mean either a primary United States Government securities dealer or an entity
of
nationally recognized standing in matters pertaining to the quotation of
treasury securities that is reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor and the
Institutional Trustee.
“
Quotation
Agent
”
means
a
designee of the Institutional Trustee who shall be a Primary Treasury
Dealer.
“
Redemption
Date
”
shall
mean the date fixed for the redemption of Capital Securities, which shall be
any
Distribution Payment Date on or after the Distribution Payment Date in September
2010.
“
Redemption
Price
”
means
100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued
and
unpaid Interest on such Debentures to the Redemption Date.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer
”
means
(i) the Quotation Agent and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer
selected by the Debenture Trustee after consultation with the Debenture
Issuer.
“
Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations
”
means,
with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Special Redemption Date,
the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices
for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of
its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Debenture Trustee by such Reference
Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day
preceding such Redemption Date.
“
Special
Event
”
means
a
Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment
Event.
“
Special
Redemption Date
”
means
a
date on which a Special Event redemption occurs, which shall be a Distribution
Payment Date.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
means
(a) if the Special Redemption Date occurs before the Distribution Payment
Date in September 2010, the greater of (i) 107.5% of the principal amount
of the Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on the Debentures to the
Special Redemption Date, or (ii) as determined by the Quotation Agent,
(A) the sum of the present values of the scheduled payments of principal
and Interest on the Debentures during the Fixed Rate Period Remaining Life
of
the Debentures (assuming the Debentures matured on September 15, 2010)
discounted to the Special Redemption Date on a quarterly basis (assuming a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus
(B) accrued and unpaid Interest on the Debentures to such Special
Redemption Date, or (b) if the Special Redemption Date occurs on or after
the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010, 100% of the principal amount
of
the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid Interest on such
Debentures to the Special Redemption Date.
“
Tax
Event
”
means
the receipt by the Debenture Issuer and the Trust of an opinion of counsel
experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any amendment
to
or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any
regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official
administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical
advice memorandum, field service advice, regulatory procedure, notice or
announcement including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt such
procedures or regulations) (an “
Administrative
Action
”)
or
judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, regardless
of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or
in
connection with a proceeding involving the Debenture Issuer or the Trust and
whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification,
change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced,
in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debentures, there
is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debentures;
(ii) interest payable by the Debenture Issuer on the Debentures is not, or
within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the
Debenture Issuer, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax
purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of
such opinion, subject to more than a de minimis amount of other taxes, duties
or
other governmental charges.
“
Treasury
Rate
”
means
(i) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the week
immediately prior to the date of calculation, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated H.15 (519) or any successor publication
which is published weekly by the Federal Reserve and which establishes yields
on
actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity
under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding
to the Fixed Rate Period Remaining Life (if no maturity is within three months
before or after the Fixed Rate Period Remaining Life, yields for the two
published maturities most closely corresponding to the Fixed Rate Period
Remaining Life shall be determined and the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated
or extrapolated from such yields on a straight-line basis, rounding to the
nearest month) or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not
published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain
such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to
maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the
Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount)
equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Special Redemption Date. The
Treasury Rate shall be calculated by the Quotation Agent on the third Business
Day preceding the Special Redemption Date.
(b)
Upon
the
repayment in full at maturity or redemption in whole or in part of the
Debentures (other than following the distribution of the Debentures to the
Holders of the Securities), the proceeds from such repayment or payment shall
concurrently be applied to redeem Pro Rata at the applicable Redemption Price
or
Special Redemption Price, as applicable, Securities having an aggregate
liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures so
repaid or redeemed;
provided
,
however
,
that
holders of such Securities shall be given not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice of such redemption (other than at the scheduled maturity of the
Debentures).
(c)
If
fewer
than all the outstanding Securities are to be so redeemed, the Common Securities
and the Capital Securities will be redeemed Pro Rata and the Capital Securities
to be redeemed will be
redeemed
Pro Rata from each Holder of Capital Securities.
(d)
The
Trust
may not redeem fewer than all the outstanding Capital Securities unless all
accrued and unpaid Distributions have been paid on all Capital Securities for
all quarterly Distribution periods terminating on or before the date of
redemption.
(e)
Redemption
or Distribution Procedures
.
(i)
Notice
of
any redemption of, or notice of distribution of the Debentures in exchange
for,
the Securities (a “
Redemption/Distribution
Notice
”)
will
be given by the Trust by mail to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed or
exchanged not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days before the date fixed for
redemption or exchange thereof which, in the case of a redemption, will be
the
date fixed for redemption of the Debentures. For purposes of the calculation
of
the date of redemption or exchange and the dates on which notices are given
pursuant to this paragraph
4(e)(i)
,
a
Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be deemed to be given on the day such
notice is first mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to Holders of
such
Securities. Each Redemption/Distribution Notice shall be addressed to the
Holders of such Securities at the address of each such Holder appearing on
the
books and records of the Trust. No defect in the Redemption/Distribution Notice
or in the mailing thereof with respect to any Holder shall affect the validity
of the redemption or exchange proceedings with respect to any other
Holder.
(ii)
If
the
Securities are to be redeemed and the Trust gives a Redemption/ Distribution
Notice, which notice may only be issued if the Debentures are redeemed as set
out in this paragraph 4 (which notice will be irrevocable), then,
provided
that the
Institutional Trustee has a sufficient amount of cash in connection with the
related redemption or maturity of the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee
will
pay the relevant Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price, as applicable,
to
the Holders of such Securities by check mailed to the address of each such
Holder appearing on the books and records of the Trust on the Redemption Date.
If a Redemption/Distribution Notice shall have been given and funds deposited
as
required then immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such
deposit Distributions will cease to accrue on the Securities so called for
redemption and all rights of Holders of such Securities so called for redemption
will cease, except the right of the Holders of such Securities to receive the
applicable Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price specified in
paragraph 4(a), but without interest on such Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. If payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption
Price
in respect of any Securities is improperly withheld or refused and not paid
either by the Trust or by the Debenture Issuer as guarantor pursuant to the
Guarantee, Distributions on such Securities will continue to accrue at the
Distribution Rate from the original Redemption Date to the actual date of
payment, in which case the actual payment date will be considered the date
fixed
for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price or Special
Redemption Price. In the event of any redemption of the Capital Securities
issued by the Trust in part, the Trust shall not be required to (i) issue,
register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning
at
the opening of business fifteen days before any selection for redemption of
the
Capital Securities and ending at the close of business on the earliest date
on
which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all
Holders of the Capital Securities to be so redeemed or (ii) register the
transfer of or exchange any Capital Securities so selected for redemption,
in
whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Capital Securities
being redeemed in part.
(iii)
Redemption/Distribution
Notices shall be sent by the Administrators on behalf of the Trust to
(A) in respect of the Capital Securities, the Holders thereof and
(B) in respect of the Common Securities, the Holder thereof.
(iv)
Subject
to the foregoing and applicable law (including, without limitation, United
States federal securities laws), and provided that the acquiror is not the
Holder of the Common Securities or the obligor under the Indenture, the Sponsor
or any of its subsidiaries may at any time and from time to time purchase
outstanding Capital Securities by tender, in the open market or by private
agreement.
5.
Voting
Rights - Capital Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 5(b) and 7 and as otherwise required by law and
the Declaration, the Holders of the Capital Securities will have no voting
rights. The Administrators are required to call a meeting of the Holders of
the
Capital Securities if directed to do so by Holders of at least 10% in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
(b)
Subject
to the requirements of obtaining a tax opinion by the Institutional Trustee
in
certain circumstances set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph, the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities, voting
separately as a class, have the right to direct the time, method, and place
of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee,
or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under
the Declaration, including the right to direct the Institutional Trustee, as
holder of the Debentures, to (i) exercise the remedies available under the
Indenture as the holder of the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that
is waivable under the Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and
payable or (iv) consent on behalf of all the Holders of the Capital
Securities to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or
the
Debentures where such consent shall be required;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require the consent or
act
of the holders of greater than a simple majority in aggregate principal amount
of Debentures (a “
Super
Majority
”)
affected thereby, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take
such action at the written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities outstanding which the relevant
Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures
outstanding. If the Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights under
the
Debentures after the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of such Capital
Securities have so directed the Institutional Trustee, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, a Holder of the Capital Securities may institute a legal
proceeding directly against the Debenture Issuer to enforce the Institutional
Trustee’s rights under the Debentures without first instituting any legal
proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other person or entity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Debenture Issuer
to pay interest or principal on the Debentures on the date the interest or
principal is payable (or in the case of redemption, the Redemption Date or
the
Special Redemption Date, as applicable), then a Holder of record of the Capital
Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment,
on or
after the respective due dates specified in the Debentures, to such Holder
directly of the principal of or interest on the Debentures having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities of such Holder. The Institutional Trustee shall notify all Holders
of
the Capital Securities of any default actually known to the Institutional
Trustee with respect to the Debentures unless (x) such default has been
cured prior to the giving of such notice or (y) the Institutional Trustee
determines in good faith that the withholding of such notice is in the interest
of the Holders of such Capital Securities, except where the default relates
to
the payment of principal of or interest on any of the Debentures. Such notice
shall state that such Indenture Event of Default also constitutes an Event
of
Default hereunder. Except with respect to directing the time, method and place
of conducting a proceeding for a remedy, the Institutional Trustee shall not
take any of the actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above
unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to
the
effect that, as a result of such action, the Trust will not be classified as
other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax
purposes.
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee, as the holder of the Debentures,
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture, the Institutional Trustee shall request the
direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination and shall vote with respect to such amendment,
modification or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation amount
of
the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of a
Super-Majority, the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the
direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of
the
Securities outstanding which the relevant Super-Majority represents of the
aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. The Institutional
Trustee shall not take any such action in accordance with the directions of
the
Holders of the Securities unless the Institutional Trustee has obtained an
opinion of tax counsel to the effect that, as a result of such action, the
Trust
will not be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal
income tax purposes.
A
waiver
of an Indenture Event of Default will constitute a waiver of the corresponding
Event of Default hereunder. Any required approval or direction of Holders of
the
Capital Securities may be given at a separate meeting of Holders of the Capital
Securities convened for such purpose, at a meeting of all of the Holders of
the
Securities in the Trust or pursuant to written consent. The Institutional
Trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which Holders of the Capital
Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written
consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed to each Holder of record
of
the Capital Securities. Each such notice will include a statement setting forth
the following information (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which
such action is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed
for adoption at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or
of
such matter upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for
the delivery of proxies or consents. No vote or consent of the Holders of the
Capital Securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel Capital
Securities or to distribute the Debentures in accordance with the Declaration
and the terms of the Securities.
Notwithstanding
that Holders of the Capital Securities are entitled to vote or consent under
any
of the circumstances described above, any of the Capital Securities that are
owned by the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor shall not entitle the
Holder thereof to vote or consent and shall, for purposes of such vote or
consent, be treated as if such Capital Securities were not
outstanding.
In
no
event will Holders of the Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint,
remove or replace the Administrators, which voting rights are vested exclusively
in the Sponsor as the Holder of all of the Common Securities of the Trust.
Under
certain circumstances as more fully described in the Declaration, Holders of
Capital Securities have the right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the
Institutional Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.
6.
Voting
Rights - Common Securities
.
(a)
Except
as
provided under paragraphs 6(b), 6(c) and 7 and as otherwise required by law
and the Declaration, the Common Securities will have no voting
rights.
(b)
The
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled, in accordance with
Article IV of the Declaration, to vote to appoint, remove or replace any
Administrators.
(c)
Subject
to
Section
6.7
of the
Declaration and only after each Event of Default (if any) with respect to the
Capital Securities has been cured, waived, or otherwise eliminated and subject
to the requirements of the second to last sentence of this paragraph, the
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Common Securities, voting
separately as a class, may direct the time, method, and place of conducting
any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Institutional Trustee under the
Declaration, including (i) directing the time, method, place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the
Debentures, (ii) waiving any past default and its consequences that is
waivable under the Indenture, or (iii) exercising any right to rescind or
annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and
payable;
provided
,
however
,
that,
where a consent or action under the Indenture would require a Super Majority,
the Institutional Trustee may only give such consent or take such action at
the
written direction of the Holders of at least the proportion in liquidation
amount of the Common Securities which the relevant Super Majority represents
of
the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures outstanding. Notwithstanding
this paragraph 6(c), the Institutional Trustee shall not revoke any action
previously authorized or approved by a vote or consent of the Holders of the
Capital Securities. Other than with respect to directing the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Institutional
Trustee or the Debenture Trustee as set forth above, the Institutional Trustee
shall not take any action described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, unless the
Institutional Trustee has obtained an opinion of tax counsel to the effect
that
for the purposes of United States federal income tax the Trust will not be
classified as other than a grantor trust on account of such action. If the
Institutional Trustee fails to enforce its rights, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, under the Declaration, any Holder of the Common Securities
may
institute a legal proceeding directly against any Person to enforce the
Institutional Trustee’s rights under the Declaration, without first instituting
a legal proceeding against the Institutional Trustee or any other
Person.
Any
approval or direction of Holders of the Common Securities may be given at a
separate meeting of Holders of the Common Securities convened for such purpose,
at a meeting of all of the Holders of the Securities in the Trust or pursuant
to
written consent. The Administrators will cause a notice of any meeting at which
Holders of the Common Securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon
which action by written consent of such Holders is to be taken, to be mailed
to
each Holder of the Common Securities. Each such notice will include a statement
setting forth (i) the date of such meeting or the date by which such action
is to be taken, (ii) a description of any resolution proposed for adoption
at such meeting on which such Holders are entitled to vote or of such matter
upon which written consent is sought and (iii) instructions for the
delivery of proxies or consents.
No
vote
or consent of the Holders of the Common Securities will be required for the
Trust to redeem and cancel Common Securities or to distribute the Debentures
in
accordance with the Declaration and the terms of the Securities.
7.
Amendments
to Declaration and Indenture
.
(a)
In
addition to any requirements under Section 11.1 of the Declaration, if any
proposed amendment to the Declaration provides for, or the Trustees, Sponsor
or
Administrators otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would
adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Securities,
whether by way of amendment to the Declaration or otherwise, or (ii) the
Liquidation of the Trust, other than as described in Section 7.1 of the
Declaration, then the Holders of outstanding Securities, voting together as
a
single class, will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such
amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the
Holders of at least a Majority in liquidation amount of the Securities, affected
thereby;
provided
,
however
,
if any
amendment or proposal referred to in clause (i) above would adversely
affect only the Capital Securities or only the Common Securities, then only
the
affected class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such
amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of a
Majority in liquidation amount of such class of Securities.
(b)
In
the
event the consent of the Institutional Trustee as the holder of the Debentures
is required under the Indenture with respect to any amendment, modification
or
termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Institutional Trustee shall
request the written direction of the Holders of the Securities with respect
to
such amendment, modification or termination and shall vote with respect to
such
amendment, modification, or termination as directed by a Majority in liquidation
amount of the Securities voting together as a single class;
provided
,
however
,
that
where a consent under the Indenture would require a Super Majority, the
Institutional Trustee may only give such consent at the direction of the Holders
of at least the proportion in liquidation amount of the Securities which the
relevant Super Majority represents of the aggregate principal amount of the
Debentures outstanding.
(c)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to the Declaration
if
such amendment or modification would (i) cause the Trust to be classified
for purposes of United States federal income taxation as other than a grantor
trust, (ii) reduce or otherwise adversely affect the powers of the
Institutional Trustee or (iii) cause the Trust to be deemed an Investment
Company which is required to be registered under the Investment Company
Act.
(d)
Notwithstanding
any provision of the Declaration, the right of any Holder of the Capital
Securities to receive payment of distributions and other payments upon
redemption or otherwise, on or after their respective due dates, or to institute
a suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
For
the protection and enforcement of the foregoing provision, each and every Holder
of the Capital Securities shall be entitled to such relief as can be given
either at law or equity.
8.
Pro
Rata
.
A
reference in these terms of the Securities to any payment, distribution or
treatment as being “
Pro
Rata
”
shall
mean pro rata to each Holder of the Securities according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Securities held by the relevant Holder in relation
to
the aggregate liquidation amount of all Securities then outstanding unless,
in
relation to a payment, an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
in
which case any funds available to make such payment shall be paid first to
each
Holder of the Capital Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate liquidation
amount of the Capital Securities held by the relevant Holder relative to the
aggregate liquidation amount of all Capital Securities outstanding, and only
after satisfaction of all amounts owed to the Holders of the Capital Securities,
to each Holder of the Common Securities Pro Rata according to the aggregate
liquidation amount of the Common Securities held by the relevant Holder relative
to the aggregate liquidation amount of all Common Securities
outstanding.
9.
Ranking
.
The
Capital Securities rank
pari
passu
with and
payment thereon shall be made Pro Rata with the Common Securities except that,
where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the rights of Holders
of the Common Securities to receive payment of Distributions and payments upon
liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of the
Holders of the Capital Securities with the result that no payment of any
Distribution on, or Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of, any
Common Security, and no other payment on account of redemption, liquidation
or
other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full
in
cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions on all outstanding Capital
Securities for all distribution periods terminating on or prior thereto, or
in
the case of payment of the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) the
full amount of such Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) on all
outstanding Capital Securities then called for redemption, shall have been
made
or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Institutional
Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all
Distributions on, or the Redemption Price (or Special Redemption Price) of,
the
Capital Securities then due and payable.
10.
Acceptance
of Guarantee and Indenture
.
Each
Holder of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities, by the acceptance
of
such Securities, agrees to the provisions of the Guarantee, including the
subordination provisions therein and to the provisions of the
Indenture.
11.
No
Preemptive Rights
.
The
Holders of the Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights to
subscribe for any additional securities.
12.
Miscellaneous
.
These
terms constitute a part of the Declaration. The Sponsor will provide a copy
of
the Declaration, the Guarantee, and the Indenture to a Holder without charge
on
written request to the Sponsor at its principal place of business.
EXHIBIT
A-1
FORM
OF CAPITAL SECURITY CERTIFICATE
[FORM
OF
FACE OF SECURITY]
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION
IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY
ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
ONLY
(A) TO THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO
A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A SO LONG AS THIS
SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 144A, (D) TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 (AS APPLICABLE) OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF
RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS CAPITAL SECURITY
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE
IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE SPONSOR’S AND THE TRUST’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF
AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
EACH
OF THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DECLARATION OF TRUST, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS
SECURITY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES
ACT.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR
OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT
IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER
IS
ELIGIBLE FOR EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR
ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS
NOT
PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT
TO
SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING
THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING
OF
SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS
APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT
RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975
OF
THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE
EXEMPTION.
THIS
SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A
LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000.00 (100 SECURITIES) AND MULTIPLES
OF $1,000.00 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES IN A BLOCK
HAVING A LIQUIDATION AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000.00 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
VOID
AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER.
THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY
THE
DECLARATION TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
Certificate
Number P-1
|
15,000
Capital Securities
|
[CUSIP
NO. [_______] **
To
be inserted at the request of the Holder]
|
|
September
15, 2005
Certificate
Evidencing Fixed/Floating Rate Capital Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III
(liquidation
amount $1,000.00 per Capital Security)
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the
State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Hare & Co. (the
“Holder”), as the nominee of The Bank of New York, indenture trustee under the
Indenture dated as of September 15, 2005 among Preferred Term
Securities XIX, Ltd., Preferred Term Securities XIX, Inc. and The Bank
of New York, is the registered owner of capital securities of the Trust
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust,
(liquidation amount $1,000.00 per capital security) (the “Capital Securities”).
Subject to the Declaration (as defined below), the Capital Securities are
transferable on the books and records of the Trust in person or by a duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed and in
proper form for transfer. The Capital Securities represented hereby are issued
pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences
and other terms and provisions of the Capital Securities shall in all respects
be subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
of the Trust dated as of September 15, 2005, among Elaine Jeon and Brian E.
Cho,
as Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington
Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as Sponsor,
and
the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets
of
the Trust, including the designation of the terms of the Capital Securities
as
set forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration as the same
may be amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used
herein but not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration.
The
Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided
therein. The Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee,
and
the Indenture to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor
at its principal place of business.
Upon
receipt of this Security, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is entitled
to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Security, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Capital
Securities as evidence of beneficial ownership in the Debentures.
This
Capital Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of
the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
Signatures
appear on following page
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST III
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title: Administrator
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is
one of the Capital Securities referred to in the within-mentioned
Declaration.
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY,
as
the Institutional Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Authorized
Officer
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF CAPITAL SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Capital Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to
6.07% beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending
on
(but excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 and at an annual
rate for each successive period beginning on (and including) the Distribution
Payment Date in September 2010, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date,
and ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date
(each a “Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described
below, plus 1.40% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount
of $1,000.00 per Capital Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable
on the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in
arrears will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution
Rate
(to the extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used
herein includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless
otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments
are
made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to
the
extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein,
“Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a
business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in
the
London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution
Period. The amount of the Distribution payable (i) for any Distribution
Period commencing on or after the date of original issuance but before the
Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 will be computed on the basis of
a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and (ii) for the Distribution Period
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 and each
succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution
Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the
Distribution Period and multiplying each such number by the actual number of
days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the
Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time)
on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture
Trustee will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’
offered quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European
banks for loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such
Determination Date. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two
such quotations are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR
will be a 3-Month LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period
immediately preceding such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
is
superseded on the Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London
time) on such Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted
on
the applicable page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Capital Securities will
be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Capital Securities will be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and
December 15 of each year or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in December 2005. The Debenture
Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for
up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time and
from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described below,
during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable. During
any
Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures, and
interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Capital Securities shall be deferred
for
a period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to
any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer. The payment of
Distributions out of moneys held by the Trust is guaranteed by the Guarantor
pursuant to the Guarantee.
The
Capital Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Capital Security
Certificate to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Capital Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent
may substitute another to act for him or her.
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Capital Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee:
1
1
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership
or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
EXHIBIT
A-2
FORM
OF
COMMON SECURITY CERTIFICATE
THIS
COMMON SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.
THIS
CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 8.1 OF
THE DECLARATION.
Certificate
Number C-1
|
464
Common Securities
|
September
15, 2005
Certificate
Evidencing Fixed/Floating Rate Common Securities
of
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the
State of Delaware (the “Trust”), hereby certifies that Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.
(the “Holder”) is the registered owner of common securities of the Trust
representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust (the
“Common Securities”). The Common Securities represented hereby are issued
pursuant to, and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences
and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities shall in all respects
be
subject to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
of
the Trust dated as of September 15, 2005, among Elaine Jeon and Brian E. Cho,
as
Administrators, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, Wilmington Trust
Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., as Sponsor, and
the
holders from time to time of undivided beneficial interest in the assets of
the
Trust including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set
forth in Annex I to such amended and restated declaration, as the same may
be
amended from time to time (the “Declaration”). Capitalized terms used herein but
not defined shall have the meaning given them in the Declaration. The Holder
is
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee to the extent provided therein. The
Sponsor will provide a copy of the Declaration, the Guarantee and the Indenture
to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Sponsor at its
principal place of business.
As
set
forth in the Declaration, when an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the rights of Holders of Common Securities to payment in respect
of
Distributions and payments upon Liquidation, redemption or otherwise are
subordinated to the rights of payment of Holders of the Capital
Securities.
Upon
receipt of this Certificate, the Holder is bound by the Declaration and is
entitled to the benefits thereunder.
By
acceptance of this Certificate, the Holder agrees to treat, for United States
federal income tax purposes, the Debentures as indebtedness and the Common
Securities as evidence of undivided beneficial ownership in the
Debentures.
This
Common Security is governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of
the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of
laws.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has duly executed this certificate.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
STATUTORY TRUST III
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title: Administrator
|
[FORM
OF
REVERSE OF COMMON SECURITY]
Distributions
payable on each Common Security will be payable at an annual rate equal to
6.07%
beginning on (and including) the date of original issuance and ending on (but
excluding) the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 and at an annual
rate
for each successive period beginning on (and including) the Distribution Payment
Date in September 2010, and each succeeding Distribution Payment Date, and
ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Distribution Payment Date (each
a
“Distribution Period”), equal to 3-Month LIBOR, determined as described below,
plus 1.40% (the “Coupon Rate”), applied to the stated liquidation amount of
$1,000.00 per Common Security, such rate being the rate of interest payable
on
the Debentures to be held by the Institutional Trustee. Distributions in arrears
will bear interest thereon compounded quarterly at the Distribution Rate (to
the
extent permitted by applicable law). The term “Distributions” as used herein
includes cash distributions and any such compounded distributions unless
otherwise noted. A Distribution is payable only to the extent that payments
are
made in respect of the Debentures held by the Institutional Trustee and to
the
extent the Institutional Trustee has funds available therefor. As used herein,
“Determination Date” means the date that is two London Banking Days (i.e., a
business day in which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in
the
London interbank market) preceding the commencement of the relevant Distribution
Period. The amount of the Distribution payable (i) for any Distribution
Period commencing on or after the date of original issuance but before the
Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 will be computed on the basis of
a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and (ii) for the Distribution Period
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in September 2010 and each
succeeding Distribution Period will be calculated by applying the Distribution
Rate to the stated liquidation amount outstanding at the commencement of the
Distribution Period and multiplying each such number by the actual number of
days in the Distribution Period concerned divided by 360.
“3-Month
LIBOR” as used herein, means the London interbank offered interest rate for
three-month U.S. dollar deposits determined by the Debenture Trustee in the
following order of priority: (i) the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum)
for U.S. dollar deposits having a three-month maturity that appears on Telerate
Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date
(“Telerate Page 3750” means the display designated as “Page 3750” on the
Moneyline Telerate Service or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that
service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British
Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits); (ii) if such rate
cannot be identified on the related Determination Date, the Debenture Trustee
will request the principal London offices of four leading banks in the London
interbank market to provide such banks’ offered quotations (expressed as
percentages per annum) to prime banks in the London interbank market for U.S.
dollar deposits having a three-month maturity as of 11:00 a.m. (London time)
on
such Determination Date. If at least two quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR
will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations; (iii) if fewer than two such
quotations are provided as requested in clause (ii) above, the Debenture Trustee
will request four major New York City banks to provide such banks’ offered
quotations (expressed as percentages per annum) to leading European banks for
loans in U.S. dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Determination
Date.
If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month LIBOR will be the
arithmetic mean of such quotations; and (iv) if fewer than two such quotations
are provided as requested in clause (iii) above, 3-Month LIBOR will be a 3-Month
LIBOR determined with respect to the Distribution Period immediately preceding
such current Distribution Period. If the rate for U.S. dollar deposits having
a
three-month maturity that initially appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00
a.m. (London time) on the related Determination Date is superseded on the
Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate by 12:00 noon (London time) on such
Determination Date, then the corrected rate as so substituted on the applicable
page will be the applicable 3-Month LIBOR for such Determination
Date.
The
Distribution Rate for any Distribution Period will at no time be higher than
the
maximum rate then permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by
United States law.
All
percentages resulting from any calculations on the Common Securities will be
rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage
point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g.,
9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655), and all dollar
amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the
nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward)).
Except
as
otherwise described below, Distributions on the Common Securities will be
cumulative, will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and
December 15 of each year or if any such day is not a Business Day, then the
next succeeding Business Day (each such day, a “Distribution Payment Date”),
commencing on the Distribution Payment Date in December 2005. The Debenture
Issuer has the right under the Indenture to defer payments of interest on the
Debentures, so long as no Acceleration Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, by extending the interest payment period on the Debentures for
up to
20 consecutive quarterly periods (each an “Extension Period”) at any time
and from time to time on the Debentures, subject to the conditions described
below, during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable.
During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debentures,
and interest on such accrued interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to
the
Distribution Rate in effect for each such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such interest would have been payable were it not for the
Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law (such interest referred to
herein as “Additional Interest”). No Extension Period may end on a date other
than a Distribution Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period,
the
Debenture Issuer shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the
Debentures (together with Additional Interest thereon);
provided
,
however
,
that no
Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date. Prior to the termination
of any Extension Period, the Debenture Issuer may further extend such period,
provided that such period together with all such previous and further
consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed 20 consecutive quarterly
periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, the Debenture Issuer may commence a new Extension Period,
subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Additional Interest shall
be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but
each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable
during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest. During any
Extension Period, Distributions on the Common Securities shall be deferred
for a
period equal to the Extension Period. If Distributions are deferred, the
Distributions due shall be paid on the date that the related Extension Period
terminates, to Holders of the Securities as they appear on the books and records
of the Trust on the record date immediately preceding such date. Distributions
on the Securities must be paid on the dates payable (after giving effect to
any
Extension Period) to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the
payment of such distributions in the Property Account of the Trust. The Trust’s
funds available for Distribution to the Holders of the Securities will be
limited to payments received from the Debenture Issuer.
The
Common Securities shall be redeemable as provided in the
Declaration.
ASSIGNMENT
FOR
VALUE
RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Common Security Certificate
to:
(Insert
assignee’s social security or tax identification number)
(Insert
address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints
agent
to
transfer this Common Security Certificate on the books of the Trust. The
agent
may
substitute another to act for him or her.
Date:
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature:
(Sign
exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Common Security
Certificate)
Signature
Guarantee
2
2
Signature must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a
bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union, meeting
the
requirements of the Security registrar, which requirements include membership
or
participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or
such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Security
registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance
with
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
EXHIBIT
B
SPECIMEN
OF INITIAL DEBENTURE
(See
Document No. 16)
EXHIBIT
C
PLACEMENT
AGREEMENT
(See
Document No. 1)
Exhibit
4.11
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
by
and between
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
and
WILMINGTON
TRUST COMPANY
Dated
as of September 15, 2005
GUARANTEE
AGREEMENT
This
GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (this “Guarantee”), dated as of September 15, 2005, is
executed and delivered by Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., a California corporation
(the
“Guarantor”), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as
trustee (the “Guarantee Trustee”), for the benefit of the Holders (as defined
herein) from time to time of the Capital Securities (as defined herein) of
Wilshire Statutory Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust (the
“Issuer”).
WHEREAS,
pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”),
dated as of the date hereof among Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
individual capacity but solely as institutional trustee, the administrators
of
the Issuer named therein, the Guarantor, as sponsor, and the holders from time
to time of undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Issuer, the
Issuer is issuing on the date hereof those undivided beneficial interests,
having an aggregate liquidation amount of $15,000,000.00 (the “Capital
Securities”); and
WHEREAS,
as incentive for the Holders to purchase the Capital Securities, the Guarantor
desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth in
this Guarantee, to pay to the Holders of Capital Securities the Guarantee
Payments (as defined herein) and to make certain other payments on the terms
and
conditions set forth herein;
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase by each Holder of the Capital
Securities, which purchase the Guarantor hereby agrees shall benefit the
Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee for the benefit
of
the Holders.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
AND INTERPRETATION
Section
1.1.
Definitions
and Interpretation
.
In
this
Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a)
capitalized
terms used in this Guarantee but not defined in the preamble above have the
respective meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1;
(b)
a
term
defined anywhere in this Guarantee has the same meaning throughout;
(c)
all
references to “the Guarantee” or “this Guarantee” are to this Guarantee as
modified, supplemented or amended from time to time;
(d)
all
references in this Guarantee to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or
Sections of this Guarantee, unless otherwise specified;
(e)
terms
defined in the Declaration as at the date of execution of this Guarantee have
the same meanings when used in this Guarantee, unless otherwise defined in
this
Guarantee or unless the context otherwise requires; and
(f)
a
reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
“
Affiliate
”
has
the
same meaning as given to that term in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any successor rule thereunder.
“
Beneficiaries
”
means
any Person to whom the Issuer is or hereafter becomes indebted or
liable.
“
Capital
Securities
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the recitals to this Guarantee.
“
Common
Securities
”
means
the common securities issued by the Issuer to the Guarantor pursuant to the
Declaration.
“
Corporate
Trust Office
”
means
the office of the Guarantee Trustee at which the corporate trust business of
the
Guarantee Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered,
which office at the date of execution of this Guarantee is located at Rodney
Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1600,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.
“
Covered
Person
”
means
any Holder of Capital Securities.
“
Debentures
”
means
the debt securities of the Guarantor designated the Fixed/Floating Rate Junior
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2035 held by the Institutional
Trustee (as defined in the Declaration) of the Issuer.
“
Declaration
Event of Default
”
means
an “Event of Default” as defined in the Declaration.
“
Event
of Default
”
has
the
meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
“
Guarantee
Payments
”
means
the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect
to
the Capital Securities, to the extent not paid or made by the Issuer:
(i) any accrued and unpaid Distributions (as defined in the
Declaration) which are required to be paid on such Capital Securities to
the extent the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, (ii) the
Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds available therefor, with
respect to any Capital Securities called for redemption by the Issuer,
(iii) the Special Redemption Price to the extent the Issuer has funds
available therefor, with respect to Capital Securities redeemed upon the
occurrence of a Special Event, and (iv) upon a voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Issuer (other than
in
connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders of the Capital
Securities in exchange therefor as provided in the Declaration), the lesser
of
(a) the aggregate of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid
Distributions on the Capital Securities to the date of payment, to the extent
the Issuer shall have funds available therefor, and (b) the amount of
assets of the Issuer remaining available for distribution to Holders in
liquidation of the Issuer (in either case, the “Liquidation
Distribution”).
“
Guarantee
Trustee
”
means
Wilmington Trust Company, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed
and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee and
thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.
“
Guarantor
”
means
Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and each of its successors and assigns.
“
Holder
”
means
any holder, as registered on the books and records of the Issuer, of any Capital
Securities;
provided
,
however
,
that,
in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Capital
Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, “Holder”
shall not include the Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Guarantor.
“
Indemnified
Person
”
means
the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee, or any officers,
directors, shareholders, members, partners, employees, representatives,
nominees, custodians or agents of the Guarantee Trustee.
“
Indenture
”
means
the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the Guarantor and Wilmington
Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee, and any
indenture supplemental thereto pursuant to which the Debentures are to be issued
to the institutional trustee of the Issuer.
“
Issuer
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the opening paragraph to this Guarantee.
“
Liquidation
Distribution
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the definition of “Guarantee Payments” herein.
“
Majority
in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities
”
means
Holder(s) of outstanding Capital Securities, voting together as a class, but
separately from the holders of Common Securities, of more than 50% of the
aggregate liquidation amount (including the stated amount that would be paid
on
redemption, liquidation or otherwise, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions
to
the date upon which the voting percentages are determined) of all Capital
Securities then outstanding.
“
Obligations
”
means
any costs, expenses or liabilities (but not including liabilities related to
taxes) of the Issuer other than obligations of the Issuer to pay to holders
of
any Trust Securities the amounts due such holders pursuant to the terms of
the
Trust Securities.
“
Officer’s
Certificate
”
means,
with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer
of
such Person. Any Officer’s Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with
a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee shall
include:
(a)
a
statement that the officer signing the Officer’s Certificate has read the
covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;
(b)
a
brief
statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken
by the officer in rendering the Officer’s Certificate;
(c)
a
statement that the officer has made such examination or investigation as, in
such officer’s opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and
(d)
a
statement as to whether, in the opinion of the officer, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
“
Person
”
means
a
legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust,
unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.
“
Redemption
Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Responsible
Officer
”
means,
with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust
Office of the Guarantee Trustee including any Vice President, Assistant Vice
President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Guarantee
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any
of
the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
that
officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
“
Special
Event
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Special
Redemption Price
”
has
the
meaning set forth in the Indenture.
“
Successor
Guarantee Trustee
”
means
a
successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee
Trustee under Section 3.1.
“
Trust
Securities
”
means
the Common Securities and the Capital Securities.
ARTICLE
II
POWERS,
DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
2.1.
Powers
and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
This
Guarantee shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders
of the Capital Securities, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this
Guarantee to any Person except a Holder of Capital Securities exercising his
or
her rights pursuant to Section 4.4(b) or to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on
acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as
Successor Guarantee Trustee. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee
Trustee shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, and such
vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing
documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(b)
If
an
Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee
Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce
this
Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after
curing all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform
only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied
covenants shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee.
In
case an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been waived pursuant to
Section 2.4) and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the
Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights
and
powers vested in it by this Guarantee, and use the same degree of care and
skill
in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
(d)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee
from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act,
or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i)
prior
to
the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all
such Events of Default that may have occurred:
(A)
the
duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely
by
the express provisions of this Guarantee, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not
be
liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Guarantee, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Guarantee against the Guarantee Trustee;
and
(B)
in
the
absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee
may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of
the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished
to
the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee;
but
in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof
are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee, the
Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether
or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee;
(ii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be
proved that such Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee or the Guarantee
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such
judgment was made;
(iii)
the
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction
of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or relating to the exercise
of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee;
and
(iv)
no
provision of this Guarantee shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or
powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing
that the repayment of such funds is not reasonably assured to it under the
terms
of this Guarantee or security and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the
Guarantee Trustee, against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to
it.
Section
2.2.
Certain
Rights of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to the provisions of Section 2.1:
(i)
The
Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting
or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by
the
proper party or parties.
(ii)
Any
direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate.
(iii)
Whenever,
in the administration of this Guarantee, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or
omitting any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence
is
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
request and conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Guarantor
which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the
Guarantor.
(iv)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or
registration of any instrument (or any re-recording, refiling or re-registration
thereof).
(v)
The
Guarantee Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice
or
opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
Such counsel may be counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may
include any of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at
any
time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee from
any court of competent jurisdiction.
(vi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or
powers vested in it by this Guarantee at the request or direction of any Holder,
unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such security
and indemnity, reasonably satisfactory to the Guarantee Trustee, against the
costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and the expenses of the
Guarantee Trustee’s agents, nominees or custodians) and liabilities that might
be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such
reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee;
provided
,
however
,
that
nothing contained in this Section 2.2(a)(vi) shall relieve the Guarantee
Trustee, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of its obligation to
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee.
(vii)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts
or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion,
report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note,
other
evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee,
in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit.
(viii)
The
Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform
any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, nominees,
custodians or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible
for
any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed
with
due care by it hereunder.
(ix)
Any
action taken by the Guarantee Trustee or its agents hereunder shall bind the
Holders of the Capital Securities, and the signature of the Guarantee Trustee
or
its agents alone shall be sufficient and effective to perform any such action.
No third party shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Guarantee
Trustee to so act or as to its compliance with any of the terms and provisions
of this Guarantee, both of which shall be conclusively evidenced by the
Guarantee Trustee’s or its agent’s taking such action.
(x)
Whenever
in the administration of this Guarantee the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it
desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right
or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (i) may request
instructions from the Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital
Securities, (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking
such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be
protected in conclusively relying on or acting in accordance with such
instructions.
(xi)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted
to be taken by it in good faith, without negligence, and reasonably believed
by
it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred
upon
it by this Guarantee.
(b)
No
provision of this Guarantee shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation
on
the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power,
duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which
it
shall be illegal or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or
incompetent in accordance with applicable law to perform any such act or acts
or
to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power
or
authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a
duty.
Section
2.3.
Not
Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of
Guarantee
.
The
recitals contained in this Guarantee shall be taken as the statements of the
Guarantor, and the Guarantee Trustee does not assume any responsibility for
their correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representation as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee.
Section
2.4.
Events
of Default; Waiver
.
(a)
An
Event
of Default under this Guarantee will occur upon the failure of the Guarantor
to
perform any of its payment or other obligations hereunder.
(b)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities may,
voting or consenting as a class, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Capital
Securities, waive any past Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such
waiver, any such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and shall be deemed
to
have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
Section
2.5.
Events
of Default; Notice
.
(a)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of the
Capital Securities and the Guarantor, notices of all Events of Default actually
known to a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless such defaults
have been cured before the giving of such notice,
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and
so
long as a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines
that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the
Capital Securities.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default
unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice from the
Guarantor or a Holder of the Capital Securities (except in the case of a payment
default), or a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee charged with the
administration of this Guarantee shall have obtained actual knowledge
thereof.
ARTICLE
III
GUARANTEE
TRUSTEE
Section
3.1.
Guarantee
Trustee; Eligibility
.
(a)
There
shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:
(i)
not
be an
Affiliate of the Guarantor, and
(ii)
be
a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
of
America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or
Person authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having
a
combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars
($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State,
Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the supervising or examining authority referred to above, then, for the
purposes of this Section 3.1(a)(ii), the combined capital and surplus of such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published.
(b)
If
at any
time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under
Section 3.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the
manner and with the effect set out in Section 3.2(c).
(c)
If
the
Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the
meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee
shall either eliminate such interest or resign to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to this Guarantee.
Section
3.2.
Appointment,
Removal and Resignation of Guarantee Trustee
.
(a)
Subject
to Section 3.2(b), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed without
cause at any time by the Guarantor except during an Event of
Default.
(b)
The
Guarantee Trustee shall not be removed in accordance with Section 3.2(a) until
a
Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment
by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered
to the Guarantor.
(c)
The
Guarantee Trustee appointed to office shall hold office until a Successor
Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed or until its removal or resignation.
The Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or
subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by the Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor, which resignation shall not take effect
until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such
appointment by an instrument in writing executed by such Successor Guarantee
Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and the resigning Guarantee
Trustee.
(d)
If
no
Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment
as provided in this Section 3.2 within 60 days after delivery of an
instrument of removal or resignation, the Guarantee Trustee resigning or being
removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of
a
Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such
notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee
Trustee.
(e)
No
Guarantee Trustee shall be liable for the acts or omissions to act of any
Successor Guarantee Trustee.
(f)
Upon
termination of this Guarantee or removal or resignation of the Guarantee Trustee
pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Guarantor shall pay to the Guarantee Trustee
all amounts owing to the Guarantee Trustee under Sections 7.2 and 7.3
accrued to the date of such termination, removal or resignation.
ARTICLE
IV
GUARANTEE
Section
4.1.
Guarantee
.
(a)
The
Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders
the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by
the
Issuer), as and when due, regardless of any defense (except the defense of
payment by the Issuer), right of set-off or counterclaim that the Issuer may
have or assert. The Guarantor’s obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be
satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the
Holders or by causing the Issuer to pay such amounts to the
Holders.
(b)
The
Guarantor hereby also agrees to assume any and all Obligations of the Issuer
and
in the event any such Obligation is not so assumed, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
guarantees to each Beneficiary the full payment, when and as due, of any and
all
Obligations to such Beneficiaries. This Guarantee is intended to be for the
benefit of, and to be enforceable by, all such Beneficiaries, whether or not
such Beneficiaries have received notice hereof.
Section
4.2.
Waiver
of Notice and Demand
.
The
Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and of any
liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment,
any
right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person
before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice
of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and
demands.
Section
4.3.
Obligations
Not Affected
.
The
obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this
Guarantee shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening
from time to time of any of the following:
(a)
the
release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or
observance by the Issuer of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term
or
condition relating to the Capital Securities to be performed or observed by
the
Issuer;
(b)
the
extension of time for the payment by the Issuer of all or any portion of the
Distributions, Redemption Price, Special Redemption Price, Liquidation
Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Capital Securities
or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under,
arising out of or in connection with, the Capital Securities (other than an
extension of time for payment of Distributions, Redemption Price, Special
Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or other sum payable that results
from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures or any
extension of the maturity date of the Debentures permitted by the
Indenture);
(c)
any
failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to
enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred
on
the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Capital Securities, or any action
on
the part of the Issuer granting indulgence or extension of any
kind;
(d)
the
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale of any collateral,
receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other
similar proceedings affecting, the Issuer or any of the assets of the
Issuer;
(e)
any
invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Capital Securities;
(f)
the
settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred;
or
(g)
any
other
circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor, it being the intent of this
Section 4.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be
absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.
There
shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain consent
of,
the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the
foregoing.
Section
4.4.
Rights
of Holders
.
(a)
The
Holders of a Majority in liquidation amount of the Capital Securities have
the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
any
remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee or to
direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee
under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
(subject to Section 2.1) the Guarantee Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Guarantee Trustee being advised
by
counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully
be
taken or if the Guarantee Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or
trustees, executive committees or a trust committee of directors or trustees
and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceedings
so
directed would involve the Guarantee Trustee in personal liability.
(b)
Any
Holder of Capital Securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against
the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee Trustee’s rights under this Guarantee,
without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Issuer, the Guarantee
Trustee or any other Person. The Guarantor waives any right or remedy to require
that any such action be brought first against the Issuer, the Guarantee Trustee
or any other Person before so proceeding directly against the
Guarantor.
Section
4.5.
Guarantee
of Payment
.
This
Guarantee creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
Section
4.6.
Subrogation
.
The
Guarantor shall be subrogated to all (if any) rights of the Holders of Capital
Securities against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid to such Holders
by
the Guarantor under this Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any right that it may acquire by
way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if, after giving effect to any
such
payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee. If any amount
shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the
Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over
such amount to the Holders.
Section
4.7.
Independent
Obligations
.
The
Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the
obligations of the Issuer with respect to the Capital Securities and that the
Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee
Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee notwithstanding the occurrence
of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section
4.3 hereof.
Section
4.8.
Enforcement
by a Beneficiary
.
A
Beneficiary may enforce the obligations of the Guarantor contained in Section
4.1(b) directly against the Guarantor and the Guarantor waives any right or
remedy to require that any action be brought against the Issuer or any other
person or entity before proceeding against the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall
be
subrogated to all rights (if any) of any Beneficiary against the Issuer in
respect of any amounts paid to the Beneficiaries by the Guarantor under this
Guarantee;
provided
,
however
,
that
the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions
of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights that it may acquire by
way
of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases
as a result of payment under this Guarantee, if at the time of any such payment,
and after giving effect to such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under
this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
V
LIMITATION
OF TRANSACTIONS; SUBORDINATION
Section
5.1.
Limitation
of Transactions
.
So
long
as any Capital Securities remain outstanding, if (a) there shall have
occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or a Declaration Event of Default
or (b) the Guarantor shall have selected an Extension Period as provided in
the Declaration and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced
and be continuing, then the Guarantor shall not and shall not permit any
Affiliate to (x) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or
redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any
of
the Guarantor’s or such Affiliate’s capital stock (other than payments of
dividends or distributions to the Guarantor or payments of dividends from direct
or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor to their parent corporations, which
also shall be direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Guarantor) or make any
guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing or (y) make any payment of
principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem
any debt securities of the Guarantor or any Affiliate that rank
pari
passu
in
all
respects with or junior in interest to the Debentures (other than, with respect
to clauses (x) and (y) above, (i) repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Guarantor in connection with
any
employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for
the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in
connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan
or in
connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Guarantor (or securities
convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in
an
acquisition transaction entered into prior to the occurrence of the Event of
Default, Declaration Event of Default or Extension Period, as applicable,
(ii) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of
the Guarantor’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the
Guarantor) for any class or series of the Guarantor’s capital stock or of any
class or series of the Guarantor’s indebtedness for any class or series of the
Guarantor’s capital stock, (iii) the purchase of fractional interests in
shares of the Guarantor’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange
provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged,
(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholders’
rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any
stockholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant
thereto, (v) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other
rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such
warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the
dividend is being paid or ranks
pari
passu
with or
junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued
in connection therewith, (vi) payments of principal or interest on debt
securities or payments of cash dividends or distributions on any capital stock
issued by an Affiliate that is not, in whole or in part, a subsidiary of the
Guarantor (or any redemptions, repurchases or liquidation payments on such
stock
or securities), or (vii) payments under this Guarantee).
Section
5.2.
Ranking
.
This
Guarantee will constitute an unsecured obligation of the Guarantor and will
rank
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of the Guarantor. By their acceptance
thereof, each Holder of Capital Securities agrees to the foregoing provisions
of
this Guarantee and the other terms set forth herein.
The
right
of the Guarantor to participate in any distribution of assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon any such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or
otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except
to the extent the Guarantor may itself be recognized as a creditor of that
subsidiary. Accordingly, the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee will
be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of the
Guarantor’s subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to the assets of the
Guarantor for payments hereunder. This Guarantee does not limit the incurrence
or issuance of other secured or unsecured debt of the Guarantor, including
Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor, under any indenture that the Guarantor
may
enter into in the future or otherwise.
ARTICLE
VI
TERMINATION
Section
6.1.
Termination
.
This
Guarantee shall terminate as to the Capital Securities (i) upon full
payment of the Redemption Price or Special Redemption Price of all Capital
Securities then outstanding, (ii) upon the distribution of all of the
Debentures to the Holders of all of the Capital Securities or (iii) upon
full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with the Declaration upon
dissolution of the Issuer. This Guarantee will continue to be effective or
will
be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder of Capital
Securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the Capital Securities
or
under this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section
7.1.
Exculpation
.
(a)
No
Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or
otherwise to the Guarantor or any Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim
incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such
Indemnified Person in good faith in accordance with this Guarantee and in a
manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope
of the authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Guarantee or
by
law, except that an Indemnified Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage
or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Person’s negligence or willful
misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.
(b)
An
Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the
records of the Issuer or the Guarantor and upon such information, opinions,
reports or statements presented to the Issuer or the Guarantor by any Person
as
to matters the Indemnified Person reasonably believes are within such other
Person’s professional or expert competence and who, if selected by such
Indemnified Person, has been selected with reasonable care by such Indemnified
Person, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value
and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts
pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which Distributions to
Holders of Capital Securities might properly be paid.
Section
7.2.
Indemnification
.
(a)
The
Guarantor agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person for, and to hold each
Indemnified Person harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim
or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of
the
Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including, but not limited
to,
the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the
Indemnified Person defending itself against, or investigating, any claim or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the
Indemnified Person’s powers or duties hereunder. The obligation to indemnify as
set forth in this Section 7.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of
the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
(b)
Promptly
after receipt by an Indemnified Person under this Section 7.2 of notice of
the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Person will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against the Guarantor under this Section 7.2,
notify the Guarantor in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure
so
to notify the Guarantor (i) will not relieve the Guarantor from liability
under paragraph (a) above unless and to the extent that the Guarantor did
not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture
by
the Guarantor of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event, relieve the Guarantor from any obligations to any Indemnified Person
other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) above.
The Guarantor shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the Guarantor’s choice at
the Guarantor’s expense to represent the Indemnified Person in any action for
which indemnification is sought (in which case the Guarantor shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel
retained by the Indemnified Person or Persons except as set forth below);
provided
,
however
,
that
such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person.
Notwithstanding the Guarantor’s election to appoint counsel to represent the
Guarantor in an action, the Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Guarantor shall bear the
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use
of counsel chosen by the Guarantor to represent the Indemnified Person would
present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or
potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the
Indemnified Person and the Guarantor and the Indemnified Person shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or
other Indemnified Person(s) which are different from or additional to those
available to the Guarantor, (iii) the Guarantor shall not have employed
counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified
Person within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action
or (iv) the Guarantor shall authorize the Indemnified Person to employ
separate counsel at the expense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor will not,
without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Persons, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
Indemnified Persons are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such claim, action,
suit or proceeding.
Section
7.3.
Compensation;
Reimbursement of Expenses
.
The
Guarantor agrees:
(a)
to
pay to
the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder as the parties shall agree to from time to time (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and
(b)
except
as
otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or
made
by it in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee (including the
reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.
For
purposes of clarification, this Section 7.3 does not contemplate the
payment by the Guarantor of acceptance or annual administration fees owing
to
the Guarantee Trustee for services to be provided by the Guarantee Trustee
under
this Guarantee or the fees and expenses of the Guarantee Trustee’s counsel in
connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Guarantee.
The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Guarantee Trustee and the termination of this Guarantee.
ARTICLE
VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
8.1.
Successors
and Assigns
.
All
guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee shall bind the successors,
assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall
inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Capital Securities then outstanding.
Except in connection with any merger or consolidation of the Guarantor with
or
into another entity or any sale, transfer or lease of the Guarantor’s assets to
another entity, in each case, to the extent permitted under the Indenture,
the
Guarantor may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this
Guarantee without the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority
in
liquidation amount of the Capital Securities.
Section
8.2.
Amendments
.
Except
with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of Holders
of the Capital Securities in any material respect (in which case no consent
of
Holders will be required), this Guarantee may be amended only with the prior
approval of the Holders of not less than a Majority in liquidation amount of
the
Capital Securities. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to amendments
thereof apply to the giving of such approval.
Section
8.3.
Notices
.
All
notices provided for in this Guarantee shall be in writing, duly signed by
the
party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by first
class mail, as follows:
(a)
If
given
to the Guarantee Trustee, at the Guarantee Trustee’s mailing address set forth
below (or such other address as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice of to
the
Holders of the Capital Securities and the Guarantor):
Wilmington
Trust Company
Rodney
Square North
1100
North Market Street
Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-1600
Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration
Telecopy:
302-636-4140
(b)
If
given
to the Guarantor, at the Guarantor’s mailing address set forth below (or such
other address as the Guarantor may give notice of to the Holders of the Capital
Securities and to the Guarantee Trustee):
Wilshire
Bancorp, Inc.
3200
Wilshire Boulevard
Los
Angeles, California 90010
Attention:
Brian E. Cho
Telecopy:
213-427-6584
(c)
If
given
to any Holder of the Capital Securities, at the address set forth on the books
and records of the Issuer.
All
such
notices shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied
with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except
that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered
because of a changed address of which no notice was given, such notice or other
document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal
or
inability to deliver.
Section
8.4.
Benefit
.
This
Guarantee is solely for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and, subject to Section
2.1(a), is not separately transferable from the Capital Securities.
Section
8.5.
Governing
Law
.
THIS
GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS LAW).
Section
8.6.
Counterparts
.
This
Guarantee may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
be an
original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
Section
8.7
Separability
.
In
case
one or more of the provisions contained in this Guarantee shall for any reason
be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this
Guarantee, but this Guarantee shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal
or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
Signatures
appear on the following page
THIS
GUARANTEE is executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE BANCORP, INC.
,
as Guarantor
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Guarantee
Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
EXHIBIT
21
WILSHIRE
BANCORP, INC.
LIST
OF WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
1.
Wilshire
State Bank, a California state chartered commercial bank
2.
Wilshire
Statutory Trust I, a Connecticut Statutory Trust
3.
Wilshire
Statutory Trust II, a Connecticut Statutory Trust
3.
Wilshire
Statutory Trust III, a Connecticut Statutory Trust
EXHIBIT
23.1
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We
consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No.
333-119526 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 13, 2007, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. and management’s
report of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. for
the
year ended December 31, 2006.
/s/
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los
Angeles, California
March
13,
2007
EXHIBIT
31.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I,
Soo
Bong Min, certify that:
1. I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
|
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being
prepared;
|
|
|
|
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
|
|
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of
the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
|
|
|
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
|
|
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
|
|
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP,
INC
|
|
|
|
Date:
March
16, 2007
|
By:
|
/s/
Soo
Bong Min
|
|
Soo
Bong Min
Chief
Executive Officer
|
EXHIBIT
31.2
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I,
Brian
E. Cho, Chief Financial Officer of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc., hereby certify
that:
1. I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc.;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
|
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being
prepared;
|
|
|
|
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or
caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
|
|
|
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of
the end
of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
|
|
|
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
|
|
|
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP,
INC.
|
|
|
|
Date:
March 16, 2007
|
By:
|
/s/
Brian E. Cho
|
|
Brian
E. Cho
Chief
Financial Officer
|
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CEO AND
CFO
PURSUANT TO
18
U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (the
“Bank”) for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Soo Bong Min, as Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, and Brian E. Cho, as Chief Financial Officer
of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his
knowledge:
(1) The
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
|
WILSHIRE
BANCORP,
INC.
|
|
|
|
Date:
March 16, 2007
|
By:
|
/s/
Soo
Bong Min
|
|
|
Soo
Bong Min
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 16, 2007
|
By:
|
/s/ Brian E. Cho
|
|
Brian
E. Cho
Chief
Financial Officer
|